I'm studying to .

program guide and course calendar College of New Caledonia 2019–20 program guide and course calendar 2019-20 DIRECTORY

CNC Prince George General information ...... 250 562 2131 Academic Advising ...... 250 561 5818 3330 22nd Avenue Office of the Registrar ...... 250 561 5800 Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 Canada College Store ...... 250 561 5808 P 250 562 2131 Continuing Education ...... 250 561 5846 TF 1 800 371 8111 Financial Aid & Awards ...... 250 561 5838 F 250 561 5861 Library ...... 250 561 5811 E [email protected] Student Recruitment ...... 250 561 5855

CNC Lakes District — CNC Nechako — CNC Quesnel Burns Lake Fort St. James North Cariboo 545 Highway 16 West 179 Douglas Street Community Campus PO Box 5000 PO Box 1557 100 Campus Way Burns Lake, BC Fort St. James, BC Quesnel, BC V0J 1E0 Canada V0J 1P0 Canada V2J 7K1 Canada P 250 692 1700 P 250 996 7019 P 250 991 7500 TF 1 866 692 1943 F 250 996 7014 F 250 991 7523 F 250 692 1750 E [email protected] E [email protected] E [email protected] CNC Nechako — Valemount Learning CNC Lakes District — Vanderhoof Centre – in partnership with CNC Southside 3231 Hospital Road 34314 Keefe’s Landing Road Vanderhoof, BC 1201 – 5th Avenue Grassy Plains, BC Canada V0J 3A2 Canada Valemount, BC P 250 694 3397 P 250 567 3200 V0E 2Z0 Canada F 250 694 3391 TF 1 877 567 3270 P 250 566 4601 E [email protected] F 250 567 3217 TF 1 888 690 4422 E [email protected] F 250 566 4602 CNC Mackenzie E frontdesk@valemountlearning centre.org 540 Mackenzie Boulevard PO Box 2110 Mackenzie, BC V0J 2C0 Canada For the most current information on P 250 997 7200 fees, courses and programs visit TF 1 877 997 4333 F 250 997 3779  E [email protected] cnc.bc.ca

Notes 1. Go to cnc.bc.ca for up-to-date information on fees, courses, programs and policies. 2. CNC reserves the right to limit, cancel, or adjust programs without notice. 3. The online version of this document (cnc.bc.ca/Exploring/Calendar.htm) is the official version. In the event of a conflict between the printed version and the online version, the online version will prevail. 4. The  symbol indicates that at least one course section in the program may be available in an online format. For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 3 Calendar Area CONTENTS

SECURITY 250 561 5827 Medical Device Reprocessing Technology Diploma...... 72 Technician Associate Certificate... 33 Post-Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology Information Technologies...... 74 CONTENTS...... 3 Science Diploma...... 34 RFT Exam Preparation Online...... 75 Medical Radiography RPF Exam Preparation Online...... 76 BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT.... 6 Technology Diploma...... 36 Applied Business Technology Nursing, Bachelor of TRADES AND INDUSTRY...... 77 Science in Nursing...... 39 (ABT*) Administrative Apprenticeship Technical Nursing Unit Assistant Assistant Certificate...... 7 Training...... 78 Certificate...... 44 Accounting and Finance Autobody (Motor Vehicle Body Practical Nurse Diploma...... 46 Diploma...... 8 Repair), Foundation-Level...... 79 Applied Leadership Certificate...... 9 Automotive Refinishing Prep Bookkeeping Certificate...... 10 HUMAN SERVICES...... 49 Technician, Foundation-Level...... 80 Business Management Aboriginal Early Childhood Automotive Service Certificate and Diploma...... 11 Education Certificate...... 50 Technician Diploma...... 81 Post-Diploma in Human Community Support Automotive Service Resources Management...... 12 Worker (CSW) Certificate...... 51 Technician, (Harmonized)...... 82 Legal Administrative Assistant Early Childhood Care and Career Technical Centre (CTC)...... 83 Certificate (ABT)...... 13 Learning Diploma...... 53 Carpenter Foundation Medical Office Assistant Education Assistant Program (Harmonized)...... 84 Associate Certificate...... 14 (EA) Certificate...... 54 Driver Training...... 85 Medical Office Assistant Outreach Advocacy and Support Electrical, Foundation Certificate (ABT)...... 15 Worker (OASW) Certificate...... 56 (Harmonized)...... 86 Office Assistant Social Service Worker Certificate.. 57 Excavator Training...... 87 Certificate (ABT)...... 16 Social Service Worker Forest Industry Safety Training..... 88 Office Worker Prep Program - Applied Diploma...... 59 Heavy Mechanical Associate Certificate (ABT)...... 17 Social Service Worker Trades Diploma...... 89 Post-Diploma in Tourism (UT) Diploma...... 61 Heavy Mechanical Trades, and Hotel Management...... 18 Social Service Worker (UT) Foundation-Level...... 90 Diploma with Aboriginal Services Heavy Equipment Operator...... 91 COMMUNITY AND Specialization...... 63 Industrial Mechanic CONTINUING EDUCATION...... 19 Teacher Replacement (Harmonized) Foundation...... 92 Camp & Catering Training Citation...... 65 Industrial Mechanic (Harmonized)/ Associate Certificate...... 20 Machinist Foundation...... 93 Community and TECHNOLOGIES...... 66 Industry Training...... 94 Metal Fabrication Continuing Education...... 21 Civil Engineering Foundation (Harmonized)...... 95 Technology Program...... 67 Mineral Processing HEALTH SCIENCES...... 22 Computer/Network Electronics Operator Certificate...... 96 Dental Assisting Certificate...... 23 Technician Certificate...... 69 Mining Industry Certificate...... 97 Dental Hygiene Diploma...... 25 Environmental Field Parts and Warehousing Diagnostic Medical Assistant Certificate...... 70 Person Foundations...... 98 Sonography Program...... 28 Information and Mobile Crane (Hydraulic 80 Tonnes Health Care Assistant Communication Technology...... 71 and Under) Certificate...... 99 Certificate...... 31 Natural Resources and Forest Pipe Trades, Foundation-Level....100

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 4 Calendar Area For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Power Engineering, Flexible Pre-Majors...... 132 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS...... 149 3rd Class Certificate...... 101 Anthropology Flexible Course description key...... 149 Power Engineering, Pre-Major...... 132 ABST ...... 150 4th Class Certificate...... 102 English Flexible ABT ...... 151 Professional Cook Program...... 103 Pre-Major...... 132 ACC...... 156 Trades Discovery Program...... 104 Psychology Flexible AECE...... 156 Welder Foundation Pre-Major...... 132 ANTH...... 158 Program (Harmonized)...... 105 Sociology Flexible APSC...... 159 Pre-Major...... 132 AUTO...... 159 UNIVERSITY STUDIES...... 106 Pre-Professional Programs...... 134 BIO...... 159 Academic Areas...... 135 University classes...... 108 BOOK...... 162 Aboriginal Studies...... 135 Credentials...... 109 BUS...... 162 Anthropology...... 135 Associate Degrees...... 109 CAMP...... 163 Biology...... 135 Associate of Arts Degree ...... 111 CARP...... 163 Chemistry...... 135 Associate of Arts Degree Graduation CASS...... 163 Commerce...... 135 requirements — specific...... 111 CESS...... 164 Computer Science...... 135 Aboriginal Studies Concentration CHEM...... 164 Criminology...... 135 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 111 CIS ...... 165 Economics...... 135 Anthropology Concentration CIVE...... 166 Engineering...... 135 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 111 CNET...... 167 English...... 135 Commerce Concentration COM...... 168 Fine Arts...... 136 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 112 COMP...... 169 French...... 136 English Concentration CRIM...... 169 Geography...... 136 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 112 CSC...... 170 History...... 136 Modern Classics Concentration CUE...... 171 Kinesiology...... 136 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 112 CULA...... 171 Leadership...... 136 Psychology Concentration DENO...... 172 Mathematics...... 136 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 113 DENT...... 172 Philosophy...... 136 Sociology Concentration DHYG...... 173 Physics...... 136 (Associate of Arts Degree)...... 113 ECCL...... 176 Psychology...... 136 Associate of Science Degree...... 115 ECON...... 178 Sociology...... 136 Biology Concentration ...... 115 EFAC...... 179 Web and Graphic Design...... 136 Mathematics & Computer ELEC...... 180 Women’s Studies and Science Concentration...... 116 ENGL...... 180 Gender Relations...... 136 Diplomas...... 117 ENLA...... 183 Criminology Diploma...... 118 FASD...... 184 UPGRADING AND ACCESS...... 137 Kinesiology Diploma...... 120 FIN...... 185 Web and Graphic Academic Upgrading FINE...... 185 Design Diploma...... 121 (Adult Basic Education)...... 138 FREN...... 187 Women’s Studies and Gender Access Program...... 140 GEOG...... 187 Relations Diploma...... 123 Adventure Seekers Program...... 143 HCAP...... 188 Certificates...... 124 BC Adult Graduation Diploma..... 144 HIST...... 189 Aboriginal Studies Certificate.. 125 ENLA (English as a HMT...... 190 Engineering (Applied Science) Second Language)...... 145 HRPR...... 190 Certificate...... 126 Focus Employment Program...... 146 JET...... 191 Fine Arts Certificate...... 127 JET (Job Education KINS...... 191 Web and Graphic Design: Citation and Training)...... 147 LAW...... 193 and Certificate...... 130 TARGET...... 148 LEAD...... 193 Academic Pathways...... 132 MATH...... 193

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 5 Calendar Area

MDRT...... 196 and Learning Centre...... 240 MEDT...... 197 Chaplaincy...... 240 MFAB...... 197 Cinema CNC...... 240 MGT...... 197 College of New Caledonia Students’ MILL...... 198 Union, Local 13 – Canadian MINE...... 198 Federation of Students...... 240 MINL...... 199 College Store...... 240 MKT...... 200 Communication Services...... 240 MLTS...... 200 Counselling...... 241 MOAS...... 203 Deli...... 241 MRAD...... 203 Financial Aid & Awards...... 241 MVRE...... 206 Financial Assistance...... 242 NCIT...... 206 Health and Safety...... 242 NRFT...... 207 WorkSafeBC coverage...... 242 NRUA...... 212 Health and Wellness Centre...... 242 NURS...... 213 Homestay Program OASW...... 214 (International Students)...... 242 OWPA...... 215 Information Technology PDIT...... 215 Services...... 243 PHIL...... 217 International Education PHYS...... 218 Department...... 243 PRAN...... 220 Kodiaks Restaurant...... 243 PSCI...... 223 Library...... 243 PSYC...... 223 Media Services...... 243 PWER...... 224 Office of the Registrar...... 244 PWP...... 224 Recreation...... 244 SCI...... 224 Security 250 561 5827...... 244 SERV...... 225 SafeWalk...... 244 SOC...... 225 First Aid...... 244 SONO...... 227 Student Residence...... 244 SSWK...... 229 Tutoring and Testing Services..... 244 TARGET...... 232 THMG...... 232 ADMISSIONS, FEES TRDE...... 233 AND POLICY INFORMATION....245 TRTC...... 235 Admission Information...... 246 WEGD...... 235 Fee Information...... 247 WELD...... 237 Registration Information...... 248 WMST...... 237 Records Information...... 248 Privacy Information...... 251 SUPPORT SERVICES Appeals, Complaints and AND FACILITIES...... 238 Discipline Information...... 252 Aboriginal Resource Definitions...... 252 Centre (ARC)...... 239 Academic Advising...... 239 Accessibility Services...... 239 Applied Research and Innovation...... 239 Cafeteria...... 239 Caledonia Early Care

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 6 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

CNC’s programs include areas such as Accounting and Finance, Business Management (with specializations), and Applied Business Technology. Our exceptional faculty have helped students gain skills that lead them into several possible employment sectors: government, industry, banking, and various offices. Courses in the programs also have transferability to a number of universities for those students wishing to pursue further credentials after the certificate and/or diploma levels.

APPLIED BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY (ABT*) ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE...... 7 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE DIPLOMA...... 8 APPLIED LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE...... 9 BOOKKEEPING CERTIFICATE...... 10 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA...... 11 POST-DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT...... 12 LEGAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE (ABT)...... 13 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE ...... 14 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE (ABT)...... 15 OFFICE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE (ABT)...... 16 OFFICE WORKER PREP PROGRAM - ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE (ABT)...... 17 POST DIPLOMA IN TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT...... 18

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 7

APPLIED BUSINESS Note 3: This is a demanding program, Assistant Certificate and applicants with only the minimum • Medical Office Assistant TECHNOLOGY (ABT*) admission requirements may • Office Assistant Certificate experience difficulties in completing the ADMINISTRATIVE program. IMPORTANT DATES ASSISTANT Obtain your BC Adult For Prince George campus only; contact CERTIFICATE Graduation Diploma (BC AGD) other campuses for their dates. Are you planning to enter the ABT Fall term Administrative Assistant program with (*Applied Business Technology, • August 26 - December 20, 2019 mature student status? a BC-wide initiative in online • Break - December 23, 2019 - post-secondary education) If so, after completing the ABT program, January 3, 2020 you’ll be eligible to receive an exit stopwatch1 year certificate. This is equivalent to a BC Spring term CALENDAR-STARStart dates vary — Adult Graduation Diploma (formerly • January 6 - May 8, 2020 contact your local CNC known as an Adult Dogwood) • Break - March 16 - 20, 2020 campus Rev. 190715 PROGRAM OUTLINE MAP-MARKER-ALTMackenzie, Prince George, Quesnel and Vanderhoof The program varies slightly from campus to campus, but this is a You’ll learn a wide variety of technical representative sample from Prince skills including the Windows operating George. Please contact your local CNC system, Microsoft Office, manual and campus for details about their specific computerized bookkeeping, desktop program. publishing, and office clerical skills. Your professional image, communication, Semester 1 time management, and interpersonal ABTA 100 Financial Records skills will be developed through lectures ABTA 105 Business and labs. Combine your skills with work Communications I experience or more education, and ABTA 110 Human Relations I your opportunities for advancement are ABTA 115 Office Procedures limitless. ABTA 120 Word Processing I, II, and III ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ABTA 125 Microcomputer 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 Applications I or equivalent (with a minimum of Semester 2 Communications 12 and Math 11 ABTA 150 Computerized ), or successful completion of the Bookkeeping Office Worker Prep Program within ABTA 155 Business the past three years. For mature Communications II student status, see note 1 below. ABTA 160 Human Relations II 2. Completion of a keyboarding ABTA 165 Office Simulations proficiency assessment with a ABTA 170 Desktop Publishing minimum speed of 20 net words ABTA 175 Microcomputer per minute, or permission from the Applications II department (see note 2 below). ABTA 180 Work Experience Note 1: To explore the mature student status option, consult a CNC Advisor or YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Regional Principal. INTERESTED IN… Note 2: The keyboarding assessment • Access Program: Pre-Business may take the form of an original signed • Associate Degree in Arts with transcript or a letter on institutional Commerce specialization letterhead from a teacher of typing, • Bookkeeping Certificate or an assessment by a CNC Applied • Business Management Business Technology instructor, or Certificate and Diploma designate. To arrange an assessment, • Legal Administrative please contact your local campus.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 8 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ACCOUNTING AND ECON 202 Principles of Economics Certificate and Diploma - Macroeconomics FINANCE DIPLOMA FIN 257 Finance I IMPORTANT DATES Two electives Fall term MATH 257 Business Statistics II stopwatch Full-time or Part-time • September 3 – December 16, 2019 ACC 252 Intermediate clock2 years • Exams – December 5 - 13, 2019 Accounting II CALENDAR-STAR Starts September ACA 255 Managerial Accounting Spring term or January II • January 6 – April 24, 2020 ACC 270 Computerized • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Accounting • Exams – April 16 - 24, 2020 This program gives you a solid FIN 258 Finance II Rev. 190715 grounding in accounting and finance. MGT 255 Small Business You’ll be prepared for entry-level Development positions in public practice and private One elective industry, and receive credits towards professional accounting programs. Choose one of the Additional study and work experience following electives: can lead to careers such as controller, The list of electives include all ABST, treasurer, public accountant, and BUS, ECON, MKT, MGT, COM, LEAD, and auditor. WEGD courses at least at a 100 Level as well as ENGL 229. Other UT courses ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS may also be considered with written permission from the Coordinator and Successful completion of one of the Associate Dean. Please note MGT 266 following: may NOT be used as a MGT elective. • Grade 12 (with English 12 or Note: Students must maintain an English 12: First Peoples or overall GPA of 2.00 in all courses Communications 12 or English 050 counted towards a business credential. or English 051 or equivalent) Note: Math 11 is a prerequisite for Course completion several business courses required to Courses must be completed no more complete the diploma. Students without than 10 years prior to the date of Foundations of Math 11 or MATH 045 graduation in order to count toward or Applications of Math 12 or equivalent the Accounting and Finance Diploma. should consult a CNC academic advisor This policy applies to CNC courses and for assessment and upgrading options. to all courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions for credit PROGRAM OUTLINE at CNC. Courses more than 10 years COM 204 Financial Accounting old may be considered for unassigned ENGL 103 Composition And Style credit. Students should contact the MATH 145 Math For Business (or Dean to discuss this option. (Please UT Level MATH 100) note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving MGT 154 Applied Human institutions may have different criteria.) Relations For the complete policy, see the Ten MKT 152 Principles of Marketing Year Timeline for Program Completion CIS 165 Business Information Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Systems (or CSC 105) Policy web page. ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics YOU MIGHT ALSO BE LAW 294 Business Law INTERESTED IN… MATH 157 Business Statistics (Or • Access Program: Pre-Business MATH 104) ACC 251 Intermediate • Associate Degree in Arts with Accounting I Commerce specialization ACC 256 Managerial Accounting • Bookkeeping Certificate II • Business Management

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 9

APPLIED One of: ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: LEADERSHIP History and Traditions CERTIFICATE of the Carrier People ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- Cultural Anthropology stopwatch Full-time or Part-time GEOG 101 Sense of Place: An CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Introduction to Human Geography MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George MGT 270 Cross-Cultural Improve your leadership skills in Workplace Practices your personal and professional lives. MGT 263 Human Resource Focusing on interpersonal skills and Development conflict resolution, group decision- making skills and self-management YOU MIGHT ALSO BE skills, students will demonstrate INTERESTED IN… reflective practice by creating a • Access Program: Pre-Business leadership portfolio to document their • Accounting and Finance Diploma growth in skills and capacity as leaders. • Administrative Assistant Certificate Self-assessment is an integral part of this process. • Associate Degree in Arts with Commerce specialization ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Business Management Certificate and Diploma Successful completion of one of the following: IMPORTANT DATES • Grade 12, including English 12 or English 12: First Peoples (with a Fall term minimum “C” grade) or; • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced • Exams – December 5 - 13, 2019 Certificate plus English 050 (with a Spring term minimum “C” grade). • January 6 – April 24, 2020 PROGRAM OUTLINE • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 • Exams – April 16 - 24, 2020 The Applied Leadership certificate is broken down into several themes: Rev. 190715 interpersonal skills and conflict resolution, group decision-making skills, self-management skills and mentorship and internship. COM 222 Management and Organizational Behaviour LEAD 101 Developing the Leader Within LEAD 201 Exploring the Five Practices for Exemplary Leaders LEAD 250 Experiential Leadership Project MGT 254 Applied Group and Leadership Skills

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 10 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

BOOKKEEPING courses. Students looking to investigate • Access Program: Pre-Business these options should consult the • Accounting and Finance Diploma CERTIFICATE Continuing Education Business Program • Administrative Assistant Certificate Coordinator or an Academic Advisor • Associate Degree in Arts with to initiate a review by the appropriate stopwatch Part-time Commerce specialization Education Administrator. CALENDAR-STAR September and January • Business Management Advance Course Credit Certificate and Diploma MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George As a value-add for students in CNC’s (Continuing Education) ABT and Bookkeeping programs, the IMPORTANT DATES This program is designed to train our following advance course credits have Fall term been established. future bookkeepers; the ground level • Face to Face: September 9 – professional that will be able to expertly Students with: December 16, 2019 analyze day to day transactions, and • ABTA-100 will be given credit for • DDI: September 4 - December 2, report them accurately within the BOOK-101 and BOOK-103. 2019* No break accounting cycle. Bookkeepers manage • Break October 17 - Novemeber 1, business accounts, in order to provide • ABTA-150 will be given credit for 2019 timely information to owners/managers BOOK-113 and BOOK-114. so that they may make sound and • ABTA-125 will be given credit Spring term informed financial decisions. Since for BOOK 108. • Face to Face: January 6 – May 21, all businesses need to manage and • BOOK-101 and BOOK-103 will 2020 organize their financial transactions, be given credit for ABTA-100. • DDI: January 6 – May 21, 2020 bookkeepers perform an essential role • BOOK-113 and BOOK-114 will • Break – February 15 - March 1, in the financial decision making process be given credit for ABTA-150. 2020 in every sector of the economy. PROGRAM OUTLINE Rev. 170310 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS There are eight courses in this program Successful completion of the following: which are offered to students in a • Math 10; or Accounting 11; or part-time, evening delivery format. The equivalent required courses are: • Communications 11 or equivalent BOOK 101 Fundamentals of Applicants without proof of the Math Bookkeeping and English as listed above may BOOK 103 Intermediate write the SRA to meet the admission Bookkeeping requirements. BOOK 105 Advanced Bookkeeping BOOK 108 Excel for Bookkeepers Applicants are recommended to have a strong working knowledge of BOOK 113 Computerized personal computer applications and a Bookkeeping – Level 1 keyboarding proficiency of at least 20 BOOK 114 Computerized net words per minute. Bookkeeping – Level 2 BOOK 115 Payroll International students CESS 151 Management Skills for In addition to the program admission Supervisors – Part 1 requirements, international students Graduation Requirement: must have a 6.0 IELTS score, or have successfully completed Level 4, English Students are required to obtain a for Academic Purposes, at CNC. minimum grade of B (72%) in each Bookkeeping course and a satisfactory Prerequisites: grade in CESS 151 to qualify for the As per course outlines. certificate. Students have 36 months from the date of first entry to complete Previous Coursework Credit: all program requirements. Exceptions Students with previous work experience to this time frame can be discussed and/or have taken similar courses with the Continuing Education Business through CNC Continuing Education Program Coordinator. or other post-secondary institutions may be eligible to receive advance YOU MIGHT ALSO BE course credit up to a maximum of 4 INTERESTED IN…

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 11

BUSINESS Plus 9.0 credits of ACC, ECON, FIN, Plus any one of: MGT, MKT electives and 6.0 credits of UT ABST courses electives. MANAGEMENT ANTH courses CERTIFICATE AND Diploma (60 credits) PHIL courses GEOG 101 Sense of Place: An Business Management DIPLOMA Introduction to Certificate plus: Human Geography stopwatch Full-time or Part-time MGT 254 Applied Group and MGT 263 Human Resource Leadership Skills Development CALENDAR-STAR September and January MGT 255 Small Business MGT 270 Cross-Cultural clock One year (certificate); Development Workplace Practices or MGT 256 Entrepreneurial two years (diploma) for Marketing specialization full-time studies Development Plus 15.0 credits of business electives MKT 251 Marketing MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George, part time and 9.0 credits of UT electives. Management Theory offered through Quesnel and Applications Diploma citations MKT 266 Integrated Marketing With a CNC faculty with years of In addition to the above courses, Communication experience, Business Management Business Management Diploma MKT 271 Consumer Behaviour can help you enhance your business students may add one or more citations skills and teach you what it takes to be MKT 272 Marketing Research to their diploma by selecting one or successful. You can choose to obtain Methods more of the following electives: a general certificate or management Web and Graphic Design diploma or choose to specialize in BUS 250 International Work specialization International Business, Leadership, Experience WEGD 121 Introduction to Marketing, or Web and Graphic Design. BUS 251 Work Experience Design Thinking SERV 250 International Service WEGD 131 Introduction to ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Learning Visual Communication Successful completion of one of the Diploma specializations WEGD 141 Introduction to following: In addition to the above courses, Web Design • Grade 12 (with English 12 or Business Management Diploma WEGD 142 Intermediate Web English 12: First Peoples or students may specialize in International Design Communications 12 or equivalent) Business, Leadership, Marketing, or Note 1: While you can earn as many • Mature student status with English Web and Graphic Design by selecting specializations as you choose to and Math required by the program the following electives: complete, once you have applied as demonstrated on SRA for your diploma, you cannot add International Business further specializations. If you choose Note: Math 11 is a prerequisite for specialization to continue your studies at CNC, you several business courses required FIN 258 Finance II may earn citations after receiving your to complete the diploma. Students GEOG 101 Sense of Place: An diploma. without Foundations of Math 11 or Introduction to MATH 045 or Applications of Math 12 Human Geography YOU MIGHT ALSO BE or Foundations Math 12 or equivalent MGT 160 International Business INTERESTED IN… should consult a CNC advisor for • Accounting and Finance Diploma assessment and upgrading options. MGT 270 Cross-Cultural Workplace Practices • Access Program: Pre-Business PROGRAM OUTLINES Plus any one of: • Applied Leadership Certificate • Associate Degree in Arts with Certificate (30 credits) BUS 250 International Work Experience Commerce specialization COM 204 Financial Accounting BUS 251 Work Experience • Web and Graphic Design CIS 165 Business Information SERV 250 International Service Systems IMPORTANT DATES Learning or CSC 105 Introduction to Fall term Leadership specialization Computers and • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Programming LEAD 101 Leadership Lab, Part 1 Spring term ENGL 103 Composition and Style LEAD 201 Leadership Lab, Part 2 MGT 154 Applied Human LEAD 250 Experiential Leadership • January 6 – April 24, 2020 Relations Project Rev. 190715 MKT 152 Principles of Marketing

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 12 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

LEGAL 4. Applicants with current, relevant ordering details for foot pedal and office experience within the last two software) ADMINISTRATIVE years may contact CNC Mackenzie • 1 available serial, or USB port for to discuss potential admission Wavpedal ASSISTANT exemptions. PROGRAM OUTLINE CERTIFICATE (ABT) 5. Applicants without an online certificate will need to complete ABTL 010 Introduction to the stopwatch Full-time or Part-time ABTC 050 prior to entrance or as Canadian Legal System part of the program. ABTL 020 Legal Office CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies Procedures Highly recommended: clock Duration varies ABTL 030 Litigation Procedures I To successfully complete the Legal ABTL 040 Litigation Procedures II  Online through Administrative Assistant Certificate, ABTL 050 Family Litigation you’ll need skills in filing, bookkeeping, CNC Mackenzie Procedures human relations, and office procedures. The Legal Administrative Assistant ABTL 060 Corporate Procedures If you don’t have strong skills in these Certificate will give you the skills and I areas, we recommend that you take the knowledge you need for entry-level ABTL 065 Corporate Procedures following courses before entering the employment in any legal, notary or II program: government office team dealing in civil, ABTL 070 Conveyancing corporate, family, or probate law or in • ABTC 075 Human Relations, or Procedures I ABTH 070 Human Relations. conveyancing. ABTL 080 Conveyancing • ABTC 080 Business Math and Procedures II ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Calculator Skills, or ABTB 073 ABTL 090 Wills and Estates Financial Records, or equivalent. 1. Applicants who have completed • ABTC 090 Administrative IMPORTANT DATES CNC’s Administrative Assistant or Procedures, or ABTP 078 Office Office Assistant Certificate meet the Contact CNC Mackenzie at 250-997- Simulations in the Electronic Office, admission requirements for this 7200 or 1-877-997-4333 or cnc. or equivalent program. bc.ca/mackenzie • ABTC 091 Records Management, Rev. 170310 2. Applicants without a certificate will or ABTP 072 Office Procedures, or need to complete the following equivalent. prerequisites: Technology requirements: • ABTC 050 Online Learner Success, Note that many work environments, or equivalent. particularly legal and medical offices, • ABTC 060 Computers and will use PC rather than Mac computers, the Internet, or ABTW 073 so the use of a PC is strongly Microcomputers I, or equivalent. recommended. • ABTC 066 Keyboarding II or For courses that are software related equivalent, or a keyboarding speed (i.e. Word Processing, Computerized of 45 net words per minute. Accounting, Spreadsheets) the required • ABTC 070 Word Processing I, or software will be specified. Students equivalent and ABTC 071 Word must have the correct version of the Processing II, or ABTW 043 Word software (i.e. Word, Excel) for these Processing/Document­ Production courses. Please refer to the most recent Levels I, II, III (covers Word course outlines for the specific software Processing I and II), or equivalent. version. • ABTC 085 Business English, or ABTE For courses that are not software 074 Business Communications I, or related, students are advised that they equivalent. must have a word processing software 3. Applicants with Applied Business package to complete assignments and Technology, Office or Administrative course work. Assistant certificates from an The ABT Online Collaborative Program institution other than CNC must may require the use of the following submit transcripts with their which are not supported for Mac; application to enable potential admission exemptions. • Wavpedal Foot Pedal • Wav player software (see below for

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 13

MEDICAL OFFICE Program (CRRP) not the RCMP. CNC Re-admission will contact successful applicants A student who does not meet the ASSISTANT with the appropriate forms once minimum grade required in a course ASSOCIATE admission into the program is within the Medical Office Assistant complete. This is required for all Associate Certificate program will be CERTIFICATE people who work with or may have permitted to repeat the course once. potential for unsupervised access Two failures or withdrawals from to children or vulnerable adults stopwatch Part-time courses in the program will exclude Note 2: The costs of immunizations the student from further study in the CALENDAR-STAR September 2020 and a Criminal Record Check are the program. Regular re-admission to the responsibility of the student. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George MOA Associate Certificate program after two previous withdrawals or failures (Continuing Education) Note 3: Instructions and forms will be sent during the acceptance process. is subject to the Dean’s Approval. This program prepares you to work as a Due dates for each requirement will be A student who withdraws from the medical office assistant (MOA) in various included at this time. program voluntarily should notify a medical offices, or upgrades the skills faculty member and the student will of those currently employed as medical Program recommendations be required to apply for re-admission office assistants. While it is not a requirement, it is highly to the program. Re-admission will be In addition to the Medical Office recommended applicants have a good considered on a space-available basis Assistant Associate Certificate, CNC working knowledge of Microsoft Word and will be administered according to also offers an online Medical Office and Excel. the following priorities: Assistant Certificate*. Students who are Acceptance Process 1. A student who has successfully interested in further enhancing their completed the prerequisite If there is room in the program, Medical Office Assistant skill sets are courses and/or who, at the time of students will be accepted once they encouraged to speak to an Academic withdrawal, has maintained course have met all admission requirements. Advisor about course equivalencies that grades required by the program This is called “first qualified, first can be granted between the programs. (or higher), will be awarded first accepted.” If students qualify after the priority. program is full, they will be put on a ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 2. A student who has failed a course wait list. or who has withdrawn from the 1. High school graduation or equivalent course with less than the grades PROGRAM OUTLINE 2. English Studies 12, or English First as required by the program will be Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL MEDT 105 Introductory Medical awarded second priority. Terminology 051, or equivalent (minimum “C”) All MOA Associate Certificate course MOAS 101 Medical Office work must be completed within 3 3. Typing speed of 35 NWPM or higher Assistant Procedures years of initial program intake date. In Note 1: The typing test must be MOAS 103 Medical Billing the event of significant changes to the invigilated by an approved testing MOAS 107 Mental Illness and courses, students may be required to centre. Substance Use for repeat a course. Frontline Workers Program Requirements Rev. 190715 MOAS 109 Medical Office Once accepted into the Medical Office Assistant Practicum Assistant Associate Certificate program, *Or MEDT 100 with a minimum “C+” students will be required to: grade. 1. Complete official college forms certifying current immunizations Graduation requirements as per the Practice Education A minimum grade of (B) in MEDT 105 or Guidelines for B.C. and as (C+) in MEDT 100; a minimum grade of required by provincial health (B) in MOAS 101, MOAS 103, and MOAS authorities. Failure to comply 107; and successful completion (S) of with immunization guidelines MOAS 109 is required to graduate with may prevent you from entering a MOA Associate Certificate. the practicum component of the Note 4: A student is permitted to take program and therefore make you MEDT 100 outside of the MOA program not eligible to graduate from the schedule if it has been successfully program. completed within two years prior to the 2. Undergo a criminal record check initial program intake date. by the Criminal Records Review

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 14 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

MEDICAL OFFICE - ABTC 085 Business English DSL or Cable-Modem strongly or ABTE 074 Business recommended ASSISTANT Communications 1, or equivalent Audio: Sound Card and Speakers Also Recommended: Computer headphones CERTIFICATE (ABT) 3. Applicants with Applied Business with microphone Technology, Office or Administrative Video :1024 x 768 or higher resolution Assistant certificates from an stopwatch Full-time or Part-time institution other than CNC must JavaScript: Enabled CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies submit transcripts with their Cookies: Enabled application to enable potential clock Duration varies Popup Blocker: set Popup admission exemptions. Blockers Allowed Sites to include:  Online through 4. Applicants with current, relevant onlinecollaborative.ca CNC Mackenzie office experience within the last two Windows In this program, you will acquire years may contact CNC Mackenzie Internet Browser: Firefox 3.5 or higher skills to manage the medical office, to discuss potential admission Operating System: Microsoft to use effective oral and written exemptions. Windows7 or 8 communication techniques, and to demonstrate general office 5. Applicants without an online System Memory: 1GB (Vista) certificate will need to complete procedures, and administrative and Internet Connection: Broadband time management skills. You will learn ABTC 050 prior to entrance or as DSL or Cable-Modem strongly how to assess and prioritize patient part of the program. recommended appointment requests and update PROGRAM OUTLINE Audio: Sound Card and Speakers Also patient records. You will learn basic Recommended: Computer headphones medical terminology, understand ABTC 050 Online Learner Success with microphone and adhere to medical/legal aspects, ABTM 010 Medical Administrative Video :1024 x 768 or higher resolution, perform medical billing (both manual Procedures JavaScript: Enabled and computerized) and learn how to ABTM 020 Medical Billing — complete a variety of clinical procedures Manual Cookies: Enabled in accordance with the guidelines and ABTM 025 Medical Billing — Popup Blocker: set Popup standards of the medical field. Computerized Blockers Allowed Sites to include: ABTM 030 Medical Terminology I onlinecollaborative.ca ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ABTM 035 Medical Terminology The ABT Online Collaborative Program II — Related Anatomy may require the use of the following 1. Applicants who have completed and Physiology which are not supported for Mac CNC’s Administrative Assistant or ABTM 036 Medical Transcription Office Assistant Certificate within the • Wavpedal Foot Pedal past five years meet the program ABTM 037 Medical Terminology • Wav player software (see below for admission requirements. Those III — Pharmacology ordering details for foot pedal and applicants with older certificates and Specialties software) should contact CNC Mackenzie ABTM 040 Medical Clinical • 1 available serial, or USB port for to discuss potential admission Procedures and Wavpedal exemptions. Practices Technology requirements: IMPORTANT DATES 2. Applicants without CNC certificates will need the following: To access ABT online collaborative Contact CNC Mackenzie at 250-997- program courses, the following 7200 or 1-877-997-4333 or online at - ABTC 060 Computers and computer system and Internet browser cnc.bc.ca/mackenzie the Internet or ABTW 073 requirements are recommended. Rev. 170310 Microcomputer Applications I or Note that many work environments, equivalent particularly legal and medical offices, - ABTC 066 Keyboarding II or a will use PC rather than Mac computers, keyboarding speed of 45 net so the use of a PC is strongly words per minute recommended. - ABTC 070 Word Processing Mac I and ABTC 071 Word Processing II or ABTW 043 Word Internet Browser: Firefox 3.5 or higher Processing/Document Production Operating System: Mac OS X Levels I, II, III System Memory: 1GB or higher - ABTC 080 Business Math and Internet Connection: Broadband Calculator Skills, or equivalent

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 15

OFFICE ASSISTANT onlinecollaborative.ca The Office Assistant Certificate program Windows qualifies for Canada Student Loans. CERTIFICATE (ABT) Applications are available online at Internet Browser: Firefox 3.5 or higher www.canlearn.ca. Operating System: Microsoft Windows stopwatch Full-time or Part-time 7 or 8 YOU MIGHT ALSO BE CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies System Memory: 1GB (Vista) INTERESTED IN… clock Duration varies Internet Connection: Broadband • ABT Administrative Assistant DSL or Cable-Modem strongly Certificate  Online through recommended • Access Program: Pre-Business CNC Mackenzie Audio: Sound Card and Speakers Also • Associate Degree in Arts with Recommended: Computer headphones Do you want to study on a schedule Commerce specialization with microphone that works with your routine, your • Business Management Video :1024 x 768 or higher resolution employment, and your lifestyle? Certificate and Diploma Earn an Office Assistant Certificate JavaScript: Enabled • Legal Administrative by successfully completing the 20 Cookies: Enabled Assistant Certificate online courses in the Applied Business Technology Program. Popup Blocker: set Popup • Medical Office Assistant Blockers Allowed Sites to include: onlinecollaborative.ca IMPORTANT DATES ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The ABT Online Collaborative Program Students in the Applied Business Fall term may require the use of the following Technology Office Assistant courses • August 26 – December 20, 2019 which are not supported for Mac must have the following: • Break – December 23 - January 3, • Wavpedal Foot Pedal • Grade 12 or ABE/Academic 2020 • Wav player software (see below for Upgrading Advanced Certificate Spring term or GED Certificate or completion ordering details for foot pedal and • January 6 – May 8, 2020 of SRA (Student Readiness software) • Break – March 16 - 20, 2020 Assessment). • 1 available serial, or USB port for Rev. 170310 • Course prerequisites or equivalent Wavpedal where required. PROGRAM OUTLINE Technology requirements ABTC 050 Online Learner Success To access ABT online collaborative ABTC 060 Computers and program courses, the following the Internet computer system and Internet browser ABTC 065 Keyboarding I requirements are recommended. ABTC 066 Keyboarding II Note that many work environments, ABTC 067 Databases particularly legal and medical offices, ABTC 068 Spreadsheets I will use PC rather than Mac computers, so the use of a PC is strongly ABTC 069 Presentation Software recommended. ABTC 070 Word Processing I ABTC 071 Word Processing II Mac ABTC 072 Spreadsheets II Internet Browser: Firefox 3.5 or higher ABTC 075 Human Relations Operating System: Mac OS X ABTC 080 Business Math and System Memory: 1GB or higher Calculator Skills Internet Connection: Broadband ABTC 081 Accounting I DSL or Cable-Modem strongly ABTC 082 Accounting II recommended ABTC 083 Computerized Audio: Sound Card and Speakers Also Accounting Recommended: Computer headphones ABTC 085 Business English with microphone ABTC 086 Business Video :1024 x 768 or higher resolution Communications JavaScript: Enabled ABTC 090 Administrative Procedures Cookies: Enabled ABTC 091 Records Management Popup Blocker: set Popup ABTC 095 Job Search Techniques Blockers Allowed Sites to include:

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 16 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

OFFICE WORKER OWPA 070 Word Processing PREP PROGRAM YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… - ASSOCIATE • ABT Administrative Assistant CERTIFICATE (ABT) Certificate • Access Program: Pre-Business stopwatch Full-time or Part-time • Associate Degree in Arts with Commerce specialization CALENDAR-STAR September • Business Management clock 15 weeks Certificate and Diploma • Legal Administrative  Online Assistant Certificate The Office Worker Prep Program • Medical Office Assistant provides students with the skills to Rev. 190715 meet the entrance requirements and to be successful in more advanced Applied Business Technology (ABT) program offerings. Students will have the option to continue in the Administrative Assistant or Office Assistant (online) programs. Students who need development in English, math, keyboarding and computer skills will also benefit from taking this program prior to advancing to other areas of study.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1. Math 10 and English 10 or equivalent 2. Two written references from an employer, teacher, education sponsor, community leader or volunteer organization, attesting to your suitability for success in the program. 3. Personal interview with instructor, coordinator, or designate. Graduation Requirements In order to qualify for graduation and obtain the certificate, students must pass all courses with a minimum grade of B- (68%).

PROGRAM OUTLINE OWPA 050 Business English OWPA 055 Business Math and Calculators OWPA 057 Self-Management Skills OWPA 059 Essential Office Skills OWPA 063 Keyboarding Skill Development OWPA 065 Computer Essentials OWPA 067 Computer Applications

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 17

POST-DIPLOMA IN Graduation requirements • Business Management In order to receive the diploma, Certificate and Diploma HUMAN RESOURCES students must pass each course and IMPORTANT DATES MANAGEMENT achieve an overall 2.67 GPA, or 68% (“B- ” grade) or higher. Fall term stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Credentials • September 3 – December 16, 2019 The program curriculum is designed to • Exams – December 5 - 13, 2019 CALENDAR-STAR September, January and ensure graduates have the knowledge Spring term May necessary to obtain the designation. For • January 6 – April 24, 2020 clock 12-course format over more information, please see • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 four semesters www.cphr.ca • Exams – April 16 - 24, 2020 MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Chartered Professionals in Human Intersession (Continuing Education) Resources • May 11 – July 30, 2020 This program gives students the PROGRAM OUTLINE • Exams – July 27 - 30, 2020 knowledge they require to become Rev. 190715 effective supervisors, managers or Semester 1 human resources professionals in HRPR 301 Compensation and Canada. Graduates of this program Benefits may be eligible to take the National HRPR 308 Professional Practice Knowledge Exam, the first of two MGT 266 Management Skills for exams towards the CPHR Chartered Supervisors Professionals in Human Resources Semester 2 designation. The program covers CPHR competency framework. HRPR 303 Training and Development ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS HRPR 305 Employment Law, Employment Standards Students admitted into this program and Human Rights must have a minimum of a two-year HRPR 307 Recruitment and diploma from a recognized post- Selection secondary institution, or equivalent. International students from a non- Semester 3 English speaking country will be HRPR 302 Occupational Health required to provide proof of a 6.0 IELTS and Safety or 80 IBT TOEFL result. HRPR 304 Performance There will be two intakes a year. Management Courses are spread over four MGT 264 Industrial Relations semesters, allowing students to engage Semester 4 in practicum/capstone projects while HRPR 300 Strategic Human also offering working students a more Resources Planning manageable course load, meeting the academic needs of Canadian and HRPR 309 Advanced Topics in international students. Professional Practice Either: Criminal Record Check HRPR 400 Human Resources Practicum students must undergo Management a criminal record search, through Practicum the Ministry of Justice. The cost is Or your responsibility. A search which HRPR 401 Human Resources identifies relevant criminal convictions Management Capstone may prevent you from entering into Project a practicum placement, and may also impact job prospects in the field of YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Human Resource Management upon INTERESTED IN: completion of the program. • Applied Leadership Certificate • Associate Degree in Arts with Commerce Specialization

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 18 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

POST DIPLOMA THMG 308 Marketing the Tourism Industry IN TOURISM COM 204 Financial Accounting THMG 310 Financial Management AND HOTEL for Tourism and MANAGEMENT Hotel Management THMG 312 Customer Service Management of stopwatch Full-time Tourism Operations CALENDAR-STAR Start September THMG 314 Contemporary Issues and January in Tourism and Hotel Management clock 2 years THMG 316 Strategic Tourism MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Management This program will provide you with THMG 318 The Business of the opportunity to gain an in-depth Hotel Management understanding of tourism and hotel THMG 320 Event Coordination management and prepare you with the Essentials knowledge, analytical, interpersonal THMG 322 Leadership Skills and practical skills needed to pursue for Tourism supervisory and management careers CUE 150 Skills Development: in the rapidly expanding domestic and Time Management international tourism markets. The CUE 152 Skills Development: program content has been created in Interpersonal Skills collaboration with industry experts, CUE 154 Skills Development: ensuring its relevancy, and will maintain Goal Setting a connection with the local tourism CUE 156 Skills Development: industry throughout the program. Team Building THMG 340 Tourism and Hotel ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Management 1. Minimum successful completion of Practicum a 2-year diploma from a recognized post-secondary institution or YOU MIGHT ALSO BE equivalent. INTERESTED IN… 2. Students whose first language is • Business Management not English must show proof of Certificate and Diploma a minimum IELTS score of 6.0 or equivalent. IMPORTANT DATES Graduation Requirements: Fall term Students must complete all of the • September 3 – December 16, 2019 following 18 courses with a minimum • Exams – December 5 - 13, 2019 “B-“ cumulative GPA (2.67) and an “S” Spring term Grade in THMG 340: Tourism and Hotel Management Practicum, to graduate • January 6 – April 24, 2020 with a Post-Diploma in Tourism and • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 Hotel Management. • Exams – April 16 - 24, 2020 Rev. 180625 PROGRAM OUTLINE THMG 300 The Business of Global Tourism THMG 302 Business Writing for the Tourism Industry THMG 304 Communications and Technology in Tourism MGT 263 Human Resource Development

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Community & Continuing Education 19 COMMUNITY AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

CNC’s Community and Continuing Education departments at all of our campuses offer a broad spectrum of professional development, career-oriented and general interest courses and programs. The College is committed to community and individual development and works closely with industry, community agencies and advisory committees to develop training and employment-oriented programs to meet the needs of identified groups throughout all CNC campuses.

IF YOU DON’T SEE IT, ASK FOR IT! CNC’s Continuing Education departments in all regions offer customized training to suit your organization’s needs.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 20 Community & Continuing Education For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CAMP & CATERING Housekeeping & Room or who has withdrawn from the Maintenance course with less than the grades ASSOCIATE CAMP 120 Basic Food Preparation as required by the program will be CAMP 125 Developing Career awarded second priority. CERTIFICATE Readiness Skills CEFA 114 Occupational First Aid YOU MIGHT ALSO BE stopwatch Full-time Level 1 INTERESTED IN… CALENDAR-STAR Start varies please contact CEFO 161 FoodSafe Level 1 • Pro Cook 1 campus for dates CEFO 170 SuperHost • Pro Cook 2 CEWH 100 WHMIS Rev. 190718 clock 13 weeks CAMP 130 Work Experience MAP-MARKER-ALT Mackenzie (Optional) The Camp & Catering Associate Classroom/Lab Hours per Week Certificate program prepares you to • This 397-hour program could be work in a variety of jobs ranging from offered over a 13-week period at Camp Cook, Cook Helper, Kitchen 30 hours/week. Hours could be Helper, Camp Attendant, and other ranging between 7:00 am – 5:00 jobs in work camps of various sizes, pm restaurants, and other hospitality • This program may require related industries. attendance in classes that are held For a definition of Associate Certificates outside of regular school hours please see The College of New and away from the student’s home Caledonia’s Policy: Policy E-1.10: community, for example in a camp Procedures for College Credentials setting or at a catering event. Policy. Graduation Requirements Successful completion of all courses ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS and safety training certifications. • Completion of Grade 10 English (or Students have three years to complete equivalent) and Mathematics 10 (or the Camp and Catering program. equivalent) Note 1: To obtain the Camp & Catering Note 1: Science 10 recommended Associate Certificate the following Note 2: Before the program starts, courses must be completed before the students will need to submit end of the program. official college forms (supplied • WorkSafe Occupational First Aid with acceptance) certifying current Level 1 (CEFA-114), immunizations, TB screening, and a • FoodSafe Level 1 (CEFO-161) health self-assessment. • SuperHost (CEFO-170) Program Information • WHMIS (CEWH-100) Student Equipment Requirements will Re-admission be outlined in the acceptance package. A student who withdraws from the Note 1: If student has completed a program voluntarily should notify a Camp Cook training program in the last faculty member and the student will three years, please contact the campus be required to apply for re-admission to discuss possible exemptions. to the program. Re-admission will be Note 2: FoodSafe Level 1 certificate considered on a space-available basis must be valid prior to the start of the and will be administered according to program, or completed within the first the following priorities: two weeks. 1. A student who has successfully Program Outline completed the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the time of CAMP 105 Introduction to Camp withdrawal, has maintained course Procedures grades required by the program CAMP 110 Practical Camp & (or higher), will be awarded first Catering Essential priority. CAMP 115: Camp 2. A student who has failed a course

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Community & Continuing Education 21

COMMUNITY AND - Lockout PowerPoint - S100 Fire Suppression Pesticide Application and Dispenser QuickBooks CONTINUING - H2S Alive Residue and Waste Measurement - Traffic Control EDUCATION Resource Road Driving CNC Nechako – Fort St. James Spill Response stopwatch Part-time Airbrakes Snowmobile rider courses Traffic Control CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies Computer Studies Customer Service Training Transportation of Dangerous Goods clock Duration varies H2S Alive WHMIS (Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems) MAP-MARKER-ALT All CNC campuses Live Burn Orientation Live Fire Level 1 and 2 WorkSafeBC training modules SAMPLING OF CAREER COURSES Occupational Health and Safety SAMPLING OF GENERAL Training: Increase your employability or improve INTEREST COURSES - Confined Space your professional skills with short Relax, have fun, and meet new friends. - Fall Protection courses in business, computers, health Here are just a few of the dozens of care, hospitality, and trades, including - Spill Response general interest courses (subject to several recognized certificate programs. Red Cross First Aid change): Here are a few examples (subject to Professional Development change): Train-the-Trainer CNC Lakes District – Burns Lake WorkSafeBC First Aid Levels 1 and 3 Aikido CNC Lakes District – Burns Lake Firearms Safety CNC Nechako – Vanderhoof Intro to First Nations Communities CNC Lakes District - Granisle in the Lakes District Bookkeeping for the Home- Based Computer Training Computer Training Business Seniors’ Computer Training Emergency Childcare First Aid Cashier Training FoodSafe Customer Service CNC Lakes District – Southside Occupational First Aid 1&3 Occupational First Aid CORE Hunter Training Occupational First Aid CNC Prince George Firearms Safety Transportation Endorsement Bookkeeping Certificate CNC Mackenzie Workplace Safety: Dental Office Receptionist Cake Decorating - WHMIS EMR Babysitting - Spill Response Healthcare professional development CNC Nechako – Fort St. James - Transportation of Dangerous Goods Human Resources Post-diploma Management Skills for Supervisors ATV Training - S100 Fire Suppression Medical Device Reprocessing Belly Dancing - H2S Alive Technician Cooking - Traffic Control Medical Office Assistant CNC Nechako Medical Terminology CNC Mackenzie Beekeeping Microsoft Office training Digital Photography Airbrakes Primary Care Paramedic CNC Prince George Computer training: Microsoft Office Vehicle Inspection Endorsement First Aid, including: Kids Pro D Days CNC Quesnel - WorkSafe BC First Aid (1, TE, and 3) Photography All-terrain vehicle rider course - Standard for Mines CNC Quesnel BC Faller Certification - CPR Bear Aware ATV Training - AED Chainsaw Safety IF YOU DON’T SEE IT, ASK FOR IT FoodSafe Level 1 Electrical Code Refresher Heavy Equipment Operator Program Environmental Management Systems CNC’s Continuing Education Level “D” Crane Certification: Fire Suppression S100 departments in all regions offer Rigging and Lifting First Aid customized training to suit your Life Skills Forklift Training organization’s needs. Workplace Safety: Heat and Cold Stress - WHMIS Helicopter Safety - Confined Space Log Scaling and Grading Management Skills for Supervisors - Fall Protection MS Office 2016: Word, Excel, - Spill Response

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 22 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca HEALTH SCIENCES

If you thrive in a demanding, yet rewarding work environment which allows you to help others, then explore a career in health sciences. Our health sciences programs combine a strong theoretical base with extensive hands-on experience in health facilities across the province. .

DENTAL ASSISTING CERTIFICATE...... 23 DENTAL HYGIENE DIPLOMA...... 25 DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY PROGRAM...... 28 HEALTH CARE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE...... 31 MEDICAL DEVICE REPROCESSING TECHNICIAN ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE...... 33 MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY SCIENCE DIPLOMA...... 34 MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA...... 36 NURSING, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING...... 39 NURSING UNIT ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE...... 44 PRACTICAL NURSE DIPLOMA...... 46

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 23

DENTAL ASSISTING Persistent interest in the program, assessment. as shown by repeated qualified • A Schedule B criminal record CERTIFICATE applications search for vulnerable populations is 1.00 required. A search which identifies criminal convictions may prevent stopwatch Full-time Completion of any of the following to the student from entering clinical a maximum of 3 points: CALENDAR-STAR Starts September or practicum program components clock One year • DENO 150 Introduction to Dentistry and therefore may not allow the at B- or better (see CNC Program student to graduate. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Guide and Course Calendar for • Students must provide proof of The program combines lectures course descriptions) current CPR certification, level C and clinical practice in preparation 1.00 (preferred) or Basic Life Support for a career in private practice, • Dental receptionist program (BLS) for the duration of the program. Online CPR courses are group practice, dental clinics, public 1.00 health, and other related areas. After not accepted. Students who are completing this program, you’ll be • Self-reported volunteer experience not CPR certified will be denied eligible to become a Certified Dental of 8 or more hours in a dental entry into clinical course(s). Clinical Assistant (CDA) through the College of office courses begin week 1 of the Dental Surgeons of British Columbia. 1.00 program Maximum possible points 13.66 General Information ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Program outline • A caring nature, interest in the 1. Proof of high school graduation or well-being of others, excellent Semester 1 equivalent. interpersonal skills, ability to work DENT 150 Dental Assisting in a fast-paced team atmosphere 2. English 12 or English First Peoples Foundations and accurately follow verbal and 12; English 050 or English 051, or DENT 151 Prevention I written directions are essential for equivalent, with a grade of B. DENT 153 Dental Sciences program success. 3. Biology 12 or Biology 050, or DENT 157 Dental Assisting Clinic I • Computer literacy, word processing equivalent, with a grade of C+ or MGT 154 Applied Human and Internet experience are higher. Relations essential in order to utilize dental software, electronic record keeping Note 1: Two (2) seats in the Dental Semester 2 Assisting program intake will be and digital imaging programs. DENT 160 Restorative Dentistry reserved for qualified aboriginal • In addition to expenses of DENT 161 Prevention II applicants. tuition, textbooks, and uniforms, DENT 163 Dental Specialties I students are required to purchase Note 2: One (1) seat in Dental Assisting DENT 166 Professional Issues miscellaneous clinic supplies and intake will be reserved for a qualified DENT 167 Dental Assisting Clinic II equipment. international student applicant. DENT 169 Radiology • It may be necessary for a student Selection process DENT 190 Practicum I to be placed in a practicum location When there are more applicants than Intersession outside the Prince George area. Students are expected to cover the seats available, the following criteria will DENT 173 Dental Specialties II costs of accommodation, travel, be used to select 100 % of the class: DENT 176 Office Practice and living expenses. Max. points Management • Dental assistants need good DENT 177 Dental Assisting Clinic Letter grade B or higher for English eyesight, hearing and hand- III 12 or equivalent. The letter grade for eye coordination It is strongly DENT 191 Practicum II English 12 will contribute its actual recommended that students have points. Program Requirements an eye examination and obtain 3.0-4.33 • All Dental Assisting students must corrective eyewear if needed. Letter grade C+, higher for Biology maintain a C grade or higher (70- • Information regarding estimated 12, or equivalent. The letter grade for 74.9%) in order to progress in the program costs, supplies, Biology 12 will contribute its actual program. Any grade lower than a C immunizations and other required points. will result in an F grade issued. documentation will be provided to • Students must provide proof of students in a program acceptance 2.33-4.33 current immunization (including package. Resident of northern BC Hepatitis B), a dental examination All costs associated with the above are 1.00 and complete a health self- the responsibility of the student.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 24 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Advanced standing dental assisting course once will be requirement of “successful completion” The Dental Studies Department of the allowed to apply for readmission to the to a B grade for entry into the program College of New Caledonia believes in program. Multiple course failures or a and Biology 12 or equivalent increased providing credit for previous education subsequent failure in dental assisting from a C to a C+ grade for entry as that directly relates to either the Dental courses will exclude the student from these reflect a similar standard across Hygiene or Dental Assisting program. further study and re-admission to the other BC public Dental Assisting Students will have the opportunity to program. The student may not apply programs admission requirements. again to the program under the new demonstrate they have previously met Certification the goals and objectives of a particular student category. To be eligible for registration and course. A student who withdraws from the certification with the College of Dental program voluntarily must notify the The student must approach the Surgeons of British Columbia, graduates program coordinator and will be Program Coordinator with the request must pass the National Dental Assistant required to apply for re-admission to to have his/her credentials evaluated Board Examination. as they relate to a course. The Program the program. Coordinator, in consultation with the Re-admission to the program is IMPORTANT DATES instructor responsible for the course, considered on a space-available basis will evaluate the student’s credentials. and will be administered according to Fall term The student must provide copies of the following priorities: • September 3 – December 16, 2019 transcripts and course syllabi with (includes exams) course objectives as part of their 1. A student who has successfully Spring term credentials. completed the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the time of • January 6 – April 10, 2020 (includes Challenges for all courses must be withdrawal maintained an overall exams) submitted within three weeks after the grade of “C” or higher, will be • Practicum -April 13 – April 24, 2020 program starts. The student should accorded first priority. attend all classes until it is determined • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 if credit is granted. Students will 2. A student who has failed a dental Intersession be advised of the Exemption and assisting course once or who has • April 27 – May 29,, 2020 Assessment Policy in their program withdrawn from the dental assisting • Practicum -June 1 – June 12, 2020 acceptance letters. course with less than a “C” grade Rev. 190715 Refer to “Admissions, fees and policy standing in the course will be information” in this calendar for policy accorded second priority. and fee information on exemptions, 3. A student who withdraws twice challenging exams, and prior learning from the program and applies for assessments. re-admission, will be accorded the Application procedure lowest priority. Application forms are available from 4. In the event that two students with the Office of the Registrar and may be the same priority status are applying submitted after September 15 for the for readmission and only one seat following year. Applicants are advised is available, priority will be given to to submit their applications as early as the student with the highest dental possible in the academic year. assisting program grade point average. Applications received after March 31 for fall entry into open enrolment Time lapse between programs are considered late and clinical courses will be processed subject to course Students who are out of the CNC dental availability. assisting program for more than three Applications must be completed (3) months are required to enroll at the before April 30 to be considered in the start of a program year and complete selection process. Acceptance into the the following clinical courses even if program commences May 1 for the the student was successful in clinical intake in September. courses prior to program re-entry: DENT 157 Clinic I, DENT 167 Clinic II and Re-admission DENT 177 Clinic III. The dental assisting program must be Note: The English 12 or equivalent completed within a three-year period. prerequisite is proposed to be A student who is unsuccessful in a increased to from the current

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 25

DENTAL HYGIENE Reference letters and the Candidate’s program and understands the Questionnaire (CQ) must also be duties and responsibilities of the DIPLOMA completed by March 15. The CQ can dental hygiene profession. be accessed online and completed at • All program requirements must be stopwatch Full-time the applicant’s convenience (see the com­pleted within five years of initial Dental Hygiene Application Package enrolment. CALENDAR-STAR Starts September for more information). Students must • All Dental Hygiene courses must clock Two years still submit final transcripts for all maintain a “B-” as a pass grade and prerequisites by May 18, verifying that MAP-MARKER-ALT any grade lower than 68.0% will Prince George all of the prerequisite courses meet the result in an “F” grade. minimum admission requirements of an CNC’s program prepares you to work • Word processing and Internet average GPA of 3.0 (“B”) with no grade in private/group practices, dental experience are necessary for lower than a “C”. clinics, public health, and more. Dental students registered in the program. hygienists today are dental health Note 2: Two seats in the Dental • Dental Studies graduates are educators, teaching patients about oral Hygiene intake will be reserved for required to undergo criminal hygiene and promoting dental health in qualified aboriginal applicants. records searches as part of the the community. Note 3: Two seats in the Dental Hygiene process of licensure. Any costs are intake will be reserved for qualified the responsibility of the student. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS international student applicants. • In addition to expenses of tuition, textbooks, and uniforms, students 1. All of the following or their Program requirements and are expected to purchase their own equivalents at a first-year general information college/university level, with an instruments and miscellaneous • Official college forms certifying average GPA of 3.0 (“B”) with no clinic supplies and to cover the current immunizations and dental grade lower than a “C” in any of the cost of CPR training. Specific and health examinations. You will prerequisite courses: information regarding the purchase receive these forms as part of of equipment, clinical attire, - Biology 111 and 112 (Human CNC’s acceptance process, and textbooks, and other costs will be Anatomy and Physiology, with you must complete them before provided in an acceptance letter labs) the program starts. You must also and during the first week of class. or equivalent be vaccinated for Hepatitis B. The • Dental hygienists need good - Chemistry 111 and 112, or costs of immunizations are your eyesight. Before you’re accepted Chemistry 113 and 114, or responsibility. into the program, it’s strongly equivalent • You will have to undergo a criminal recommended that you have - Psychology 101 and 102 or record search with the BC Ministry an eye examination and obtain equivalent of Justice at the beginning of the corrective eyewear if needed. program. The cost of this search - English 103 or equivalent, plus is your responsibility. A search Advanced standing one additional first-year English which identifies relevant criminal The Dental Studies Department of the course convictions may prevent you from College of New Caledonia believes in - Math 104 or Psychology 201 or entering clinical or practicum providing credit for previous education equivalent setting components of the program that directly relates to either the Dental - One university-level elective and therefore may not enable you Hygiene or Dental Assisting program. The university transfer courses must to graduate. Students will have the opportunity to be transferable to and from other BC • Upon entry into the program, demonstrate they have previously met institutions. Refer to the BC Transfer students must provide the goals and objectives of a particular Guide website www.bctransferguide. documentation of CPR certification, course. ca to ensure course equivalences from level C (preferred) or Health Care The student must approach the and to other educational institutions. Provider (HCP). CPR online courses Program Coordinator with the request It is highly recommended applicants are not acceptable. Students are to have his/her credentials evaluated discuss their first-year college/university responsible for the costs of CPR as they relate to a course. The Program course choices with a CNC advisor. certification and must maintain Coordinator, in consultation with the All listed university courses are also certification while in the program. instructor responsible for the course, offered at the Quesnel campus. • The Skills and Abilities Information will evaluate the student’s credentials. Note 1: March 15 is the deadline to form must be completed. The form The student must provide copies of submit documents for early conditional requires the applicant to verify transcripts and course syllabi with acceptance. At that time, the GPA score that he or she understands the course objectives as part of their will be based on a minimum of 5 Dental personal and physical attributes credentials, then meet with Academic Hygiene Prerequisites completed. required to be successful in the Advisor to start process.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 26 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Challenges for all courses must be planning early. The program is program. Multiple course failures or a submitted within three weeks after the demanding, and adding full-time studies subsequent failure in dental hygiene program starts. The student should to other obligations may be challenging. courses will exclude the student from attend all classes until it is determined further study and re-admission to the if credit is granted. Students will Semester 1 program; that student may not apply be advised of the Exemption and DHYG 200 Clinic I again to the program under the new Assessment Policy in their program DHYG 205 Dental Hygiene Care I student category. The dental hygiene acceptance letters. DHYG 210 Dental Anatomy program must be completed within a Refer to “Admissions, fees and policy DHYG 215 Oral Microbiology five-year period. information” in this calendar for policy DHYG 220 Professional Practice I Re-admission to the program is and fee information on exemptions, DHYG 225 Oral Health Promotion considered on a space-available basis challenge exams, and prior learning BIO 230 Head and Neck and will be administered according to assessment. Anatomy the following priorities: Semester 2 Selection process 1. A student who has successfully When there are more applicants than DHYG 260 Clinic II completed the prerequisite seats available, the following criteria will DHYG 265 Dental Hygiene Care II courses and/or who, at the time of be used to select 100% of the class: DHYG 275 Pain Management withdrawal maintained an overall or DHYG 276 Pain grade of “B-” or higher, will be Max. points Management with accorded first priority. GPA based on Dental Hygiene Application* 2. A student who has failed a dental prerequisites (2.67–4.33 points) DHYG 280 Dental Diseases I hygiene course or who has 4.33 BIO 270 Pathology and withdrawn from the dental hygiene Oral Biology Completion of the Dental Hygiene course with less than a “B-” grade prerequisites in a consecutive DHYG 285 Dental Radiography standing in the course will be 24-month period DHYG 290 Evidenced Based accorded second priority. Practice I 1.00 3. An evaluation of course work Semester 3 Resident of BC or the Yukon completed elsewhere will be DHYG 300 Clinic III 1.00 necessary for the student requesting One of the following: DHYG 305 Nutrition a transfer from another accredited DHYG 315 Dental Diseases II 1.00 dental hygiene program; the student • Completion of DENO 150, Certified DHYG 320 Pharmacology for will then be subject to the criteria Dental Assisting program, Dental Dental Hygiene Care above and will be accorded third Receptionist program DHYG 325 Community Health priority. • Employment in a dental office Semester 4 January – April 4. A student who withdraws twice from (3 months full time or equivalent) DHYG 350 Clinic IV the same course, and applies for Note: Volunteer experience does not DHYG 355 Practice Management re-admission to that course, will be count DHYG 360 Oral Pathology accorded the lowest priority on the course’s waiting list. Persistent interest in the program, DHYG 365 Community Dental as shown by repeated qualified Health 5. In the event that two students with applications DHYG 370 Professional Practice II similar priority status are applying 1.00 DHYG 380 Evidence Based for re-admission to the dental Practice II hygiene program and only one seat Subtotal 8.33 Note1: *DHYG 276 Pain Management is available, priority will be given to The reference letters and Candidate’s with Application will be offered under the student with the highest grade Questionnaire for the top 50 candidates select circumstances and requires point average. will be scored: approval for student registration from Time lapse between • Two reference letters the Dean, School of Health Sciences. clinical courses (0–1 points) 1.00 Note 2: All Dental Hygiene courses have Students who are out of clinical practice • Candidate’s Questionnaire a passing grade of “B-.” Any grade lower in the CNC dental hygiene program for (1–2 points) 2.00 than 68% results in an “F.” more than 8 months will be assessed Total: 11.33 Re-admission by faculty to determine what (if any) clinical practice remediation is needed A student who is unsuccessful in a PROGRAM OUTLINE in order to ensure the student is safe dental hygiene course once will be Students with home/family to work on patients. This assessment allowed to apply for re-admission to the responsibilities are advised to begin will be determined on a student by

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 27 student basis. This assessment of skills IMPORTANT DATES may take place prior to the students Fall term return to clinical courses or within the first 2 weeks of returning to clinic. • September 3 – December 16, 2019 The outcome of this remediation may (includes exams) result in the students extending their Spring term completion time within the program. • January 6 – May 8, 2020 (includes Application procedure exams) Application forms may be submitted • Break – February 17 - 21, 2020 after September 15 for admission in the Rev. 190715 following year. Applicants are advised to submit their application early in the academic year. Acceptance into the program starts in mid-June for the intake in September. Official transcripts with final grades must be submitted by May 18. Only completed applications will be considered in the selection process. Applications received after March 15 for fall entry into open enrolment programs are considered late and will be processed subject to course availability.

Dental Hygiene degree opportunities Graduates from the College of New Caledonia Dental Hygiene Diploma program have the option of completing a Bachelor of Dental Sciences at UBC and a Bachelor of Health Sciences from TRU. For further information, go to UBC Faculty of Dentistry website at www. dentistry.ubc.ca and www.tru.ca/science/distance.html

Licensing To be eligible for registration and licensure with the College of Dental Hygienists of British Columbia, graduates must pass the National Dental Hygiene Certification Examination.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Dental Assisting Certificate • Medical Laboratory Technology Science Diploma • Medical Radiography Technology Diploma • Nursing, Bachelor of Science in Nursing • Nursing Unit Assistant Certificate • Practical Nurse Diploma

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 28 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

DIAGNOSTIC Selection Process (to be submitted prior to In the event of over subscription to program start date): MEDICAL the program, applicants who meet • Proof of current immunizations SONOGRAPHY the admission requirements will be status – as recommended by the reviewed through the Selection Criteria BC Center for Disease control PROGRAM listed below. and required by provincial health Successful completion of program authorities. Students may be stopwatch Full-time requirements does not guarantee prevented from starting clinical students a seat in the program. placements with incomplete CALENDAR-STAR Starts September immunization schedules. clock 2 years 1. The cumulative grade point average • CPR certification, Level C (minimum of the required English, Biology, requirement). CPR online courses MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Physics and Mathematics courses are not acceptable. Students (minimum GPA 3.0 with a ‘B’ or are responsible for maintaining ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS better in each) contributes its actual certification for the duration of the points, i.e. a GPA of 3.7 contributes program 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 3.7 points • Criminal Record Search with the or equivalent 4.33 BC Ministry of Justice. A search 2. The following courses, with a grade 2. 30 course credits or more at the which identifies relevant criminal of ‘B’ or better in each: post-secondary level in which the convictions may prevent you from • English 12 or English 12: First language of instruction was English entering clinical orpracticum setting Peoples or equivalent* and with an overall GPA of 2.50 • Successful completion of Medical • Foundations Math 12 or Pre- contributes 2.00 points Terminology for Sonography (SONO Calculus Math 12 or equivalent 2.00 101) or equivalent • Physics 12 or equivalent 3. Education in a health care field All costs associated with the above are • Biology 12 or equivalent – proof of degree, diploma or the responsibility of the student. certificate (minimum 6-month full 3. Completed Self-Report on Suitability Clinical Requirements: time program) is required form (see Application Package The Medical Diagnostic Sonography 1.00 Appendix C) program includes extensive unpaid 4. 2 Original references Required entrance courses must be clinical practice hours that allow 1.00 completed within the past 5 years. students to apply skills in the health care setting. Successful completion Note: For candidates whose first 5. Residency in the two years prior to of all clinical hours is mandatory language is not English – In addition the date of application contributes a for successful program completion. to having English 12 (or equivalent) maximum of 2.00 points (proof may Students participating in clinical applicants must also provide proof of be required): placements and working in patient care English language proficiency through • BC/Yukon/NWT resident (1.00 areas (whether working directly with one of the following: point) patients or not) are required to adhere • Northern BC resident (2.00 points) to all agency policies including (but not 1. English as a Foreign Language Maximum of 2.00 (TOEFL iBT) score of 88 with no limited to): section below 20, within the previous Total possible score 10.33 • Influenza Prevention Policy – 2 years or: Students who meet the admission Provincially mandated through the • International English Language requirements but are not offered a seat BC Centre for Disease Control, this Testing System (IELTS) equivalency will be waitlisted for the program year in policy states that anyone working in of 6.5 with no bands below 6.0. which they apply only. patient care areas must either be Note: Self-identified Canadian vaccinated yearly or wear a mask 2. Successful completion of six credits Aboriginal applicants who meet the for the duration of the influenza of post-secondary first-year English admission requirement by the priority season. Information will be studies at a recognized college or deadline will be given priority for 2 provided to students as it becomes university in an English speaking seats. If there are more than 2 qualified available. country. Aboriginal applicants at the priority • N95 Respiratory Protection Policy Preference will be given to residents deadline, these qualified applicants will – Worksafe BC regulates the use of Northern British Columbia. be ranked accordingly. of Personal Protective Equipment Northern British Columbia is defined for health care workers; this policy as the Northern Health Authority’s Program requirements once requires anyone working with geographical boundaries. accepted into the Diagnostic patients on respiratory isolation Medical Sonography program precautions be FIT tested for a

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 29

N95 respirator. This is an annual to disturbing scenarios such admission applicant. competency requirement that is as trauma patients, surgical All required Diagnostic Medical incurred at the student’s expense. procedures and symptoms of Sonography courses must be Students will be provided with hospitalized patients completed within a 5 year time frame. specific instructions on how to • Exemplary demonstrated written Students applying for re-admission access fit testing by the program and oral English; sonographers may be required to demonstrate that prior to the first clinical. are required to accurately follow they have maintained their knowledge Clinical placements are throughout the written requisitions and fast-paced and skills for re-entry into the Northern Health Authority and other verbal directions program which includes assessment provincial health authorities. Students • Computer literacy is required in by Sonography faculty. Students will will be required to travel to clinical both the workplace setting and in be required to re-enroll in any clinical sites and/or acquire accommodations the classroom setting where course practicum course (even if successful near clinical sites. All travel and living work will be delivered via electronic in the course prior to withdrawing expenses related to clinical placements platforms (online learning) from the program) if more than 18 is the responsibility of the student. Re-Admission Policy months has lapsed since the student Depending on the clinical site and withdrew from the Diagnostic Medical A student who is unsuccessful in any preceptor availability, clinical practice Sonography program. one course required in the Diagnostic may be configured and offered outside Medical Sonography Program will of the existing timetable structure PROGRAM OUTLINE be permitted to repeat the course and sessional dates. Attendance in once under the re-admission policy. Term 1 (15 weeks) each clinical practicum is compulsory; A student who withdraws from the students who do not complete their BIO 170 Anatomy and program voluntarily must notify a total required practicum hours will be Physiology for faculty member and will be required to at risk for failure. Any time a student Sonography apply for re- admission to the program. is unable to attend practicum due SONO 100 General Sonography I Students who have any combination to unforeseen circumstances, the SONO 105 Women’s Sonography I of two instances of withdrawal or student must contact his/her clinical SONO 103 Cardiac Sonography I failure in a Sonography course may instructor and clinical area with notice; SONO 107 Patient Care for only apply for re-admission with time for notice will be determined by Sonography documented approval from the Dean each clinical site. Making up missed (or delegate), who will detail any special PHYS 170 Physics for Sonography clinical time cannot be guaranteed, and considerations in a written contract with I may only be granted in extenuating the student. Re-admission is considered SONO 109 Relational Practice I circumstances, pending the availability on a space-available basis and will be Term 2 (15 weeks) of a clinical site and preceptor. Clinical administered according to the following placements may require the student to SONO 129 Relational Practice II priorities: be available for day/evening/night shifts SONO 120 General Sonography II and on weekends. 1. A student who has successfully SONO 125 Women’s Sonography II completed the pre requisite SONO 123 Cardiac Sonography II General requirements courses and has withdrawn from SONO 131 Vascular Sonography I the program will be awarded first Qualities essential to success for PHYS 173 Physics for Sonography priority. Medical Diagnostic Sonography II students include: 2. A student who has failed a required Term 3 (12 weeks) • Strong sense of responsibility, course will be awarded second SONO 133 Clinical Orientation caring nature, interest in the priority. well-being of others, excellent 3. A student requesting transfer SONO 145 Pathophysiology for interpersonal skills, strong from another Diagnostic Medical Sonography problem-solving skills and ability to Sonography program at another SONO 135 Clinical I work in diverse teams institution will be subjected to the Term 4 (13 weeks) above criteria and be awarded third • Physical and mental stamina, SONO 230 General Sonography III priority. Sonographers are required to SONO 237 Women’s Sonography move and transferpatients, work Selection for re-admission seating will III be based on the priorities listed above. with and around heavy equipment, SONO 233 Cardiac Sonography III and to manage in busy and often If there is more than one student SONO 231 Vascular Sonography II stressful workplace environments applying the same priority, the higher PHYS 175 Physics for Sonography GPA determined from the courses • Ability to meet all competencies III listed in the Self-Report on they previously took in the Diagnostic Suitability form Medical Sonography program will be Term 5 (15 weeks) used to select the successful re- • Maintain professional sensitivity SONO 235 Clinical II

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 30 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

SONO 236 Professional Development Term 6 (20 weeks) SONO 245 Clinical III SONO 250 Clinical IV

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Community Support Worker Certificate • Dental Assisting Certificate • Health Care Assistant Certificate • Medical Laboratory Technology Science Diploma • Medical Radiography Technology Diploma • Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing program

IMPORTANT DATES Term 3 Cohort 1 • September 3 – November 22, 2019 Term 4 Cohort 1 • January 6 - April 3, 2020 Term 5 Cohort 1 • April 13 - July 24, 2020 Term 1 Cohort 2 • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Term 2 Cohort 2 • January 6 - April 17, 2020 Term 3 Cohort 2 • April 27 - July 17, 2020 rev 190717

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 31

HEALTH CARE scores (Sentence Structure, setting components of the program English Usage, and Reading and therefore may not eligible to ASSISTANT Comprehension) must total graduate from the program. a minimum of 20 out of a 3. Proof of Standard First Aid which CERTIFICATE maximum possible score of 40. includes CPR Level “C” and Food Safe Essay level of 4, with a minimum Level 1. Standard First Aid must be stopwatch Full-time essay score of 24/40 valid throughout enrolment in the CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary — please - Accuplacer: Grade 10 level or Health Care Assistant Program. higher. contact campuses directly Note: The costs of CPR Level C, • Non-native English speakers Standard First Aid, Food Safe Level 1, clock 29-week program offered must provide proof of one of the immunizations and Criminal Record over 35 weeks following: Check are the responsibility of the (Prince George) - Test of English as a Foreign student. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George (offered in Language (TOEFL) must have Acceptance process Burns Lake, Fort St. James, been written within last two If there’s room in the program, you’ll be Quesnel and Vanderhoof years, IBT only. Overall score of accepted once you’ve met all admission on a rotating basis) 76 with no score lower than 20 in Speaking and Listening and no requirements. This is called “first CNC’s program gives you the skills score lower than 18 in Reading qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify to care for disabled individuals living and Writing. after the program is full, you’ll be put on in long-term-care facilities or private a wait list. - International English Language homes. To help clients meet their Testing System (IELTS): Academic needs in all dimensions of health in or General Test must have PROGRAM OUTLINE their home or in a facility, the program been written within last two The program is based on the Health prepares you to help with assessments, years. Overall score of 6 with a Care Assistant curriculum set forth by communication, and activities of daily minimum of 6 in Speaking and the BC Ministry of Advanced Education. living (such as nutrition and personal Listening and no score lower hygiene). This is a full time, outcomes based than 5.5 in Reading and Writing. program. - Canadian Language Benchmark ADMISSION AND PROGRAM HCAP 120 Health and Healing: Placement Test (CLB PT) must REQUIREMENTS Concepts for Practice have been written within last HCAP 125 Health 1: Interpersonal 1. Completion of Grade 10 with English 6 months. Minimum scores: Communications 10 or English 030; Math 10 or Math Listening 7, Speaking 7, Reading HCAP 130 Health 2: Lifestyle 030 or equivalent. 6 and Writing 6. and Choices - Canadian English Language 2. Student Readiness Assessment Math HCAP 135 Health Care Assistant: Proficiency Index Program score of 16/36. Introduction to (CELPIP): Academic or General. Practice 3. English language competency Aggregate score of 4L or better, HCAP 140 Healing 1: Caring requirements: with 4L or better in Speaking and for Individuals Listening and 3H or better in • Native English speakers must Experiencing Common Reading and Writing. provide proof of one of the Health Challenges following: - Canadian Academic English HCAP 145 Healing 2: Caring Language Assessment (CAEL): - Completion of ENGL 10 or ENGL for Individuals Overall score of 60, with no 030 or equivalent with “C” or Experiencing Cognitive section less than 50. higher or Mental Challenges - Canadian Adult Achievement Prior to the first clinical HCAP 150 Healing 3: Personal Test (CAAT) with the following component of the program, Care and Assistance minimum scores: Reading you must have: HCAP 195 Practice Experience Comprehension 35/50; Spelling in Home Support, 1. Proof of meeting current 23/32 Assisted Living, and/or immunizations including Hepatitis B - Student Readiness Assessment Group Home and screening for TB. (SRA) with the following HCAP 199 Practice Experience minimum scores: Reading 23/40; 2. A Criminal Record check from in Multi-Level and/or Vocabulary 15/30; Spelling 22/30 the Ministry of Justice. A search Complex Care - Language Placement Index which identifies relevant criminal Important Notes convictions may prevent you from (LPI): the three individual • Campus labs and clinical entering clinical or practicum

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 32 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

experience include lifting and instructors of the program In order to graduate, the student must moving clients with disabilities. may be terminated from the • Obtain a minimum grade of “C” in It is therefore very important for program, by the Dean, upon the all graded HCAP courses the student to be in good physical instructor’s recommendation. • Complete all clinical practice Health condition. Application /intake /qualification Care Assistant courses with a /acceptance process Application • Students are advised that a history satisfactory grade of back problems may prevent forms are available from Office • Complete all requirements for the completion of the course or of the Registrar and may be Health Care Assistant Certificate success in finding and maintaining submitted after September 15 for within a four-year time frame. employment. Students are the following academic year. The encouraged to participate in a program begins in late August each Re-admission fitness program while enrolled in year. A student who is unsuccessful in a the course. The intent is to allow both accepted and course will be permitted to repeat • Students are expected to provide non-accepted applicants know their the course once. Two failures or their own transportation to various admission status in a timely manner withdrawals in the program will exclude community agencies and long-term to support their decision-making the student from further study in the care facilities. Approximately 50% process. As applicants apply and meet program. A student who withdraws of this program is spent gaining the admission requirements for the from the program voluntarily must practical experience at the above program, they will be accepted on an notify a faculty member and will be institutions. The schedule varies on-going basis until the program is full. required to apply for re-admission weekly and can include shifts If it becomes necessary to prioritize to the program. Re-admission is from 0600 to 1400 and 1500 to applicants for acceptance and wait considered on a space-available basis 2200, plus numerous shorter listing, the original date of application and will be administered according to appointments. is considered the “conditional the following priorities: • In addition to disbursements for qualification” date. This supports the 1. A student who has successfully tuition and textbooks, students are “first qualified, first accepted” concept completed the prerequisite expected to purchase their own espoused by the College. courses and/or who, at the time of uniform and supplies, to provide The College will keep the wait list withdrawal maintained an overall funds for travel to community through the first week of the program. grade of “C” or higher, will be agencies, to pay for parking, Should an applicant on the wait list not awarded first priority; and to cover the cost of the CPR gain acceptance by that time, he/she Level C, Standard First Aid and must re-apply for the next intake for the 2. A student who has failed an HCA FoodSafe certificates. Specific HCA program. course or who has withdrawn from information regarding the purchase Upon acceptance to the program, the the HCA course with less than a “C” of equipment, clinical attire, College will supply official forms to the grade standing in the course will be textbooks, and other items will be applicant denoting a complete listing awarded second priority. provided during the first week of of immunizations, TB and Hepatitis B class. 3. Placed under new heading. screening, as well as the health self- • Students are advised to complete assessment, which must be submitted Transfers: the CPR Level C, Standard ­­­­­­­­­­­­­first before starting the program. Also, A student requesting transfer from HCA aid and the FoodSafe certificates the influenza vaccine will be highly programs at other institutions will be before the start date of the Health recommended in a timely fashion, due subject to the above process and will be Care Assistant program. If students to the nature of the clients cared for by accorded third priority. have not had the opportunity to the HCA students. complete these certificates before IMPORTANT DATES the program, they will be required Criminal record check For the Prince George campus only; to do so during free time (not class You will have to undergo a criminal contact other campuses for their dates. time) and to be responsible for the record search with the BC Ministry costs of said certificates. Students of Justice at the beginning of the Fall term are required to have successfully program. The cost of this search is • August 19 – December 16, 2019 completed these certificates before your responsibility. A search which • Break - September 30 - October 5, their clinical experience. The first identifies relevant criminal convictions 2019 aid certificate and CPR Level C may prevent you from entering clinical must also be valid at the time of or practicum setting components of the Spring term graduation from the program. program and therefore may make you • January 06 – May 1,, 2020 • A student who accumulates not able to graduate. • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 five days of absence with Requirements for graduation • Preceptorship -May 2 - 22, 2020 no communication with the Rev. 180625

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 33

MEDICAL DEVICE recommended: • Flexibility to adjust to shift work. • Measles, Mumps, and Rubella • Absence of health problems which REPROCESSING • Tetanus/Diphtheria may affect ability to lift, stand for • Hepatitis B long periods, or perform repetitive TECHNICIAN movements. • Polio • Absence of allergies to substances ASSOCIATE • Varicella on the skin and the ability to wear • Meningococcal C CERTIFICATE gloves for extended period of time. • Influenza (on an annual basis) • Ability to lift at least 25 lbs, stand stopwatch Full-time A baseline TBskin test is also strongly for a long period of time, and recommended. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George (Community work in a specially designed environment. and Continuing Education) In the case of an outbreak, students that do not comply with Program Outline This program, composed of both a the immunization guidelines may MDRT 100 Medical Device theory and clinical component, will experience restrictions during clinical Reprocessing Theory prepare you to work as a Technician portion of their education by the in a Medical Device Reprocessing placement facility, until proof of MDRT 110 Medical Device (MDR) Department. Upon graduation, immunity is provided or until the Reprocessing Clinical you will have acquired the knowledge outbreak is declared over. Being Course Completion and ability to safely and correctly restricted from a required clinical Students must successfully complete operate a variety of equipment used in site may directly affect your ability to the theory and clinical portions of the MDR and demonstrate responsibility successfully complete the program. program simultaneously in order to and accountability of MDR duties by graduate from the program. performing duties in an ethical and legal Notes: manner to ensure patient safety. 1. The costs of immunizations and YOU MIGHT ALSO BE a Criminal Record Check are the INTERESTED IN… ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS responsibility of the student. • Access Program: Pre-Practical 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 2. A minimum grade of "B" in MDRT Nurse or equivalent; 100 and successful completion • Practical Nurse Diploma 2. Completion of English 12 or English (S) of MDRT 110 is required to • Health Care Assistant 12: First Peoples with a minimum C+ graduate from the Medical Device • Medical Laboratory Technology grade or equivalent Reprocessing Technician Associate Science Diploma Certificate program. • Medical Radiography Technology 3. Successful completion of MEDT 100 3. Students should be aware that - Medical Terminology, or equivalent, IMPORTANT DATES taken within the past three years following characteristics are strongly recommended to be successful in For the Prince George campus only; 4. Successful completion of CESS 151 the MDRT program: contact other campuses for their dates. Management Skills for Supervisors • Good command of the English Fall term Part 1: Interpersonal Communication language. Skills & Conflict Resolution or • September 9 - January 23, 2020 • Ability to attend to detail, to work equivalent • Break - December 20, 2019 - accurately and neatly, and to January 5, 2020 Program Requirements manage time effectively. Rev. 190716 Prior to the start ofthe practicum, • Ability to work under close direction accepted students will be required to: as well as ability to act with initiative as member of a health care team. 1. Complete a Criminal Record Check • Ability to work in a busy (CRC)from the Ministry oflustice. atmosphere and to respond A search which identifies relevant quickly to both verbal and written criminal convictions may prevent you requests. from entering the clinical component • Ability to work in a hospital setting. of the program and therefore make Previous hospital experience may you not eligible to graduate from the be an advantage. program. • Ability to behave respectfully in the 2. Provide a status report on their workplace. immunization history. Immunizations • Reliability and dependability with in the following are strongly good work habits.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 34 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

MEDICAL 3. Completion of Self-Report on applicant. Suitability form. PROGRAM OUTLINE LABORATORY 4. Completion of the Medical TECHNOLOGY Laboratory Technology Career Semester 1 17 weeks SCIENCE DIPLOMA Investigation Report form. MLTS 101 Medical Terminology Program Requirements MLTS 110 Clinical Microbiology • When you are accepted into the and Infection stopwatch Full-time program, you will have to supply Prevention CALENDAR-STAR Starts January us with documents certifying you MLTS 112 Introduction to have current immunizations, and Laboratory Medicine clock 2.5 years (to be completed health examinations. We will send MLTS 114 Anatomy and within 5 years) — 1.5 in you more information in your Physiology the classroom, and 1 in acceptance package. MLTS 116 Quality Systems practicum • You will have to undergo a criminal MLTS 122 Introduction to MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George record search with the BC Ministry Laboratory Analysis of Justice at the beginning of the As a medical laboratory technologist, Semester 2 17 weeks program. A search which identifies you will perform a variety of specialized MLTS 131 Histotechnology I relevant criminal convictions may tests using high-tech instrumentation MLTS 143 Clinical Microbiology II prevent you from entering clinical to help medical practitioners diagnose, or practicum setting components MLTS 158 Introduction to treat, and prevent disease. Professional of the program and therefore may Hematology responsibilities include collecting and make you not able to graduate. MLTS 164 Chemistry I preparing specimens for analysis; • The costs of immunizations and MLTS 176 Molecular Diagnostics testing blood, body fluids, and tissue criminal record checks are the MLTS 181 Transfusion Medicine I samples; and interpreting results. You responsibility of the student. will work independently, but as an Semester 3 17 weeks important part of the health-care team. Selection process MLTS 136 Histotechnology II Post diploma educational opportunities All students will be selected using the MLTS 144 Clinical Microbiology III include a Post- Diploma Bachelor of following criteria: MLTS 161 Hemopathology Science in Medical Lab Technology and MLTS 168 Chemistry II Bachelor of Health Sciences. Post- 1. The cumulative grade point average MLTS 182 Transfusion Medicine II diploma professional development is of the required English, biology, MLTS 195 Practicum Preparation chemistry and mathematics courses also offered locally, provincially, and Practicum 39 weeks nationally. contributes its actual points – e.g., a GPA of 3.2 contributes 3.2 points MLTS 238 Histotechnology CNC’s Medical Laboratory Technology 4.00 Practicum Science Diploma program is fully MLTS 248 Microbiology Practicum accredited. 2. 30 credits or more at the post- secondary level, or 1-year MLTS 264 Hematology Practicum After graduating, you will be eligible to equivalency, contributes 3 points MLTS 268 Chemistry Practicum write the CSMLS national examination 3.00 MLTS 270 Specimen Collection to become professionally certified, and Handling 3. Residents of BC or the Yukon will be which qualifies you to work as a medical Practicum awarded 1 point. laboratory technologist anywhere in MLTS 288 Transfusion Medicine 1.00 Canada. Practicum 4. Certified as a Medical Laboratory Note 1 Student selection for the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Assistant program is competitive. “C” is the 1.00 minimum, but higher grades will 1. Grade 12 or equivalent. 5. A completed “Medical Laboratory improve your chances of being 2. The following courses, each with a Technology Career Investigation accepted. grade of “C” or higher: Report” contributes up to 6 points Note 2 Self-identified Canadian - English 12 or English 12: First 6.00 Aboriginal applicants who meet the Peoples or equivalent Total possible points 15.00 admission requirements by the priority - Biology 12 or equivalent deadline will be given priority for 20% - Chemistry 12 or equivalent Note: In the event of a tie the last seat of seats. - Foundations of Math 12 or Pre- will be awarded to the first qualified Note 3 There will be four seats available Calculus 12 or equivalent for students who have successfully completed the Pre Medical Laboratory

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 35

Technology Access program and who program. necessary for the student requesting meet the admission requirements by Students are required to make a transfer from another accredited the priority deadline. significant tuition payments during MLTS program; the student will then Note 4 Semesters 1 – 3 consist of 51 the program and plan for costs of be subject to the above and will be weeks of classroom instruction and practicum placements outside of accorded third priority. related laboratory sessions at CNC. Prince George. Students applying to YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Before continuing to the next semester this program need to begin financial INTERESTED IN… or practicum, you must complete all planning early. courses in semesters 1 through 3 with • Access Program: Pre-Medical grades of 68% (B-) or more. Re-admission policy Laboratory Technologist The Medical Laboratory Technology • Access Program: Pre-Medical Note 5 For all courses with a laboratory Science program must be completed Radiography Technologist component, students must pass the within a five-year period. In the event lab component with a 68% (B-) or more • Access Program: Pre-Practical of significant changes to courses or to progress to the next semester or Nurse program matrix, students may be practicum. • Associate Degree in Science required to demonstrate that they have • Dental Assisting Certificate Note 6: Students must achieve a maintained their knowledge and skills satisfactory report on professionalism, for re-entry into the program. • Dental Hygiene Diploma which is based on the CSMLS Code of • Medical Radiography A student, who is unsuccessful in an Conduct and the CSMLS Code of Ethics Technology Diploma MLTS course once, may be required to proceed to the next semester or to withdraw and must then reapply for • Nursing, Bachelor of Science in practicum admission into the program. Multiple Nursing Note 7 To graduate from the program course failures, subsequent failure in • Practical Nurse Diploma you must achieve a successful result for the same MLTS course or requirement • University-level science courses the theory and practice components of to withdraw for unsuccessful • University Transfer First-Year each practicum course. professionalism evaluation will exclude Science Note 8 There may be additional costs the student from further study and associated with Practicum Preparation re-admission into the program; that IMPORTANT DATES student may not apply again to the as practicum partner sites change Fall - Semester 2 requirements. program. • August 19 – December 20, 2019 Any student who is readmitted into the Note 9 The practicum is spent applying • Break - October 14 - 18, 2019 theory to practice at clinical training program will be required to complete sites throughout BC. To ensure a all the courses in the term in which the Spring - Semester 1 & 3 comprehensive practicum, there may student is returning with a minimum • January 6 – May 15, 2020 be rotations between sites. During the B- grade and in future courses to • Break - March 9 - 20, 2020 progress. This may require a student practicum, you can expect to work an • Practicum - June 1, 2020 - April 30, to repeat courses that they previously average of 40 hours per week (may 2021 include early or late shifts and some successfully completed. Rev. 190715 weekends). Your progress will be Re-admission to the MLTS program is evaluated using competency-based considered on a space available basis objectives and theory exams and will be administered according to the following principles: Certification In Canada, medical lab technologists 1. A student, who has successfully must become certified by passing completed the prerequisite national examinations administered courses and/or who, at the time of by the Canadian Society of Medical withdrawal, maintained an overall Laboratory Science (CSMLS). Once grade of 68% (B-) or higher will be certified, they can work anywhere in accorded first priority. Canada. All provinces also require 2. A student who has failed an MLTS certified medical lab technologists to course or who has withdrawn from register with a provincial regulatory the MLTS course with less than body before starting work. a 68% (B-) grade standing in the Financial planning and awareness course will be accorded second Be aware that even though the program priority. is eligible for student loans, the loans 3. An evaluation of course work will not cover the entire cost of the completed elsewhere will be

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 36 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

MEDICAL following: interacting with various computer operating and software programs RADIOGRAPHY 1. Test of English as a Foreign (Internet browser, e-mail, word Language (TOEFL iBT) score of 88 processing). This program has a TECHNOLOGY with no section below 20, within the significant percentage of course DIPLOMA last two years; or work delivered via electronic 2. International English Language learning platforms such as Moodle. Additionally, radiographic images stopwatch Full-time Testing System- Academic (IELTS Academic) score of 6.5 overall with are viewed, stored and shared CALENDAR-STAR Starts September no band below 6.0, taken within the electronically. clock 2 consecutive years – last two years; or Selection process alternating terms of 3. Successful completion of six credits Only selected qualified short-listed theory/labs with clinical of post-secondary first-year English applicants will be invited to attend an placements in the field studies at a recognized college or interview. All students will be selected university in an English speaking using the following criteria: MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George county within the last two years. Max. points CNC, utilizing a provincial curriculum, 4. Completed Self-Report on Suitability 1. The cumulative grade point average has partnered with Northern Health Form. of the required English, Biology, to provide a northern Medical 5. Participation in a program Physics and Mathematics courses Radiography program. The program information session (these will be (with a minimum GPA 3.0 “B”, with no prepares students to work in the delivered face-to-face or available by course lower than “C+”) contributes following areas: electronic means for applicants) its actual points – e.g., a GPA of 3.2 • in the hospital medical imaging contributes 3.2 points. Required entrance courses, must be department; Up to 4.00 completed within the past 5 years. • at the patient’s bedside; If more than five years has elapsed, 2. 30 course credits or more at the • in the operating room or upgrading the pre-requisite courses post-secondary level, or 1-year Emergency department, and is mandatory, unless an exception is equivalency, contributes 2 points • in private imaging clinics. granted by the Dean of the School (Prorate points for less than 30 Earning a diploma in medical of Health Sciences. This is due to the credits or for less than 1 year). radiography technology is a base heavy emphasis on these subject areas Up to 2.00 for other certifications, such as in the CNC MRAD program. 3. Participation in a CNC MRAD advanced radiography certifications General requirements essential program information session. and specialized BSc and health to success for MRT students 1.00 administration degrees. These 4. A completed “Self-Report on additional qualifications are a key • Sense of responsibility, caring Suitability”. component of health care service. nature, interest in the well-being of others, excellent interpersonal 1.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS skills, strong problem-solving skills 5. Resident of BC or the Yukon. and good teamwork. 1.00 1. Successful completion of grade 12, or • Awareness that the MRT profession equivalent 6. Persistent interest in the program, is both physically and mentally as shown by repeated qualified 2. The following courses, with an demanding and requires individuals applications. average GPA of 3.0 (“B”) with no to cope well in a stressful 1.00 grade lower than a “C+” in any of the environment. Total of points for criteria 1 – 6 prerequisite courses: • Maintain a controlled sensitivity determines short-list for interview. • Either: English 12, English 12 First to disturbing scenarios such Peoples or equivalent as trauma patients, surgical 7. The interview and a completed • Either: Foundations of Math 12, procedures and symptoms of “Medical Radiography Technology Pre-Calculus 12 or equivalent hospitalized patients. Career Investigation” contributes up • Physics 12 or equivalent • Good physical fitness and mental to 5 points. Up to 5.00 • Biology 12 or equivalent acuity; this includes good/corrected eyesight and hearing. Total possible points 15.00 3. For candidates whose first language is not English – In addition to having • Competency in written and oral Information sessions will be offered English 12 (or equivalent) applicants English; must be able to accurately throughout the year for interested must also provide proof of English follow written requisitions and fast applicants. paced verbal directions. language proficiency through one of the Note: Self-identified Canadian • Computer literacy, such as

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 37

Aboriginal applicants who meet the completed within a five-year period.) Procedures 2 admission requirement by the priority Re-admission to the program is MRAD 237 Inter-professional deadline will be given priority for two considered on a space-available basis Health Practice seats. and will be administered according to Term 5 (15 weeks) Program requirements once the following priorities: BIO 226 Relational Anatomy accepted into the MRT program: • A student who has successfully and Physiology MRAD 3 • Immunizations that meet the completed the prerequisite MRAD 240 Radiographic requirements of BC Health courses and/or who, at the time of Anatomy and Authorities withdrawal maintained an overall Physiology 2 • Upon entry into the program, grade of “C+” or higher, will be MRAD 241 Radiographic students must provide accorded first priority. Procedures 3 documentation of CPR certification, • A student who has failed a MRAD MRAD 243 Radiographic Sciences level C (preferred) or Basic Life course or who has withdrawn from 2 Support Health Care Provider (BLS the MRAD course with less than a MRAD 247 Communication and for Health Care Provider). CPR “C+” grade standing in the course Research Skills online courses are not acceptable. will be accorded second priority. MRAD 248 Pathology 2 Students are responsible for the • A student requesting transfer from MRAD 249 CT – Physical Principles costs of CPR certification and for another accredited MRAD program PHYS 225 Physics–Medical maintaining certification while in will be subjected to the above Radiography 2 the program. criteria and be accorded third Term 6 (16 weeks) • Upon entry into the program, priority. students must provide MRAD 250 Clinical Education 3 documentation of N95 mask fit PROGRAM OUTLINE MRAD 255 Capstone testing. Students are responsible Term 1 (15 weeks) Grading system for costs of N95 fitting and for BIO 126 Relational Anatomy A passing grade is a minimum of maintaining certification while in and Physiology MRAD 1 64%. Any grade below 64% will not be the program MRAD 101 Radiographic Sciences considered a pass. • Students will have to undergo a 1 criminal record search with the BC Clinical placement/ MRAD 103 Human Behaviour Ministry of Justice at the beginning Work experience MRAD 105 Radiographic Anatomy of the program. The cost of this Students will undertake extensive and Physiology I search is their responsibility. A unpaid work experience at radiography search which identifies relevant MRAD 107 Clinical Orientation sites during their education. CNC will criminal convictions may prevent MRAD 109 Radiographic utilize northern sites in collaboration individuals from entering clinical Procedures 1 with Northern Health. Placements will or practicum setting components MRAD 111 Patient Care need to ensure students can obtain of the program and therefore may PHYS 115 Physics–Medical CAMRT competencies. make them ineligible to graduate. Radiography 1 Credentials • Successful completion of MRAD Term 2 (16 weeks) CNC’s program collaborates with BCIT 100 Medical Radiography MRAD 120 Clinical Education 1 Terminology (approximately 10 as part of a provincial curriculum MRAD 122 Pathology 1 hours of self-directed learning) model. The CNC program grants its own MRAD 124 Radiobiology and which has a radiography language credential and is accredited separately Radiation Protection focus. from BCIT. • Costs of program requirements are Term 3 (15 weeks) CNC’s MRAD diploma credential the responsibility of the student. MRAD 125 Relational Anatomy and competencies are set by the and Physiology 2 Canadian Association of Medical Re-admission policy MRAD 127 Professional Ethics and Radiation Technologists. CNC’s Medical Students may apply for readmission if Canadian Health Care Radiography Technology program is they have no more than one failure in System fully accredited. the medical radiography technology MRAD 129 CT—Clinical program.Multiple course failures or a Financial planning and awareness Applications subsequent failure in MRAD courses Students are required to make in Computed will exclude the student from further significant tuition payments during Tomography study and re-admission to the program; the program and to plan for costs that student may not apply again to Term 4 (16 weeks) of practicum placements outside of the program under the new student MRAD 230 Clinical Education 2 Prince George. Students applying to category. (The MRAD program must be MRAD 235 Radiographic this program need to begin financial

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 38 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

planning early.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN. . • Dental Assisting Certificate • Dental Hygiene Diploma • Medical Laboratory Technology Science Diploma • Nursing, Bachelor of Science in Nursing • Practical Nurse Diploma • University-level science courses • University Transfer first-year science

IMPORTANT DATES Term 1 • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Term 2 • January 6 – April 24, 2020* • Reading break: February 17 – 21, 2020 Term 3 • May 4 – August 14, 2019 Term 4 (2nd year) • August 26 – December 16, 2019 Term 5 (2nd year) • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Reading break: February 17 – 21, 2020 Term 6 (2nd year) • May 4 – August 21, 2020

Rev. 190715

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 39

NURSING, 1. Fulfillment of the BC Secondary choose your preferred location. School English 12 requirements Statement of Nursing BACHELOR OF (70%), or equivalent, and Nursing is a professional practice SCIENCE IN NURSING 2. Either an IELTS (International English discipline which offers a valuable Language Testing System) academic service to the public by working or a CELBAN (Canadian English (Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate with individuals, families, groups, Language Assessment for Nurses) Nursing Program (NCBNP) and communities to develop and with current, valid results and scores implement strategies to meet health stopwatch Full-time or Part-time as set by the British Columbia care needs. Caring is a central and CALENDAR-STAR Starts September College of Nursing Professionals dominant feature of nursing. Nursing: (BCCNP) for the year of admission. a) considers the physical, psychological, clock Four years total Admission requirements: social, environmental, and spiritual MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Licensed Practical domains of clients; b) requires cultural Quesnel Nurse (LPN) access sensitivity; and c) collaborates with clients, other health care providers, The Northern Collaborative Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) who and the community. Nursing is based Baccalaureate Nursing Program leads are applying for admission to the on knowledge and skills developed in to a Bachelor of Science in Nursing NCBNP must: its own and related disciplines. Nursing (BScN), awarded by UNBC. • meet all Northern Collaborative knowledge is developed through • Years 1 and 2: Provided through Baccalaureate Nursing Program research and other methods. Nursing CNC (Prince George or Quesnel), admission requirements advocates for a health care system NWCC (Terrace), CMTN • be a graduate of a Practical Nursing that: a) emphasizes health promotion • Years 3 and 4: Provided by UNBC program recognized by the British and illness prevention; b) is based in Prince George, Quesnel, and Columbia College of Nursing on practical, affordable, manageable, Terrace Professionals (BCCNP) since 1994 and culturally acceptable care and • have current practicing or be technology; and c) is available for all ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS eligible for practicing registration clients in a universal,equitable manner. with the BCCNP Applicants must: Statement of nursing education • UNBC admission requirements with LPN applicants will be assessed on an Nursing education responds to societal a minimum 70% average, and individual basis and may be eligible for concerns by developing a curriculum • completion of the equivalent BC up to a maximum of 15 transfer credit hours of Nursing courses. that is relevant and considers future secondary school courses with a trends in health care. Nursing education minimum 70% in each course: Applicants who have completed a BC strives to provide an environment that - one of Foundations of Mathe­ Practical Nursing Certificate prior to is challenging and supportive, where all matics 11, Pre-Calculus 11 1994, or have completed a certificate students learn the practice of nursing or Principles of Math 11 or or diploma from a program outside of through the application and evaluation equivalent British Columbia, or have graduated of knowledge, the practice of skills, from an institution not listed in the BC - Chemistry 11 and the internalization of caring and Transfer Guide, may not be exempt - one of English Studies 12 or professional attitudes. A dynamic and from any of the Year 1 or Year 2 nursing English 12 or English First Peoples positive relationship occurs between courses. 12 health care services and education • completion of the equivalent of All successful LPN applicants must through the sharing of knowledge, skills, Anatomy and Physiology 12 or meet individually with the Nursing and research. Northern Collaborative Biology 12 with a minimum 73% Advisor at the institution to which they Baccalaureate Nursing Program within five years prior to the are applying in order to have their (NCBNP): This program is offered semester of admission to the documents referred to Nursing Faculty collaboratively between the College of NCBNP for transfer credit assessment. Further New Caledonia (CNC) and the University criteria may be required in order to of Northern British Columbia (UNBC) • Please see UNBC nursing receive transfer credit. and provides entry into the nursing admission requirements there may profession. The integrated program of be more academic courses needed. How to apply studies leads to a Bachelor of Science Applicants whose first language is not Step 1: To study in Prince George or in Nursing (BSN), awarded by UNBC. English, regardless of citizenship or Quesnel, apply at CNC. Graduates are eligible to write the country of origin, must submit evidence Step 2: Once you have been accepted, National Council Licensure Examination of English language proficiency prior to register for specific courses at the (NCLEX-RN) and to apply for registration admission. For the NCBNP, the following institution you plan to attend. If a with the British Columbia College of are required for admission: course is offered at more than one site, Nursing Professionals (BCCNP) after

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 40 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

passing the exams. requirements to the nursing program courses that do not include face-to- follow. face practice components are not Aims of the BSN program Admission is based on academic acceptable; The goal of the BSN program is to qualifications and available space. • Proof of CPR certification (and improve access to and successful Priority will be given to students who recertification) must be submitted completion of nursing education for meet admission criteria and apply by annually prior to commencement residents of the North. The aim of the deadline of March 31. Applications of classes. the nursing program is to prepare received after the deadline may be • Annual recertification of CPR is professional nurses who will: reviewed based on available space in required regardless of expiry date • Practise with cultural sensitivity the program. on card. • Practise with awareness of Individuals who apply by March 31 and Criminal record search particular health needs of northern who will complete secondary school You will have to undergo a criminal populations graduation requirements by the end of record search with the BC Ministry • Practise assessment and June will not be disadvantaged by this of Justice at the beginning of the promotion of holistic health with deadline. program. The cost of this search is individuals, families, groups, and Self-identified Aboriginal applicants your responsibility. A search which communities who meet or exceed the minimum identifies relevant criminal convictions • Participate in activities that reflect requirements for admission to the may prevent you from entering clinical the appraisal of population health program will be given priority for up or practicum setting components of the needs and implement and evaluate to 20% of the first-year seats for the program and therefore may make you the appropriate interventions to NCBNP. not able to graduate. meet those needs Prerequisite equivalency options should • Make nursing judgments that Program costs be discussed with a CNC advisor. reflect the application of current Costs associated with study in the nursing research and research Word-processing and Internet BSCN program are the responsibility from related disciplines experience are necessary for all of the individual student, including • Practise in a broad range of applicants. transportation costs and any expenses settings with an emphasis on involved in academic studies, lab, Immunization and northern communities and clinical practica. CPR Certification Students may • Influence health services to bring be required to complete clinical All students accepted into the about policy development that experience at sites other than Prince NCBNP are sent documentation and meets the health needs of northern George. Provisions for all travel, information regarding immunization populations accommodation, and living expenses policies. Once accepted into the associated with required clinical • Practise effectively within Program, all students must submit the practice is the sole responsibility of collaborative interdisciplinary and following: intersectorial health care teams the student. • A record of immunization status • Demonstrate critical thinking skills and any annual vaccination Qualification for degree and effective clinical decision requirements, such as Influenza, It is the responsibility of the student making based on release date of vaccine. to ensure that his/her degree • Demonstrate skills of a self-directed • A completed immunization requirements are met. Graduation learner forms must be submitted to the requirements are found in the • Meet professional practice institution the student is currently Regulations and Policies section of the requirements as identified in attending prior to Sept 15 in the UNBC calendar. Standards for Nursing Practice in first year of attendance. Students • Attain a minimum cumulative GPA British Columbia entering the Program in Year 2 or of 2.33 (C+) on courses for credit • NCBNP students will meet above must submit the completed towards the degree professional practice requirements immunization form before the • Obtain a minimum passing grade as identified in the (BCCNP) first week of classes in September. of 2.0 (C) in all courses for credit “Nursing Competencies and Skills Failure to do so may result in towards the degree with the Required of the New Graduate. the student not being allowed to exception of PSYC 101 and any Specific program admission practice in the clinical setting. non-NURS electives requirements • Documentation of one of the • Complete satisfactorily all clinical The admission criteria and general following CPR certifications, which practica components of nursing requirements set out in the Admissions must be successfully maintained courses content of this calendar are applicable throughout the program. CPR-C • Complete all requirements for the in this section. Additional admission or Basic Life Support (BLS). BLS is BSN program within eight years highly recommended. Online CPR

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 41

of admission into the program or the nursing program must notify in Students who are out of clinical practice from the first nursing course used writing the Nursing Advisor, Academic in a Nursing education program for credit towards the degree Advising, and will be required to apply for more than 18 months will be Official degree audits are completed in competition for re-admission after reassessed to determine what clinical by the Office of the Registrar at UNBC the lapse of up to three semesters and practice remediation is needed. This when you apply to graduate in your final on a seat availability basis. If students may include repeating all components year. It is your responsibility to verify fail to notify the Nursing Advisor they of clinical courses taken previously, the accuracy and completion of degree will deem a student to have voluntarily regardless of whether the student requirements and provide all necessary withdrawn from the nursing program successfully completed the course. transcripts to UNBC. where the student has not registered in nursing courses in any of the last three Academic performance Transfer credit semesters. Students must adhere to all policies and regulations of the institution(s) where Transfer credit may be awarded for Student request for a leave of absence they are registered for courses. This course work completed at other from the program will be assessed at requirement includes, but is not limited recognized institutions. All transfer the time of request. Discussions will to, matters related to academic appeals credit for course work taken prior to include date to return to program and and academic dishonesty. Progression admission to the BScN program will be time allowed between clinical rotations. through the program is governed by evaluated at the request of the student Recommendations may include guidelines on academic standing and and will be applied at the time of initial repeating of clinical courses or avditing continuance. Probation guidelines are registration in the program. of clinical courses to ensure safe, governed by UNBC. The total transfer credit awarded on quality care and to support student the basis of acceptable work completed success. Students must obtain the minimum at other non-collaborative partner passing grade for all required Nursing institutions may not exceed 60 credit Clinical practica and Health Sciences (NURS, HHSC or hours. Nursing HHSC or equivalent scheduling and expectations equivalent) courses as defined under courses must have been completed Clinical practica may be configured and “Qualification for Degree.” within the five years prior to admission offered outside the existing timetable Students are required to withdraw to be eligible for transfer credit into the structure and sessional dates, such as from their respective Nursing programs nursing program. a four or six-week block. The students if they have two instances of not in the NCBNP must complete a nursing meeting the minimum passing grade Letter of Permission practicum during spring intersession requirement, either in the same Year Once admitted to the Nursing Program, immediately following both the fourth or in two consecutive Years in any students who want to take course work and sixth semesters of study in the combination of the following: at other institutions for transfer credit program. towards the degree require a Letter of • NURS theory and/or practice Attendance in each clinical practicum courses Permission prior to registration in the component of a nursing course is • required HHSC courses course. A student who has committed mandatory. Students who do not an academic offense may be denied a complete their total required practicum • equivalents of the above Letter of Permission for subsequent experience hours will be at risk for A “Year” is comprised of all the course work. Students who complete failure. Any time a student is unable to mandatory NURS and HHSC (or courses without having first obtained attend practicum due to unforeseen equivalent) courses in a given Level a Letter of Permission risk not having circumstances, the student must (e.g., Year 1 would include all 100 level those courses accepted for transfer contact his/her clinical instructor and courses listed under the Lower Division credit. Students should contact the clinical area with as much notice as requirement in the Calendar) regardless Nursing Advisor at the institution they possible. The opportunity to make up of how long it takes the student to are currently attending for further missed clinical time is not guaranteed complete the courses. Students who information. (Refer to Academic and may only be granted for extreme are required to withdraw in Year 1 or Regulation 19 in the UNBC calendar). extenuating circumstances. Clinical 2 may reapply to the NCBNP after a minimum of 1 year. Those required to Part-time studies placements may feature day and/or evening shifts on weekdays and/or withdraw in Year 3 or 4 may reapply Subject to course availability, the weekends. after 3 years. Assessments are NCBNP may be taken on a part-time performed on an individual basis by a All clinical practica components of basis. However, students may be joint committee of the UNBC School nursing courses will be assessed as required to enrol full-time during a of Nursing, NWCC, CMCC and CNC Satisfactory (S) or Fail (F). portion of their program. with no guarantee of readmission. Withdrawal from the Time Lapse Between Students who are readmitted must nursing program Clinical Practica begin the Program at Year 1 and repeat all NURS and HHSC (or equivalent) Students who voluntarily withdraw from Students who are out of clinical practice courses. Students may be removed

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 42 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

from a clinical setting due to “unsafe or with 95 required credits in nursing. (4 weeks, supervised, 32.5 hours per unprofessional” performance/conduct, Course numbers for years 1 and 2 week) and may receive a grade of “F” in the refer to CNC (Prince George/Quesnel). Year Three (offered at UNBC) clinical component of the course. When Course numbers for years 3 and 4 refer NURS 304 Introduction to Nursing a student receives a grade of “F” for to UNBC. the clinical component of a course, the Knowledge overall course grade will be computed Auditing Courses NURS 306 Introduction to on the basis of the grade achieved in all Under certain circumstances, students Epidemiology other components of the course, to a may be able to audit a NURS (or NURS 308 Ethics and Law in maximum grade of “C-”. equivalent) course. Courses with lab or Nursing Students who withdraw from more clinical components cannot be audited. NURS 317 Nursing Theory and Practice: Maternity than one NURS and/or HHSC course Speak with an academic advisor prior to (or equivalent) in an academic year will requesting to audit any course required NURS 318 Nursing Theory and be required to meet with the Program in the nursing program. Forms for audit Practice: Pediatrics Coordinator at the institution they are approval are available from the Office NURS 323 Nursing Theory and currently attending to discuss whether of the Registrar. Approval from the Practice: Older Adult the student is suited to continue in the instructor in no way guarantees that an NURS 326 Nursing Theory and program. Consultation must occur with audit student will be able to register in Practice: Mental Health and permission must be granted by the course. Intersession 2 (offered at UNBC) the Program Coordinator before the Refer to CNC Audit Policy E-1.08. NURS 330 Extended Clinical student will be allowed to register in Practicum II subsequent courses. Year One Year Four (offered at UNBC) Standards of professional ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- NURS 403 Introduction to Nursing conduct Cultural Anthropology BIO 105 Basic Microbiology Research Any conduct that violates the ethical NURS 408 Nursing Leadership or legal standards of the institution BIO 111 Human Anatomy and NURS 418 Introduction to at which the student is currently Physiology I Community Health and registered, particularly those related BIO 112 Human Anatomy and Nursing to academic dishonesty, is a serious Physiology II POLS 403 Social and offense. Academic misconduct and/or NURS 101 The Art and Science of Health Policy and professional misconduct may result in Nursing Administration the student being required to withdraw NURS 102 Communication Theory Focus areas — At least one of the from the respective Nursing program and Practice following areas of clinical focus: and possibly the College and University. PSYC 101 Introduction to Satisfactory academic performance is Psychology I NURS 420 Community Health not the sole criterion for progression Year Two Nursing or graduation. The School of Nursing NURS 422 First Natrions Health NURS 201 Introduction to Health and the NCBNP institutional partners and Nursing Assessment reserve the right to require a student to NURS 426 Acute Care Nursing NURS 202 Pathophysiological withdraw from the student’s respective NURS 432 Mental Health Nursing Concepts program if the student is considered to NURS 435 Pediatric Nursing be unsuited to proceed with the study NURS 203 Health Promotion in NURS 454 Perinatal Care or practice of nursing. Families NURS 455 Foundations in NURS 204 Healing Modalities Emergency and Requirements NURS 205 Introduction to First Trauma Nursing Nursing courses will normally be Nations Health NURS 461 Rural Health and restricted to students admitted into NURS 206 Basic Nutrition Nursing the BScN program, unless otherwise NURS 215 Nursing Care of the NURS 497 Speciality Focus in specified in a course description. Adult Nursing Not all courses in the calendar are MATH 104* Introduction offered every semester or academic to Statistics Electives/Requirement year. Admission to the BScN program (recommended) To graduate, you need 18 credits does not guarantee registration in any *MATH 157 also meet statistics of electives, as follows: specific course; early registration is requirements. advised. • Three credit hours in First Nations Intersession 1 studies (100-level or above) or Program requirements for BSN elective NURS 220 Extended Clinical The program consists of 136 credits • Three credit hours in Humanities Practicum I

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 43

(100-level or above) • At least three credit hours at the 200 level or above • At least three credit hours at the 300 level or above • Three credit hours at the 200 level or above related to nursing • Three credit hours at any level in any subject Note: This schedule allows for four of the six electives to be completed in the first two years, three in first year and one in second year.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Dental Hygiene Diploma • Medical Laboratory Technology Science Diploma • Medical Radiography Technology Diploma • Practical Nurse Diploma

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall term • September 3 – December 13, 2019 Spring term • January 6 – April 24, 2020 (includes exams) • Break - February 17 – 21, 2020 Intersession • April 27 – May 30, 2020 Rev. 180625

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 44 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

NURSING UNIT program is full, they will be put on a 2. Complete a Criminal Record Check wait list. (CRC) from the Ministry of Public ASSISTANT Safety and Solicitor General. A Re-admission search which identifies relevant CERTIFICATE A student who does not meet the criminal convictions may prevent minimum grade required in a course students from completing all stopwatch Part-time within the Nursing Unit Assistant components of the program and Certificate program will be permitted therefore make them not eligible to CALENDAR-STAR Starts October to repeat the course once. Two failures graduate from the program. clock 492 hours or withdrawals in the program will Note 2: The costs of immunizations exclude the student from further study MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George (Continuing and a Criminal Record Check are the in the program. Should a student wish responsibility of the student. Education) to apply to the NUA program under Note 3: Instructions and forms will be This program will provide students regular admission again in the future, sent during the acceptance process. with the necessary knowledge and they must request Dean’s approval. Due dates for each requirement will be conidence to successfully work as A student who withdraws from the included at this time. a nursing unit assistant (NUA) in program voluntarily should notify a a vast array of nursing units and faculty member and the student will Note 4: A student is permitted to take clinicalsettings. NUAS strongly be required to apply for re-admission MEDT 100 outside of the NUA program contribute to overall patient care to the program. Readmission will be schedule if it has been successfully in many settings and must possess considered on a space-available basis completed within one year prior to the a keen eye for detail and excellent and will be administered according to program start date. the following priorities: communication skills to help facilitate Program recommendations the successful functioning of a nursing 1. A student who has successfully While it is not a requirement, it is highly unit. This fast—paced,pivotal role is completed the prerequisite recommended applicants: rewarding and challenging. courses and/or who, at the time of Through both lecture and a supported withdrawal, has maintained course 1. Have a good working knowledge of practicum placement, students will grades required by the program (or Microsoft Excel, Word, and Outlook. learn different types of physician’s higher), will be awarded first priority. 2. Attend a Nursing Unit Assistant orders, policies, ethical standards and Certficate information session prior duties that encompass the NUA role. 2. A student who has failed a course or to program start. Nursingnunit assistants work in many who has withdrawn from the course areas in healthcare such as outpatient with less than the grades as required PROGRAM OUTLINE settings, inpatient units andnclinics. by the program will be awarded With focused learning outcomes in second priority. MEDT 100 Medical Terminology technology, customer service, and All NUA Certificate course work must NRUA 170 Communication Skills employment skills, the graduating be completed within 30 months of NRUA 160 Applied Technology for students will be prepared to meet and program intake date. In the event of Nursing Unit Assistants exceed expectations. significant changes to the courses, NRUA 172 Admissions, students may be required to repeat a Discharges, and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS course. Transfers NRUA 173 Pharmacology and Program requirements 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 Medication Orders I or equivalent Once accepted into the Nursing Unit NRUA 174 Pharmacology and Assistant Certificate program, students 2. Completion of English 12 or English Medication Orders II are be required to: 12: First Peoples or equivalent with a NRUA 162 Workplace Observation I minimum C+ grade 1. Complete official college forms NRUA 178 Therapeutic Orders certifying current immunizations NRUA 176 Diagnostic Orders 3. Minimumtyping speed of 50 NWPM as per the Practice Education NRUA 175 Laboratory Orders Note 1: The typing test must be Guidelines for B.C. and as required NRUA 164 Workplace Observation invigilated by an approved testing by provincial health authorities. II centre. Failure to comply with immunization NRUA 177 Medical/Surgical Acceptance process guidelines may prevent students Orders from completing all components of If there is room in the program, NRUA 171 Patient Chart Records the program and therefore make students will be accepted once they NRUA 166 Nursing Unit Assistant them not eligible to graduate from have met all admission requirements. Employment Skills the program. This is called “first qualified, first NRUA 179 Practicum accepted” If students qualify after the

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 45

Graduation Requirements Students must achieve a minimum of: (C) in MEDT 100; satisfactory (S) in NRUA 162, NRUA 164, and NRUA 179; and (B) in all remaining courses in order to graduate from the Nursing Unit Assistant Certificate program. Note 5: In the case that a student does not achieve (B) in a NRUA course but has at minimum achieved (C+), they may request a make-up assessment to allow them to attempt to achieve a (B) or greater. Students are not eligible to request a make-up assessment for MEDT 100, NRUA 162, NRUA 164, or NRUA 179. A student will only be permitted to request one make-up assessment throughout the duration of the program. The fee for a make-up assessment will be the full tuition fee for the course it is being requested for.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Medical Office Assistant

IMPORTANT DATES Term 1 • October 10 - December 21, 2019 Term 2 • January 7 – May 7, 2020 Term 3 • May 12 - August 27, 2020 • Practicum – August 31, - October 9, 2020 Rev. 190716

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 46 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

PRACTICAL NURSE Aboriginal applicants who meet the BLS is highly recommended. CPR admission requirements by the priority on line courses that do not include DIPLOMA deadline will be given priority for 2 face-to-face practice components seats. If there are more than 2 qualified are not acceptable. CPR stopwatch Full-time Aboriginal applicants at the priority certification must be maintained for deadline, these qualified applicants will duration of program. CALENDAR-STAR Starts September be ranked accordingly. • Criminal record check clock Two years • FIT tested for a N95 respirator ENGLISH LANGUAGE • Self-report on Suitability and MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake and Prince COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS Health. George As English is the language of study Note 1: All costs associated with After licensing, graduates can work in in BC, students must meet English certifications, courses and/or health-care settings such as hospitals, language proficiency at an appropriate documentation nursing homes, rehabilitation centres, level to be accepted into the provincial requirements are the student’s doctors’ offices, clinics, occupational Practical Nursing program. These responsibility. health units, community nursing requirements can be satisfied through services and private homes. three years of full-time, face-toface Note 2: Chemistry 11 or equivalent is secondary or post-secondary education recommended but not required. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS at an accredited institution where English is the language of instruction SELECTION PROCESS Meeting minimum admission and is also one of the country’s requirements does not guarantee a In the event of over subscription to official languages. English as a Second seat in the program. the program, applicants who meet Language/Additional Language courses the admission requirements will Admission requirements must be are not included in this three-year be reviewed through the Selection completed within the past 5 years. calculation. Criteria listed below. In case of ties, the In the event of “equivalent” meeting In addition to meeting English language qualification date will be the deciding admission requirements, the most requirements for the Practical Nursing factor. recent course and grade will be program, graduates must be able to considered. demonstrate a level of proficiency 1. English 12 or equivalent - letter required to be performance ready as a grade (i.e. A+ 4.33) 1. High school graduation, or condition for registration and practice 4.33 equivalent in British Columbia. See BCCNP’s 2. BIO 130 or equivalent - letter grade 2. BIO 130, or equivalent, with B- website for details. 4.33 minimum 3. Foundations of Mathematics 11 or PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 3. English 12, or equivalent, English equivalent - letter grade First Peoples 12, ENGL 050, ENGL Prior to start of the program, all 4.33 applicants must complete, or have 051 with B- minimum 4. Chemistry 11 or equivalent – letter completed within the past 5 years, grade 4. Foundations of Mathematics 11, MEDT 100 - Medical Terminology or 4.33 Math 043 or equivalent with C+ equivalent with successful grade. Failing minimum grade or non-completion will result in 5. Geographical location: (max 2.0 the loss of offered seat in the program. points) 5. CASPer test completion and submission By October 1, you must provide • Northern residency as defined by the Note 1: All applicants are required to completed forms supplied in Northern Health Authority complete an online computer-based acceptance package. Incomplete 2.00 certifications or documentation will assessment (CASPer) test in addition or to meeting academic requirements. prevent students from entering the CASPer is a videoscenario based, clinical practice placements. • Resident of BC or Yukon 1.00 situational judgement test which • Proof of current immunization assesses for non-academic status as outlined in the Practice 6. Persistent interest in the program attributes and personal/professional Education Guidelines as shown by repeated qualified characteristics that are important to the • TB screening: Negative TB skin test applications success of PN students and graduates. or negative chest x-ray. 1.00 Completion of CASPer and submission • Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Max. points 20.32 of results are mandatory prior to the (CPR) as outlined in the Practice application deadline. Education Guidelines PROGRAM OUTLINE Note 2: Self-identified Canadian • CPR-C or Basic Life Support (BLS) This is a full-time, competency-based

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 47

program and will not normally be Practice 4 considered on a space-available basis available for part-time learners. There PRAN 291 Consolidated Practice and will be administered according to are alternating terms of classroom Experience CPE 4 the following priorities: studies with clinical practice and clinical Term 5 (10 weeks) placements at various sites in Prince 1. A student who has successfully George. Students need to be prepared PRAN 295 Transition to completed the prerequisite for possible travel for preceptor Preceptorship courses and/or who, at the time of placements. Each term must be PRAN 299 Preceptorship withdrawal, has maintained course successfully completed before the next Criminal record search grades required by the program (or higher), will be awarded first priority. one can be attempted. Courses must You will have to undergo a criminal be completed with the grade required record search with the BC Ministry 2. A student who has failed a PN by program or higher (refer to individual of Justice at the beginning of the course or who has withdrawn from course outlines) and a “Satisfactory” program. The cost of this search is the PN course with less than course in Consolidated Practice Experience your responsibility. A search which grades as required by program will (CPE) Transition to Preceptorship and identifies relevant criminal convictions be awarded second priority. Preceptorship courses. may prevent you from entering clinical 3. A student requesting transfer from or practicum setting components of the Term 1 (13 weeks) PN programs at other institutions program and therefore may make you PRAN 100 Professional Practice 1 will be subjected to the above not eligible to graduate. PRAN 110 Professional criteria and be accorded third Communication 1 Application and document priority. Students transferring from PRAN 112 Variations in Health 1 submission deadline another educational institution may PRAN 115 Health Promotion 1 Applications may be submitted after be required to demonstrate they PRAN 118 Pharmacology 1 September 15 for entry in the following have maintained their knowledge and skills for re-entry or transfer into PRAN 150 Integrated Nursing fall. the program. Practice 1 Applications received after March 31 for PRAN 190 Consolidated Practice fall entry are considered late and will be All PN course work must be completed Experience CPE 1 processed subject to course availability. within a five-year time frame. In the Term 2 (15 weeks) You must submit all required event of significant changes to courses, PRAN 101 Professional Practice 2 documents (see Admission students may be required to repeat a PRAN 120 Professional Requirements) by April 30 in order to course or courses. All students wishing Communication 2 be eligible for selection. a re-admission will be required to demonstrate that they have maintained PRAN 122 Variations in Health 2 Graduation Requirements their knowledge and skills for re-entry PRAN 125 Health Promotion 2 The student must into the program. This will include PRAN 128 Pharmacology 2 but is not limited to skills testing with PRAN 155 Integrated Nursing • Obtain a minimum grade required available open lab time, pharmacology Practice 2 by program (see individual course outlines) in all courses and math exams. All students will be PRAN 191 Consolidated Practice required to complete the Integrated • Complete all Consolidated Practice Experience CPE 2 Nursing Practice course specific to the Experience (CPE) Transition to Term 3 (12 weeks) lab regardless of a previous satisfactory Preceptorship and Preceptorship grade. The PN Program coordinator PRAN 200 Professional Practice 3 courses with a minimum grade will review and determine additional PRAN 210 Professional “Satisfactory” assessments or remediation required. Communication 3 • Complete all requirements for the PRAN 212 Variations in Health 3 PN program within a five-year time YOU MIGHT ALSO BE PRAN 215 Health Promotion 3 frame. INTERESTED IN… PRAN 250 Integrated Nursing Re-admission Requirements Practice 3 • Community Support Worker A student who is unsuccessful in a PRAN 290 Consolidated Practice Certificate PN course will be permitted to repeat Experience CPE 3 • Dental Assisting Certificate the course once. Two failures or • Health Care Assistant Certificate Term 4 (17 weeks) withdrawals in the program will exclude • Medical Laboratory Technology PRAN 201 Professional Practice 4 the student from further study in the Science Diploma PRAN 220 Professional program. A student who withdraws • Medical Radiography Communication 4 from the program voluntarily must Technology Diploma PRAN 222 Variations in Health 4 notify a faculty member and will be • Northern Collaborative PRAN 225 Health Promotion 4 required to apply for re-admission PRAN 255 Integrated Nursing to the program. Re-admission is

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 48 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Baccalaureate Nursing program Breaks Break: October 14 - 18, 2019 IMPORTANT DATES Break: December 14 - January 1, 2020 For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates. Break: February 17 - 21, 2020 Break: April 27 - May 1, 2020 Fall Term 1 Rev. 180625 September 3 – November 22, 2019 CPE: November 25 - December 13, 2019

Spring Term 2 January 6 - March 27, 2020 CPE 2: March 30 – April –24, 2020

Intersession Term 3 May 4 - July 4, 2020 CPE 3: July 6 - 24, 2020

Fall Term 4 (2nd year) September 9 – November 22, 2019 CPE 4: November 25 - January 31, 2020

Spring Term 5 February 3 - 14, 2020 Preceptorship - February 24 - April 17, 2020

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 49 HUMAN SERVICES

CNC’s human services programs help students become paraprofessionals in the human services field. This includes social workers, early childhood educators, education assistants, and teacher replacements, to name a few. Successful applicants will work with children and adults in a variety of settings.

ABORIGINAL EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION CERTIFICATE...... 50 COMMUNITY SUPPORT WORKER (CSW) CERTIFICATE...... 51 EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND LEARNING DIPLOMA...... 53 EDUCATION ASSISTANT (EA) CERTIFICATE...... 54 OUTREACH ADVOCACY AND SUPPORT WORKER (OASW) CERTIFICATE...... 56 SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER CERTIFICATE...... 57 SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER APPLIED DIPLOMA...... 59 SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER (UT) DIPLOMA...... 61 SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER (UT) DIPLOMA WITH ABORIGINAL SERVICES SPECIALIZATION...... 63 TEACHER REPLACEMENT TRAINING CITATION...... 65

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 50 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ABORIGINAL TB screening, in addition to a Self- applicants (self-declared) who meet the Health Report. These must be on entrance requirements. EARLY CHILDHOOD official forms that are included in the AECE information package and must YOU MIGHT ALSO BE EDUCATION be submitted prior to the start of the INTERESTED IN… CERTIFICATE program. • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker Note 2: Applicants must undergo a • Community Support Worker stopwatch Full-time or Part-time criminal record search through the Certificate Ministry of Justice. • Early Childhood Care and Learning CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary; Certificate contact your local PROGRAM OUTLINE • Education Assistant Certificate campus for details Term 1 12 weeks • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Note: Under review. AECE 151 Prenatal Infant and Diploma Note: You do not have to be of Toddler Development • Health Care Assistant Certificate Aboriginal ancestry to take the program. AECE 154 Guiding and Caring for • Social Service Worker Certificate The AECE program recognizes the Young Children • Social Service Worker Applied growing population of First Nations, AECE 156 Program Planning I Diploma Inuit, and Métis (Aboriginal) children AECE 157 Historical Perspectives • Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma in our society and values the wealth in Early Childhood Rev. 170310 of knowledge and tradition derived Education from Aboriginal peoples. In promoting AECE 190 Practicum I (9-hour the development of the whole child, seminar) it is essential that children have their Term 2 12 weeks cultures affirmed and supported in AECE 161 Preschool and the early years. Aboriginal settings are School-aged Child the focus of the program; however, Development students will develop the skills and knowledge to work with children from AECE 164 Professional all cultures. Interactions AECE 166 Program Planning II ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AECE 167 Curriculum Development 1. Successful completion of one of the AECE 191 Practicum II (9-hour following: seminar) • Grade 12 (with English 12 or Term 3 14 weeks English 12: First Peoples with a AECE 170 Observing and minimum “C” grade); or Recording Children’s • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced Behaviour Certificate plus English 050 or AECE 172 Health, Safety, and English 051 with a minimum “C” Nutrition grade; or AECE 175 Language and • Mature student status (please Literature in Early consult a CNC advisor) Childhood Education 2. Completion of the English AECE 177 Working with Families component of the Student Readiness AECE 192 Practicum III (12-hour Assessment (SRA), administered seminar) by the College. Students whose Acceptance process assessments show difficulties in English must successfully complete You’ll be accepted to available seats in the English upgrading offered at CNC the program once you’ve met all the before qualifying for the program. admission requirements. This is called It is strongly recommended that “first-qualified, first-accepted.” If you students write the SRA early. qualify after the program’s full, you’ll be put on a wait list. Note 1: Upon acceptance into the program, you must provide documents You do not have to be of Aboriginal certifying current immunization and ancestry to take the program. However, 15 seats are reserved for Aboriginal

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 51

COMMUNITY letter from an employer (on agency Teaching and Learning: letterhead) confirming employment Part I SUPPORT WORKER within the last three years. CASS 145 Positive Approaches to Teaching and Learning: Path #2: Volunteer (CSW) CERTIFICATE Part II Service Provider CASS 150 Life Planning and (Community and School Support — For students volunteering service Support Systems to people with developmental CASS) CASS 160 Physical Care/Health disabilities. Applicants must submit stopwatch Part-time (maximum and Wellness a CASS Volunteer Experience CASS 180 Supporting Literacy in three courses per Record completed by a supervisor, Diverse Populations semester) documenting at least 65 hours of Approved Elective (3 credit or CALENDAR-STAR direct service with individuals with a Starts September equivalent) and January developmental disability within the last three years. CASS 190 Practicum (Community clock Equivalent to a one- Support Worker) year certificate program Path #3: Caregiver Note 1: Skills to use e-mail, the (individual completion For students who are caregivers For internet and MS Office (Word and time varies) students who are caregivers (parent PowerPoint), as well as easy access to or guardian of a person with a a computer with high-speed internet  Online through Prince developmental disability) and over 19 is recommended for success in CASS George; offered face to years of age. Applicants must submit a courses. face through Burns Lake completed CASS Personal Statement Note 2: Students who have successfully and Quesnel on a rotating Form completed SSWK 145, ECE 176 & 177 or basis Path #4: Special Admission ECCL 178 within the last ten years are With a Community Support Worker For those who do not yet qualify for eligible to receive credit for CASS 110. Certificate, you will be prepared to full For those who do not yet qualify Students who have completed SSWK work with children and adults in a for full admission into the program. 225 within the last ten years are eligible wide variety of community settings, Special Admission students can to receive credit for CASS 120. including community living agencies and register in CASS 110 and/or CASS 120 Note 3: Electives must be equivalent contractors, respite care, supported and/or CASS 130. Special Admission to 3.0 credits at a post-secondary employment settings, residential students must complete 65 hours of level of instruction. For information on support, life skills, leisure and day relevant volunteer experience with approved electives see the Community programs, and more. an individual with a developmental Support Worker Information and The program is designed for practicing disability before full admission into the Application Package. CASS CSW Program. To continue in the support workers and those who Note 4: CASS students are required choose to become practitioners. It program, they must submit a Volunteer to take the initiative for practicum enhances competence in inclusion, Experience Record. placements subject to approval and human diversity, learning and support If you do not have English 12 or availability. strategies, health and wellness, equivalent with a minimum “C” grade, communication, community and Note 5: Community Support Worker you must write a Student Readiness (CASS 190) students must undergo a relationships, and professional practice Assessment through a CNC approved and accountability. criminal record search, Schedule B, testing center. It is your responsibility through the Ministry of Justice. The cost to contact CNC’s Testing and Tutoring is your responsibility. A search, which ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Services (1-800-371-8111, ext. 5837) identifies relevant criminal convictions, • English 12 (of at least “C”), or and arrange to write this test. If your may prevent you from entering into a equivalent results do not meet the required level, practicum or clinical setting. Students • Applicants must complete the you must upgrade before admission to who cannot enter the practicum or supplementary Community Support the program. clinical component cannot graduate Worker Application from the program. PROGRAM OUTLINE New students are admitted to Note 6: Students have ten years from the program in one of four ways: CASS 110 Communication Skills the time of first registration to complete CASS 120 Human Diversity: A the course and practicum requirements Path #1: Paid Paraprofessional Disability Perspective for the Community Support Worker For students employed as para- CASS 130 Ethical Foundations of (CSW) Certificate. For the complete professionals providing support Practice policy, see Ten Year Timeline for services to persons with developmental CASS 140 Positive Approaches to Program Completion Policy #E-1.37 disabilities. Applicants must submit a

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 52 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

available on the CNC Policy web page. Note 7: Students who have completed the Education Assistant Certificate and wish to obtain a Community Support Worker Certificate must complete the following: • Re-application to the program (meeting requirements for volunteer hours in a community living setting or employed in a community living setting) • CASS 190 Practicum • Four courses (12 credits) related to studies for employment as a CSW (courses as determined in consultation with the CASS Faculty and Associate Dean)

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker • Aboriginal Early Childhood Education Certificate • Early Childhood Care and Learning Certificate • Education Assistant Certificate • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) — Advanced Diploma • Health Care Assistant Certificate • Social Service Worker Certificate • Social Service Worker Applied Diploma • Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma • University-level classes in psychology, sociology, or social work

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 190716

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 53

EARLY CHILDHOOD costs are your responsibility. Administration in Early Childhood Care and CARE AND PROGRAM OUTLINE Learning Settings ECCL 272 Advanced Health and Semester 1 September LEARNING DIPLOMA Wellness – December ECCL 275 Partnerships with (formerly Early Childhood Care ECCL 150 Developmental Families and Learning Certificate) Perspectives I Infant and Toddler Specialization ECCL 154 Historical and stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Contemporary ECCL 255 Program Planning for CALENDAR-STAR Starts September (full- Perspectives in ECE Infants and Toddlers time and part-time) or ECCL 165 Responsive Curriculum ECCL 295 Infant-Toddler January (part-time only) I Practicum ECCL 170 Observing and clock 2 years Special Needs Specialization Recording Children’s ECCL 256 Introduction to  Online through Mackenzie Behaviour Inclusive Child Care MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; offered ECCL 172 Health and Wellness ECCL 299 Special Needs through Quesnel on a ECCL 178 Professional Practicum Interactions rotating basis; Vanderhoof ECCL 190 Practicum I YOU MIGHT ALSO BE (part time); individual INTERESTED IN… courses may be available Semester 2 January – May • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker at other campuses on ECCL 151 Developmental • Aboriginal Early Childhood demand Perspectives II ECCL 156 Care and Guidance Education Certificate This program prepares you to work ECCL 166 Responsive Curriculum • Community Support Worker with young children in a variety of I Certificate settings, such as child care centres, ECCL 167 Responsive • Education Assistant Certificate preschools, supported child care Environments • Health Care Assistant Certificate programs, Aboriginal supported child care programs, infant and ECCL 175 Families • Social Service Worker Certificate family development programs, social ECCL 195 Practicum II • Social Service Worker Applied service agencies, libraries, School Intersession Diploma District StrongStart programs, ECCL 199 Practicum III • Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma child development centres, and as owner/operators of early learning Post-Basic Courses IMPORTANT DATES programs. Finishing a program in early These courses provide graduates of childhood education is the first step the Early Childhood Care and Learning For the Prince George campus only; towards becoming licensed to practise Certificate program with the post-basic contact other campuses for their dates. as a Early Childhood Educator in BC. training necessary to qualify as an Fall term Infant and Toddler Educator or Special ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Needs Educator. • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Practicum 190 - November 12 - Successful completion of Grade 12 You must have successfully completed December 6, 2019 (with English 12 or English 12: First the Early Childhood Care and Learning Peoples with a minimum “C” grade) or Certificate or Early Childhood Education Spring term equivalent. Certificate program to register and • January 6 – April 17, 2020 receive credit for post-basic courses. Note 1: Upon acceptance into the • Practicum 195: February 3 – Non-credit students (e.g., family day program, you must provide documents February 28, 2020 care providers) and general interest certifying current immunization and • Practicum 199: April 20 – May 29, students will be accepted if spaces are TB screening, in addition to a Self- 2020 available. Health Report. These must be on • Break - March 2 - 6, 2020 official forms that are included in the Core courses Rev. 180625 ECCL information package and must These four core courses are required be submitted prior to the start of the for both specialties. program. ECCL 251 Advanced Note 2: You’ll have to undergo a Developmental criminal record search, Schedule B, Perspectives through the Ministry of Justice. Any ECCL 252 Leadership and

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 54 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

EDUCATION Path #2: Volunteer Note 1: Skills to use e-mail, the Service Provider internet and MS Office (Word and ASSISTANT (EA) For students volunteering service PowerPoint), as well as easy access to CERTIFICATE to people with developmental a computer with high-speed internet disabilities. Applicants must submit is recommended for success in CASS a CASS Volunteer Experience courses. (Community and School Support — Record completed by a supervisor, Note2: Students who have successfully CASS) documenting at least 65 hours of direct completed SSWK 145, ECE 176 & 177 or stopwatch Part-time (maximum service in the last three years in a public ECCL 178 within the last ten years are three courses per or private K-12 classroom setting. eligible to receive credit for CASS 110. Students who have completed SSWK semester) Path #3: Special Admission 225 within the last ten years are eligible CALENDAR-STAR Starts September For those who do not yet qualify for full to receive credit for CASS 120. and January admission into the program. Special Note 3: Electives must be equivalent Admission students can register in clock Equivalent to a one- to 3.0 credits at a post-secondary CASS 110 and CASS 120 and/or CASS level of instruction. For information on year certificate program 130. Special Admission students must approved electives see the Education (individual completion complete 65 hours of relevant volunteer Assistant Information and Application time varies) experience with an individual with a Package.  Online through Prince developmental disability before full Note 4: CASS students are required George; offered face-to admission into the CASS EA Program. To continue in the program, they must to take the initiative for practicum face through Burns Lake submit a Volunteer Experience Record. placements, subject to approval and and Quesnel on a rotating availability. basis. If you do not have English 12 or equivalent with a minimum “C” grade, Note 5: Education Assistant (CASS With an Education Assistant Certificate, you must write a Student Readiness 195) students must undergo a criminal you will be prepared to work as a Assessment through a CNC approved record search, Schedule B, through classroom education assistant, assisting testing center. It is your responsibility the Ministry of Justice. The cost is children with disabilities in school to contact CNC’s Testing and Tutoring your responsibility. A search, which settings. Services (1-800-371-8111, ext. 5837) identifies relevant criminal convictions, The program is designed for practicing and arrange to write this test. If your may prevent you from entering into a Education Assistants and those who results do not meet the required level, practicum or clinical setting. Students choose to become Education Assistants. you must upgrade before admission to who cannot enter the practicum or It enhances competence in inclusion; the program. clinical component cannot graduate supporting literacy; human diversity; from the program. learning and support strategies; PROGRAM OUTLINE Note 6: Students have ten years from communication; school, community and CASS 110 Communication Skills the time of first registration to complete relationships; and professional practice CASS 120 Human Diversity: A the course and practicum requirements and accountability. Disability Perspective for the Education Assistant (EA) CASS 130 Ethical Foundations of Certificate. For the complete policy, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Practice see Ten Year Timeline for Program • English 12 (of at least “C”), or CASS 140 Positive Approaches to Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on equivalent Teaching and Learning: the CNC Policy web page. • Applicants must complete the Part I Note 7: Students who have completed supplementary Education Assistant CASS 145 Positive Approaches to the Community Support Worker Application Teaching and Learning: Certificate and wish to obtain an Education Assistant Certificate must New students are admitted to the Part II complete the following: program in one of three ways: CASS 150 Life Planning and Support Systems • Re-application to the program Path #1: Paid Paraprofessional CASS 160 Physical Care/Health (meeting requirement for volunteer For students employed as para- and Wellness hours in a school setting or professionals providing support CASS 180 Supporting Literacy in employed in a school setting) services to people with developmental Diverse Populations • CASS 195 Practicum disabilities in public or private K-12 Approved Elective (3 credit or • Four courses (12 credits) related classroom settings. Applicants must equivalent) to studies for employment as submit a letter from an employer (on CASS 195 Practicum — Education an EA (courses as determined in School District letterhead) confirming Assistant consultation with the CASS Faculty employment within the last three years.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 55

and Associate Dean

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker • Community Support Worker Certificate • Early Childhood Care and Learning Certificate • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) Advanced Diploma • Health Care Assistant Certificate • Social Service Worker Certificate/Diploma • University-level classes in psychology, sociology, or social work

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 190716

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 56 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

OUTREACH be accepted once you’ve met all the admission requirements. This is called ADVOCACY “first qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify after the program is full, you’ll be AND SUPPORT put on a wait list. WORKER (OASW) Note 1: The Social Service Worker Certificate Program (SSWK) requires CERTIFICATE students to achieve a minimum grade of “C” in each course in the program, stopwatch Full-time or Part-time therefore, OASW students wishing to transfer credits into SSWK must attain CALENDAR-STAR Available on demand; a minimum “C” grade in the SSWK contact Burns Lake courses. campus for individual course dates Note 2: Students with an OASW Certificate will get a minimum of 15 clock 24 weeks credits towards the SSWK Diploma MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake program. See an academic advisor for more details. This program is designed to assist learners in developing the knowledge, PROGRAM OUTLINE attitude and skills necessary to work FASD 260 Overview of FASD effectively as Outreach Advocacy and OASW 100 Ethical, Legal and Support Workers. Outreach workers Safety Issues for provide support, advocacy and Working with mentorship using a strength-based Marginalized Families approach to work collaboratively with individuals, families and youth who are OASW 101 Fundamentals of experiencing challenges with day-to-day Outreach, Advocacy living. Graduates will be prepared to and Support work for community-based agencies, OASW 102 Culturally Appropriate including First Nations social service Practices for Working organizations. with Aboriginal Families SSWK 142 Helping Skills: ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Practical Applications SSWK 145 Communication 1. Successful completion of one of the and Interpersonal following: Relationship Skills • Grade 12 with English 12 or English 12: First Peoples YOU MIGHT ALSO BE • ABE/Academic Upgrading INTERESTED IN… Advanced Certificate plus English • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker 045 • Social Service Worker Certificate • GED Certificate plus English 045 or English 12 or English 12: First IMPORTANT DATES Peoples Please contact the campus directly. Note: Students must have a minimum Rev. 170310 “C” grade in English 12 or English 12: First Peoples/English 045.

2. Completion of the English component of the SRA Note: Mature student access may be available. Please check with a CNC advisor or regional campus principal (or designate) to determine eligibility.

Acceptance process If there’s room in the program, you’ll

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 57

SOCIAL SERVICE 5. A written statement (maximum four the Social Service Worker Program via pages) on your interest in the social SSWK 100, SSWK 101, and SSWK 201. WORKER service field, your understanding of Through this assessment process, the CERTIFICATE what the field is about, and types of student documents and demonstrates attributes you possess that would his or her capabilities based on make you a viable candidate for this identified competencies and learning stopwatch Full-time or Part-time program. objectives of the SSWK course for which CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Note 1: You’ll have to undergo a s/he is seeking Advanced Standing criminal record search, Schedule B, credit. clock Nine months through the Ministry of Justice. Any Courses eligible for Advanced Standing costs are your responsibility. MAP-MARKER-ALT Fort St. James and Prince will be determined by the instructor George; offered at Note 2: It is recommended that all and may include up to three of the Quesnel every 2 years; successful candidates have current TB following: SSWK 145, SSWK 195, SSWK individual courses may testing and a complete immunization 196/199, SSWK 225 in conjunction regime as per Northern Health be available at other with CASS 120, and SSWK 263. The recommendations for health and social campuses Advanced Standing option is available in service worker students. the Fall term only. With a Social Service Certificate, you can Note 3: It is recommended that all For more information, please contact find work in residential child/adult care applicants have current certificates in CNC Academic Advising. services, men’s and women’s programs, Emergency-level first aid and FoodSafe. group homes, shelters, First Nations Certifications in therapeutic crisis social services organizations, and SAMPLE PROGRAM OUTLINE intervention or non-violent crisis more. This program gives you the basic intervention are also valuable assets for Semester 1 skills and knowledge needed for work work in the field. ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: as a social service paraprofessional. History and Traditions It combines theory and classroom Note 4: To do a practicum, you must of the Carrier People instruction with practical experience. obtain a “C” grade or higher in all social service worker courses. ENGL 103 Composition and Style SSWK 145 Communication ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Note 5: A minimum grade of “C” in all and Interpersonal SSWK courses is required to graduate Relationship Skills 1. Successful completion of one of the with a SSWK certificate. following: SSWK 171 Introduction to Social Note 6: Courses must be completed • Grade 12 with English 12 or Service Practice no more than 10 years prior to the English 12: First Peoples SSWK 195 Issues and Principles date of graduation in order to count • ABE/Academic Upgrading of Fieldwork and toward the following credentials: Social Community: Seminar I Advanced Certificate plus English Service Worker Certificate, Social Elective Three credits from 045 Service Worker Applied Diploma, and SSWK or other human • GED Certificate plus English 045 Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma. service discipline (e.g., or English 12 or English 12: First This policy applies to CNC courses and AECE, CASS, ECCL, Peoples to all courses transferred from other FASD, OASW) *see post-secondary institutions for credit Note: For all of the above, you must note have a minimum “C” grade in English 12 at CNC. Courses more than 10 years or English 12: First Peoples/English 045. old may be considered for unassigned Semester 2 credit. Students should contact the SSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical 2. Completion of the English Dean to discuss this option. (Please Applications component of the SRA. note that professional certification SSWK 151 History and Philosophy or accreditation bodies and receiving 3. Two references from a Social of Social Welfare Policy institutions may have different criteria.) Service employer, volunteer SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar For the complete policy, see Ten Year supervisor, teacher, or social service Elective Three credits from Timeline for Program Completion Policy professional, attesting to your SSWK or other human #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web personal suitability for work in the service discipline (e.g., page. field. AECE, CASS, ECCL, Advanced standing FASD, OASW) *see 4. A work/volunteer experience note resumé. You must have at least Based on the skills and knowledge the 30 verifiable hours of volunteer student has acquired through his or her Intersession experience in the past three years. life and/or work experience, the student SSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar may be able to obtain course credits in Total courses: 11 Total credits: 35

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 58 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

*Note: Only 3 credits from a human service discipline other than SSWK can be used to satisfy the SSWK elective demands.

Acceptance process If there’s room in the program, you’ll be accepted once you’ve met all the admission requirements. This is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify after the program is full, you’ll be put on a wait list.

Criminal records search You have to undergo a criminal record search. The cost of this search is your responsibility. A search which identifies relevant criminal convictions may prevent you from doing a practicum or entering a clinical setting. Students who cannot enter the practicum or clinical component of the program cannot graduate from the program.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker • Community Mental Health Certificate • Community Support Worker Certificate • Early Childhood Care and Learning Certificate • Education Assistant Certificate • Social Service Worker Applied Diploma • Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma • Teacher Replacement Training Citation

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 59

SOCIAL SERVICE is about, and personal attributes that identified competencies and learning make you a viable candidate. objectives of the SSWK course for which WORKER APPLIED Note 1: You’ll have to undergo a s/he is seeking Advanced Standing DIPLOMA criminal record search, Schedule B, credit. through the Ministry of Justice. Any Courses eligible for Advanced Standing costs are your responsibility. will be determined by the instructor stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Note 2: It is recommended that all and may include up to three of the CALENDAR-STAR Starts September successful candidates have current TB following: SSWK 145, SSWK 195, SSWK testing and a complete immunization 196/199, SSWK 225 in conjunction clock Two years regime as per Northern Health with CASS 120, and SSWK 263. The MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual recommendations for health and social Advanced Standing option is available in courses may be available service worker students. the Fall term only. at other campuses Note 3: It is recommended that all For more information, please contact CNC Academic Advising. With a Social Service Worker Applied applicants have current certificates in Diploma, you can find work in Emergency-level first aid and FoodSafe. residential child/adult care services, Certifications in therapeutic crisis SAMPLE PROGRAM OUTLINE intervention or non-violent crisis women’s and men’s programs, Year One group homes, shelters, First Nations intervention are also valuable assets for social services organizations, and work in the field. Semester 1 more. Students at the diploma level Note 4: To do a practicum, you must ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: work in situations requiring greater obtain a “C” grade or higher in all social History and Traditions independence and a higher level of service worker courses. of the Carrier People skill than expected in the Social Service ENGL 103 Composition and Style Note 5: A minimum grade of “C” in all Worker Certificate. SSWK courses is required to graduate SSWK 145 Communication with a SSWK diploma. and Interpersonal­ ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Relationship Skills Note 6: Courses must be completed SSWK 171 Introduction to Social no more than 10 years prior to the 1. Successful completion of one of the Service Practice following: date of graduation in order to count SSWK 195 Issues and Principles toward the following credentials: Social • Grade 12 with English 12 or of Fieldwork and Service Worker Certificate, Social English 12: First Peoples Community: Seminar I Service Worker Applied Diploma, and • ABE/Academic Upgrading Elective Three credits from Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma. Advanced Certificate plus English SSWK or other human This policy applies to CNC courses and 045 service discipline (e.g., to all courses transferred from other • GED Certificate plus English 045 AECE, CASS, ECCL, post-secondary institutions for credit or English 12 or English 12: First FASD, OASW) *see at CNC. Courses more than 10 years Peoples note old may be considered for unassigned Note: For all of the above, you must credit. Students should contact the Semester 2 have a minimum “C” grade in English 12 Dean to discuss this option. (Please SSWK 142 Helping Skills: or English 12: First Peoples/English 045. note that professional certification Practical Applications or accreditation bodies and receiving 2. Completion of the English SSWK 151 History and Philosophy institutions may have different criteria.) component of the SRA. of Social Welfare Policy For the complete policy, see Ten Year SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar Timeline for Program Completion Policy 3. Two references from a Social Elective Three credits from #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web Service employer, volunteer SSWK or other human page. supervisor, teacher, or social service service discipline (e.g., professional, attesting to your Advanced standing AECE, CASS, ECCL, personal suitability for work in this FASD, OASW)*see note field. Based on the skills and knowledge the student has acquired through his or her Intersession 4. A work/volunteer experience resumé life and/or work experience, the student SSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar with at least 30 verifiable hours of may be able to obtain course credits in Year Two volunteer experience in the past the Social Service Worker Program via three years. SSWK 100, SSWK 101, and SSWK 201. Semester 3 5. A written statement (max. four Through this assessment process, the PSYC 101 Introduction to pages) on your interest in the field, student documents and demonstrates Psychology I your understanding of what the field his or her capabilities based on SOC 101 Introduction to

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 60 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Sociology I • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker SSWK 241 Group Process • Community Support Worker and Practice Certificate SSWK 295 Issues and Principles • Early Childhood Care and of Fieldwork and Learning Certificate Community Seminar II • Education Assistant Certificate Elective Three credits from • Social Service Worker Certificate SSWK or other human • Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma service discipline (e.g., AECE, CASS, ECCL, • Teacher Replacement Training FASD, OASW) Citation Elective Three credits from IMPORTANT DATES SSWK or other human service discipline (e.g., For the Prince George campus only; AECE, CASS, ECCL, contact other campuses for their dates. OASW)*see note Fall Semester 4 • September 3 – December 16, 2019 SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Contemporary Families Spring SSWK 271 Health and Wellness Self-Care Lab • January 6 – April 24, 2020 SSWK 296 Practicum and • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 Practicum Seminar • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Elective Three credits from Rev. 180625 SSWK or other human service discipline (e.g., AECE, CASS, ECCL, FASD, OASW)*see note Intersession May SSWK 299 Practicum and Seminar Total courses: 22 Total credits: 67.5 *Note: Only 6 credits from human service disciplines other than SSWK may be used to satisfy SSWK elective requirements.

Acceptance process If there’s room in the program, you’ll be accepted once you’ve met all the admission requirements. This is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify after the program is full, you’ll be put on a wait list.

Criminal records search You have to undergo a criminal record search. The cost of this search is your responsibility. A search which identifies relevant criminal convictions may prevent you from doing a practicum or entering a clinical setting. Students who cannot enter the practicum or clinical component of the program cannot graduate from the program.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN…

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 61

SOCIAL SERVICE the field is about, and the personal his or her capabilities based on attributes that would make you a identified competencies and learning WORKER viable candidate for this program. objectives of the SSWK course for which Note 1: You’ll have to undergo a s/he is seeking Advanced Standing (UT) DIPLOMA criminal record search, Schedule B, credit. through the Ministry of Justice. Any Courses eligible for Advanced Standing stopwatch Full-time or Part-time costs are your responsibility. will be determined by the instructor CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Note 2: It is recommended that all and may include up to three of the successful candidates have current TB following: SSWK 145, SSWK 195, SSWK clock Two years testing and a complete immunization 196/199, SSWK 225 in conjunction MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; offered at regime as per Northern Health with CASS 120, and SSWK 263. The Quesnel every 2 years, recommendations for Health and Social Advanced Standing option is available in individual courses may Service Worker students. the Fall term only. also be available at other Note 3: It is recommended that all For more information, please contact campuses applicants have current certificates in CNC Academic Advising or your local Emergency-level first aid and FoodSafe. campus for more details. The Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma Certifications in therapeutic crisis prepares you for the social service area intervention or non-violent crisis SAMPLE PROGRAM OUTLINE and for entry into some universities’ intervention are also valuable assets for degree programs. After completing a Year One work in the field. university degree, career opportunities Semester 1 can include child protection, probation, Note 4: To do a practicum, you must mental health, residential treatment, obtain a “C” grade or higher in all social ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: alcohol and drug programs, and more. service worker courses. History and Traditions of the Carrier People Note 5: A minimum grade of “C” in all ENGL 103 Composition and Style ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS SSWK courses is required to graduate with a SSWK (UT) diploma. SSWK 145 Communication 1. Successful completion of one of the and Interpersonal following: Note 6: Courses must be completed Relationship Skills no more than 10 years prior to the • Grade 12 with English 12 or SSWK 171 Introduction to Social date of graduation in order to count English 12: First Peoples Service Practice toward the following credentials: Social • ABE/Academic Upgrading SSWK 195 Issues and Principles Service Worker Certificate, Social Advanced Certificate plus English of Fieldwork and Service Worker Applied Diploma, and 045 Community: Seminar I Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma. Elective Three credits from • GED Certificate plus English 045 This policy applies to CNC courses and SSWK or other human or English 12 or English 12: First to all courses transferred from other service discipline (e.g., Peoples post-secondary institutions for credit AECE, CASS, ECCL, Note: For all of the above, you must at CNC. Courses more than 10 years FASD, OASW) *see have a minimum “C” grade in English 12 old may be considered for unassigned note 1 or English 12: First Peoples or English credit. Students should contact the 045. Dean to discuss this option. (Please Semester 2 note that professional certification SSWK 142 Helping Skills: 2. Completion of the English or accreditation bodies and receiving Practical Applications component of the SRA. institutions may have different criteria). SSWK 151 History and Philosophy 3. Two references from a Social For the complete policy, see Ten Year of Social Welfare Policy Service employer, volunteer Timeline for Program Completion Policy SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web supervisor, teacher, or social service Elective Three credits from page. professional, attesting to your SSWK or other human personal suitability for work in this Advanced standing service discipline (e.g., field. AECE, CASS, ECCL, Based on the skills and knowledge the FASD, OASW) *see 4. A work/volunteer experience student has acquired through his or her note 1 resumé. You must have at least life and/or work experience, the student 30 verifiable hours of volunteer may be able to obtain course credits in Intersession experience in the past three years. the Social Service Worker Program via SSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar SSWK 100, SSWK 101, and SSWK 201. 5. A written statement (max. 4 pages) Year Two Through this assessment process, the on your interest in the social service Semester 3 field, your understanding of what student documents and demonstrates

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 62 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

FASD 301 Fundamentals and Professional Implications PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology I SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology I SSWK 241 Group Process and Practice WMST 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies I Elective One, three credit University Transfer (UT) course Semester 4 ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of Canada SOC 206 Social Problems SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on Contemporary Families SSWK 271 Health and Wellness Self-Care Lab Electives Six credits of UT electives Total courses: 23 Total credits 69.5 Note 1: Only three credits from human services disciplines other than SSWK may be used to satisfy SSWK elective requirements. Note 2: Each university has different requirements for entry into their Social Work or Child and Youth Care Work degree programs. You may require additional UT courses for direct entry. You will need to confirm these requirements with each university. You are responsible for selecting these electives in a way that ensures congruence with your university of choice. For help selecting courses, please contact the CNC Academic Advising Department.

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 63

SOCIAL SERVICE Note: For all of the above, you must at CNC. Courses more than 10 years have a minimum “C” grade in English 12 old may be considered for unassigned WORKER (UT) or English 12: First Peoples or English credit. Students should contact the 045. Dean to discuss this option. (Please DIPLOMA WITH note that professional certification ABORIGINAL 2. Completion of the English or accreditation bodies and receiving component of the SRA. institutions may have different criteria.) SERVICES 3. Two references from a Social For the complete policy, see Ten Year SPECIALIZATION Service employer, volunteer Timeline for Program Completion Policy supervisor, teacher, or social service #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web professional, attesting to your page. stopwatch Full-time or Part-time personal suitability for work in this Advanced standing CALENDAR-STAR field. Starts September Based on the skills and knowledge the clock Two years 4. A work/volunteer experience student has acquired through his or her resumé. You must have at least life and/or work experience, the student MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; offered 30 verifiable hours of volunteer may be able to obtain course credits in at Quesnel on a rotating experience in the past three years. the Social Service Worker Program via basis; individual courses SSWK 100, SSWK 101, and SSWK 201. may also be available at 5. A written statement (max. 4 pages) Through this assessment process, the other campuses on your interest in the social service field, your understanding of what student documents and demonstrates The Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma the field is about, and the personal his or her capabilities based on with Aboriginal Services Specialization attributes that would make you a identified competencies and learning prepares you for employment in the viable candidate for this program. objectives of the SSWK course for which s/he is seeking Advanced Standing social service area with an additional Note 1: You’ll have to undergo a credit. focus on Aboriginal social service criminal record search, Schedule B, delivery. Students are required to through the Ministry of Justice. Any Courses eligible for Advanced Standing take two additional Aboriginal Studies costs are your responsibility. will be determined by the instructor university transfer courses during and may include up to three of the Note 2: It is recommended that all the completion of the Social Service following: SSWK 145, SSWK 195, SSWK successful candidates have current TB Worker UT Diploma. In addition, 196/199, SSWK 225 in conjunction testing and a complete immunization students will be expected to complete with CASS 120, and SSWK 263. The regime as per Northern Health a practicum (SSWK 196, SSWK 199) at Advanced Standing option is available in recommendations for health and social an Aboriginal agency. Upon completion the Fall term only. of this specialization, students will service worker students. For more information, please contact have advanced understanding of Note 3: It is recommended that all CNC Academic Advising or your local working with Aboriginal people in a applicants have current certificates in campus for more details. social service setting. After completing Emergency-level first aid and FoodSafe. this Diploma, students may apply to Certifications in therapeutic crisis some universities’ degree program. intervention or non-violent crisis SAMPLE PROGRAM OUTLINE After completing a university degree, intervention are also valuable assets for Year One career opportunities can include child work in the field. protection, probation, mental health, Semester 1 Note 4: To do a practicum, you must ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: residential treatment, alcohol and drug obtain a “C” grade or higher in all social History and Traditions programs, and more. service worker courses. of the Carrier People ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Note 5: A minimum grade of “C” in all ENGL 103 Composition and Style SSWK courses is required to graduate SSWK 145 Communication 1. Successful completion of one of the with a SSWK (UT) diploma. and Interpersonal following: Note 6: Courses must be completed Relationship Skills • Grade 12 with English 12 or no more than 10 years prior to the SSWK 171 Introduction to Social English 12: First Peoples date of graduation in order to count Service Practice • ABE/Academic Upgrading toward the following credentials: Social SSWK 195 Issues and Principles Advanced Certificate plus English Service Worker Certificate, Social of Fieldwork and 045 Service Worker Applied Diploma, and Community: Seminar I • GED Certificate plus English 045 Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma. Elective Three credits from or English 12 or English 12: First This policy applies to CNC courses and SSWK or other human Peoples to all courses transferred from other service discipline (e.g., post-secondary institutions for credit

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 64 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

AECE, CASS, ECCL, Acceptance process FASD, OASW) *see If there’s room in the program, you’ll note be accepted once you’ve met all the Semester 2 admission requirements. This is called SSWK 142 Helping Skills: “first qualified, first accepted.” If you Practical Applications qualify after the program is full, you’ll be put on a wait list. SSWK 151 History and Philosophy of Social Welfare Policy Criminal records search SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar You have to undergo a criminal record at an Aboriginal agency search. The cost of this search is your Elective Three credits from responsibility. A search which identifies SSWK or other human relevant criminal convictions may service discipline (e.g., prevent you from doing a practicum or AECE, CASS, ECCL, entering a clinical setting. Students who FASD, OASW) *see cannot enter the practicum or clinical note 2 component of the program cannot Intersession graduate from the program. SSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar (Aboriginal agency) YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… Year Two • Access Program: Pre-Social Worker Semester 3 • Community Mental Health ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of Certificate Canada • Community Support Worker FASD 301 Fundamentals Certificate and Professional • Early Childhood Care and Learning Implications Certificate PSYC 101 Introduction to • Education Assistant Certificate Psychology I • Social Service Worker Certificate SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology I • Social Service Worker Applied Diploma SSWK 241 Group Process and Practice • Teacher Replacement Training Citation WMST 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies I IMPORTANT DATES Semester 4 For the Prince George campus only; SOC 206 Social Problems contact other campuses for their dates. SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on Contemporary Families Fall SSWK 271 Health and Wellness • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Self-Care Lab • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 One UT Elective Three credits from a Spring University Credit (UT) • January 6 – April 24, 2020 Course. Electives Six UT credits, from • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 ABST (or ENGL 219, or • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 ENGL 220 IF ELLIGIBLE) Rev. 180625 Total courses: 23 Total credits 69.5 Note 1: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, 104, 107 are required prerequisites for ENGL 219 or ENGL 220. Note 2: Only three credits from human services disciplines other than SSWK may be used to satisfy SSWK elective requirements.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 65

TEACHER TRTC 150 Introduction to Substitute Teaching REPLACEMENT TRTC 100 Safety, Legal and Ethical Issues TRAINING CITATION TRTC 106 Instruction TRTC 108 Behaviour stopwatch Full-time Management — CALENDAR-STAR Available on demand Techniques for Managing Classroom  Online through Burns Behaviour Lake TRTC 199 Practicum and The TRTC program will provide you Practicum Seminar with the knowledge and tools to be an effective non-certified substitute YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… teacher. Created in partnership with School District 91, this practical­ • Education Assistant program focuses on classroom Rev. 170310 management, instructional techniques, and the responsibilities of teachers. The program can be completed in 10 months of part-time study and involves both online courses and a practicum. Completion of this program will enhance your ability to be an effective teacher replacement.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1. Completion of Grade 12, and 2. Completion of English 12 or English 12: First Peoples with a minimum “C” grade. 3. Applicants must complete an English assessment for the purposes of determining in which areas additional assistance may contribute to student success. Note 1: You must provide documents certifying current immunization. Note 2: You must also provide proof of application for a criminal record search. The college requires criminal record searches for everyone applying to programs that involve working with children or other vulnerable persons. The cost is your responsibility. A search which identifies relevant criminal convictions may prevent you from entering into a practicum setting. Students who cannot complete the practicums cannot graduate from the program. Note 3: A certificate option is available. Please see an academic advisor for information.

PROGRAM OUTLINE

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 66 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca TECHNOLOGIES

CNC’s technology programs equip students with outstanding technical skills and knowledge in a number of fields.

CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA...... 67 COMPUTER/NETWORK ELECTRONICS TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE...... 69 ENVIRONMENTAL FIELD ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE...... 70 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY...... 71 NATURAL RESOURCES AND FOREST TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA...... 72 POST-DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES...... 74 RFT EXAM PREPARATION ONLINE...... 75 RPF EXAM PREPARATION ONLINE...... 76

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 67

CIVIL ENGINEERING Note: Applicants whose first language CIVE 135 Hydraulics is not English, regardless of citizenship CIVE 145 Construction Materials TECHNOLOGY or country of origin, must provide proof II PROGRAM of English language proficiency prior to CIVE 155 Surveying II admission. In addition to having English MATH 185 Mathematics for Civil 12 (or equivalent), accepted evidence of Engineering Technology stopwatch Full-time English language proficiency may be any II one of the following: clock Two years Semester 3 • IELTS (International English CIVE 200 Socio-Environmental CALENDAR-STAR September 2020 Language Testing System) Factors in Engineering MAP-MARKER-ALT Academic score of at least 7.0 Prince George CIVE 210 Structural Design I overall, with no band less than 6.0, In this 2-year program, you’ll learn within the previous 2 years. CIVE 220 Software Applications the skills required to become a for Civil Engineering • TOEFL iBT (Test of English as a Civil Engineering Technologist. In Technology Foreign Language) score of at least your career, you will be part of an CIVE 240 Road Design 88, with no section below 20, within engineering team that plans, surveys, the previous 2 years. CIVE 250 Municipal Design I designs, inspects, and troubleshoots CIVE 260 Traffic Planning • Successful completion (minimum a wide range of engineering projects. CIVE 270 Project and You can work in a variety of industries “C” grade) of six credits of post- secondary English studies at a Construction including construction, forestry, mining, Management I oil and gas, and transportation. As a recognized institution where ENGL 229 Professional Business technologist, you may split your time English is an official language of and Technical between office and field work. In the instruction. Communication field, Civil Engineering Technologists Other standardized English work outdoors in urban, rural and examinations at a comparable level Semester 4 remote settings. Some program of proficiency will be considered on a CIVE 215 Structural Design II graduates continue their education case-by-case basis. If upon arrival, it CIVE 235 Water and Waste and complete a bridging program is determined that an applicant does Management to complete a university degree in not have the necessary language skills CIVE 245 Land Development to succeed in the program, they may Engineering. CIVE 255 Municipal Design II be required to upgrade their English CIVE 275 Project and Language proficiency skills or will be ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS Construction asked to withdraw. • High school graduation, or Management II equivalent CIVE 295 Industry Project PROGRAM OUTLINE • English Studies 12, English First ENGL 252 Technical Writing and Peoples 12, ENGL 050 or 051, or Semester 1 Communication equivalent (minimum “C”) CIVE 100 Introduction to • Foundations of Mathematics 12, Civil Engineering SELECTION PROCESS MATH 050, or equivalent (minimum Technology In the event of over subscription to ”C+”) CIVE 110 Statics the program, applicants who meet • Physics 12, PHYS 050, or equivalent CIVE 120 Digital Design and the admission requirements will be (minimum “C”) Drafting I reviewed through the Selection Criteria • Chemistry 11*, CHEM 045, or CIVE 130 Applied Hydrology listed below. Successful completion of program requirements does not equivalent (minimum “C”) CIVE 140 Construction Materials I guarantee students a seat in the Note: Chemistry 12 may be required CIVE 150 Surveying I program. for transfer to an engineering degree ENGL 113 Writing and program. Communication Selection Criteria Points Note: It is highly recommended that MATH 180 Mathematics for 1 The cumulative grade point average required admissions courses be Civil Engineering of the required English, Mathematics, completed within the past five years. Technology Physics, and Chemistry courses If more than five years has elapsed, Semester 2 (minimum GPA of 2.00 with a “C” or upgrading the required subjects is CIVE 105 Professionalism in the better in each) contributes its actual suggested. This is due to the heavy Workplace points, i.e. a GPA of 3.7 contributes emphasis on math and physics in the CIVE 115 Mechanics of Materials 3.7 points CNC Civil Engineering Technology CIVE 125 Digital Design and Maximum of 4.33 Program curriculum. Drafting II 2 30 course credits or more at the

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 68 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

post-secondary level in which the Engineering Technology course may REV. 191122 language of instruction was English only apply for re-admission with and with an overall GPA of 2.50 documented approval from the Dean contributes 2.00 points (or delegate) who will detail any special Maximum of 2.00 considerations in a written contract with the student. 3 2 references (any combination of the following will be accepted: Re-admission is considered on a space- employment, professional or available basis and will be administered academic) according to the following priorities: Maximum of 1.00 1. A student who has successfully 4 Residency in the two years prior to completed the pre-requisite the date of application contributes a courses and has withdrawn from maximum of 2.00 points (proof may the program will be awarded first be required): priority. • BC/Yukon/NWT resident (1.00 point) 2. A student who has failed a required • Northern BC resident (2.00 points) Maximum of 2.00 course will be awarded second priority. 5 Educational or work experience in a related field (6 months minimum 3. A student requesting transfer required) from another Civil Engineering Maximum of 1.00 Technology Program at another institution will be subjected to the 6 Completion of the applicant above criteria and be awarded third questionnaire (see following page) priority. Maximum of 1.00 Selection for re-admission seating will Total Possible Score 11.33 be based on the priorities listed above. If there is more than one student Students who meet the admission applying the same priority, the higher requirements but are not offered a seat GPA determined from the courses they will be waitlisted for the program year in previously took in the Civil Engineering which they apply only. Technology Program will be used to Note: Self-identified Canadian select the successful re-admission Aboriginal applicants who meet the applicant. admission requirement by the priority All required Civil Engineering deadline will be given priority for 2 Technology Program courses must be seats. An additional 4 seats will be completed within a 5-year time frame. reserved for students who completed Students applying for re-admission the Civil Engineering Technology Access may be required to demonstrate that Program and meet the minimum they have maintained their knowledge admission requirements. If there are and skills for re-entry into the program more qualified applicants at the priority which includes assessment by Civil deadline, these qualified applicants will Engineering Technology Program be ranked accordingly. faculty. Re-Admission Policy YOU MIGHT ALSO BE A student who is unsuccessful in INTERESTED IN… any one course required in the Civil Engineering Technology Program will • Associate Degree in Science be permitted to repeat the course • Engineering (Applied Science) once under the re-admission policy. • Information and A student who withdraws from the Communication Technology program voluntarily must notify the • Post-Diploma in program faculty coordinator and will Information Technologies be required to apply for readmission • University-level computer to the program. Students who have science courses any combination of two instances • University Transfer First-Year of withdrawal or failure in a Civil Science

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 69

COMPUTER/ End-User Certification for IT Professionals NETWORK Supporting Users ELECTRONICS Semester 2 CNET 265 Advanced Topics TECHNICIAN CNET 267 Microsoft Network CERTIFICATE Software CNET 269 Novell Network Software stopwatch Full-time CNET 277 Routing and CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Switching Essentials CNET 285 Technical clock One year Documentation and MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Project Skills The program is oriented toward Selection process micro-computers and network When there are too many applicants hardware and software, both at the for the number of seats, the following component and the system level. criteria will be used to select the class: It covers installation, configuration, maintenance, troubleshooting and 1. Math 11, MATH 044, MATH 045, repair, optimization, and testing. MATH 041 and 042, Applications of Math 11, or equivalent, with a grade ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS of “B” or higher, contributes 2 points

1. Grade 12 (with English 12 or English 2. Successful completion of a 12: First Peoples, Communications secondary or post-secondary 12, or Technical and Professional computer course featuring at least Communications­ 12), ABE/Academic 25 hours of instruction in the last Upgrading Advanced Certificate, or three years contributes 1 point per GED Certificate. course, to a maximum of 2 points

2. One of the following (or its YOU MIGHT ALSO BE equivalent): INTERESTED IN… • Foundations of Math 11 • Associate Degree in Science • Pre-Calculus 11 • Engineering (Applied Science) • MATH 042 • Information and Communication Technology • MATH 044 • Post-Diploma in • MATH 045 Information Technologies 3. Applicants are strongly • University-level computer recommended to have taken, in science courses the past five years, or have a strong • University Transfer First-Year working knowledge of Science • Typing 11 (20 wpm) IMPORTANT DATES • Computer Science (11 or 12) For the Prince George campus only; • Data Processing (11 or 12) contact other campuses for their dates.

PROGRAM OUTLINE Fall Semester 1 • September 3 – December 16, 2019 CNET 252 Operating Systems Spring CNET 253 Computer Hardware I • January 6 – May 8, 2020 CNET 266 Data Cable Installation • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 CNET 276 CCNA Introduction Rev. 180625 to Networks CNET 280 MS Office Software

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 70 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ENVIRONMENTAL states the applicant can physically Relations perform tasks for the successful FIELD ASSISTANT completion of the program and YOU MIGHT ALSO BE does not have health issues that INTERESTED IN… CERTIFICATE would preclude taking part in the • Access Program: Pre-Natural lab/field work, skill certification, and Resources and Environmental stopwatch Full-time or Part-time job entry operations components Technology of the program. CALENDAR-STAR Starts TBA • Natural Resources and Credentials Environmental Technology Diploma clock 15 weeks In order to receive the CNC • Registered Forest Technologist MAP-MARKER-ALT Offered on demand in Environmental Field Assistant Certificate (RFT) exam preparation online Burns Lake, Fort St. James (EFAC), participants must successfully • Registered Professional Forester and Vanderhoof meet or exceed the following: (RPF) exam preparation online • 90% attendance This 15-week program prepares IMPORTANT DATES students for work in the environmental • demonstration of practical field Call CNC Lakes District at 250-692- protection and resource management skills 1700 or 1-866-692-1943 for more sectors. This highly-applied training • completion of field journal information. will also position graduates to take assignments Rev. 170310 advantage of employment opportunities • completion of 7 of the 9 industry where an understanding of Aboriginal certificates approaches to environmental In addition, upon successful completion management is advantageous. of the EFAC, industry-recognized certificates will also be issued for ADMISSION AND PROGRAM Wilderness First Aid (or OFA Level 1 REQUIREMENTS and Transportation Endorsement), Joint 1. Completion of one of the following: Health and Safety Training, All-Terrain • Grade 12 with English 12; Vehicle Operation, WHMIS, S100 or English 12: First Peoples; Fire Suppression, Helicopter Safety, or Communications 12 and Bear Aware, Swift Water Rescue, and Apprenticeship and Workplace Wilderness Winter Survival. Math 11 or equivalent. • Academic Upgrading/ABE REQUIRED COURSES Provincial Certificate EFAC 110 Introduction to Environmental Field • Mature student status (applicants Work must consult a CNC advisor to determine eligibility) EFAC 120 Essential Skills for Environmental Field 2. Submission of a statement of Assistants interest in the environmental EFAC 130 Safe Work Practices for protection and resource Environmental management sector supported by Field Assistants past activities and future career EFAC 140 Field Skills for goals. This statement should not be Environmental Field longer than 250 words in length. Assistants 3. Personal interview with the EFAC 150 Introduction to Field program coordinator or principal. Measurement 4. Completion of a signed EFAC 160 Introduction to Health/Fitness Declaration. As Aquatic Resources and the environmental protection and Fisheries resource management sectors EFAC 170 Introduction to can be physically demanding Terrestrial Resources environments, and to ensure and and Wildlife retain employment, it is important for potential candidates to evaluate EFAC 180 Introduction to their own health and fitness in Environmental this context. The applicant will be Monitoring required to sign a declaration that MGT 154 Applied Human

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 71

INFORMATION AND The hardware platform required is minimal and must meet the COMMUNICATION recommended requirements for the installation and operation of Windows TECHNOLOGY 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional on a dual boot computer. Note: This program is currently under review. Please consult with a CNC PROGRAM OUTLINE academic advisor. NCIT 102 Computer Hardware  Online through CNC NCIT 108 Operating Systems I Mackenzie NCIT 110 Professionalism and  Call 250-997-7200 Customer Service for more information NCIT 112 Foundations of Web Development The goal of the one-year certificate NCIT 114 Networking program is to provide students with NCIT 120 Foundations of the knowledge and skills necessary Systems Development to understand the theoretical and NCIT 122 Foundation Project applied uses of information technology in various business settings. Upon Transfer equivalencies completion of the certificate program, To view the credit transfer agreement students will have the fundamental between institutions, visit the British knowledge and skills of several Columbia Council on Admissions and computer applications and operating Transfer’s BC Transfer Guide website at systems. www.bctransferguide.ca Students will be able to install, configure, and troubleshoot software in YOU MIGHT ALSO BE both stand-alone and information and INTERESTED IN… communication technologist certificate • Computer/ Network Electronics networked environments. Technician Certificate • Post-Diploma in Information ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Technologies 1. Grade 10 Math (Applications or Principles); or Academic Upgrading IMPORTANT DATES Math 030; or GED Contact CNC Mackenzie at 250-997- 2. Grade 10 English; or Academic 7200 or 1-877-997-4333 or go online to Upgrading English 030; or GED cnc.bc.ca/mackenzie 3. English and Math placement Rev. 170310 evaluation at the Grade 10 level Students are recommended to have some exposure to computers before starting the program. Additionally, first- time online students are recommended to complete the 15-hour Online Learner Success course available through BC Campus for an orientation to the online learning environment.

Technology requirements Students will require a computer to install free and readily available software (NCIT 106) and access to a separate computer to perform the labs (NCIT 108). Labs involve configuration and installation of operating systems and applications that require full administrator access.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 72 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

NATURAL program. College, BCIT or other institutions. Specific transfer agreements vary by RESOURCES ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS institution. Contact a CNC advisor for further information. AND FOREST 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE/Academic Upgrading PROGRAM OUTLINE TECHNOLOGY Advanced Certificate or GED DIPLOMA Certificate; Semester 1 MATH 195 Mathematics for 2. English 12 or English 12:First Peoples Technologies stopwatch Full-time or course that is equivalent or NRFT 101 Indigenous Plants: higher; CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Identification, 3. Successful completion of Pre- clock Two years Autecology and calculus 11, or Math 045, or Cultural Uses MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Foundations of Math 11 with a NRFT 103 Introduction to In this nationally accredited program standing of “C” or higher grade, or Forest Soils students study a core of forest course that is equivalent or higher. NRFT 105 Ornithology and technology courses enhanced by 4. Biology 11 or Biology 045 or Mammalogy studies of wildlife and fish habitats, bird Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 045, or NRFT 107 Aerial Photography and identification, indigenous plants, First Physics 11 or Physics 045 or course Image Interpretation Nations issues, outdoor recreation/ that is equivalent or higher, any with NRFT 109 Introduction to tourism, and Earth sciences. The core a standing of “C” or higher grade. Computers of traditional, forest-based courses Note 1: Students graduating from NRFT 111 Forest Measurements I includes technical skills such as Grade 12 who have Pre-Calculus 12, Semester 2 measurements, forest protection/ or MATH 050 or MATH 100 or a higher ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: health, forest operations and calculus course with a standing of “C”or silviculture. All of these studies build History and Traditions higher, will be exempt from taking of the Carrier People on a fundamental understanding of MATH 195. ecology, plant biology, soils, math, ENGL 103 Composition and Style English, digital mapping, and GIS. Note 2: Exemption from NRFT 123 NRFT 121 Silvics and Dendrology As well, you will learn writing and may be available for students with NRFT 123 Fire Management presentation skills, including conducting documented extensive BC Wildfire NRFT 125 Introduction to Earth research, completing data analysis, Service training and experience. Sciences writing and presenting scientific reports. Note 3: Students must be prepared for NRFT 127 Geomatics and Students may also take the opportunity and be able to participate in strenuous Cartography to travel for a three-week field school physical activity in all types of terrain NRFT 131 Forest Measurements (past destinations have included and weather. II China, Costa Rica and Ecuador) where Note 4: NRFT 291 is open to qualifying NRFT 202 Forest Ecology students compare approaches to land UT students. Semester 3 management with that of BC. Acceptance process ENGL 229 Professional Business Students need a minimum “D” grade and Technical If there’s room in the program, you’ll be for all courses in order to continue with Communication accepted once you’ve met all admission the program. Students who successfully requirements. This is called “first NRFT 201 Natural Resources complete the program with at least a qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify Policy and Practice 2.0 grade point average are qualified after the program is full, you’ll be put on NRFT 203 Supervisory Skills to receive a Natural Resources and a wait list. NRFT 205 Habitat Management Environmental Technology Diploma by NRFT 207 Silviculture I applying to the Office of the Registrar. Transferability NRFT 209 Natural Resources An NRET diploma will allow you to be The two-year NRET diploma is Seminar I eligible to register with Association of recognized by programs at universities NRFT 211 Forest Measurements BC Forest Professionals and/or the such as Thompson Rivers University, III College of Applied Biologists. UNBC, UBC and the University of NRFT 213 Forest Engineering I The College offers more than $15,000 in Alberta, where students can continue forest/resource-based scholarships and their studies in forestry, fish and Semester 4 bursaries exclusively to students in this wildlife, and natural resource sciences. ENGL 252 Technical Graduates can even go on to complete Communications for a post-diploma in Geographic Forest Technology Information Systems either at Selkirk NRFT 221 Natural Resources

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 73

Finance Spring NRFT 223 Forest Health • January 6 – April 24, 2020 NRFT 225 Geographic • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 Information Systems • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 NRFT 227 Silviculture II Rev. 180625 NRFT 229 Natural Resources Seminar II NRFT 233 Forest Engineering II NRFT 251 Applied Research Project NRFT 261 Extended Natural Resources Field Studies NRFT 291 Natural Resource Field School and Cultural Exchange (optional) Course completion Courses must be completed no more than 10 years prior to the date of graduation in order to count toward the Natural Resources and Environmental Technology Diploma. This policy applies to CNC courses and to all courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions for credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years old may be considered for unassigned credit. Students should contact the Dean to discuss this option. (Please note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving institutions may have different criteria). For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Access Program: Pre-Natural Resources and Forest Technology • Associate Degree in Science • Registered Forest Technologist (RFT) exam preparation online • Registered Professional Forester (RPF) exam preparation online • University Transfer First-Year Science (Quesnel)

IMPORTANT DATES For the Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for their dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 74 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

POST-DIPLOMA IN Certified Wireless Network Essentials Professionals PDIT 330 Microsoft Server INFORMATION • Certified Wireless Technician (CWT) Operating Systems TECHNOLOGIES Linux Professional Institute PDIT 332 Introduction to Linux PDIT 340 Professional • Linux Essentials Development • LPIC-1 Linux Administrator stopwatch Full-time PDIT 378 Scaling Networks Electronics Technician Association CALENDAR-STAR Starts September PDIT 379 Connecting Networks • Customer Service Specialist (CSS) PDIT 380 Data Center clock 2 years • Fiber Optics Technician (FOT) Technologies MAP-MARKER-ALT Offered in Prince George PDIT 382 IT Security ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS (Community and PDIT 391 Project Work Skills Continuing Education) 1. Minimum successful completion of COM 100 Fundamentals of a 2-year diploma from a recognized Business Information technology (IT) as post-secondary institution or defined Information technology equivalent, within the past 5 years, YOU MIGHT ALSO BE (IT) as defined by the Information in either Computer Science or INTERESTED IN… Technology Association of America Business Information Technologies • Computer/Network Electronics (ITAA) is the study, design, development, or equivalent. implementation, support, or Technician Certificate 2. Students whose first language is management of computer-based • Computer Science not English must show proof of a information systems, particularly minimum TOEFL score of 80 (IBT), software applications and computer IMPORTANT DATES or minimum overall IELTS score of hardware. The Post Diploma in For the Prince George campus only; 6.0 or equivalent, or completion Information Technologies program contact other campuses for their dates. of CNC ENLA English for Academic provides in-depth instruction and Purposes or equivalent. Fall practical application of the course curriculum. Students develop a Graduation Requirements • September 3 – December 20, 2019 skill set to be able to administer, Students must complete all of the 17 Spring network, configure, secure, support courses with a minimum grade of B • January 6 – May 1, 2020 and troubleshoot enterprise level (72%) in each course grade in order • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 networked computer systems and to graduate with a Post Diploma in devices. Students enrolled in the PDIT Information Technologies. Intersession program are exposed to hands-on Prerequisites: In the Post Diploma in • May 11 – August 28, 2020 activities using well equipped computer Information Technologies program a Rev. 190716 labs. Applicants applying to the PDIT minimum grade of B (72%) or higher is program should have an interest required for any prerequisite course. in the computing industry, strong communication and problem solving PROGRAM OUTLINE skills. A minimum “B” grade on each course The Post Diploma in Information is required to successfully complete Technologies program prepares the PDIT program. The student must students to obtain industryrecognized complete all course components. certification from: PDIT 302 Computer Systems Cisco Hardware • Cisco Certified Entry Networking PDIT 303 Computer Operating Technician (CCENT) Systems • Cisco Certified Network Associate PDIT 307 Networking (CCNA) - Routing and Switching Technologies CompTIA PDIT 376 Introduction to • (A+, Network+, Server+, Security+, Networks Linux+) PDIT 304 Enterprise System Microsoft Administration • Microsoft Technology Associate PDIT 308 Project Management (MTA – Microsoft Server OS) PDIT 324 Wireless Technology • Microsoft Certified Solutions Specialist Associate (MCSA) PDIT 377 Routing and Switching

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 75

RFT EXAM PREPARATION ONLINE stopwatch Part-time CALENDAR-STAR Available on demand clock 3 weeks  Online through Burns Lake This is a 3-week condensed course to help practicing technologists prepare for the certification exam.

Topics include: • Forest management and Silviculture • Forest operation and protection • The forest team and professional reliance • Ethics and standards, professional practice and due diligence • Dispute resolution and public interest Each topic includes assigned readings, online discussions, online exercises and sample exams. You’ll write samples for practice and get individual feedback from the instructor. For more course information, please visit cnc. bc.ca/lakesdistrict

What you need to successfully complete this online course • High-speed Internet connection is preferred. • An active e-mail address • Prior Internet knowledge is an asset.

IMPORTANT DATES Please contact the campus directly. Rev. 170310

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 76 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

RPF EXAM PREPARATION ONLINE stopwatch Part-time CALENDAR-STAR Available on demand clock 3 weeks  Online through Burns Lake This is a 3-week condensed course designed to prepare Foresters-in- Training for the sit down exam. Topics include AAC and timber supply; tenure and valuation; planning, operations and SFM; enforcement, ministry roles, the forestry team and professional reliance; mountain pine beetle, ethics, standards and professional practices; First Nations, continuing competency and due diligence; and trade, dispute resolution and public interest. Each topic includes assigned readings, online discussions, online exercises and sample exams. You’ll write samples for practice and get individual feedback from the instructor. For more course information, please visit cnc. bc.ca/lakesdistrict

What you need to successfully complete this online course • High-speed Internet connection is preferred • An active e-mail address • Prior Internet knowledge is an asset

IMPORTANT DATES Please contact the campus directly. Rev. 170310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 77 TRADES AND INDUSTRY

In Northern B.C. there is an incredible need for skilled labour, with $35 billion worth of resource-related projects anticipated in the next three to five years. CNC’s trades and industry programs at all campuses equip students with outstanding technical skills and knowledge in a number of fields. There’s even a program to help high school students graduate grade 12 with one year of college already completed.

APPRENTICESHIP TECHNICAL TRAINING...... 78 AUTOBODY (MOTOR VEHICLE BODY REPAIR), FOUNDATION-LEVEL...... 79 AUTOMOTIVE REFINISHING PREP TECHNICIAN, FOUNDATION-LEVEL...... 80 AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN DIPLOMA...... 81 AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN, (HARMONIZED)...... 82 CAREER TECHNICAL CENTRE (CTC)...... 83 CARPENTER FOUNDATION PROGRAM (HARMONIZED)...... 84 DRIVER TRAINING...... 85 ELECTRICAL, FOUNDATION(HARMONIZED)...... 86 EXCAVATOR TRAINING...... 87 FOREST INDUSTRY SAFETY TRAINING...... 88 HEAVY MECHANICAL TRADES DIPLOMA...... 89 HEAVY MECHANICAL TRADES, FOUNDATION-LEVEL...... 90 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR...... 91 INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC (HARMONIZED) FOUNDATION...... 92 INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC (HARMONIZED)/MACHINIST FOUNDATION...... 93 INDUSTRY TRAINING...... 94 METAL FABRICATION FOUNDATION (HARMONIZED)...... 95 MINERAL PROCESSING OPERATOR CERTIFICATE...... 96 MINING INDUSTRY CERTIFICATE...... 97 PARTS AND WAREHOUSING PERSON FOUNDATIONS...... 98 MOBILE CRANE (HYDRAULIC 80 TONNES AND UNDER) CERTIFICATE...... 99 PIPE TRADES, FOUNDATION-LEVEL...... 100 POWER ENGINEERING, 3RD CLASS CERTIFICATE...... 101 POWER ENGINEERING, 4TH CLASS CERTIFICATE...... 102 PROFESSIONAL COOK PROGRAM...... 103 TRADES DISCOVERY PROGRAM...... 104 WELDER FOUNDATION PROGRAM (HARMONIZED)...... 105

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 78 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

APPRENTICESHIP • Levels 1–2, Prince George School of Trades and Technologies: School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 TECHNICAL Welding TRAINING Electrical • Levels 1–4, Prince George • Levels 1–4, Prince George School of Trades and Technologies: stopwatch Full-time School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 Rev. 180625 CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary – • Level 2–3 (rotating), Quesnel contact campuses 250-991-7500 or 1-866-680-7550 clock Length varies Heavy Duty Equipment Technician MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Quesnel • Levels 1–4, Prince George School of Trades and Technologies: Provincial apprenticeship 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 programs Machinist An apprenticeship is a formal written • Levels 2–4 (rotating), Prince George agreement between an employer, an School of Trades and Technologies: employee and the Industry Training 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an apprenticeship is work-based training; Metal Fabrication the rest is technical training in the • Level 1–4 (rotating), Prince George classroom and/or shop. School of Trades and Technologies: Most apprenticeships take four 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 years. Before apprentices can earn a Millwright certificate or ticket, they must complete • Levels 1–4, Prince George both work-based training and technical School of Trades and Technologies: training including examinations. 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 After working as apprentices for the • Levels 1–4, Quesnel period specified by the ITA, graduates 250-991-7500 can write the Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. Apprentices Motor Vehicle Body and employers must register Repair (Autobody) apprenticeships with the ITA. • Levels 1–2, Prince George For up-to-date information on dates for School of Trades and Technologies: all apprenticeship training at CNC, visit 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 www.tradestrainingbc.ca Plumbing Please contact each region directly for • Levels 2–4 (rotating), Prince George details on program offerings. School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 Auto Glass Technician • Blended online and face to face Professional Cook, Prince George program, Prince George • Levels 1-2, Prince George School of Trades and Technologies: (August to March) 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 Automotive Service Technician • Level 3, Prince George • Levels 1–4, Prince George Offered every 3 years School of Trades and Technologies: School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 Carpentry Steamfitter/Pipefitter • Levels 1–4, Prince George • Level 2–4 (rotating), Prince George School of Trades and Technologies: School of Trades and Technologies: 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 250-561-5804 or 1-866-370-2111 • Levels 2–4 (rotating), Quesnel 250-991-7500 or 1-866-680-7550 Truck: Transport Mechanic • Levels 1–4, Prince George Diesel Engine Mechanic

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 79

AUTOBODY Math 10, Applied Math 10 or Math body surfaces. At this level the student 030 or equivalent, will contribute should develop a solid foundation of (MOTOR VEHICLE its actual points to the selection the auto-collision skill. process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, BODY REPAIR), etc. Provincial apprenticeship programs FOUNDATION-LEVEL 3. The mechanical reasoning portion of An apprenticeship is a formal written the SRA will be awarded a maximum agreement between an employer, an (Autobody Repairs) of 5 points. employee and the Industry Training stopwatch Full-time 4. The English portion of the SRA will be Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an awarded a maximum of 1 point. apprenticeship is work-based training; CALENDAR-STAR Starts September the rest is technical training in the clock 30 weeks 5. The Math portion of the SRA will be classroom/shop. awarded a maximum of 1 point. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Most apprenticeships take four 6. Credit in one or more trades-related years. To earn a certificate or ticket, Work with all makes and models of courses at the Grade 12 level with a apprentices must complete both work- vehicles, prepare vehicle repair estimate grade of “B” or higher, or successful based training and technical training, reports and determine what needs to completion of any foundation- including examinations. After working be repaired. Upon graduation, you’ll level trades training program or as apprentices for the period specified have a Level One technical training documented experience of one year by the ITA, graduates can write the credit and 625 work-based credit hours in a trade will be awarded 3 points. Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. toward the completion of the Motor Graduates of the Motor Vehicle Body Vehicle Body Repair apprenticeship 7. Credit in any of the following: Repair Foundation program (Entry Level program. English 11, Principles of Math 11, or equivalents, or Trades Math 042 with Trades Training) at CNC receive an ITA Certification of Completion and credit ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS a “C” grade or higher will be awarded 3 points. for level one technical training of their The admission requirements mentioned apprenticeship. below are the minimum requirements: 8. Credit for submitting a resumé and Apprentices and employers must personal handwritten statement register apprenticeships with the 1. Grade 10 with English 10 indicating their reasons for wishing ITA. For application forms or more to enter this program will be 2. Apprenticeship and Workplace Math information, visit awarded a maximum of 3 points. 10 or Trades Math 041 or Math 030 www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. Students who do not meet the above Maximum points = 24 Note: For up-to-date information on requirement but think they may be dates for all apprenticeship training at admissible as a mature student should PROGRAM OUTLINE CNC, visit consult a CNC advisor. In this course the student will work in a www.tradestrainingbc.ca Selection process supervised environment and perform basic auto-collision repairs, utilizing Students are encouraged to submit YOU MIGHT ALSO BE safety techniques, correct terminology a resumé, a handwritten statement INTERESTED IN… and a variety of vehicle repair methods indicating reasons for wishing to • Automotive Refinishing Prep in the auto-collision industry. Prior to enter the program, and to complete Technician, Foundation-Level beginning repairs, Motor Vehicle Body the Student Readiness Assessment Repair Foundation students prepare or • Automotive Service (SRA). These items are included in the review motor vehicle repair estimate Technician, Foundation-Level selection criteria listed below and will reports to determine what needs to • Heavy Mechanical Trades, be awarded points. be repaired. During the course of Foundation-Level If the program is over-subscribed, these repairs, students will hammer students will be selected based on the out dents, buckles and other defects, IMPORTANT DATES selection criteria listed below. remove damaged fenders, panels and • September 3, 2019 - April 9, 2020 grills and straighten bent frames. The Rev. 180625 1. The letter grade for English 10, program will also include repairing and English 030 or Communications replacing doors, front-end body and 11 or equivalent will contribute body components as well as interior its actual points to the selection components such as instrument process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, panels and frame assemblies. They etc. will learn how to properly prepare for 2. The letter grade for Principles of filing, grinding, sanding and painting Math 10, Math 030, Applications of the repaired exterior and interior

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 80 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

AUTOMOTIVE 2. The letter grade for Principles of An apprenticeship is a formal written Math 10, Math 030, Applications agreement between an employer, an REFINISHING of Math 10, Applied Math 10 or employee and the Industry Training equivalent, will contribute its actual Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an PREP TECHNICIAN, points to the selection process: e.g., apprenticeship is work-based training; FOUNDATION-LEVEL “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. the rest is technical training in the classroom/shop. 3. The mechanical reasoning portion of stopwatch Full-time the SRA will be awarded a maximum Most apprenticeships take four of 5 points. years. To earn a certificate or ticket, CALENDAR-STAR Starts Fall 2020 apprentices must complete both work- 4. The English portion of the SRA will be clock 22 weeks based training and technical training, awarded a maximum of 1 point. including examinations. After working MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 5. The Math portion of the SRA will be as apprentices for the period specified Note: This program is offered in awarded a maximum of 1 point. by the ITA, graduates can write the alternate years with Autobody (Motor Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. 6. Credit in one or more trades-related Vehicle Body Repair) Foundation-Level. Graduates of the Automotive courses at the Grade 12 level with a Refinishing Prep Technician Foundation You’ll learn the latest painting grade of “B” or higher, or successful program (Entry Level Trades Training) techniques, while using the newest completion of any foundation- at CNC are eligible to write the ITA water-based paint technology, just like level trades training program or Certification of Qualification exam and the best autobody shops. If you have documented experience of one year receive credit for level one technical taken CNC’s Autobody Motor Vehicle in a trade will be awarded 3 points. Repair Program (which is offered training of their apprenticeship. alternately with this program), you 7. Credit in any of the following: Apprentices and employers must are an ideal candidate and will learn English 11, Principles of Math 11, or register apprenticeships with the painting techniques that will take your equivalents, or Trades Math 042 with ITA. For application forms or more skills to the next level. a “C” grade or higher will be awarded information, visit 3 points. www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 8. Credit for submitting a resumé and Note: For up-to-date information on personal handwritten statement 1. Grade 10 with English 10 or dates for all apprenticeship training at indicating reasons for wishing to equivalent CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca enter this program will be awarded a 2. Apprenticeship and Workplace Math maximum of 3 points. YOU MIGHT ALSO BE 10 or Trades Math 041 or Math 030 Maximum points = 24 INTERESTED IN… Students who do not meet the above • Autobody (Motor Vehicle Body requirement but think they may be PROGRAM OUTLINE Repair), admissible as a mature student should You will receive instruction in a setting Foundation-Level consult a CNC advisor. designed to represent a typical • Automotive Service Selection process automotive refinishing facility. You Technician, Foundation level Students are encouraged to submit will have practical, hands-on learning • Heavy Mechanical Trades a resumé, a handwritten statement on real vehicles using traditional and indicating reasons for wishing to enter state-of-the-art technology. You will also IMPORTANT DATES the program, and to complete the spend time in the classroom learning • TBA Student Readiness Assessment (SRA), the theories and details that will set you Rev. 180625 which includes a test of mechanical apart from others and give you a strong reasoning skills. This is part of the foundation in the field. You will work selection criteria listed below and will in the auto lab to acquire the latest be awarded points. industry standard skills in refinishing and preparation. You will learn how If the program is over-subscribed, to use the latest tools, plastics and students will be selected based on the composites in a safe and efficient way. selection criteria listed below. You will gain the ability to repair basic 1. The letter grade for English 10, sheet metal damage and become English 030 or Communications knowledgeable and proficient in surface 11 or equivalent will contribute preparation. its actual points to the selection Provincial apprenticeship process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, programs etc.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 81

AUTOMOTIVE must also provide proof of English completion of any foundation- Language proficiency through one of level trades training program, or SERVICE the following: documented experience of one year in a trade will be awarded 3 points. TECHNICIAN 1. English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL iBT) score of at least 80 with 8. Credit in any of the following: English DIPLOMA no section below 17, within the 11, Foundations of Math 11, or previous 2 years, or equivalents, or Trades Math 041 and stopwatch Full-time Trades Math 042 with a “C” grade or 2. International English Language higher will be awarded 3 points. CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Testing System - Academic (IELTS 9. Credit for submitting a resumé and clock 30 weeks Academic) minimum score of 6.0 with no bands below 5.5, within the personal handwritten statement MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George previous two years, or indicating their reasons for wishing to enter this program will be In the first year of this two-year 3. Successful completion of three awarded a maximum of 3 points. program, students will acquire the credits of higher level English studies foundational skills and knowledge at a recognized high school, college 10. Successful completion of the CNC required for entry into a position in or university in an English speaking Trades Discovery Program will be the automotive service industry. The country within the last two years. awarded 1 point emphasis will be hands-on, physical skill Graduation Requirments development to prepare students for a Selection Process co-op work term. The AUTO 115 course If the program is over-subscribed, Completion of the following three follows the ITA foundations outline. students will be selected based on the courses with an “S” (Successful This will provide the students with the selection criteria listed below. Maximum completion). A minimum of 70% is knowledge needed to pursue the AST points = 29 required to receive an “S” grade: Level 1 ITA certification. 1. The letter grade for English 10, 1. AUTO 115 Automotive Service and A summer co-op work term, between English 030 or Communications 11 Repair Foundation (Harmonized).* the first and second year programing, or equivalent willcontribute its actual 2. AUTO 120 Co-Op work term. aids students in becoming familiar with points to the selection process: e.g., the industry and gaining additional “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. 3. AUTO 215 Automotive Service Repair real world skills. In the second year, Technician Advanced. students will gain the knowledge 2. The letter grade for Foundations of needed to work in the diagnostics and Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, * The information required to pursue repair of engine, braking, suspension, Apprenticeship and Workplace Math ITA AST level One certification will be restraint, hybrid, heating, ventilation, 10 or equivalent, will contribute covered in AUTO115. air conditioning, network control, and its actual points to the selection support systems. These are skills that process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, YOU MIGHT ALSO BE the industry has identified as being in etc. INTERESTED IN… demand. The goal of this program is to • Autobody (Motor Vehicle Body 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent provide students with experience and Repair), with a grade of “C” or higher will be knowledge that is helpful in acquiring Foundation-Level awarded 4 points. an apprenticeship. • Automotive Service 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of Technician, Foundation level ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS the Student Readiness Assessment • Heavy Mechanical Trades will be awarded a maximum of 5 1. Successful completion of English 10, points. Refer to the Mechanical IMPORTANT DATES or English 030, or Communications Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC 11, or equivalent. Calendar. Year 1 • October 7, 2019 - May 15, 2020 2. Successful completion of 5. Passing the English portion of the • Break - December 21, 2019 - Foundations and Pre-Calculus Math Student Readiness Assessment will January 5, 2020 10; or Math 030; or a minimum be awarded a maximum of 1 point. “C” grade in one of the following: CO-OP Term 6. Passing Math portion of the Student Apprenticeship and Workplace • May 18 - August 28, 2020 Math 10 or Trades Math 041; or Readiness Assessment will be Rev. 190716 equivalent. awarded a maximum of 1 point. For candidates whose first language 7. Credit in one or more trades-related is not English - In addition to having courses at the Grade 12 level, with a English 10 (or equivalent) applicants grade of “B” or higher, or successful

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 82 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

AUTOMOTIVE 10 or equivalent, will contribute its actual points to the selection SERVICE process: e.g.,“A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, TECHNICIAN, etc.. 3. Physics 11 or equivalent with a grade (HARMONIZED) of “C” or higher will be awarded 4 points. stopwatch Full-time 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of CALENDAR-STAR Starts September the Student Readiness Assessment will be awarded a maximum of 5 clock 30 weeks points. Refer to the Mechanical MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC Calendar. The Automotive Service Technician program will train you to become a 5. Passing the English portion of the skilled technician. You’ll develop your Student Readiness Assessment will preventative maintenance and repair be awarded 1 point. skills, build your understanding of 6. Passing the Math portion of the steering and other vital systems, and Student Readiness Assessment will learn to fulfill other industry needs. be awarded 1 point. Not only is this program a great introduction to the automotive repair 7. One or more trades-related courses and service industry, but it will also at the Grade 12 level with a grade create opportunities for apprenticeship of “B” or higher, or successful positions in dealerships, specialty repair completion of any foundation- shops, parts departments and even as a level trades training program, or service writer. documented experience of one year in a trade will be awarded 3 points. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 8. Minimum “C” grade in one of the 1. Successful completion of English 10, following: English 11, Foundations or English 030, or equivalent of Math 11, or Trades Math 042, or equivalents will be awarded 3 points. 2. Successful completion of Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus 10; or Math 9. Credit for submitting a resumé and 030; or a minimum “C” grade in one personal handwritten statement of the following: Apprenticeship and indicating their reasons for wishing Workplace Math 10 or Trades Math to enter this program will be 041. awarded a maximum of 3 points. Students who do not meet the above Maximum points available = 28 requirements may wish to consult Note: For up-to-date information on with a CNC advisor to determine their dates for all apprenticeship training at eligibility on the basis of mature student CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca status.

Selection process YOU MIGHT ALSO BE If the program is over-subscribed, INTERESTED IN… students will be selected based on the • Heavy Mechanical Trades, selection criteria listed below: Foundation-Level • Motor Vehicle Body 1. The letter grade for English 10, Repair, Foundation-Level English 030 or Communications 11 or equivalent will contribute IMPORTANT DATES its actual points to the selection • September 3, 2019 – April 9, 2020 process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. • Break: December 21, 2019 – January 5, 2020 2. The letter grade for Foundations of Rev. 180625 Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, Apprenticeship and Workplace Math

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 83

CAREER TECHNICAL experience coordinators, the Trades office at CNC (see below), or at cnc. CENTRE (CTC) bc.ca/ctc or contact your local campus for details. stopwatch Full-time Submit completed forms to your career preparation coordinator or school CALENDAR-STAR Starts February, August counsellor, or fax it directly to the and September Trades office in the John A. Brink Trades clock Five months to one year, and Technology Centre at CNC: 250- depending on program 561-5844. MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Note: Lakes District and Nechako Region students (SD #91) should speak Mackenzie, Prince George, with the Career Tech Advisor at their Quesnel and Vanderhoof local high schools. The CTC program allows student to Note: Quesnel students (SD #28) graduate from high school with one should speak with the District Career year of college already completed. Preparation Coordinator. During Grade 12, you take a program at CNC and two at high school, graduating Selection process with both your Grade 12 and a CNC As demand is high, entrance to CTC Certificate in one of these areas: programs is competitive. Applicants • Automotive Service must • Auto Refinishing Prep Technician • Attend a program interview • Carpentry • Complete Grade 10 or 11 before • Electrical starting • Heavy Mechanical Trades • Have a serious interest in one of • Industrial Mechanic the programs (Millwright)/Machinist • Complete and submit a CTC • Metal Fabrication student application • Motor Vehicle Body Repair • Sign an agreement to enrol • Piping YOU MIGHT ALSO BE • Power Engineering INTERESTED IN… • Professional Cook • Dual Credit Program • Welding • For options at other campuses, IMPORTANT DATES please contact your high school For start/end dates, spring break, counsellor or your local CNC etc., please check with campuses campus. listed above. Please note that the CTC schedule follows the CNC calendar, not ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the School District’s calendar. See cnc. CTC programs are open to students bc.ca/ctc for more information. entering Grade 12 who meet the Rev. 170310 following requirements: 1. From SD #57 (Prince George) 2. “C+” average or higher in Grade 11 3. Satisfactory work habits and good attendance records Please Note that non-SD #57 students must arrange room and board in Prince George for the duration of the CTC program, and arrange for their own school district to approve funding. To apply, complete a CTC Application for Admission Form, available from school counsellors, school work

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 84 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CARPENTER the Student Readiness Assessment Certificate of Completion and credit will be awarded a maximum of 5 for level one technical training of their FOUNDATION points. Refer to the Mechanical apprenticeship. PROGRAM Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC Apprentices and employers must Calendar. register apprenticeships with the (HARMONIZED) 5. Passing the English portion of the ITA. For application forms or more Student Readiness Assessment will information, visit stopwatch Full-time be awarded a maximum of 1 point. www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. Note: For up-to-date information on CALENDAR-STAR Starts August and 6. Passing Math portion of the Student dates for all apprenticeship training at February Readiness Assessment will be CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca awarded a maximum of 1 point. clock 24 weeks MAP-MARKER-ALT 7. Credit in one or more trades-related IMPORTANT DATES Burns Lake, Prince George courses at the Grade 12 level with a For the Prince George campus only; and Quesnel grade of “B” or higher, or successful contact other campuses for their dates. Learn to create a building from the completion of any foundation- ground up. Carpenters can work in level trades training program or Fall intake the residential, commercial, light documented experience of one year • August 12, 2019 – February 7, 2020 industrial or heavy construction fields, in a trade will be awarded 3 points. • Break - December 21, 2019 – doing new construction, renovations, 8. Credit in any of the following: English January 5, 20120 or maintenance. As well, they can go 11, Foundations of Math 11, or on to become supervisors, building Spring intake equivalents, or Trades Math 041 and inspectors, site superintendents, and • February 10 – July 24, 2020 Trades Math 042 with a “C” grade or more. Contact other campuses for their dates. higher will be awarded 3 points. Rev. 180625 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 9. Credit for submitting a resumé and personal handwritten statement 1. English 10 or Communications 11 or indicating their reasons for wishing equivalent with a “C” or higher. to enter this program will be 2. Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus awarded a maximum of 3 points 10; or a "C" or higher grade in one Maximum points = 28 of the following: Apprenticeship and Note: High school graduation with Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11 041 or Math 030. (where applicable) is recommended and Selection process required by some employers in order to be indentured as an apprentice. If the program is over-subscribed, students will be selected based on the Provincial apprenticeship selection criteria listed below. programs

1. The letter grade for English 10, An apprenticeship is a formal written English 030 or Communications agreement between an employer, an 11 or equivalent will contribute employee and the Industry Training its actual points to the selection Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, apprenticeship is work-based training; etc. the rest is technical training in the classroom/shop. 2. The letter grade for Foundations of Most apprenticeships take four Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, years. To earn a certificate or ticket, Apprenticeship and Workplace Math apprentices must complete both work- 10 or equivalent, will contribute based training and technical training its actual points to the selection including examinations. After working process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, as apprentices for the period specified etc. by the ITA, graduates can write the 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. with a grade of “C” or higher will be Graduates of the Foundation-Level awarded 4 points. Carpentry program (Entry Level 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of Trades Training) at CNC receive an ITA

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 85

DRIVER TRAINING on request Note: This program does not include CALENDAR-STAR air brake certification. For admission Start dates and durations requirements and additional costs — see below or contact (such as ICBC test fees), please contact campuses the campus directly.

MAP-MARKER-ALT Fort St. James, Fraser Class 4—Unrestricted Lake, and Vanderhoof • 4 hours (average) (in partnership with E • Fort St. James, Fraser Lake, and & R Professional Driver Vanderhoof Training); Burns Lake • Contact campuses for their fees This program prepares you for the road COMMERCIAL DRIVER’S test at the Motor Vehicle Branch. For LICENCES admission requirements and additional Class 1: Semi-trailer trucks, buses and costs (such as ICBC test fees), please logging trucks, and all types of motor contact the campus directly. vehicles and combinations of vehicles except motorcycles. Class 4 or 5, with Endorsement 20 Class 3: Tandem-axle trucks — trucks • Fort St. James, Fraser Lake, and with more than two axles, such as dump Vanderhoof—available on request trucks and large tow trucks, but not Note: You must provide a properly buses used to transport passengers. certified vehicle and trailer (trailers must be loaded to 4,600 kg or more). Class 4, Unrestricted: Vehicles as in Class 5 plus buses up to a maximum For admission requirements and 25-person capacity. additional costs (such as ICBC test fees), please contact the campus directly. Class 4, Restricted: Ambulances, taxis and limousines, and special Class 4 or 5, with Endorsement 51 vehicles used to transport people with • Fort St. James, Fraser Lake, and disabilities, up to a maximum 10-person Vanderhoof—available on request capacity. Note: You must provide a properly Class 4 or 5, with Endorsement 20: certified vehicle and trailer (trailers Any combination of vehicles in Class 5 must be loaded to 4,600 kg or more). and trailers or towed vehicles exceeding For admission requirements­ and 4,600 kilograms, provided neither truck additional costs (such as ICBC test fees), nor trailer has air brakes. contact the campus directly. Class 4 or 5, with Endorsement 51: Rev. 170310 Any combination of vehicles in Class 5 and recreational trailers exceeding 4,600 kilograms, provided neither truck nor trailer has air brakes.

COURSES OFFERED Air Brakes—20 hours • Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Fraser Lake, Vanderhoof This course covers everything you need to complete your air brake certification. For admission requirements and additional costs (such as ICBC test fees), please contact the campuses directly.

Class 1 (all types— offered on request) • Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Fraser Lake, and Vanderhoof—available

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 86 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ELECTRICAL, on the state of the local economy. Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an apprenticeship is work-based training; Selection process FOUNDATION the rest is technical training in the If the program is over-subscribed, classroom/shop. (HARMONIZED) students will be selected based on the Most apprenticeships take four selection criteria listed below. years. Before apprentices can earn a stopwatch Full-time 1. The letter grade for English 11, certificate or ticket, they must complete CALENDAR-STAR Starts September English 045 or Communications work-based training and technical and February 12 or equivalent will contribute training including examinations. After its actual points to the selection working as apprentices for the period clock 24 weeks process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, specified by the ITA, graduates can MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and etc. write the Interprovincial Red Seal Quesnel Examination. 2. The letter grade for Foundations of Graduates of the Foundation-Level This program prepares you for the Math 11, Math 045, or Math 044 or Electrical program (Entry Level Trades electrical apprenticeship program, equivalent, will contribute its actual Training) at CNC receive an ITA or for positions such as counter and points to the selection process: e.g., Certificate of Completion and credit warehouse personnel in wholesale/ “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. for level one technical training of their distributing outlets. To work in BC, 3. The letter grade for Physics 11 or apprenticeship. electricians must be either certified in Physics 045 or Application of Physics the trade or registered in a four-year Apprentices and employers must 12, or equivalent, will contribute apprentice­ship program leading to register apprenticeships with the its actual points to the selection certification. ITA. For application forms or more process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, information, visit etc. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of Note: For up-to-date information on 1. English 11, English 045 or the Student Readiness Assessment dates for all apprenticeship training at Communications 12 or equivalent will be awarded a maximum of 5 CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca (with a minimum “C” grade). points. Refer to the Mechanical 2. Successful completion of one of the Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC YOU MIGHT ALSO BE following, or equivalent: Foundations Calendar. INTERESTED IN… of Math 11, Precalculus 11, or Math 5. Passing the English portion of the • Computer/Network 044, or Math 045. Student Readiness Assessment will Electronics Technician Certificate 3. Successful completion of one of the be awarded 1 point. • Power Engineering, 4th Class Certificate following, or equivalent: Physics 11, or 6. Passing the Math portion of the Physics 045, or Applications of Physics Student Readiness Assessment will IMPORTANT DATES 12. be awarded 1 point. Students who do not meet the above Fall intake 7. One or more trades-related courses requirements may wish to consult • August 12, 2019 – February 7, 2020 with a CNC advisor to determine their at the Grade 12 level with a grade • Break - December 21, 2019 – eligibility on the basis of mature student of “B” or higher, or successful January 5, 20120 status. completion of any foundation- level trades training program or Spring intake documented experience of one year PROGRAM OUTLINE • February 10 – July 24, 2020 in a trade will be awarded 3 points. Topics include the following (not Quesnel a complete list): safety; tools and 8. Credit for submitting a résumé and • February 3, - July 17, 2020 equipment; cables, fixtures and fittings; personal handwritten statement Contact other campuses for their dates. Canadian Electrical Code; conductors, indicating their reasons for wishing switches, and devices; distribution to enter this program will be Rev. 180625 systems; electrical drawings; electrical awarded a maximum of 3 points. energy and power concepts; Maximum points available = 25 electromagnetism; and motors and motor controls. Provincial apprenticeship programs This course includes a practicum/practical component such An apprenticeship is a formal written as wiring in a residential or commercial agreement between an employer, an setting. These projects are dependent employee and the Industry Training

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 87

EXCAVATOR EXOP 180 Simulator Training — Excavator TRAINING EXOP 190 Practicum Rev. 170310 stopwatch Full-time CALENDAR-STAR Start dates and durations vary — please see below or contact campus clock Nine weeks MAP-MARKER-ALT Fort St. James and Vanderhoof This program combines hands-on equipment operation with training in an excavator simulator. You’ll also get the industrial certifications and entry level service and maintenance skills you need to work as an excavator operator.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS This program has no specific admission requirements.

PROGRAM OUTLINE Topics include the following:

Integrated Skills Training EXOP 150 Introduction to Computers EXOP 151 Applied Math for Operators EXOP 155 Employability Skills Training Safety Training EXOP 160 Transportation of Dangerous Goods EXOP 161 WHMIS EXOP 162 Defensive Driving EXOP 165 OFA Level I EXOP 166 OFA Transportation Endorsement EXOP 167 Spill Response EXOP 168 Hazard Recognition and Control Operator Training EXOP 170 Job Site Planning EXOP 171 Job Site Layout EXOP 172 Fire Suppression EXOP 173 Environmental Management Systems EXOP 174 Radio Operations EXOP 175 Service and Maintenance of Excavator Equipment

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 88 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

FOREST INDUSTRY Goods • WHMIS (Workplace Hazardous SAFETY TRAINING Materials Information Systems) • WorkSafeBC training modules stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Rev. 170310 CALENDAR-STAR Start date and duration varies; contact campus directly for details MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Mackenzie, Nechako Region, Southside, Prince George and Quesnel In today’s market, employee training is critical. CNC offers updated equipment and instructors with extensive forest industry knowledge and background (WorkSafeBC certified where applicable). We’ll bring the training to your site, or you can use our top-notch facilities.

Sampling of courses offered Courses are constantly being developed in response to community needs. Therefore, the list presented here is only a sample. For the most up-to- date list of what’s currently available, or to have a custom training package delivered at your facility, please contact your local CNC campus.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS There are no specific admission require­ ments for these courses.

Courses available (All courses may not be available at all campuses.) • All-terrain vehicle rider course • BC Faller Certification • Bear Aware • Chainsaw Safety • Environmental Management Systems • Fire Suppression • First Aid • Heat and Cold Stress • Helicopter Safety • Log Scaling and Grading • Residue and Waste Measurement • Resource Road Driving • Spill Response • Snowmobile rider courses • Transportation of Dangerous

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 89

HEAVY 4.00 /Machinist, Foundation-Level 4. Mechanical Reasoning section – • Motor Vehicle Body MECHANICAL Student Readiness Assessment Repair Foundation Program TRADES DIPLOMA 5.00 • Power Engineering, 4th Class See Mechanical Reasoning grade scale Certificate in CNC Academic Calendar stopwatch Full-time IMPORTANT DATES 5. English section – Student Readiness CALENDAR-STAR TBA For the Prince George campus only, Assessment – passing grade contact other campuses for their dates. clock 2 years 1.00 • TBA MAP-MARKER-ALT 6. Math section – Student Readiness Prince George Rev. 190717 Assessment – passing grade In the first year of this two-year Heavy 1.00 Mechanical Trades (HMT) incorporates several areas of heavy repair industry 7. Trades course at Grade 12 level – B which includes heavy duty mechanical, minimum truck and transport mechanics, engine 4.00 mechanics and trailer mechanics. 8. English 11 – passing grade Graduates of this program are 1.00 prepared to enter several areas of the heavy mechanical field as an apprentice. 9. Foundations of Math 11 or Experience in the trade areas of equivalent – passing grade 1.00 choice is needed to continue with the training to become credentialed as a 10. CNC Trades Math 041 or 042 – C journeymen trade’s person. The HMT minimum diploma program includes training in 1.00 the areas needed by apprenticeship, 11. Resume and Personal statement some additional training will be needed indicating student’s desire to enter to complete Heavy Duty, Truck and program Trailer mechanics. HMT technician’s 3.00 service, perform preventative maintenance, diagnose and repair 12. CNC Trades Discovery Program – machinery as a day-to day activity. successful completion 1.00 Maximum Points = 30 points ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS Graduation requirements 1. English 10 or equivalent Graduation requirements are the 2. Foundations of Math 10 or completion of following courses equivalent including both the practical and theory components at an “S” level. English Language Proficiency Candidates whose first language is 1. 101 Heavy Mechanical Trades* not English must satisfy CNC’s English 2. 102 Heavy Mechanical Trades Language Proficiency requirements. 3. 201 Heavy Mechanical Trades Selection Process If the program is over-subscribed, 4. 202 Heavy Mechanical Trades students will be selected based on the * The information required to pursue criteria outlined below: ITA level one certification is covered in Max. points HMT 101.

1. English 10 or equivalent – grade YOU MIGHT ALSO BE point INTERESTED IN… (ex. A = 4.00) 4.00 • Automotive Service 2. Foundations of Math 10 or Technician, Foundation-Level equivalent grade point • Excavator Training 4.00 • Heavy Equipment Operator 3. Physics 11 or equivalent – grade • Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) point

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 90 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

HEAVY Selection process Note: High school graduation with Students are encouraged to submit English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11 MECHANICAL a resumé, a handwritten statement (where applicable) is recommended and TRADES, indicating reasons for wishing to required by some employers­ in order to enter the program and to complete be indentured as an apprentice. FOUNDATION-LEVEL the Student Readiness Assessment Provincial apprenticeship (SRA). These items are included in the programs stopwatch Full-time selection criteria listed below and will An apprenticeship is a formal written be awarded points. agreement between an employer, an CALENDAR-STAR Starts September If the program is over-subscribed, employee and the Industry Training clock 36 weeks students will be selected based on the Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an selection criteria listed below. apprenticeship is work-based training; MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George the rest is technical training in the Learn to repair transport trailers, 1. The letter grade for English 10, classroom/shop. crawler tractors, loaders, skidders, feller English 030 or Communications Most apprenticeships take four bunchers, excavators, and more. 11 or equivalent will contribute years. To earn a certificate or ticket, its actual points to the selection apprentices must complete both work- Note: Course content for Heavy Duty process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, based training and technical training Equipment Technician and Truck etc. including examinations. After working and Transport Mechanic is identical as apprentices for the period specified up to Level 4. Students must chose 2. The letter grade for Principles of by the ITA, graduates can write the apprenticeship completion in either Math 10, Math 030, Applications of Interprovincial Red Seal Examination for Commercial Transport Mechanical Math 10, Applied Math 10 or Math Heavy Duty, Truck and Transport. Repair or Heavy Duty Mechanics. 030 or equivalent will contribute its actual points to the selection Graduates of the Foundation-Level ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, Heavy Mechanical Trades program The admission requirements mentioned etc. (Entry Level Trades Training) at CNC below are the minimum requirements. receive an ITA Certificate of Completion. 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent Apprentices and employers must 1. Grade 10 with English 10 with a “C” with a grade of “C” or higher will be register apprenticeships with the or higher awarded 4 points. ITA. For application forms or more 2. Common Grade 10 or 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of information, visit Apprenticeship and Workplace Math the SRA will be awarded a maximum www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. of 5 points. 11 or Trades Math 041 or Math 030 Note: For up-to-date information on with a “C” or higher 5. The English portion of the SRA will be dates for all apprenticeship training at Students who do not meet the above awarded a maximum of 1 point. CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca requirement, and think they may be 6. The Math portion of the SRA will be admissible as a mature student should YOU MIGHT ALSO BE awarded a maximum of 1 point. consult a CNC advisor. INTERESTED IN… 7. Credit in one or more trades-related PROGRAM OUTLINE • Automotive Service courses at the Grade 12 level with Technician, Foundation-Level Topics include the following a grade of “B” or higher, successful • Excavator Training (not a complete list): completion of any foundation- • Heavy Equipment Operator • Tools, shop resources and level trades training program or • Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) equipment documented experience of one year /Machinist, Foundation-Level • Rigging in a trade will be awarded 3 points. • Motor Vehicle Body • Welding 8. Credit in any of the following: Repair Foundation Program • Basic braking systems English 11, Principles of Math 11, or • Power Engineering, 4th Class • Frames, suspension, steering, equivalents, or Trades Math 041 and Certificate and running gear Trades Math 042 with a “C” grade or • Servicing electrical and higher will be awarded 3 points. IMPORTANT DATES electronic systems 9. Credit for submitting a resumé and • September 3, 2019 – April 9, 2020 • Servicing air-operated equipment personal handwritten statement • Break: December 21, 2019 – • Servicing suspensions, steering, indicating their reasons for wishing January 5, 2020 and wheels to enter this program will be Rev. 180625 • Employment skills awarded a maximum of 3 points. Maximum points = 28

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 91

HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

CALENDAR-STAR Continuous intake (variable dates and times) MAP-MARKER-ALT Mackenzie and Quesnel; may be available at other campuses This program features 120 hours of classroom instruction, including a Level 1 First Aid and Transportation Endorsement, TDG, Fire Suppression, and more. You’ll also get 200 hours of hands-on experience, including equipment maintenance, fuel spills training, and more. Choose one machine such as: • Feller buncher • Cat • Danglehead processor • Excavator • Butt-n-top loader Machines vary dependent on project work being civil earthworks or logging. Please contact the Mackenzie and Quesnel campus directly for admission requirements 250-991-7500.

YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… • Excavator Training Rev. 170310

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 92 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

INDUSTRIAL 3. Physics 11 or equivalent with a grade training including examinations. After of "C" or higher will be awarded 4 working as apprentices for the period MECHANIC points. specified by the ITA, graduates can write the Interprovincial Red Seal 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of (HARMONIZED) Examination. the Student Readiness Assessment FOUNDATION will be awarded a maximum of 5 CNC graduates of this program receive points. Refer to the Mechanical an ITA certificate of completion and stopwatch Full-time Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC credit for level one technical training of Calendar. their apprenticeship. CALENDAR-STAR Starts February Apprentices and employers must 5. Passing the English portion of the clock 24 weeks register apprenticeships with the Student Readiness Assessment will ITA. For application forms or more MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake be awarded 1 point. information, visit The activities of an industrial mechanic 6. Passing the Math portion of the www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. (millwright) include maintenance, Student Readiness Assessment will Note: For up-to-date information on installation, and repair of stationary be awarded 1 point. dates for all apprenticeship training at industrial equipment in factories, 7. One or more trades-related courses CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca mills, mines, production plants, and at a Grade 12 level with a grade recreational facilities. These skilled of "B" or higher, or participation YOU MIGHT ALSO BE tradespeople also use lathes, milling in the Trades Discovery program INTERESTED IN… machines, grinders, and other with an "S" grade, or successful equipment to machine parts to accurate • Automotive Service completion of any foundation-level dimensions. Because they work in close Technician, Foundation-Level trades training program or employer association with instrument mechanics, • Heavy Mechanical Trades, documented trades-related pipefitters, welders, electricians, and Foundation-Level experience of one year in a trade will heavy equipment mechanics, they need • Piping, Foundation-Level be awarded 3 points. to be team players. • Power Engineering, 4th Class 8. Any of the following: English Certificate ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 11, Foundation of Math 11, or • Welding, Foundation-Level equivalents, or; Trades Math 042, or 1. Successful completion of English 10, equivalent with a "C" grade or higher IMPORTANT DATES or English 030, or Communications will be awarded 3 points. 11 or equivalent • February 3, 2020 – July 3, 2020 9. Credit for submitting a resume and • Break: December 21, 2019 – 2. Successful completion of personal handwritten statement January 5, 2020 Foundations Math and Pre-Calculus indicating their reasons for wishing Rev. 180625 10 or Math 030; or a "C" or higher to enter this program will be grade in one of the following: awarded a maximum of 3 points. Apprenticeship and Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math 041 Maximum points = 28 Selection process Note: High school graduation with English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11 If the program is over-subscribed, (where applicable) is recommended and students will be selected based on the required by some employers in order to selection criteria listed below. be indentured as an apprentice.

1. The letter grade for English 10, Provincial apprenticeship English 030 or Communications programs 11 or equivalent will contribute An apprenticeship is a formal written its actual points to the selection agreement between an employer, an process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, employee and the Industry Training etc. Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an 2. The letter grade for Foundations of apprenticeship is work-based training; Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, the rest is technical training in the Apprenticeship and Workplace Math classroom/shop. 11, Trades Math 041, will contribute Most apprenticeships take four its actual points to the selection years. Before apprentices can earn a process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" = 3.33, certificate or ticket, they must complete etc. work-based training and technical

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 93

INDUSTRIAL its actual points to the selection • Break: December 21, 2019 – process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" = 3.33, January 5, 2020 MECHANIC etc. (HARMONIZED)/ 3. Physics 11 or equivalent with a grade of "C" or higher will be awarded 4 MACHINIST points.

FOUNDATION 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of the Student Readiness Assessment stopwatch Full-time will be awarded a maximum of 5 points. Refer to the Mechanical CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC clock 24 weeks Calendar. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 5. Passing the English portion of the Student Readiness Assessment will The activities of an industrial mechanic be awarded 1 point. (millwright)/machinist include maintenance, installation, and repair 6. Passing the Math portion of the of stationary industrial equipment Student Readiness Assessment will in factories, mills, mines, production be awarded 1 point. plants, and recreational facilities. 7. One or more trades-related courses These skilled tradespeople also use at the Grade 12 level with a grade lathes, milling machines, grinders, and of "B" or higher, or participation other equipment to machine parts in the Trades Discovery program to accurate dimensions. Because with an "S" grade, or successful they work in close association with completion of any foundation-level instrument mechanics, pipefitters, trades training program or employer welders, electricians, and heavy documented trades-related equipment mechanics, they need to be experience of one year in a trade will team players. be awarded 3 points.

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS 8. Any of the following: English 11, Foundations of Math 11, or 1. Successful completion of English 10, equivalents, or; Trades Math 042, or or English 030, or Communications equivalent with a "C" grade or higher 11 or equivalent will be awarded 3 points.

2. Successful completion of 9. Credit for submitting a resume and Foundations Math and Pre-Calculus personal handwritten statement 10 or Math 030; or a "C" or higher indicating their reasons for wishing grade in one of the following: to enter this program will be Apprenticeship and Workplace Math awarded a maximum of 3 points. 11 or Trades Math 041 Maximum points= 28 SELECTION PROCESS If the program is over-subscribed, YOU MIGHT ALSO BE students will be selected based on the INTERESTED IN… selection criteria listed below. • Automotive Service Technician, Foundation-Level 1. The letter grade for English 10, • Heavy Mechanical Trades, English 030 or Communications Foundation-Level 11 or equivalent will contribute its actual points to the selection • Piping, Foundation-Level process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" = 3.33, • Power Engineering, 4th Class etc. Certificate • Welding, Foundation-Level 2. The letter grade for Foundations of Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, IMPORTANT DATES Apprenticeship and Workplace Math 11, Trades Math 041, will contribute • September 3, 2019 – February 28, 2020

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 94 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

INDUSTRY Driving • CPR/Automated External • Air Brakes, 20 hours (BL, FL, FSJ, M, Defibrillator (AED) (BL, M) TRAINING V) • Fall Protection Awareness (BL, M, • Class 1 Basic (BL, FL, FSJ, M, V) PG, Q) stopwatch Part-time • Class 4—Unrestricted (BL, FL, FSJ, V) • H2S Alive (BL, M, PG) • Heat and Cold Stress (BL, FL, M, V) CALENDAR-STAR Start dates and durations • Class 4 or 5, with Endorsement 20 • Occupational First Aid Level 1 (BL, vary (FL, FSJ, V) • Defensive Driving (BL) Q) MAP-MARKER-ALT Offered at all CNC (Also see “Driver Training” listing • Occupational First Aid Levels 1, 3, campuses (Note: At in this calendar) and Transportation Endorsement the Prince George and (BL, FL, FSJ, M, V, Q) Quesnel campus, Industry Electrical/Electronics • Pesticide Application/ Dispenser Training is offered • AC/DC Fundamentals Online (PG) /Certification (BL, M, PG,, Q) through the Continuing • Certified Fiber Optic Technician • Red Cross First Aid (BL, M) Education department.) (PG) • Rigging and Lifting (BL, M, PG, Q) In today’s market, employee training is • Electrical Code Refresher (PG, Q) • Safety Committee courses (M, PG) critical. CNC offers updated equipment • Electrical Field Safety • Scaffolding (M, PG) and instructors with extensive Representative (PG) • Snowmobile rider courses (BL, M, industry knowledge and background Heavy equipment N) (WorkSafeBC certified where • Excavator Training (BL, M, Q, V) • Spill Response (BL, M, N, Q) applicable). We’ll bring the training to (Also see “Heavy Equipment Operator” • Transportation of Dangerous your site, or you can use our top-notch listing in this calendar) Goods (TDG) (BL, FL, FSJ, M, PG, V, facilities. Q) Industry • WHMIS (BL, M, PG, Q) SAMPLING OF COURSES • Brushing, Spacing, Thinning (BL, M, • Wildlife Monitoring (PG) OFFERED V) • Workplace Inspections (M) Courses are constantly being developed • Bug Probing (M, V) in response to community needs. • WorkSafe (BL, M, N, PG) • Culturally Modified Trees (BL, M, V) Therefore, the list presented here is • Environmental Management Trades only a sample. For the most up-to- Systems (BL, M, N) • Millwright—Hydraulics—Basic and date list of what’s currently available, Advanced (M) or to have a custom training package • Fire Suppression (BL, M, PG, V,Q) delivered at your facility, please contact • Forklift—Introductory (BL, M, PG, V) • Millwright—Review for IP exam (PG, your local CNC campus. • Forklift Operator— Q) • Welding—Arc/Oxy-Fuel Welding Key to campuses Certification/Recertification (BL, M, PG, V,Q) (beginner level) (FSJ, M, Q) BL Burns Lake • Hoisting and Rigging (BL, M, PG, • Welding—Gas Metal Arc Welding FL Fraser Lake V,Q) (GMAW) (MIG) (FSJ, Q) FSJ Fort St. James • Introduction to Skid Steer YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Operations (BL, PG) N Nechako Region INTERESTED IN… • Log Scaling (BL, M, V) PG Prince George • Automotive Service Technician, • Pre-Foundation-Level Trades Math Q Quesnel Foundation-Level (BL, Q) • Excavator Training M Mackenzie • Skid Steer Operators • Heavy Mechanical Trades, Certification/Recertification (PG) V Vanderhoof Foundation-Level Automotive Safety • Heavy Equipment Operator • Air Conditioning Basics (PG) • All-Terrain Vehicle Rider course • Industrial Mechanic (Millwright)/Machinist, Foundation- • CFC/HCFC/HFC Control for the (BL, FL, FSJ, M) Level Refrigeration and Air Conditioning • Accident/Incident Investigation (M) • Piping, Foundation-Level Industry (Environment Canada • Bear Awareness (BL, FL, FSJ, M, PG, • Power Engineering, 4th Class Certification) (PG) V) Certificate • Designated Inspection • Chainsaw Safety (BL, M, PG, Q) • Welding, Foundation-Level Facility Operator (PG) • Confined Space— Rev. 170310 • Vehicle Inspection Program (VIP) Awareness/Entry/Rescue (BL, M, (PG) PG, Q)

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 95

METAL its actual points to the selection years. Before apprentices can earn a process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, certificate or ticket, they must complete FABRICATION etc. work-based training and technical training including examinations. After 2. The letter grade for Foundations FOUNDATION working as apprentices for the period of Math 10, or Apprenticeship and specified by the ITA, graduates can (HARMONIZED) Workplace Math 11 or Principles of write the Interprovincial Red Seal Math 10 or Applications of Math 10 Examination. stopwatch Full-time or Math 030 or Trades Math 041 or CNC graduates of this program receive CALENDAR-STAR equivalent will contribute its actual Starts March points to the selection process: e.g., an ITA certificate of completion and clock 23 weeks “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. credit for level one technical training of their apprenticeship. MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent Apprentices and employers must with a grade of “C” or higher will be Learn to build, assemble and repair register apprenticeships with the awarded 4 points. products made of steel or other ITA. For application forms or more metals for use in a wide variety of 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of information, visit manufacturing and construction the Student Readiness Assessment www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. industries, operating specialized (SRA) will be awarded a maximum Note: For up-to-date information on metalworking machines of 5 points. Refer to the Mechanical dates for all apprenticeship training at Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Calendar.

Successful completion of the following: 5. A passing grade in the English YOU MIGHT ALSO BE portion of the SRA will be awarded 1 INTERESTED IN… 1. English 10; or Communications 11; point. or equivalent with a “C” or higher. • Automotive Service Technician, Foundation-Level 6. A passing grade in the Math portion 2. Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus of the SRA will be awarded 1 point. • Heavy Mechanical Trades, 10; or a "C" or higher grade in one Foundation-Level of thefollowing: Apprenticeship and 7. Credit in one or more trades-related • Welding, Foundation-Level Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math courses at the Grade 12 level with a 041 or Math 030. grade of “B” or higher, or successful IMPORTANT DATES Students who do not meet the above completion of any foundation- • February 23 – July 31, 2020 requirement but think they may be level trades training program or Rev. 180625 admissible as a mature student should documented experience of one year consult a CNC advisor. in a trade will be awarded 3 points.

8. Credit in any of the following: PROGRAM OUTLINE English 11, Foundations Math 11, or Topics include the following: equivalents, or Trades Math 042 with • Perform Safety-Related Functions a “C” grade or higher will be awarded • Use Tools and Equipment 3 points. • Interpret Plans, Drawings and 9. Submission of a resumé and Specifications personal handwritten statement • Perform Quality Control indicating the reasons for wishing to • Handle Materials enter this program will be awarded a maximum of 3 points. • Perform trade math and layout • Form Materials Maximum points = 28 • Fabricate Components Provincial apprenticeship • Perform Welding Activities programs Selection process An apprenticeship is a formal written If the program is over-subscribed, agreement between an employer, an students will be selected based on the employee and the Industry Training selection criteria listed below: Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an apprenticeship is work-based training; 1. The letter grade for English 10, the rest is technical training in the English 030 or Communications classroom/shop. 11 or equivalent will contribute Most apprenticeships take four

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 96 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

MINERAL • Grade 12 with Foundation Math Minerals Industry 10 or equivalent, with a “C” grade (45 hours) PROCESSING or higher; or MINL 120 Essential Skills for OPERATOR • Academic Upgrading/ABE Advanced Mineral Processing Certificate; or Operators (60 hours) CERTIFICATE • GED Certificate with Math 030 MINL 130 Mill Industry Safe Work and Eng 030 or equivalent, with a Practices (90 hours) stopwatch Full-time “C” grade or higher in each; or MINL 140 Operating Tools and CALENDAR-STAR Starts September (Fort • Mature student status. Applicants Equip­ment for Mineral St. James); available on must consult with a CNC advisor Processing Operators to determine their eligibility; demand at Burns Lake; for (60 hours) other start dates, contact 2. Submission of a statement of MINL 150 Environmental Safety – campuses interest in the mineral processing Chemicals (45 hours) industry, supported by past activities MINL 160 Mineral Processing clock 16-week program and future career goals. This Operations (60 hours) This certificate program includes statement should be no more than MINL 190 Job Entry, Mineral classroom instruction; WorkSafeBC 250 words in length. Processing Mill (60 certification; Ministry of Energy, Mines, hours) 3. Completion of a signed and Petroleum Resources (MEMPR) MGT 154 Applied Human Health/Fitness Declaration. education based on the Health, Safety Relations (60 hours) and Reclamation Code for Mines in Note 1: As the mineral processing British Columbia; skill certification; industry can be a physically demanding YOU MIGHT ALSO BE safety training; applied human relation environment and to ensure and INTERESTED IN… retain employment, it is important for skills; employability skills; simulator • Heavy Mechanical Trades, potential candidates to evaluate their training; field orientation and practical Foundation-Level own health and fitness in this context. experiences. • Machinist Note 2: The applicant will be required After completing the • Millwright to sign a declaration that states they program, you will have • Mining Industry Certificate can physically perform tasks for the • a Mineral Processing Operator’s successful completion of the program • Power Engineering Certificate and does not have health issues that IMPORTANT DATES • specific employability skills relevant would preclude them from taking part to the mining industry that will in the field orientation, skill certification, • Classes: TBA increase your ability to obtain and and job entry operations components Rev. 170310 retain employment; of the program. • specific safety certificate courses Note 3: Students who have completed to meet the needs of the mining MINE 110 or MINE 1100 and/or MGT industry; 154 prior, will receive credit for their • fundamental training and the previous course work if completed necessary supports to obtain within the previous 60 months. employment in the mining industry; Note 4: International students from a • hands-on experience in the mining non-English speaking country will be industry that promotes a fluid required to provide proof of a 6.0 IELTS transition from the classroom to or 80 IBT TOEFL result. employment; • necessary personal management Acceptance process skill de­velopment to assist Acceptance to the program is based on in obtaining and retaining­ a “first qualified, first admitted” basis. employment in the mining industry; Once all admission requirements have • an opportunity for mature students been met, an applicant will be admitted. to build credits towards and/or If qualification occurs after the program complete the BC Adult Graduation is full, the applicant will be placed on a diploma; wait list.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM OUTLINE

1. Completion of one of the following: MINE 110 Introduction to the

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 97

MINING INDUSTRY • GED Certificate with Math 030 previous course work if completed and Eng 030 or equivalent, with a within the previous 60 months. CERTIFICATE “C” grade or higher in each; or Acceptance process • Mature student applicants must Acceptance to the program is based on (MINE Certificate Program) consult with a CNC advisor to a “first qualified, first admitted” basis. determine their eligibility; stopwatch Full-time Once all admission requirements have been met, an applicant will be admitted. CALENDAR-STAR For start dates, contact 2. Submission of a statement of interest in the mining industry, If qualification occurs after the program campuses supported by past activities and is full, the applicant will be placed on a clock 16-week program future career goals. This statement wait list. should be no more than 250 words MAP-MARKER-ALT Available on demand at in length. IMPORTANT DATES Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Mackenzie, Prince George 3. Completion of a signed Please contact the campuses for details. and Vanderhoof Health/Fitness Declaration. Rev. 170310 Note 1: As the mining industry can be a The program includes classroom physically demanding environment, and instruction, WorkSafeBC Certification, to ensure and retain employment, it is Ministry of Energy, Mines, and important for potential candidates to Petroleum Resources (MEMPR) evaluate their own health and fitness in education based on the Health, Safety this context. and Reclamation Code for Mines in British Columbia, skill certification, Note 2: The applicant will be required safety training, applied human relation to sign a declaration that states that the skills, employability skills, simulator applicant is physically able to perform training, and field orientation and tasks for the successful completion of experiences. the program, and does not have health issues that would preclude them from After completing the taking part in the field orientation, skill program, you will have certification, and job entry operations • a Mining Industry Certificate components of the program. • fundamental training and the Note 3: International students from a necessary supports to obtain non-English speaking country will be employment in the mining industry required to provide proof of a 6.0 IELTS • significant hands-on experience in or 80 IBT TOEFL result. the mining industry that promotes a fluid transition from the PROGRAM OUTLINE classroom to employment MINE 110 Introduction to the • the necessary personal Minerals Industry management skill development to (45 hours) assist in obtaining and retaining MINE 120 Exploring Mining employment in the mining industry Opportunities • an opportunity to build credits (45 hours) towards and/or complete the BC MINE 130 Mining Industry Safe Adult Graduation diploma Work Practices • a base of knowledge that would be (52 hours) beneficial for students who pursue MINE 140 Mining Industry Skill further education in the Mining Certification Technology diploma (114 hours) MINE 150 Job Entry Operations ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS (150 hours) 1. Completion of one of the following: MGT 154 Applied Human • Grade 12 with Foundation Math Relations 10 or equivalent, with a “C” grade (60 hours) or higher; or Note: Students who have completed MINE 110 or MINE 1100 and/or MGT • Academic Upgrading/ABE 154 prior to being accepted into the Advanced Certificate; or program will receive credit for their

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 98 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

PARTS AND no section below 17, within the 8. Credit in any of the following: English previous two years, or 11, Foundations of Math 11, or equivalents, or Trades Math 041 and WAREHOUSING 2. International English Language Trades Math 042 with a “C” grade or Testing System - Academic (IELTS PERSON higher will be awarded 3 points. Academic) minimum score of 6.0 FOUNDATIONS with no bands below 5.5, within the 9. Credit for submitting a resumé and previous two years, or personal handwritten statement stopwatch Full-time indicating their reasons for wishing 3. Successful completion of three to enter this course will be awarded CALENDAR-STAR credits of higher level English studies For start dates, contact a maximum of 3 points. campus at a recognized high school, college clock or university in an English speaking 10. Successful completion of the CNC 20-week program country within the previous two Trades Discovery Program will be MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George years. awarded 1 point. Selection process A Parts and Warehousing Person is IMPORTANT DATES involved in ordering, warehousing and If the course is over-subscribed, Please contact the campuses for details. keeping inventory control over parts students will be selected based on the and accessories for industries like the selection criteria listed below. Rev. 190718 automotive, commercial transport, Maximum points = 29 heavy duty, marine and warehousing 1. The letter grade for English 10, sectors. They are responsible for English 030 or Communications helping these parts, accessories and 11 or equivalent will contribute warehouse products make their way its actual points to the selection from manufacturers to consumers, process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, documenting and tracking their etc. progress along the way from factories to warehouses to retail outlets. A Parts 2. The letter grade for Foundations of and Warehousing Person is often Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math 030, responsible for receiving goods and Apprenticeship and Workplace Math sorting incoming parts, supplies and 10 or equivalent, will contribute materials in a warehouse atmosphere. its actual points to the selection They maintain shipping and receiving process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, records on the amount, kind and etc. location of parts and supplies shipped or received and process purchases 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent and reconcile inventories with physical with a grade of “C” or higher will be counts. awarded 4 points. 4. The mechanical reasoning portion of ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS the Student Readiness Assessment will be awarded a maximum of 5 1. Successful completion of English 10, points. Refer to the Mechanical or English 030, or Communications Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC 11, or equivalent. Calendar. 2. Successful completion of 5. Passing the English portion of the Foundations and Pre-Calculus 10; or Student Readiness Assessment will Math 030; or a minimum “C” grade in be awarded a maximum of 1 point. one of the following: Apprenticeship and Workplace Math 10 or Trades 6. Passing Math portion of the Student Math 041; or equivalent. Readiness Assessment will be For candidates whose first language awarded a maximum of 1 point. is not English - In addition to having 7. Credit in one or more trades-related English 10 (or equivalent) applicants courses at the Grade 12 level, with a must also provide proof of English grade of “B” or higher, or successful Language proficiency through one of completion of any foundation- the following: level trades training course, or 1. English as a Foreign Language documented experience of one year (TOEFL iBT) score of at least 80 with in a trade will be awarded 3 points.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 99

MOBILE CRANE Evaluation (HYDRAULIC 80 Tests and quizzes 30% Practical Assessment 30% TONNES Final Exam 40% AND UNDER) Students must obtain 70% to CERTIFICATE successfully complete this program. Program completion stopwatch Full-time requirements CALENDAR-STAR This seven-week program is an Contact campus for start apprenticeship program consisting dates of three weeks of core theory, two clock 7 weeks — 3 weeks core weeks of crane theory and two weeks theory, 2 weeks crane of a practical lab. Upon successful completion of the technical training theory and 2 weeks exams, students will be required practical lab to complete defined work-based MAP-MARKER-ALT Mackenzie competencies. Those competencies include sponsor attestation (logbook) The duties of a mobile crane operator and the BC Certificate of Qualification include: rigging and set up of cranes; Practical examination. operating hydraulic and conventional friction cranes and performing regular Students will also be required to write maintenance. Crane operators also the ITA Level 1 Core exam and the Level prepare and transport cranes and II Hydraulic 80 Tonnes and Under exam. plan lifts and assemble and dismantle cranes. They must also understand and YOU MIGHT ALSO BE practise safety precautions to protect INTERESTED IN… themselves and others and conduct • Electrical pre-operational inspections. • Heavy Mechanical Trades, Foundation-Level ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Machinist 1. Successful completion of Grade • Millwright 12 or ABE/Academic Upgrading • Mine Industry Certificate Advanced Certificate or equivalent or • Pipe Trades mature student status. • Power Engineering 2. Submission of transcripts. For more information visit cnc.bc.ca/Mackenzie 3. Submission of a statement of experience/interest. IMPORTANT DATES 4. Personal interview with the program • Classes: TBA coordinator or principal. Please contact the campus for details. PROGRAM OUTLINE Rev. 170310 Topics for the ITA (Industry Training Authority) – approved program include safety, communications, knowledge in cranes, rigging, load charts, crane operations and maintenance and service.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 100 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

PIPE TRADES, When a program has more qualified 9. The submission of a resumé and applicants than available seats, the personal handwritten statement FOUNDATION-LEVEL selection criteria will be used to indicating the reasons to enter this determine acceptance to the program, program will be awarded a maximum stopwatch Full-time along with the wait list order of the of 3 points. remaining qualified applicants. Maximum available points = 28 CALENDAR-STAR Starts February clock 1. The letter grade for English 10, Financial aid 25 weeks Communications 11 or English There are many ways in which 030 or equivalent will contribute MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George CNC students can receive financial its actual points to the selection This 25-week program prepares assistance. For details, please contact process, e.g., “A” = 4.00, “B+” = 3.33, students for entry-level employment your local campus. etc. in four piping trades: Plumber, Provincial apprenticeship Steamfitter/Pipefitter, Gasfitter, and 2. The letter grade for Foundations programs Sprinkler System Installer. of Math 10 or Apprenticeship and An apprenticeship is a formal written The program is a mix of both hands- Workplace Math 11 or Principles of Math 10 or Applications of Math 10 agreement between an employer, an on and classroom training and allows employee and the Industry Training students to gain experience in four or Math 030 or Trades Math 041 or an equivalent course will contribute Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an similar trades in one program. Upon apprenticeship is work-based training; successful completion of the Piping its actual points to the selection process, e.g., “A” = 4.00, “B+” = 3.33, the rest is technical training in the Foundation Program you will receive classroom and/or shop. credit with ITA for Level 1 of all etc. Most apprenticeships take four four trades allowing you to seek an 3. Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent years. Before apprentices can earn a apprenticeship in the trade that best with a grade of “C” or better will be certificate or ticket, they must complete fits your career goals and interests. awarded 4 points. both work-based training and technical training including examinations. After ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 4. Completing the Student Readiness Assessment (SRA) may give a working as apprentices for the period Successful completion of the following: possible 7 points to the selection specified by the ITA, graduates can • English 10 or English 030 or process as follows: write the Interprovincial Red Seal Communications 11 or equivalent Examination. a) The Mechanical Reasoning with a grade of “C” or higher. portion of the SRA will be awarded a Graduates of the Foundation-Level • Common Grade 10 Math or maximum of 5 points. Piping program at CNC receive credit Apprentice­ship and Workplace with ITA for Level 1 of all four trades, 71 - 76% = 1 point Math 11 or Trades Math 041 or which allows students to seek an Math 030 or an equivalent course 77- 83% = 2 points apprenticeship in the trade that best with a grade of “C” or higher. 84 - 89% = 3 points fits their career goals and interests. Note: Students who do not meet the 90 - 96% = 4 points Foundation-Level students are above requirements and think they 97 - 100% = 5 points not apprentices, but completing a may be admissible as a mature student Foundation program makes it easier to 5. The English portion of the SRA will be should consult a CNC advisor. find an apprenticeship. In many trades, awarded a maximum of 1 point. completion of the Foundation level is a PROGRAM OUTLINE 6. The Math portion of the SRA will be prerequisite to an apprenticeship. Topics covered include (not a complete awarded a maximum of 1 point. Apprentices and employers must list): register apprenticeships with the 7. Credit in one or more trades related ITA. For application forms or more • Using safe work practices courses at the Grade 12 level with information, visit • Piping tools and equipment a grade of “B” or higher, successful www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. (measuring and levelling tools, completion of any entry level trades stationary and portable power training program or documented Note: For up-to-date information on tools) experience of one year in a trade will dates for all apprenticeship training at • Trade-related math, science, and be awarded 3 points. CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca electricity 8. Credit in any of the following: IMPORTANT DATES • Codes, regulations and standards English 11, Principles of Math 11 or For the Prince George campus only; • Preparing and assembling piping equivalent, or Trades Math 042 with contact other campuses for their dates. components a “C” grade or higher will be awarded • February 3 – July 24, 2020 3 points. Selection process Rev. 180625

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 101

POWER • Refrigeration ENGINEERING, YOU MIGHT ALSO BE INTERESTED IN… 3RD CLASS • Industrial Mechanic CERTIFICATE (Millwright)/Machinist, Foundation- Level • Power Engineering, 4th class stopwatch Full-time • Welding, Foundation-Level CALENDAR-STAR Starts September IMPORTANT DATES clock 30 weeks MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Fall Intake • September 9, 2019 – April 17, 2020 The goal of this program is to develop • Break: December 16, 2019 – greater expertise by building on January 2, 2020 your knowledge gained in the Power Engineering, Fourth Class certificate. Rev. 180625 This program provides practical and technical training for a career in power plant operation and maintenance. After successfully completing the program, students will be granted a qualifying time credit toward the firing time required to write Technical Safety BC’s third class power engineer’s exams.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT 1. Power Engineering, 4th Class Certificate Selection process: Up to 12 seats each year are reserved for returning students who have completed CNC’s 4th Class Power Engineering work experience partnership with Canfor. The remaining seats are filled on a first qualified and first accepted basis.

Program completion requirements: Completion of specified technical training content, practical and theory assessments including simulator training, and a 5 week practical lab.

PROGRAM OUTLINE Topics include • Applied mechanics • Thermodynamics • Chemistry • Boiler codes • Electrical and instrumentation theory • Pumps • Boilers • Prime movers

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 102 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

POWER indicating reasons for wishing to enter program will be awarded a maximum the program as well as complete the of 3 points. Student Readiness Assessment (SRA). ENGINEERING, Maximum points = 29 4TH CLASS Both of these items are included in the selection criteria listed below and will YOU MIGHT ALSO BE CERTIFICATE be awarded points. INTERESTED IN… If the program is over- subscribed, • Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) stopwatch Full-time students will be selected based on the /Machinist, Foundation-Level selection criteria listed below. CALENDAR-STAR Starts September • Welding, Foundation-Level 1. The letter grade for English 11, clock 40 weeks IMPORTANT DATES English 045 or Communications 11 MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and will contribute its actual points to For the Prince George and Quesnel Quesnel the selection process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, campuses contact other campuses for “B+” = 3.33, etc., to a maximum of 4 their dates. This program provides practical and points. technical training for a career in power Fall Intake: plant operation and maintenance. 2. The letter grade for Foundations • September 3, 2019 – June 19, 2020 Fourth class power engineers work in of Math 11 or Pre-Calculus 11 or • Break: December 21, 2019 – Principles of Math 11, Applications of • Sawmills January 5, 2020 Math 12, or Math 045, or Math 042 • Hospitals Rev. 180625 will contribute its actual points to • Refineries the selection process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, • Pulp mills “B+” = 3.33, etc., to a maximum of 4 • Refrigeration plants points. • Breweries 3. The letter grade for Physics 11 or • Public buildings Physics 045 will contribute its actual • And more points to the selection process: After completing the program, you’ll be e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc., to a qualified to write the Technical Safety maximum of 4 points. BC’s fourth class power engineer’s 4. The letter grade for Chemistry 11 exam. or Chemistry 045 will contribute its actual points to the selection ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 etc., to a maximum of 4 points. or equivalent. 5. The mechanical reasoning portion of 2. One of following or equivalent the SRA will be awarded a maximum with a minimum of ‘C’ grade: of 5 points. Communications 12 or English 045. 6. A passing grade on the English 3. One of following or equivalent with portion of the SRA will be awarded a a minimum of ‘C’ grade: Foundations maximum of 1 point. of Math 11 or Pre- calculus 11, or 7. A passing grade on the math Principles of Math 11 or Math 045 or portion of the SRA will be awarded a Math 042. maximum of 1 point.

4. One of following or equivalent: 8. Credit in one or more trades-related Physics 11, or Applications of Physics courses at the Grade 12 level with a 12; or Physics 045 grade of “B” or higher, or successful Note: Students who do not meet completion of any foundation- the above requirements may wish to level trades training program or consult with a CNC advisor to determine documented experience of one their eligibility on the basis of mature year in a trade will be awarded a student status. maximum of 3 points.

Selection process 9. Credit for submitting a resumé Students are encouraged to submit a and personal statement indicating resume and handwritten statement reasons for wishing to enter this

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 103

PROFESSIONAL 2. The letter grade for Apprenticeship Level 3 and Workplace Math 10, Foundations For more on this Level, please see COOK PROGRAM of Math and PreCalculus 10, or Math Apprenticeship Technical Training on 041,or Math 030, or equivalent will page 78. contribute its actual points to the stopwatch Full-time A detailed program description and selection process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” course outline is available at the ITA CALENDAR-STAR Starts August = 3.33, etc. website: clock 28 weeks (Level 1); 3. Successful completion in any of • www.itabc.ca/Page621.aspx 14 weeks (Level 2); following will be awarded 3 points: 6 weeks (Level 3); English 11, Foundations of Math 11 Acceptance process or equivalent; or Trades Math 042 You’ll be accepted to the program MAP-MARKER-ALTPrince George with a “C” grade or higher once you’ve met all the admission Fast-paced and rewarding, a career as requirements. This is called “first- 4. Credit for submitting a resumé and a professional cook lets you express qualified, first accepted.” If you qualify personal handwritten statement your creativity. You’ll find jobs at hotels, after the program’s full, you’ll be put on indicating the reasons for wishing to exotic resorts, cruise ships and local a wait list. enter this program will be awarded a restaurants. You might even own your maximum of 3 points own restaurant one day. Maximum points available = 14 IMPORTANT DATES Prince George Level 1 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM OUTLINE • August 19, 2019 – March 13, 2020 • “C” grade or higher in one of This program is a full-time program. • Break: December 21, 2019 – the following: English 10, or Students must complete each level with January 5, 2020 Communications 11, or English 030 a 70% combined theory and practical or equivalent grade before advancing to the next Level 2 • “C” grade or higher in one of the level. • March 16 – June 19, 2020 following: Apprenticeship and Rev. 180625 Workplace Math 10, Foundations of Professional Cook Level 1 Math and Pre-Calculus 10,or Math Program 041,or Math 030, or equivalent CULA 150 • And Valid FOODSAFE Level 1 In this course, the student will work in certificate, OR equivalent a supervised environment and perform basic cooking and foo preparation tasks In addition to the minimum utilizing knife skills, correct terminology, requirements, it is suggested that and a variety of cooking methods. The anyone planning to apply to this student will learn how to follow recipes, program acquire some background weigh and measure food accurately, by taking Foods 11 and 12 and Career and have an understanding of the Preparation/ Hospitality Foods or major techniques and principles used Cafeteria 11 and 12. It is also advisable in cooking, baking, and other aspects to have recent work experience in a of food preparation. At this level, the kitchen. student will develop a solid foundation Note: Documents certifying a current of culinary skills. TB screening and health examination must be submitted on official college Professional Cook Level 2 forms (supplied with acceptance) before Program the program starts. CULA 250 At this level, the student usually Selection process works with At this level, students will If the program is over-subscribed, usually work with some supervision students will be selected based on the and perform a variety of cooking and following selection criteria: food preparation tasks using multiple cooking methods. In addition to using 1. The letter grade for English 10, the major techniques and principles in English 030 or Communications cooking, baking and other aspects of 11 or equivalent will contribute food preparation, students will learn its actual points to the selection to understand food costing, menu process: e.g., “A” = 4.0; “B+” = 3.33, planning and purchasing processes. etc.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 104 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

TRADES DISCOVERY will include a minimum of four trades TRDE165 Trades Discovery electives selected from fourteen trades. Professional Cook PROGRAM Selection will be based on the needs of TRDE 170 Trades Discovery local communities as well as available Autobody Trades resources. The technical component of CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary TRDE 175 Trades Discovery the program will provide experiential, clock Electronics/IT 300 hours practical experience and is designed to *selected by CNC, not the student. give the learner a sample of each trade MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George area, focusing on the foundational skills YOU MIGHT ALSO BE The Trades Discovery Program is of each trade. INTERESTED IN… designed to allow students to explore Upon completion of the Trades • Career Technical Centre (CTC) a minimum of four different trades, Discovery Program the learner will allowing students to try a trade before have gained a comprehensive overview IMPORTANT DATES committing to a full program. Students of the different opportunities for a will be introduced to career planning/ Burns Lake career in trades, and will facilitate a entrepreneurial tools, essential skills • September 3, 2019 - January 31, smooth transition from secondary training, occupational health and safety 2020 school to a foundation program or the courses, and practical project based apprenticeship system. learning within the four trades. This program will promote working in a safe, respectful, and productive environment ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS and prepare students for applying to 1. Successful completion of Math and a foundation program, or seeking an English at a grade 9 level or higher. apprenticeship. Trades Discovery Program is a 300- PROGRAM OUTLINE hour program that provides grade 10 Required -12 high school students, and with TRDE 100 Trades Discovery the possibility of adults, an in-depth Core Skills opportunity to explore four trades. The program will include workplace 4 courses selected from safety and basic trade specific technical the following list* training, as well as an introduction to TRDE 105 Trades Discovery the British Columbia apprenticeship Sheet Metal system and job readiness skills. TRDE 110 Trades Discovery The program will follow the program Pipe Trades guide set out by British Columbia's TRDE 115 Trades Discovery Industry Training Authority Welding (ITA) Youth Explore model, combining TRDE 120 Trades Discovery a sampling of theory and practical Metal Fabrication elements of each trade. TRDE 125 Trades Discovery Carpentry Workplace skills training will take place TRDE 130 Trades Discovery in a classroom setting and will cover the Electrician skills needed to: TRDE 135 Trades Discovery • attain an apprenticeship in British Automotive Columbia, Service Technician • develop career planning and TRDE 140 Trades Discovery entrepreneurship tools, Heavy Duty Equipment • develop trades based essential Technician skills, and TRDE 145 Trades Discovery • complete occupational health and Industrial Mechanic safety certificates. (Millwright) These course elements will ensure TRDE 150 Trades Discovery that the learner has the appropriate Machinist skill sets to participate in the practical TRDE 155 Trades Discovery component of the program. Painter & Decorator The work-site technical component TRDE160 Trades Discovery Roofer

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 105

WELDER process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, apprentices for the period specified etc. by the ITA, graduates can write the Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. FOUNDATION 2. The letter grade for your selected PROGRAM math course will contribute its actual Apprentices who want to schedule grade point to the selection process: their technical training at CNC should (HARMONIZED) e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. contact CNC’s School of Trades and Technologies at 250-561-5804 or 3. The mechanical reasoning test will stopwatch Full-time 1-866-370-2111. be awarded a maximum of 5 points. Apprentices and employers must CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Refer to the Mechanical Reasoning register apprenticeships with the and November Grading Scale in the CNC Calendar. ITA. For application forms or more clock 28 weeks 4. A passing grade on the English information, visit MAP-MARKER-ALT portion of the Student Readiness www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011. Prince George Assessment will be awarded a As a graduate of the Welding maximum of 1 point. YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Foundation program, you’ll be qualified INTERESTED IN… 5. A passing grade on the Math for a variety of jobs in the construction portion of the Student Readiness • Metal Fabrication, Foundation and metal working industries. You’ll also Assessment will be awarded a (Harmonized) be prepared to successfully complete maximum of 1 point. employers’ skill assessments. Possible IMPORTANT DATES job titles include 6. Credit in one or more trades-related For the Prince George campus only; courses at the Grade 12 level with a • Production welder contact other campuses for their dates. grade of “B” or higher,or successful • Maintenance welder completion of any foundation- Intake #1 • And more level trades training program or • September 3, 2019 – March 27, documented experience of one year ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 2020 in a trade will be awarded 3 points. • Break: December 21, 2019 – 1. English 10; or English 030; or 7. Credit in any of the following: English January 5, 2020 Communications 11 or equivalent 11 or equivalent, Foundations of Intake #2 Math 11 or equivalent, or Trades 2. Apprenticeship and Workplace • November 4, 2019 – May 29, 2020 Math 10 with a "C" or higher; or Math 042 with a “C” grade or higher • Break: December 21, 2019 – Foundations of Math and Pre-Cal 10; will be awarded 3 points. January 5, 2020 or Trades Math 041; or equivalent 8. Students are encouraged to submit Rev. 180625 Students who do not meet the above a resumé and personal handwritten requirements may wish to consult statement indicating their reasons with a CNC advisor to determine their for wishing to enter this program. eligibility on the basis of mature student The resumé and personal statement status. will be awarded a maximum of 3 points. PROGRAM OUTLINE Maximum points available = 24 Courses topics include the following (not a complete list): introduction to Provincial apprenticeship welding and safety, oxyfuel gas cutting, programs oxyacetylene welding, shielded metal An apprenticeship is a formal written arc welding, air carbon arc cutting, gas agreement between an employer, an metal arc/flux core, material handling, employee and the Industry Training blueprint reading, and metallurgy. Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an apprenticeship is work-based training; Selection process the rest is technical training in the If the program is over-subscribed, classroom and/or shop. students will be selected based on the Most welding apprenticeships take selection criteria listed below: three years. Before apprentices can 1. The letter grade for English 10, earn a certificate or ticket, they must English 030 or Communications complete both work-based training 11 or equivalent will contribute and technical training, including its actual points to the selection examinations. After working as

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 106 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca UNIVERSITY STUDIES

UNIVERSITY CLASSES...... 108 CREDENTIALS...... 109 ASSOCIATE DEGREES...... 109 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE ...... 111 ABORIGINAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION ...... 111 ANTHROPOLOGY CONCENTRATION...... 111 COMMERCE CONCENTRATION ...... 111 ENGLISH CONCENTRATION...... 112 MODERN CLASSICS CONCENTRATION...... 112 PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION...... 112 SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION...... 113 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE...... 113 CHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION...... 115 BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION ...... 115 MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION...... 116 DIPLOMAS...... 117 CRIMINOLOGY DIPLOMA...... 118 KINESIOLOGY DIPLOMA...... 120 WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN DIPLOMA...... 121 WOMEN’S STUDIES AND GENDER RELATIONS DIPLOMA...... 123 CERTIFICATES...... 124 ABORIGINAL STUDIES CERTIFICATE...... 125 ENGINEERING (APPLIED SCIENCE) CERTIFICATE...... 126 FINE ARTS CERTIFICATE...... 127 WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN: CITATION AND CERTIFICATE...... 130 ACADEMIC PATHWAYS...... 132 FLEXIBLE PRE-MAJORS...... 132 ANTHROPOLOGY...... 132 ENGLISH...... 132 PSYCHOLOGY...... 132 SOCIOLOGY...... 132 PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS...... 134 ACADEMIC AREAS...... 135 ABORIGINAL STUDIES...... 135 ANTHROPOLOGY...... 135

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 107

BIOLOGY...... 135 CHEMISTRY...... 135 COMMERCE...... 135 COMPUTER SCIENCE...... 135 CRIMINOLOGY...... 135 ECONOMICS...... 135 ENGINEERING...... 135 ENGLISH...... 135 FINE ARTS...... 136 FRENCH...... 136 GEOGRAPHY...... 136 HISTORY...... 136 KINESIOLOGY...... 136 LEADERSHIP...... 136 MATHEMATICS...... 136 PHILOSOPHY...... 136 PHYSICS...... 136 PSYCHOLOGY...... 136 SOCIOLOGY...... 136 WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN...... 136 WOMEN’S STUDIES AND GENDER RELATIONS...... 136

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 108 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

UNIVERSITY a university to finish your degree. You bctransferguide.ca transfer the credits you receive for CNC CLASSES courses to a university and continue IMPORTANT DATES on to complete your degree. When For the Prince George campus only; stopwatch Full-time or Part-time you take one of our UT courses, it’s as contact other campuses for their dates. though you were studying in the same CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and class at a university. For example, if you Fall January (most courses) complete our introductory psychology • September 3 – December 16, 2019 course, a university will give you credit MAP-MARKER-ALT All courses available at • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 for its introductory course. Prince George; many at Spring To ensure your credits transfer Burns Lake, Nechako • January 6 – April 24, 2020 seamlessly, CNC has formal agreements Region, and Quesnel in place with the following BC • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020  Some course sections universities: • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 available online • Athabasca University Rev. 180625 I want to get a university • Emily Carr University degree. Can I start at CNC? • Kwantlen Polytechnic University Definitely. We offer dozens of university- • University of British Columbia level courses. A bachelor’s degree (also • University of Northern British known as an undergraduate degree) Columbia usually takes four years. Many people • Simon Fraser University take the first two years at a community • Thompson Rivers University college such as CNC, then transfer to • University of Victoria university for years 3 and 4. Advantages • Vancouver Island University of starting at a community college include smaller classes, more one-on- However, you should meet with the one attention from instructors, and institution you plan to attend to lower tuition fees. ensure transferability and admission requirements are met. Associate degrees You can also transfer to universities in We offer associate degrees in arts other provinces and other countries — and science, featuring two years of talk to a CNC advisor for details. university-level study in a variety of Once you have your bachelor’s degree, academic subjects. These degrees you have the option to go on and obtain transfer into university programs, and a master’s degree (MA or MSc) or a give you preferential admission at doctorate (PhD). UNBC and SFU. All public universities and university-colleges in BC give University transfer special recognition of transfer credit to information (BCCAT) students with associate degrees. Students planning to transfer their A diploma gives you recognition credits to another institution should consult the British Columbia Transfer Like an associate degree, a diploma Guide to verify transferability of credits. can be equivalent to the first two The British Columbia Transfer Guide years of a university degree in that is published by the British Columbia particular subject. With a diploma, you Council on Admissions and Transfer can go to work immediately or transfer and is available online. to university. If you decide to work, a diploma gives you more options CNC advisors will assist students in in the workplace. We offer diplomas selecting transferable courses; however, in accounting and finance, business the final responsibility for course management, criminology, kinesiology, selection rests with the student. social work, web and graphic design, The British Columbia Council and more. on Admissions and Transfer What are transfer courses? (BCCAT) website is located at www. Since CNC offers only the first two years of instruction, you need to transfer to

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 109

CREDENTIALS ensure they select the most appropriate 100-level or higher, will count towards high school courses for their chosen the Associate Degree. career paths. For the purpose of the general and ASSOCIATE DEGREES Note 2: Students who received less specific requirements for Associate than a “B” grade in English 12 or its Degrees, College of New Caledonia stopwatch Full-time or Part-time equivalent are strongly encouraged to courses are categorized as follows: CALENDAR-STAR select English 103 as their first English Starts September and Arts — Humanities January (most courses) course. • Aboriginal Studies Note 3: Students applying for clock Two years admission to MATH 101, CSC 109, Phys • English MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and 101 or Chem 111 who obtained a “C+” • Fine Arts Quesnel or less in Principles of Math 12 (interim • French grade) or Math 050 must first register in • History All public universities in BC that MATH 100. offer traditional arts and science • Philosophy degrees guarantee 60 transfer credits Note 4: The GED certificate meets the Arts — Social Sciences general admission requirements but for students who have completed • Anthropology an Associate of Arts Degree or an does not meet specific program or • Criminology Associate of Science Degree. course prerequisites. • Economics The Associate Degree curriculum Note 5: You will need to comply with • Geography (Human) comprises two years of university-level the prerequisites of specific courses • Kinesiology study in a variety of academic areas. you select. Students must complete a broad range • Political Science Graduation requirements of course offerings balanced with • Psychology — general in-depth study in specific disciplines. • Sociology Since many students will continue 1. 60 credits of 100-level or higher • Women’s Studies their studies, the requirements are courses that have university Sciences sufficiently flexible to enable students transfer credit. These must include to plan their educational programs a minimum of 18 credits in second- • Astronomy carefully and to complete prerequisites year arts for the Associate Degree • Biology for upper-level course work in their in Arts or a minimum of 18 credits • Chemistry intended majors. in second-year sciences for the • Computer Science Associate Degree in Science, in two Where to find the details • Engineering or more subject areas. Specific associate degree credit transfer • Forest Science policies at each receiving institution 2. It is recommended that up to • Geography (Physical—201, 202) are on the BCCAT website www. 30 credits, both assigned and • Mathematics unassigned, be accepted for transfer bctransferguide.ca. • Physics credit to the Associate of Arts or Just click on “Other Transfer Guides”, Note: Some courses listed above may Science Degree. and then on “Associate Degree.” A link not carry transfer credit or satisfy is also provided there to all the general 3. An overall GPA of 2.0 calculated on major degree requirements at some and specific requirements for associate all courses counting towards the universities. Please consult the BC degrees. associate degree. transfer guide www.bctransferguide.ca or Academic 4. No course can be used to meet ADMISSION Advising at CNC. more than one of the specific You’ll need one of the following: requirements Course completion • Successful completion of Grade 12 Note: CUE 101 cannot be counted as Courses must be completed no more (with English 12 or English 12: First part of the 60 credits for an associate than 10 years prior to the date of Peoples) degree. graduation in order to count toward • ABE/Academic Upgrading the Associate Degree in Arts. This Classification of subjects Advanced Certificate policy applies to CNC courses and to For help designing your program, • GED Certificate all courses transferred from other please talk to a CNC advisor. • Completion of Grade 11 with an post-secondary institutions for credit outstanding academic record in the Only those College of New Caledonia at CNC. Courses more than 10 years year of application. courses with articulated university old may be considered for unassigned transfer credit and a College of New credit. Students should contact the Note 1: It is recommended high school Caledonia course designation at the Dean to discuss this option (please students consult their counsellors to

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 110 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving institutions may have different criteria). For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page.

Rev. 170310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 111

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS computing science. 200-level; elective Any university-studies 200-level DEGREE IMPORTANT DATES Humanities or Social Sciences course(s) For the Prince George campus only; 100- or 200- level Math of Science stopwatch Full-time or Part-time contact other campuses for their dates. Any university-studies BIO, CHEM, CSC, CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and Fall GEOG, MATH, PHYS course(s) January (most courses) • September 3 – December 16, 2019 100- or 200- level lab science • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 clock Two years Any university-studies BIO, CHEM, MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Spring GEOG, PHYS course(s) with a laboratory Quesnel • January 6 – April 24, 2020 component • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 100- or 200 level electives ASSOCIATE OF ARTS • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Any university-studies course(s) DEGREE GRADUATION ABORIGINAL STUDIES REQUIREMENTS — ANTHROPOLOGY CONCENTRATION SPECIFIC CONCENTRATION (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS 1. 6 credits in first-year English; and DEGREE) DEGREE) 2. 9 credits in science, which shall PROGRAM OUTLINE Anthropology is the study of humans, include at least both past and present. It draws on ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: a) 3 credits in mathematics or and builds upon knowledge from the History and Traditions computing science or statistics social and biological sciences as well as of the Carrier People (statistics courses taught in subject the humanities and physical sciences. ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of areas such as business, commerce, There are four main subfields: Physical/ Canada economics, psychology, etc. may also Biological, Linguistic, Socio-cultural, and ABST 150 Conversational Carrier be used to meet this requirement); Archaeology. ABST 220 Indigenous Research b) 3 credits in a laboratory science, Methods Required: and ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- Cultural Anthropology Cultural Anthropology 3. 36 credits in arts, which shall include ANTH 102 Introduction to ANTH 102 Introduction to a) 6 credits in the social sciences; Physical Anthropology Physical Anthropology & Archaeology and Archaeology b) 6 credits in humanities (including ANTH 215 Qualitative Methods the creative, performing, or fine arts) ENGL 103 Composition & Style ANTH 225 Introduction to Human other than English; ENGL 107 Literature and Composition: Prehistory c) 24 additional credits in arts, and Aboriginal Literature 6 additional 200-level ANTH credits 3 credits of 200-level Philosophy (PHIL 4. 9 credits in arts, science, or other HIST 103 History of Canada to 235 is recommended) areas. 1867 6 credits of 100-level Aboriginal Studies Note 1: Students must have completed HIST 104 History of Canada (ABST 100 and 101 recommended ) at least three semester credits in the since 1867 6 credits of Social Sciences or semester the degree is awarded. 100- or 200- level MATH or CSC; Any university-studies CSC or MATH Humanities, including 3 credits of Note 2: Students are advised to course(s), which may include Statistics Sociology ( SOC 101 recommended ) consult with a CNC advisor in order to courses taught in Business or 9 credits of 100-level or higher determine specific course requirements Psychology university studies courses for entry to a particular university 3 credits of 200-level Arts degree program. 200-level ABST Note 3: A laboratory science course is Minimum 9.0 credits. Non-ABST courses English requirement — 6 credits any course in the sciences list worth with an Aboriginal focus may be ENGL 103 Composition and Style 3 credits or more and with a lab of at substituted with the permission of the 3 additional 100-level university studies least 2 hours, but excluding any course Dean or designate. ENGL credits in applied science (engineering) or 200-level Arts Math requirement — 3 credits Any 200-level non-ABST university- 3 credits of university studies MATH or studies Arts course(s)

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 112 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CSC you must complete 18 or more credits elective or Statistics in English, with 9 of those credits being ENGL 101 Literature and second-year courses, as part of the Composition I Note: MATH 104, or PSYC 201 are 60 credits required for an Associate ENGL 102 Literature and recommended of Arts degree. To ensure successful Composition II completion of your degree, consult Science electives — 6 credits ENGL 104 Introduction to a CNC advisor to create your degree 6 credits of BIO, CHEM, GEOG (201 or Literature and program. 201 only), or PHYS Composition Note: One 3 credit science must English requirement — 6 credits ENGL 106 Film Studies be included a two hour or longer ENGL 103 Composition and Style ENGL 107 Literature and supervised practice. (BIO 104 is One of: Composition: recommended) ENGL 101 Literature and Aboriginal Literature Composition I ENGL 205 Creative Writing: Poetry COMMERCE ENGL 102 Literature and ENGL 206 Creative Writing: Fiction CONCENTRATION Composition II ENGL 104 Introduction to ENGL 208 Creative Writing – (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS Literature and Creative Nonfiction DEGREE) Composition ENGL 213 Short Fiction 1 ENGL 214 Short Fiction II The Associate of Arts Degree with ENGL 106 Film Studies Commerce concentration is a credential ENGL 107 Literature and ENGL 215 Children’s Literature I recognized at every university in British Composition: ENGL 216 Children’s Literature II Columbia. Students with this credential Aboriginal Literature ENGL 217 Gender, Sexuality, and have 60 credits towards a Bachelor’s ENGL 108 Contemporary Genre Literature I: Focus on degree and require 60 credits at the 100-level Arts electives — 18 credits (6 Literary Theory university of their choice to complete credits maximum in one subject area) ENGL 218 Gender, Sexuality, and Literature II: Focus the degree. Students entering this 6 credits from Humanities (excludes on Contemporary program at CNC may choose to begin English) Literature as a dual admission student in our 6 credits from Humanities or Social partnership with Thompson Rivers Sciences (includes English) ENGL 219 Contemporary University or as a CNC university 6 credits from Social Sciences Aboriginal Authors transfer student. ENGL 220 Children’s Literature – 200-level Arts electives — 18 credits First Nations Authors (credits must be in at least two subject Note 1: Accounting courses identified ENGL 225 Special Topics is Film areas) as COM courses are university courses (Genre) and do not have the applied focus of Required: ENGL 228 Special Topics in the courses designated as ACC courses. ENGL 201 English Literature, Literature (Genre) Students wishing for a more applied 1350 – 1744 ENGL 229 Professional Business option may consider ACC courses in ENGL 202 English Literature, and Technical their studies at CNC. These courses 1744 – 1900 Communication will enhance practical skills, but may ENGL 203 Canadian Literature I receive fewer credits when transferring MODERN CLASSICS to university. ENGL 204 Canadian Literature II Humanities or Social Sciences 200-level CONCENTRATION Note 2: English, math and upper-year electives (6 credits) requirements vary among universities. (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS Before selecting courses, students Science electives — 9 credits DEGREE) should consult with a CNC advisor 3 credits of a 100-level Computer to ensure their courses match the Science, Math, or Statistics course PROGRAM OUTLINE university they plan to attend. 3 credits of a Lab science (minimum Semester 1 15 credits 2 hours per week lab component ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- and excluding any Applied Science or ENGLISH Cultural Anthropology Computing Science course) CONCENTRATION ENGL 103 Composition and Style 3 credits of a Science course (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS FINE 101 Art History 1 DEGREE) University Transfer HIST 101 World History electives — 9 credits PHIL 101 Moral Philosophy To complete an Associate of Arts Choose 6 credits from 100/200-level Degree with an English concentration, Semester 2 15 credits English courses and 3 credits UT

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 113

One of: influences. Some psychologists perform 6 credits in Social Sciences ENGL 101 Literature and research in laboratories while others The following courses may be of Composition I work in social organizations, but both particular interest to Psychology are attempting to find solutions to ENGL 102 Literature and students: real world problems. As well, many Composition II psychology graduates use their ANTH 206 Medical Anthropology ENGL 104 Introduction to education to embark on careers in law, CRIM 102 Psychology of Criminal Literature and health care, criminology, business, and and Deviant Behaviour Composition education. KINS 127 Contemporary Health ENGL 106 Film Studies Issues ENGL 107 Literature and Psychology Requirement: KINS 235 Sport and Exercise Composition: PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology Aboriginal Literature Psychology I SOC 206 Social Problems FINE 102 Art History II PSYC 102 Introduction to WMST 101 Introduction to HIST 102 World History II Psychology II Women’s Studies I PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social WMST 102 Introduction to 3 credits UT-level Lab Science Sciences Women’s Studies II PSYC 202 Research Methods in Semester 3 15 credits Electives Psychology ENGL 201 English Literature, 9 additional UT credits in the Social Note 1: Advanced Placement 12 cannot 1350 – 1744 Sciences or Humanities be used to satisfy the PSYC 101 & 102 One of: requirement. 9 additional UT credits in any area PHIL 115 World Religions Note 1: You must have at least 18 200-level PHIL elective Note 2: MATH 104 or MATH 157 cannot be used to satisfy the PSYC 201 credits of 200-level courses in at least One of: requirement two different subjects. ANTH 206 Anthropology of Medicine One of: Note 2: Students should speak with ANTH 210 Anthropological PSYC 207 Introduction to an academic advisor to ensure their Perspectives on Abnormal Behaviour electives are eligible to count towards “Pop”ular Culture PSYC 209 Introduction to an Associate of Arts degree. ANTH 220 Anthropology of Cross- Biological Psychology Cultural Conflict and PSYC 210 Introduction to SOCIOLOGY Social Justice Cognitive Psychology CONCENTRATION One UT-level MATH elective 3 additional credits of 200-level PSYC (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS One 100- or 200-level Science elective English requirement DEGREE) Semester 4 15 credits ENGL 103 Composition and Style Sociology is the study of societies and ENGL 202 English Literature, the way they shape people’s attitudes, 3 additional credits 100-level UT English 1744 – 1900 actions, identities, and institutions. Two 200-level HIST electives Science requirement Sociology helps us to make sense of the rapidly changing world in which we live. One 200-level PHIL elective 3 credits of UT BIO, CHEM, physical At the same time, it helps us to know GEOG, or PHYS with a minimum of a 2 One 100-level Social Science elective ourselves in new and exciting ways. hour/week laboratory component Note: A minimum cumulative GPA of By studying sociology, you’ll acquire Biology 103 or 104 are recommended 2.0 is required to successfully complete an increased understanding of human for Humanities and Social Science the Associate Arts Degree with Modern interactions and the ability to interpret students Classics concentration. social events. 3 additional credits of UT BIO, CHEM, Sociology Requirement: PSYCHOLOGY CSC, GEOG, MATH, or PHYS with or without a laboratory component SOC 101 Introduction to CONCENTRATION Sociology I Note: PSYC 201 satisfies the Math (ASSOCIATE OF ARTS SOC 102 Introduction to requirement for the Associate of Arts DEGREE) Sociology II Humanities requirement SOC 210 Sociological Theory Psychology is the scientific study of ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: 6 credits in Humanities, in addition to mind and behaviour. Psychologists History and Traditions the 6 credits of required ENGL courses attempt to determine causes for of the Carrier People behaviour and try to find answers by Social Sciences requirement ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of exploring biological and environmental

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 114 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Canada ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- Cultural Anthropology PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge PHIL 221 Social Philosophy PHIL 235 Contemporary Ethical Issues CRIM 220 Research Methods in Criminology 6 additional credits in Sociology at the 100- or 200-level

English requirement (6 credits) ENGL 103 Composition and Style 3 additional credits 100-level UT English

Science requirement (9 credits) BIO 103 Biology for Humanities and Social Science Students I BIO 104 Biology for Humanities and Social Science Students II MATH 104 Introduction to Statistics or PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social Sciences Electives (9 credits) 9 additional UT credits in any area Note: students should speak with an academic advisor to ensure their electives are eligible to count towards an Associate of Arts degree. Visit our website or contact a CNC advisor to discuss your educational plan. Rev. 180625

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 115

ASSOCIATE OF CHEMISTRY 3 additional credits 100 – level UT English SCIENCE DEGREE CONCENTRATION Chemistry is known as ‘the central Humanities and Social science’ as it is important to the Sciences requirement: stopwatch Full-time or Part-time understanding of the natural world; 6 credits in Humanities or Social CALENDAR-STAR Starts September, January it connects the sciences with its Sciences, in addition to the 6 credits of and May (most courses) focus on the fundamental properties required ENGL courses of matter. Chemistry is a branch of clock Two years science that studies the composition, Electives MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and structure, properties and reactions 6 additional UT credits of substances (atoms, molecules and Quesnel Note: Students should speak with compounds). A chemistry education an academic advisor to ensure their gives the student the flexibility to move electives are eligible to count towards ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE in numerous career directions including an Associate of Science degree GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS — research and development, chemical and confirm any unique program SPECIFIC engineering, forensic science, and requirements at their university of 1. 6 credits in first-year English; and industrial and medical fields. choice. 2. 6 credits in mathematics which shall Chemistry program include at least 3 credits in calculus; (Science) requirement: BIOLOGY and Required: CONCENTRATION 3. 36 credits in science, which shall BIO 107 Cellular and Studying Biology prepares you for include at least 3 credits in a Organismal Biology careers in the biological sciences, laboratory science; and BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution and education, and health care. Our biology 4. 6 credits in arts, other than English Ecology students can use the Associate of (excluding mathematics and CHEM 111 Fundamentals of Science with a concentration in Biology laboratory-based science courses); Chemistry I as a springboard into pharmacy, and or medicine, nursing, dental hygiene, biotechnology, and many other fields. 5. 6 credits in arts, science, or other CHEM 113 Introduction to areas. Chemistry I Biology Requirements: CHEM 112 Fundamentals of Note 1: Students must have completed BIO 107 Cellular and Chemistry II at least three semester credits in the Organismal or semester the degree is awarded. BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution, Note 2: Unassigned credits from CHEM 114 Introduction to and Ecology other institutions for inclusion in the Chemistry II BIO 201 Cell Structure course work leading to the Associate One of: BIO 202 Introductory of Sciences degree will be limited CHEM 201 Physical Chemistry Biochemistry to 15 credits. The final decision for or BIO 215 Microbiology determining course area, level, and CHEM 202 Inorganic Chemistry number of credit hours will be made BIO 220 Introductory Genetics CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I by the Dean or senior academic One of: CHEM 204 Organic Chemistry II administrator in the UT Science CHEM111 Fundamentals of CHEM 205 Analytical Chemistry program area. Chemistry I MATH 101 Calculus I Note 3: Students are advised to or MATH 102 Calculus II consult with a CNC advisor in order to CHEM113 Introduction to MATH 201 Calculus III determine specific course requirements Chemistry I MATH 204 Linear Algebra for entry to a particular university One of: PHYS 101 ntroductory Physics I degree program. CHEM112 Fundamentals of or Note 4: A laboratory science course is Chemistry II PHYS 105 General Physics I any course in the sciences list worth or PHYS 102 Introductory Physics II 3 credits or more and with a lab of at CHEM114 Introduction to least 2 hours, but excluding any course or Chemistry II in applied science (engineering) or PHYS 106 General Physics II CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I computing science. English Requirement: CHEM 204 Organic Chemistry II Required: MATH 101 Calculus I ENGL 103 Composition and Style MATH 102 Calculus II One of:

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 116 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

PHYS101 Introductory Physics I (18 credits) or 6 credits of 200-level MATH PHYS105 General Physics I 6 credits 200-level CSC One of: PHYS102 Introductory Physics II 6 additional credits at the 200-level in MATH or CSC or PHYS106 General Physics II Science Requirments: English requirement (9 credits) ENGL 103 Composition and Style 9 credits of university studies sciences, 3 additional credits 100-level UT English to include at least 3 credits of a laboratory science Humanities & Social Science requirement Art Requirments: (6 credits) 6 credits in Humanities or Social Sciences, in addition to the 6 credits of 6 credits of Social Sciences or required English courses. Humanities (excluding English)

Electives Electives: 6 additional UT credits in any area. (6 credits) Note: Students should speak with 6 credits of 100-level or higher an Academic advisor to ensure their university studies courses electives are eligible to count towards an Associate of Arts Degree.

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION Understanding Mathematics and Computer Science is essential for a career working in technology or business today. The Associate of Science Degree with a concentration in Mathematics and Computer Science will provide you with the basis to continue your studies in a Bachelor of Science program, or to go out in the workplace with a solid foundation in these fields.

English Requirements: (6 credits) ENGL 103 Composition and Style 3 additional 100-level university studies ENGL credits

100-level Math & Computer Science Requirements: (15 credits) MATH 101 Differential Calculus MATH 102 Integral Calculus CSC 109 Computing Science I CSC 110 Computing Science II CSC 135 Discrete Mathematics I or MATH 135 Discrete Mathematics I 200-level Math & Computer Science Requirements:

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 117

DIPLOMAS option. (Please note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving institutions may have different stopwatch Full-time or Part-time criteria.) For the complete policy, CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and see Ten Year Timeline for Program January (most courses); Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page. Kinesiology, September only IMPORTANT DATES clock Two years For the Prince George campus only; MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual contact other campuses for their dates. courses may be available Fall at other campuses • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Topics covered include (not a complete Spring list): • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 1. Successful completion of one of the • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 following: Rev. 180625 • Grade 12 (with English 12 or English 12: First Peoples) or • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced Certificate or • GED Certificate or • Grade 11, with an outstanding academic record, in the year of application. Note 1: It is recommended high school students consult their counsellors to ensure they select the most appropriate high school courses for their chosen career paths. Note 2: Students who received less than a “B” in English 12 or its equivalent are encouraged to select English 103 as their first university credit English course. Note 3: The GED certificate meets the general admission requirements, but does not meet specific program or course prerequisites. Note 4: You’ll need to comply with the­ Prerequisites of the specific courses you select.

Course completion Courses must be completed no more than 10 years prior to the date of graduation. This policy applies to CNC courses and to all courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions for credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years old may be considered for unassigned credit. Students should contact the Dean to discuss this

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 118 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CRIMINOLOGY you select. CRIM 230 Criminal Law One of: Additional program-specific DIPLOMA PHIL 101 Moral Philosophy admission requirements PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge stopwatch Full-time or Part-time 1. Math 11 or Math 045 or equivalent PHIL 110 Logic 1: Propositional will be required for second year. Logic CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and PHIL 220 Political Philosophy January (most courses) 2. Students graduating from Grade 12 in 2014 will require Foundations of Plus two electives — see below clock Two years Math 11 or Pre-Calculus 11 or Math Electives MAP-MARKER-ALT 045 or equivalent that’s required for Prince George and During the third and fourth semesters, second year. Quesnel; individual you must choose electives as follows: courses may be available PROGRAM OUTLINE • One CNC university level-course at other campuses that transfers directly to SFU (3 Semester 1 September – December Graduates of the Criminology Diploma credits total). You are limited to program are employed in nearly every ENGL 103 Composition and Style these subjects: anthropology, aspect of the justice system. Work CRIM 101 Introduction to commerce, computer science, activities might include protecting the Criminology economics, English, geography, public, detecting and preventing crime, CRIM 103 Introduction to the history, math, philosophy, political probation supervision, social advocacy, Criminal Justice System science, psychology, sociology, and counselling or conducting research. PSYC 101 Introduction to women’s studies. Graduates may also continue their Psychology I • Any three CNC university-level education in criminology, social work, SOC 101 Introduction to courses (any subject) that transfer psychology, law and related social and Sociology I directly to SFU (9 credits total). behavioural sciences. Semester 2 January – April Preparing for joint majors at SFU CRIM 102 Psychology of Criminal ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS CNC can prepare you to pursue joint and Deviant Behaviour majors at SFU in Criminology/Women’s (see also program-specific CRIM 106 Sociological Studies, Criminology/Psychology, and requirements) Explanations of Crime Criminology/Sociology. If you need help and Deviance 1. Successful completion of one of the planning your schedule, please see a following: PSYC 102 Introduction to CNC advisor. Psychology II • Grade 12 (with English 12 or Course completion SOC 102 Introduction to English 12: First Peoples) or Sociology II Courses must be completed no more than 10 years prior to the date of graduation • ABE/Academic Upgrading One of Advanced Certificate or in order to count toward the Aboriginal PSCI 100 Introduction to Politics Studies Certificate. This policy applies to • GED Certificate or and Government CNC courses and to all courses transferred PSCI 131 The Administration of • Grade 11, with an outstanding from other post-secondary institutions for Justice academic record, in the year of credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years application. Semester 3 September old may be considered for unassigned Note 1: It is recommended high school – December credit. Students should contact the Dean students consult their counsellors to CRIM 135 Introduction to to discuss this option. (Please note that ensure they select the most appropriate Canadian Law and professional certification or accreditation high school courses for their chosen Legal Institutions bodies and receiving institutions may career paths. PSYC 201 Statistics for the have different criteria.) For the complete Note 2: Students who received less Social Sciences policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program than a “B” in English 12 or its equivalent One of: Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page. are encouraged to select English 103 CRIM 201 Policing in Modern as their first university credit English Society course. CRIM 241 Introduction to IMPORTANT DATES Note 3: The GED certificate meets the Corrections Fall general admission requirements but Plus two electives — see below • September 3 – December 16, 2019 does not meet specific program or Semester 4 January – April • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 course prerequisites. CRIM 220 Research Methods in Spring Note 4: You’ll need to comply with the­ Criminology prerequisites of the specific courses • January 6 – April 24, 2020

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 119

• Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 120 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

KINESIOLOGY KINS 245 Injury Management courses, students will graduate from and Prevention CNC with a Kinesiology Diploma, DIPLOMA KINS 260 Nutrition for Health including the following industry KINS 276 Exercise Physiology certifications: *Note: Students starting in January KINS 291 Work Experience in • Canadian Society for Exercise complete in 2.5 years Kinesiology Physiology (CSEP) – Certified ENGL 103 Composition and Style stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Personal Trainer (CPT) (with Plus 24 credits of university transfer additional weekend seminar and CALENDAR-STAR Starts September (UT) electives – 9 Credits must be KINS exam) clock Two years courses. • National Coaching Certification Options for KINS courses: Program (NCCP) – Introduction to MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual KINS 121 Leisure and Sport in Competition Part A courses may be available Society • National Coaching Certification at other campuses KINS 150 Pedagogy and Program (NCCP) – Introduction to Kinesiology is the study of all aspects Coaching Competition of human movement. The Kinesiology KINS 221 Physical Growth and Part B Diploma program offers a wide variety Motor Development • Run-Jump-Throw Certification of first and second year courses that KINS 226 Human Motor (credit in NCCP in Athletics) or transfer into a Kinesiology degree- Behaviour equivalent certification granting institution. Courses include KINS 273 Research Methods in Course completion anatomy and physiology, physical Kinesiology Courses must be completed no more fitness and health, growth and Note 1: PSYC 101 is recommended as a than 10 years prior to the date of development, biomechanics and injury UT elective in first year. graduation in order to count toward management, and coaching and sport the Aboriginal Studies Certificate. This administration. Students are interested Note 2: ENGL 104 is recommended as policy applies to CNC courses and to in the fitness industry, rehabilitation, a UT elective if students are interested all courses transferred from other and teaching physical education. in transferring to an institution requiring 6 credits in English. post-secondary institutions for credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Note 3: Students are responsible old may be considered for unassigned for selecting their electives in a way 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 credit. Students should contact the that ensures congruence with their or equivalent Dean to discuss this option (Please university of choice. For help selecting 2. English 12 or equivalent or English note that professional certification courses, please contact the CNC 12 First Peoples or equivalent or accreditation bodies and receiving academic advising department. Note 1: Foundations of Math 11 or institutions may have different criteria). Math 045 is a prerequisite for KINS 120. For students seeking the For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy Note 2: It is strongly recommended Kinesiology Diploma with the #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web that high school students take Physics Business Specialization: page. 11 and Pre-Calculus Math 11. This specialization is intended for students interested in working in the IMPORTANT DATES PROGRAM OUTLINE fitness industry as a personal trainer and/or as a fitness leader. KINS 100 Introduction and Fall Principles of Personal 12 credits of required business • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Health and Wellness courses ( as part of the 24 credits of UT • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 KINS 110 Introduction to Sport electives): Spring Administration COM 100 Fundamentals of • January 6 – April 24, 2020 KINS 120 Biomechanics Business KINS 124 Principles of Physical COM 204 Financial Accounting • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 Fitness MKT 152 Principles of Marketing • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 KINS 128 Contemporary Health MGT 154 Applied Human Rev. 180625 Issues Relations KINS 132 Human Functional Graduation Requirement: Anatomy Students must have a minimum 2.0 KINS 232 Human Applied GPA in courses used to receive diploma. Physiology KINS 235 Sport and Exercise Credentials Psychology Upon completion of the required

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 121

WEB AND GRAPHIC Entrepreneurship Recommended electives are: WEGD 121 Introduction to ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and DESIGN DIPLOMA Design Thinking Material Culture WEGD 131 Introduction to ANTH 210 Anthropological *Note: Students starting in January Visual Communication Perspectives on complete in 2.5 years WEGD 141 Introduction to “Pop”ular Culture Web Design stopwatch Full-time or Part-time CSC 105 Introduction to WEGD 142 Intermediate Web Computers and CALENDAR-STAR Starts September Design Programming and January WEGD 151 Basics of Typography ENGL 106 Film Studies clock Two years (full-time) WEGD 211 Applied Skills Lab I FINE 101 Art History I WEGD 212 Applied Skills Lab II FINE 103 Drawing I MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George WEGD 299 Professional Internship FINE 109 Colour Theory Learn visual and online communication Plus 12 credits of FINE 150 Fundamentals of strategies, digital art and interactive UT/Business/WEGD electives Digital Photography— media, web design, typography, project Exploring the Digital In addition to the above courses, management and creative problem Photography Workflow students will specialize in either solving while you prepare promotional a web or design stream: MKT 152 Principles of Marketing materials to promote yourself and other Semester 2 businesses. Our two-year program Web Stream is for students wishing offers a creative learning environment to develop skills further in web design ENGL 229 Professional Business that spans multiple disciplines yet still and digital media production and is and Technical gives you the opportunity to specialize suitable for those looking to specialize Communication in a chosen field. Courses can be in web design and interactive media WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual taken individually for professional production. Communication development or in sequence leading to WEGD 231 Introduction to WEGD 142 Intermediate Web a citation, certificate or diploma. Interactive Digital Design Media Production WEGD 151 Basics of Typography ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS WEGD 232 Interactive Digital Plus one UT or business elective. One of the following: Media Production Recommended electives are: WEGD 241 Advanced Web • Successful completion of Grade ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and Design Concepts 12 with English 12 or English 12: Material Culture WEGD 242 Digital Media Showcase First Peoples ANTH 210 Anthropological Design Stream is for students wanting Perspectives on • Successful completion of to further their skills in Visual Design “Pop”ular Culture ABE/Academic Upgrading disciplines like Graphic Design and CSC 105 Introduction to Advanced Certificate (with English Illustration and is suitable for students Computers and 050 or equivalent). on a career path or students wanting to Programming • Mature student status (please continue towards a Bachelor’s Degree ENGL 106 Film Studies consult a CNC advisor) plus at a degree-granting institution. FINE 102 Art History II completion of an English WEGD 221 Graphic Design for FINE 104 Drawing II assessment administered by the Sustainability FINE 150 Fundamentals of college and upgrading in English WEGD 222 Visual Showcase Digital Photography— if required. WEGD 251 Drawing for Story Exploring the Digital Note: Basic computer skills are WEGD 252 3D Design and Rapid Photography Workflow required. You will be required to use Prototyping MKT 152 Principles of Marketing a mouse and keyboard or alternative means to interact with the operating Courses by semester Semester 3 with suggested electives system and software programs. Courses for Web stream: Semester 1 WEGD 231 Introduction to PROGRAM OUTLINE ENGL 103 Composition and Style Interactive Digital ENGL 103 Composition and Style FINE 107 Digital Art and Media Media Production FINE 107 Digital Art and Media WEGD 121 Introduction to WEGD 241 Advanced Web ENGL 229 Professional Business Design Thinking Design Concepts and Technical WEGD 141 Introduction to Courses for Design stream: Communication Web Design WEGD 221 Graphic Design for MGT 150 Introduction to Plus one UT or business elective.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 122 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Sustainability For your electives, CNC offers a wide page. WEGD 251 Drawing for Story variety of courses in Aboriginal Studies, Students must earn a “C” grade or Anthropology, Business, English and Plus courses for both streams: higher in classes before they can be Fine Arts that will complement your applied towards any WEGD credential. MGT 150 Introduction to Web and Graphic Design credential. Entrepreneurship Students must earn a minimum “C” Students may also take additional grade in all non-elective courses to WEGD 211 Applied Skills Lab I second-year WEGD courses to satisfy count towards any WEGD credential. Plus one UT or business elective. this requirement. Please consult with Recommended electives are: CNC Academic Advising to choose the The diploma incorporates 12 credits of electives. Students wishing to focus ANTH 210 Anthropological most appropriate electives for you. on both web and design can take both Perspectives on Recommended list of UT or Business second year streams in lieu of the 12 “Pop”ular Culture electives are: credits of electives. Please note that ENGL 106 Film Studies ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and taking both web and design streams will ENGL 205 Creative Writing I Material Culture require a minimum of five semesters. FINE 101 Art History I ANTH 210 Anthropological FINE 109 Colour Theory Perspectives on IMPORTANT DATES FINE 103 Drawing I “Pop”ular Culture Fall FINE 150 Fundamentals of CSC 105 Introduction to Digital Photography— Computers and • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Exploring the Digital Programming • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Photography Workflow ENGL 106 Film Studies Spring MKT 285 Internet Marketing ENGL 205 Creative Writing I • January 6 – April 24, 2020 ENGL 206 Creative Writing II Semester 4 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 FINE 101 Art History I Courses for Web stream: • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 FINE 102 Art History II WEGD 232 Interactive Digital Rev. 180625 FINE 103 Drawing I Media Production FINE 104 Drawing II WEGD 242 Digital Media Showcase FINE 105 Painting Courses for Design stream: FINE 109 Colour Theory WEGD 252 3D Design and FINE 150 Fundamentals of Rapid Prototyping Digital Photography— WEGD 222 Visual Showcase Exploring the Digital Plus courses for both streams: Photography Workflow MKT 152 Principles of Marketing WEGD 212 Applied Skills Lab II MKT 285 Internet Marketing WEGD 299 Professional Internship Plus one UT or business elective. Course completion Recommended electives are: Courses labelled WEGD must be ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and completed no more than 5 years Material Culture prior to the date of graduation in ANTH 210 Anthropological order to count toward the Web and Perspectives on Graphic Design Citation, Certificate or “Pop”ular Culture Diploma. All other courses must be completed in no more than 10 years. CSC 105 Introduction to This policy applies to CNC courses and Computers and to all courses transferred from other Programming post-secondary institutions for credit ENGL 106 Film Studies at CNC. Courses more than 10 years ENGL 206 Creative Writing II old may be considered for unassigned FINE 104 Drawing II credit. Students should contact the (Prerequisite: FINE 103) Dean to discuss this option. (Please FINE 105 Painting note that professional certification (Prerequisite: FINE 109) or accreditation bodies and receiving FINE 150 Fundamentals of institutions may have different criteria). Digital Photography— For the complete policy, see Ten Year Exploring the Digital Timeline for Program Completion Policy Photography Workflow #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web MKT 285 Internet Marketing

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 123

WOMEN’S STUDIES Literary Theory PSYC 205 Developmental AND GENDER Psychology I SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on RELATIONS Contemporary Families DIPLOMA Two UT electives Semester 4 January – April Note: This program is currently under ENGL 218 Gender, Sexuality, and review. Please consult with a CNC Literature II: Focus academic advisor. on Contemporary The Women’s Studies and Gender Literature Relations Diploma prepares you for a PSYC 206 Developmental variety of career options within fields of Psychology II feminist practice. SOC 220 Women in Society Two UT electives PROGRAM OUTLINE Rev. 170310 Year One Semester 1 September – December WMST 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies I ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: History and Traditions of the Carrier People PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology I SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology I One of: ENGL 101 Literature and Composition I ENGL 102 Literature and Composition II ENGL 103 Composition and Style ENGL 104 Introduction to Literature and Composition ENGL 107 Literature and Composition: First Nations Literature Semester 2 January – April WMST 102 Introduction to Women’s Studies II MATH 104 Introduction to Statistics PSYC 102 Introduction to Psychology II SOC 102 Introduction to Sociology II One English course from the choices listed for Semester 1

Year Two Semester 3 September – December ENGL 217 Gender, Sexuality, and Literature I: Focus on

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 124 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CERTIFICATES the CNC Policy web page. IMPORTANT DATES stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Fall CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and • September 3 – December 16, 2019 January (most courses); • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Engineering starts September only Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 clock One year • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS (see also program-specific requirements)

1. Successful completion of one of the following: • Grade 12 (with English 12 or English 12: First Peoples) or • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced Certificate or • GED Certificate or • Grade 11, with an outstanding academic record, in the year of application. Note 1: It is recommended that high school students consult their counsellors to ensure they select the most appropriate high school courses for their chosen career paths. Note 2: The GED certificate meets the general admission requirements but does not meet specific program or course prerequisites. Note 3: You will need to comply with the prerequisites of the specific courses you select.

Course completion Courses must be completed no more than 10 years prior to the date of graduation. This policy applies to CNC courses and to all courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions for credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years old may be considered for unassigned credit. Students should contact the Dean to discuss this option (Please note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving institutions may have different criteria). For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 125

ABORIGINAL you select. STUDIES PROGRAM OUTLINE CERTIFICATE ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: History and Traditions stopwatch of the Carrier People Full-time or Part-time ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of CALENDAR-STAR September, January and Canada May ABST 150 Conversational Carrier ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- clock One year Cultural Anthropology MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Ft. St. James, ANTH 102 Introduction to Mackenzie, Prince George, Physical Anthropology Quesnel and Vanderhoof and Archaeology ENGL 103 Composition and Style Note: Students starting in January or ENGL 107 Literature and May may not be able to complete in two Composition: First semesters Nations Literature Aboriginal Studies (ABST) offers you HIST 103 History of Canada a chance to better understand the to 1867 cultures, traditions, history, and HIST 104 History of Canada contemporary concerns of Aboriginal since 1867 peoples in Canada, and especially in Electives Any 100- or 200-level the CNC region. The Aboriginal Studies UT courses certificate is a starting point for careers in private, non-profit, and government Course completion sectors, and especially for employment Courses must be completed no more by Aboriginal organizations and than 10 years prior to the date of communities. You can also completely graduation in order to count toward ladder the one-year certificate into the the Aboriginal Studies Certificate. This two-year Associate Degree. policy applies to CNC courses and to all courses transferred from other ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS post-secondary institutions for credit You’ll need the following: at CNC. Courses more than 10 years old may be considered for unassigned 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 credit. Students should contact the (with English 12 or English 12: First Dean to discuss this option. (Please Peoples) or equivalent note that professional certification Note 1: It is recommended high school or accreditation bodies and receiving students consult their counsellors to institutions may have different criteria). ensure they select the most appropriate For the complete policy, see Ten Year high school courses for their chosen Timeline for Program Completion Policy career paths. #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page. Note 2: Students who received less than a “B” grade in English 12 or its IMPORTANT DATES equivalent are strongly encouraged to select English 103 as their first English Fall course. • September 3 – December 16, 2019 Note 3: Students applying for • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 admission to MATH 101, CSC 109, Spring Phys 101 or Chem 111 who obtained a “C+” or less in Foundations of Math 12 • January 6 – April 24, 2020 (interim grade) or Math 050 must first • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 register in MATH 100. • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Note 4: You will need to comply with Rev. 180625 the prerequisites of specific courses

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 126 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ENGINEERING Additional program-specific should check UBC engineering admission requirements transfer policy. Students who do (APPLIED SCIENCE) not complete their program in one 1. Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050 CERTIFICATE year (September to April), at one 2. Principles of Math 12 or Pre-calculus institution, are not eligible for the 12 or Math 050 or MATH 100 or admission guarantee as stated stopwatch Full-time or Part-time equivalent above and will be evaluated as transfer applicants.” CALENDAR-STAR September 3. Physics 12 or PHYS 050 • Other institutions — Individual clock One year Note 4: Students applying for courses also transfer to SFU, admission to MATH 101, CSC 109, PHYS MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George UNBC, TRU, and other institutions 101, or CHEM 111 who obtained a “C+” in BC and Alberta. Students can The Applied Science Certificate grade or less in Principles of Math 12 also transfer to the following recognizes successful completion of the (interim grade) or Math 050 will be programs (with one or two course first year of Engineering. As an engineer, registered in MATH 100. substitutions): you’ll be a creative problem-solver, • UNBC/UBC: Joint Environmental applying your skills to make significant PROGRAM OUTLINE Engineering program contributions. Careers include chemical APSC 100 Introduction to • University of Calgary engineer, mechanical­ engineer, civic/ Engineering Note: Please contact the institution you structural engineer, environmental­ APSC 120 Engineering Drawing wish to attend to ensure transferability. engineer, and computer engineer. CHEM 111 Fundamentals of Chemistry I Course completion ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS CHEM 112 Fundamentals of Courses must be completed no more (see also program-specific Chemistry II than 10 years prior to the date of requirements) CSC 109 Computing Science I graduation in order to count toward ENGL 103 Composition and Style the Engineering (Applied Science) 1. Successful completion of one of the Certificate. This policy applies to CNC MATH 101 Calculus I following: courses and to all courses transferred MATH 102 Calculus II • Grade 12 (with English 12 or from other post-secondary institutions MATH 204 Linear Algebra English 12: First Peoples) or for credit at CNC. Courses more than PHYS 101 Introductory Physics I • ABE/Academic Upgrading 10 years old may be considered for PHYS 102 Introductory Physics II Advanced Certificate or unassigned credit. Students should PHYS 204 Mechanics I — Statics contact the Dean to discuss this • GED Certificate or Elective 3 credits option (Please note that professional • Grade 11, with an outstanding Note 1: Students transferring to UVic certification or accreditation bodies and academic record, in the year of are not required to take the above 3 receiving institutions may have different application. credits of electives; however, they must criteria). For the complete policy, Note 1: It is recommended that take CSC 110 while at CNC and must see Ten Year Timeline for Program high school students consult their take ENGR 020 while at UVic. Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on counsellors to ensure they select the the CNC Policy web page. Note 2: Students transferring to UBC–O most appropriate high school courses may be required to complete additional for their chosen career paths. IMPORTANT DATES courses. Students are advised to Note 2: The GED certificate meets the contact a UBC–O advisor prior to Fall general admission requirements but beginning the program. • September 3 – December 16, 2019 does not meet specific program or • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 course prerequisites. Transferability Note 3: You will need to comply with • UBC — Students who successfully Spring the prerequisites of the specific courses complete this program with a GPA • January 6 – April 24, 2020 as outlined by the current UBC you select. • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 engineering transfer policy are • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 eligible for second-year engineering at UBC if they complete their Rev. 180625 program at one institution in one year, i.e., September to April. (Note that this does not guarantee your specialization choice at UBC). Since GPA is subject to change every year, prospective students

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 127

FINE ARTS is full or classes begin. Portfolios point average. You can also apply for must consist of at least 10 and no second-year status in a number of CERTIFICATE more than 20 examples in several post-secondary visual art programs (see of the following: paintings, drawings, www.bccat.ca for details). stopwatch Full-time or Part-time carvings, sculptures, crafts, digital art, photography, sketchbooks, Portfolio guidelines CALENDAR-STAR September and January videos or other types of art. (Please 1. Portfolios must be either mailed clock One year see “Portfolio guidelines” below). or brought to the College by April 30. They can be dropped off at the MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 2. Submission of a typed personal statement (500 – 700 words) Office of the Registrar during regular This intensive one-year certificate can explaining why you want to enter the office hours. lead to careers in the visual arts. Taught program. 2. All artworks in the portfolio must by professional artists and educators, Note: Students who do not meet the be clearly labeled with the artist’s this program fosters individual general academic requirements above name, a unique identifying number, development in creative thinking, may be admitted to selected studio the date created, and the date problem solving, technical skills, and courses based on evaluation of their submitted. CDs or USB drives must management for the business side of portfolios and personal statements. also be labelled with the title of the your career — copyright, contracts, Such students must immediately work. commissions, and more. start the English requirements for the program. After successfully completing 3. The portfolio should include a list ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS English 12 or English 12: First Peoples of all pieces submitted, including (see also program-specific or English 045 or equivalent, students dimensions and materials used; for requirements) can enter the certificate program. example: “Item #6, sculpture, mixed media, 2 x 3 m.” 1. Successful completion of one of the PROGRAM OUTLINE 4. If pieces are larger than 20” x 26”, following: or are three-dimensional or fragile, Semester 1 September • Grade 12 (with English 12 or English send good-quality photographs or – December 12: First Peoples) or slides rather than the original pieces. ENGL 103 Composition and Style • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced FINE 101 Art History I 5. If digital work is submitted via Certificate or FINE 103 Drawing I (Studio) CD-ROM, USB drive or website • GED Certificate or FINE 108 Making a Living URL, include information about the • Grade 11, with an outstanding as an Artist software and file format. Include an image list with each work labelled academic record, in the year of FINE 109 Colour Theory (Studio) application. with its file name or its location on Semester 2 January – April the website. Note 1: It is recommended that FINE 102 Art History II high school students consult their 6. Artworks must be produced, drawn, FINE 104 Drawing II (Studio) counsellors to ensure they select the designed or photographed by the FINE 105 Painting (Studio) most appropriate high school courses applicant, unless the work was part for their chosen career paths. FINE 106 First Nations of a collaboration with others. If Art, Design, and Note 2: The GED certificate meets the applicants submit work that was part Technology (Studio) general admission requirements but of a collaboration, they must clearly FINE 107 Introduction to Digital does not meet specific program or indicate what part they played in the Arts and Media course prerequisites. process. Note: Qualified university transfer Note 3: You will need to comply with students are eligible to enrol in FINE 7. If mailing a portfolio from outside the prerequisites of the specific courses 101, 102, 103 and 104 without being Canada, applicants should Note you select. admitted to the Fine Arts program. on the outside of the package: “Temporary Entry” and “Goods are Additional program-specific However, in the case of FINE 103, 104 to be Returned.” To avoid customs admission requirements and 106 students admitted to the Fine Arts program will receive priority brokerage fees, the work should also Please note the program admits a registration. be Noted as having “No commercial maximum of 20 students. value.” Transfer 1. Applicants who submit a qualifying 8. Applicants are responsible for You are guaranteed transfer directly portfolio before the deadline will all postage and shipping costs, into second year Fine Arts at Emily receive priority admission to the including return postage/shipping. Carr University of Art + Design when program; however, applications Portfolios must include a self- you earn a 3.0 (or higher) grade will be accepted until the program addressed return label and sufficient

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 128 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

postage, in Canadian funds, for study must meet all of the admission or accreditation bodies and receiving return mail. Portfolios will not be requirements outlined above. institutions may have different criteria.) returned COD. If there are more people interested in For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy 9. Applicants should insure their part-time study than seats available, #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web pieces. CNC is not responsible a special selection process will give page. for anything lost or damaged in priority to those persons who have shipping or storage. CNC takes every already started the program. Emily Carr University of Art + precaution to ensure that portfolios Selection process for Design Transfer Agreement are handled carefully but does not part-time students accept responsibility for loss of, or 1. Transfer to the Bachelor of Fine Art In the event that part-time seats are damage to, materials submitted. (Visual Art + General Fine Art) oversubscribed, the following will be a) Students who complete the 10. Portfolios may be picked up from used as selection process: Certificate in Fine Arts at Office of the Registrar after the CNC with a cumulative grade 1. Students who have successfully second week of June (during regular point average of 3.00 will be completed a FINE course in the office hours). automatically accepted into year previous academic year will receive 2 of the Bachelor of Fine Art 11. Applicants are encouraged to first priority. They will be ranked in (Visual Art or General Fine Art use and explore a variety of media order of portfolio grade. and images; however animation, major) degree program at Emily manga, or cartoon images often 2. Second priority is given to students Carr. fall under the realm of Illustration who have completed a FINE course b) Students with a cumulative grade and therefore should not make up within the previous three academic point average between 2.00 more than 20% of the images in the years. They will be ranked in order of and 2.99 will be considered for applicant’s portfolio. portfolio grade. admission to year 2 of the BFA on the basis of their academic Selection process 3. Third priority is given to new part- standing and a portfolio review. time applicants. They will be ranked 1. Portfolios are reviewed by a Fine in order of portfolio grade. 2. Transfer to the BFA Arts program committee and will be (Photography); the Bachelor assessed on the basis of skill, design, 4. In the event of a tie, decisions in of Design (Communication and creativity. Portfolio evaluations the three categories above will be Design and Industrial Design) are valid for four years. considered in the part-time selection process. and the Bachelor of Media Arts 2. In the event that the program (Animation and Film, Video + Only those courses which are a part is oversubscribed, the following of the FINE certificate program will be Integrated Media): Students who selection process will be used: considered in the part-time selection complete the Certificate in Fine a) Student portfolio: 7 points process. Arts at CNC with an average of b) Geographic location (awarded 2.00 or higher will be considered When all of the above processes are to students who are residents exhausted, the final selection will be for admission to the above of northern, rural, and remote done randomly. noted programs on the basis of areas): their academic standing and a 2 points Portfolios are reviewed by a Fine Arts program committee and will be portfolio review. c) Typed personal statement: 1 assessed on the basis of skill, design, point 3. Credit assignment and deficiencies: and creativity. Portfolio evaluations are For January entry into the program, Based on the CNC Certificate valid for four years. applicants will be admitted on a “first program, students will receive a total qualified, first accepted” basis. Course completion of 30 credits of transfer which is the equivalent credits in the Emily Carr Courses must be completed no more Fine Arts part-time study first (Foundation) year. Students will than 10 years prior to the date of The Fine Arts program is pleased to receive 18 credits (block transfer) graduation in order to count toward offer a limited number of seats for part- of first year studio; 6 credits of first the Fine Arts Certificate. This policy time study. Students wishing to take year Art History; 3 credits of first year applies to CNC courses and to all longer than two semesters may do so, English; and 3 open studio elective courses transferred from other post- but all courses must be completed in credits to be assigned to second secondary institutions for credit at a maximum of ten years to be eligible year. Students will be deficient CNC. Courses more than 10 years old for the certificate. Students applying for 3 credits of first year English may be considered for unassigned part-time study must do so before each (University Transfer). In such cases credit. Students should contact the academic year to be considered for the students will be required to make up Dean to discuss this option. (Please program. Students entering part-time the first year English credits either note that professional certification

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 129

prior to admission or in their second year at Emily Carr. Students transferring to Emily Carr with the Diploma in Fine Arts will receive 30 credits toward the Foundation Year and 15 credits toward second year, as described above. For clarification of the transfer process, please consult with CNC Academic Advising. Consultation with Emily Carr is also recommended.

IMPORTANT DATES Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 130 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

WEB AND GRAPHIC WEGD 141 Introduction to WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual Web Design Communication DESIGN: CITATION WEGD 142 Intermediate Web WEGD 142 Intermediate Web AND CERTIFICATE Design Design Certificate WEGD 151 Basics of Typography Plus one UT or business elective. ENGL 103 Composition and Style stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Recommended electives are: FINE 107 Digital Art and Media CALENDAR-STAR Starts September ENGL 229 Professional Business ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and and January and Technical Material Culture ANTH 210 Anthropological clock One year Communication Perspectives on (citation/certificate) WEGD 121 Introduction to Design Thinking “Pop”ular Culture MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual CSC 105 Introduction to Computers and Learn visual and online communication Communication Programming strategies, digital art and interactive WEGD 141 Introduction to media, web design, typography, project Web Design ENGL 106 Film Studies management and creative problem WEGD 142 Intermediate Web FINE 102 Art History II solving while you prepare promotional Design FINE 104 Drawing II materials to promote yourself and WEGD 151 Basics of Typography FINE 150 Fundamentals of other businesses. Use programs like Plus 6.0 credits of UT/Business/WEGD Digital Photography— Photoshop, Illustrator, Dreamweaver electives Exploring the Digital and Premiere Pro along with other Photography Workflow Adobe Creative Cloud software. Courses by semester MKT 152 Principles of Marketing Courses can be taken individually with suggested electives For your electives, CNC offers a wide for professional development or Semester 1 variety of courses in Aboriginal Studies, in sequence leading to a citation, Anthropology, Business, English and ENGL 103 Composition and Style certificate or diploma. Fine Arts that will complement your FINE 107 Digital Art and Media Web and Graphic Design credential. WEGD 121 Introduction to ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students may also take additional Design Thinking One of the following: second-year WEGD courses to satisfy WEGD 141 Introduction to this requirement. Please consult with • Successful completion of Grade Web Design CNC Academic Advising to choose the 12 with English 12 or English 12: Plus one UT, business or WEGD most appropriate electives for you. First Peoples elective. Recommended Electives: • Successful completion of Recommended electives are: ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and ABE/Academic Upgrading ABST 111 Métis Studies: Art and Material Culture Advanced Certificate (with English Material Culture ANTH 210 Anthropological 050 or equivalent). ANTH 210 Anthropological Perspectives on • Mature student status (please Perspectives on “Pop”ular Culture consult a CNC advisor) plus “Pop”ular Culture CSC 105 Introduction to completion of an English CSC 105 Introduction to Computers and assessment administered by the Computers and Programming college and upgrading in English Programming ENGL 106 Film Studies if required. ENGL 106 Film Studies FINE 101 Art History I Note: Basic computer skills are FINE 101 Art History I FINE 102 Art History II required. You will be required to use FINE 103 Drawing I FINE 103 Drawing I a mouse and keyboard­ or alternative FINE 109 Colour Theory FINE 104 Drawing II means to interact with the operating FINE 150 Fundamentals of system and software programs. Digital Photography— FINE 109 Colour Theory Exploring the Digital FINE 150 Fundamentals of PROGRAM OUTLINES Photography Workflow Digital Photography— MKT 152 Principles of Marketing Exploring the Digital Citation Photography Workflow Semester 2 WEGD 121 Introduction to MKT 152 Principles of Marketing Design Thinking ENGL 229 Professional Business Course completion WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual and Technical Communication Communication Courses labelled WEGD must be completed no more than 5 years

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 131

prior to the date of graduation in order to count toward the Web and Graphic Design Citation, Certificate or Diploma. All other courses must be completed in no more than 10 years. This policy applies to CNC courses and to all courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions for credit at CNC. Courses more than 10 years old may be considered for unassigned credit. Students should contact the Dean to discuss this option. (Please note that professional certification or accreditation bodies and receiving institutions may have different criteria.) For the complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web page. Students must earn a “C” grade or higher in classes before they can be applied towards any WEGD credential. Students must earn a minimum “C” grade in all non-elective courses to count towards any WEGD credential.

IMPORTANT DATES Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020

Rev. 180625

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 132 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ACADEMIC ANTH 220 Anthropology of Cross- www.bctransferguide.ca/fpm/english Cultural Conflict and PATHWAYS Social Justice PSYCHOLOGY FLEXIBLE ANTH 230 Gender and Culture Your choice of other electives (up to a PRE-MAJOR FLEXIBLE PRE-MAJORS total 60 credits) will depend on the area The Psychology Flexible Pre-Major of specialization in anthropology. consists of the following courses From bctransferguide.ca/fpm: (usually totalling 18 lower-level credits): Note 1: You must consult with a CNC A Flexible Pre-Major (FPM) refers to advisor to choose the appropriate first- and second-year courses that Required courses: courses for a Flexible Pre-Major that students are required to complete in PSYC 101: Introduction to will fit with the requirements for the order to be admitted to a major at the Psychology I post-secondary institution in which you third year level. PSYC 102: Introduction to intend to complete your studies. Psychology II An FPM is a set of flexible requirements: Note 2: Completion of the PSYC 201: Statistics for • deliverable by the sending Anthropology Flexible Pre-Major at CNC Social Sciences institution and acceptable to the does not guarantee your acceptance PSYC 202: Research Methods receiving institution; and into other institutions’ programs with an in Psychology • deemed to fulfill the lower level anthropology major. Plus at least two of these courses: requirements for the major. Note 3: You’ll still have to meet other PSYC 204: Social Psychology With FPM agreements in place across requirements of programs at other PSYC 207: Introduction to many institutions, you can plan your institutions, such as English and science Abnormal Behaviour first- and second-year courses and credits. leave open multiple options for PSYC 209: Introduction to For more information, visit transferring into various BC institutions Biological Psychology bctransferguide.ca/fpm/anthropology for entrance into the major at the PSYC 210: Introduction to third-year level. If you plan to attend Cognitive Psychology a particular university and end up not ENGLISH FLEXIBLE PSYC 215: Developmental doing so, completion of the FPM for the PRE-MAJOR Psychology chosen major will allow you to complete Students are advised that completion The English Flexible Pre-major consists your major at another participating of the Psychology Flexible Pre-Major of 18 credit hours from first and institution. does not guarantee acceptance into second-year English courses. The 18 Bachelor of Arts degree programs For more information, visit hours must include: with a Psychology major. Acceptance www.bctransferguide.ca/fpm • At least 9 credits from second-year depends on students obtaining a courses; competitive GPA and/or meeting any ANTHROPOLOGY • At least one second-year historical other admission requirements specified FLEXIBLE survey course (3 credit hours); and, by the receiving institution. PRE-MAJOR • Two other second-year English Courses applicable to the Psychology Literature courses (6 credit hours), Flexible Pre-major at participating Post- You’ll need to have at least five which could include more survey Secondary Institutions. anthropology courses as outlined courses below, plus electives for a total of 60 Note: At the time of writing, transfer credits. • One creative writing course (3 credit agreements have not been credit hours) and one academic established between all institutions Required courses: writing course (3 credit hours) can and all courses in this table. Students ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio- also be counted towards the 18 considering completing the Psychology Cultural Anthropology credit hours of the FPM. Flexible Pre-major for transfer purposes ANTH 102 Introduction to Students are advised that completion are strongly advised to check the Physical Anthropology of the English Flexible Pre-Major BC Transfer Guide, or consult with and Archaeology does not guarantee acceptance into an academic advisor to verify the ANTH 225 Introduction to degree programs with an English transferability of specific courses Human Prehistory major. Acceptance depends on between their institutions and the ANTH 215 Qualitative Methods students obtaining a competitive GPA institution they plan to transfer to. Plus at least one of these courses: and meeting any other admission requirements specified by the receiving ANTH 206 Medical Anthropology institution. SOCIOLOGY FLEXIBLE ANTH 210 Anthropological PRE-MAJOR Perspectives on CNC’s Flexible Pre-Major English For the sociology program, students “Pop”ular Culture courses are listed at

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 133

need to complete a minimum of five courses; four required courses and at least one sociology elective course at the second year level.

Required courses: SOC 101: Intro to Sociology Part I SOC 102: Intro to Sociology Part II SOC 210: Sociological Theory CRIM 220: Research Methods in Criminology Electives: (Choose at least one) SOC 203: Canadian Society I: Identities and Ideologies SOC 204: Canadian Society II: Race and Ethnic Relations SOC 206: Social Problems SOC 225: Men and Masculinities: Identities and Intersections of Manhood SOC 240: Sociology of the Body Note 1: Please note that students are responsible for meeting the breadth, admissions and GPA requirements of the transfer university as just completing these courses is not enough to ensure acceptance to the transfer university. Note 2: Students who are thinking of transferring to a university to finish their education are encouraged to work with an academic Advisor. Visit www.bctransferguide.ca/fpm for more information about flexible pre- majors.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 134 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Start your degree at CNC — take university classes at college. You’ll save money and get the benefits of smaller class sizes and instructors who are involved and easy to access. You’ll see the difference in your GPA. At CNC, you can prepare for careers in • Chiropractic • Dentistry • Education • Law • Medicine • Naturopathic medicine • Optometry • Pharmaceutical science • Rehabilitation science • Veterinary medicine For more information and to plan your educational pathway, contact CNC Academic Advising. Rev. 170310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 135

ACADEMIC AREAS these academic areas. in BC and serve as a prerequisite for second-year chemistry courses. They ABORIGINAL STUDIES also have to fulfill first-year chemistry stopwatch Full-time or Part-time requirements for medical, dental, and See Associate Arts Degree with CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and pharmacy programs. Aboriginal Studies concentration January (most courses) on page 111 and Aboriginal Studies clock Individual university Certificate on page 125. COMMERCE classes A commerce education gives you ANTHROPOLOGY a range of vital management and MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual administrative skills. After completing courses available at some Anthropology is the study of humans, a degree, possible job titles include regional campuses both past and present. It draws on manager, economist, business analyst, and builds upon knowledge from the and accountant. See Associate Arts  Some course sections social and biological sciences as well as Degree with Commerce concentration available online the humanities and physical sciences. on page 112. There are four main subfields: Physical/ ADMISSION Biological, Linguistic, Socio-cultural, and COMPUTER SCIENCE You’ll need one of the following: Archaeology. If you’re interested in any of the • Successful completion of Grade 12 following, computer science may be for (with English 12 or English 12: First BIOLOGY you: artificial intelligence and robotics, Peoples) CNC offers first- and second-year computer graphics, computer hardware • ABE/Academic Upgrading Advanced university-level biology courses that and architecture, data communications Certificate prepare you for careers in biological and networks, databases, operating • GED Certificate sciences, education and health systems, programming languages, and care. Our biology students can use • Completion of Grade 11 with an software engineering. our courses as a springboard into outstanding academic record in the pharmacy, medicine, nursing, dental year of application. hygiene, biotechnology, and many other CRIMINOLOGY Note 1: To ensure you select the programs. Students can also apply our See Criminology Diploma on page 118. most appropriate high school courses courses towards the completion of a for your chosen career path, we bachelor’s degree. recommend you consult a high school ECONOMICS counsellor. Because economic issues are important CHEMISTRY Note 2: You’ll need to comply with in almost every field, an economics the prerequisites of the specific CNC A chemistry education gives you background gives you skills that are courses you select (see course listings). flexibility to move in numerous widely valued. career directions. Some possibilities Note 3: The GED certificate meets Many employers are interested in the include applied research and CNC’s general admission requirements, skills which economics majors tend to product development, environmental but does not meet specific program or possess. These include assessment and protection, chemical course prerequisites. engineering, forensic science, medicine, • Gathering and analyzing data Note 4: Students applying for dentistry, pharmacy, pharmacology, oil • Writing technical reports and admission to MATH 101, CSC 109, PHYS and gas, mining and metallurgy, pulp essays 101, or CHEM 111 who obtained a “C+” and paper, and education. • Critical thinking and quantitative grade or less in Principles of Math 12 Even though your major may not be analysis (interim grade) or Math 050 will be chemistry, there are other occupations • Recognizing and analyzing human registered in MATH 100. in which having a strong chemistry behaviour in relation to work, background is beneficial: forestry, production, distribution and WHAT WILL YOU STUDY? nursing, dental hygiene, medical lab consumption For help selecting the courses that technician, environmental technician, meet your personal goals, contact CNC and more. ENGINEERING Academic Advising. Is your chemistry a bit rusty? CNC offers See Engineering (Applied Science) For information on transferability, visit CHEM 113/114, designed for students Certificate on page 126. www.bctransferguide.ca, talk to a CNC who have not taken Chemistry 12 or advisor, or contact the university you feel less comfortable taking CHEM ENGLISH plan to attend after CNC. 111/112. These full-credit courses are University Transfer English is the See individual course descriptions for recognized by all major universities study of critical thought, creativity,

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 136 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

literary theory and analysis, research skills will impact every area of your of a career in science or an important methods, and effective communication life. Explore the possibilities and open building block for another profession. – applied skills that are essential to up your world with CNC’s leadership academic success and highly coveted by courses. You will be provided with PSYCHOLOGY employers. See Associate Arts Degree the tools, strategies, concepts and with English concentration on page 112 experiential contexts to help build Psychology is the scientific study of and English Flexible Pre-Major on page your leadership capabilities. Begin by mind and behaviour. Psychologists 132. learning to master self-leadership. Make attempt to determine causes for a difference through exploring the five behaviour and try to find answers by exploring biological and environmental FINE ARTS practices of exemplary leaders. See Applied Leadership Certificate on page influences. Some psychologists perform See Fine Arts Certificate on page 127. 9. research in laboratories while others work in social organizations, but both FRENCH are attempting to find solutions to MATHEMATICS real-world problems. As well, many The ability to speak French increases Mathematics is the detailed study of psychology graduates use their your employability, particularly with the number, space, form and function. It education to embark on careers in law, federal government, and broadens your emerged relatively early on in human health care, criminology, business and cultural perspectives. Many university affairs, and it has played a major education. degrees require the study of a language role in the development of human other than English. intellectual thought. College-level SOCIOLOGY courses in mathematics are required GEOGRAPHY for continued study in many post- Sociology is the study of societies and secondary programs including the the ways they shape people’s attitudes, Modern geography studies all aspects natural, applied and health sciences. actions, identities, interactions, and of the physical and human landscape An associate degree in mathematics or institutions. Sociology helps us to and the interactions between them. a closely related discipline can lead to make sense of the rapidly changing Geography uses a holistic approach an interesting, challenging and stable world in which we live. At the same to understand the complex problems career in either government or private time, it helps us to know ourselves in being faced on planet Earth today. industry in such areas as statistics, new and exciting ways. By studying Students study geography for many actuarial science, computer science, sociology, you’ll acquire an increased reasons: they may be pursuing an engineering, technology, economics, understanding of human interactions associate degree or bachelor’s degree, business, management and medicine. and the ability to interpret social events. fulfilling course requirements for programs such as forestry or education, or they may simply be curious about PHILOSOPHY WEB AND GRAPHIC the world in which they live. Philosophy is the use of reason to DESIGN inquire into matters of fundamental See Web and Graphic Design Diploma HISTORY principle and ultimate concern. It will on page 121 and Web and Graphic help perfect your thinking and critical Design Citation and Certificate on page Studies in history will show you how analysis skills, which will give you the 130. life in the present is often connected required edge both in higher education to the past. A good understanding of and in your future career. Graduates history also sheds light for a safe and WOMEN’S STUDIES AND in philosophy have been successful secure future. With a degree in history, in the following fields: law, teaching, GENDER RELATIONS you can find employment in a broad health professions, government, See Women’s Studies and Gender range of career fields related to your communications, information Relations Diploma on page 123. own interests and aptitudes: economic technology, ministry, social work, and development, planning, conservation Rev. 180427 business. and tourism, recreation, municipal departments, provincial and federal government ministries, private sector PHYSICS companies, and teaching. Physics is the most fundamental natural science, and physicists want to really KINESIOLOGY understand how the world works, in every detail and at the deepest See Kinesiology Diploma on page 120. level. This includes everything from elementary particles to the universe LEADERSHIP itself, and everything in between. A Leadership is a lifestyle. Leadership course in physics can be the beginning

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 137 UPGRADING AND ACCESS

Each year, hundreds of CNC students take Academic Upgrading courses. We have small classes, supportive instructors, and a friendly atmosphere. Students can earn their B.C. Adult Graduation Diploma or upgrade their high school classes to successfully enrol in CNC programs.

The Access Program helps students to attain their prerequisites for any one of eight CNC programs, and gives students additional skills to enhance their future success.

International students are attracted to CNC’s English as a Second Language program. This program, which is amongst the best English language institutes in Canada, successfully prepares students for entrance into college or university programs.

CNC’s Job Education and Training (JET) and Techniques for Access, Reaching Goals, and Employment Training (TARGET) provide people with learning and developmental disabilities, respectively, the skills they need to attain entry-level employment.

ACADEMIC UPGRADING (ADULT BASIC EDUCATION)...... 138 ACCESS PROGRAM...... 140 PRE-BUSINESS ...... 140 PRE-EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND LEARNING ...... 140 PRE-CIVIL ENGINEERING...... 141 PRE-ENGINEERING...... 141 PRE-MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY...... 141 PRE-MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY TECHNOLOGY ...... 141 PRE-NATURAL RESOURCES AND FOREST TECHNOLOGY ...... 141 PRE-PRACTICAL NURSE ...... 141 PRE-SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER ...... 141 PRE-WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN ...... 142 ADVENTURE SEEKERS PROGRAM...... 143 BC ADULT GRADUATION DIPLOMA...... 144 ENLA (ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE)...... 145 FOCUS EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM...... 146 JET (JOB EDUCATION AND TRAINING)...... 147 TARGET...... 148

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 138 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ACADEMIC or a regional Academic Upgrading Provincial level (roughly contact person. equivalent to Grade 12) UPGRADING Or BIO 050 Provincial Preparatory (ADULT BASIC • You may have other options if Biology you do not meet the Academic CHEM 050 Provincial Preparatory EDUCATION) Upgrading admission requirement. Chemistry We encourage you to meet with a ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory (formerly College and Career CNC advisor or regional Academic English Preparation) Upgrading contact person. ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory English: First Peoples stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Financial aid MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory There are many ways in which CALENDAR-STAR Starts September and Algebraic Mathematics CNC students can receive financial January (Burns Lake, PHYS 050 Provincial Preparatory assistance. For details, please contact Mackenzie, Prince George Physics the Financial Aid and Awards office at and Quesnel); dates may 250-561-5838. Class formats differ for other campuses Classes are available in two formats: What you’ll study MAP-MARKER-ALT Available at most CNC Instructor Led and Self Paced. Using the results of your assessment campuses (including as a guide, an instructor will help you Instructor Led: The instructor Southside) choose courses from the list below. leads the students through the material each day. All students start You can use Academic Upgrading Fundamental level on the same day, work through the courses as prerequisites to other course material together, and finish college courses, or to obtain Adult COMP 020 Basic Computer the course at the same time. Basic Education (ABE) certificates Studies — Fundamental, Intermediate, or ENGL 020 Fundamental Self Paced: The instructor is there Advanced. You can also use them to Preparatory English to help, but each student must be gain a BC Adult Graduation Diploma MATH 028 Fundamental prepared to work independently. (formerly known as an Adult Dogwood). Preparatory All students start on the same day. Mathematics Individual students may be studying ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS MATH 029 Basic Preparatory different levels of courses. Students who are self-disciplined and work To enter the Academic Upgrading Mathematics well with printed instructions will be program, you must be at least 18 years Intermediate level (roughly successful in this environment. old. equivalent to Grade 10) NOTE: At the Prince George To enrol in Academic Upgrading COMP 030 Intermediate campus, only math classes are self courses, you can Computer Studies paced. • Bring a high school transcript ENGL 030 Intermediate Preparatory English Academic Upgrading for review. The transcript assists course repeat policy with evaluating what course MATH 030 Intermediate Algebraic Students in Academic Upgrading prerequisites you already have and Mathematics (ACDU), English as a Second Language determines your education plan. Advanced level (roughly (ENLA), and Adult Special Education You can make an appointment with equivalent to Grade 11) (ASE) programs are eligible to repeat a a CNC advisor or regional Academic CHEM 045 Advanced Preparatory course once after failing or withdrawing Upgrading contact person to Chemistry from a course. Additional repeats discuss your options. COMP 045 Advanced Computer are possible with the approval of the Or Studies educational administrator. • If you do not have the course ENGL 045 Advanced Preparatory prerequisites, you are required English Guidelines for assignmet of a “Continuing Status” (CS) grade to take the Academic Upgrading MATH 041 Trades Math I placement assessment. This allows MATH 042 Trades Math II A CS grade may be assigned at the discretion of the instructor, if the you to be placed at the appropriate MATH 044 Advanced student has demonstrated satisfactory course level and assists with Developmental progress in the course at the time the determining your educational plan. Mathematics grade is assigned. Instructors may To get an application form for the MATH 045 Advanced Algebraic assess satisfactory progress via 1) the Academic Upgrading program Mathematics and to sign up for the placement, student’s attendance throughout the PHYS 045 Advanced Preparatory contact CNC Office of the Registrar, semester, 2) number of assignments Physics

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 139

submitted and 3) and evidence of some improvement in skills from the beginning of the course to the end.

IMPORTANT DATES Prince George campus only; contact other campuses for specific dates.

Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019 • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Spring • January 6 – April 24, 2020 • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 Rev. 180625

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 140 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ACCESS PROGRAM Guidelines CUE 101 College and • Students must complete 100% of University Experience the courses in the access program ECCL 172 Health and Wellness (Academic Upgrading) package. However, only 60% of Either: stopwatch Full-time or Part-time these courses must be completed ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory CALENDAR-STAR Starts September in the academic year preceding English entrance to the desired program, or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory clock Four to eight months unless a different timeline is English: First Peoples (full-time) required by the desired program. Spring semester • In the absence of a required MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George ENGL 103 Composition and Style minimum grade by the desired ECCL 156 Care and Guidance The pre-program access packages give program, a “C” grade will be (with permission of you all the prerequisites needed for considered the minimum grade instructor) entrance into the program you want, for successful completion of all ECCL 175 Families plus some additional skills to enhance courses in this Access Program. your future success. Completion of • Students applying to programs as Option 2 (for students without the package gives you a seamless Access students must successfully ENGL 045 or equivalent) transition into your desired program, complete the Access courses improves your study skills and academic Fall semester and meet the regular entrance readiness, and, for some programs, may CUE 101 College and requirements for the desired give you guaranteed admission and/or University Experience program. advanced standing. ENGL 045 Advanced Preparatory • Sixty percent of the Access English Each pre-program access package is Program courses must come from tailored specifically to its particular CNC. Spring semester program. Packages­ are available for the Either: following programs: PRE-BUSINESS ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory • Business Fall or Spring semester English • Early Childhood Care and Learning or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory CUE 101 College and University English: First Peoples • Engineering (Applied Science) Experience ECCL 156 Care and Guidance • Medical Laboratory Technologist Either: (with permission of • Medical Radiography Technologist ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory instructor) • Natural Resource and English ECCL 175 Families Environmental Technology or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory Guaranteed admission: 2 seats. • Practical Nursing English: First Peoples • Social Services Worker MATH 045 Advanced Algebraic Advanced Standing: ECCL 155, ECCL 175 (and ECCL 172 if taking Option One) • Web and Graphic Design Math At least one of: ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ACC 151 Accounting I PRE-CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY To enter the Academic Upgrading CIS 165 Business Information program, you must be at least 18 years Systems Fall Semester old or have successfully completed MGT 154 Applied Human ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory grade 12. Relations English MKT 152 Principles of Marketing In order to be accepted into the or Access Program, students must have Guaranteed admission: Pre-Business ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory all prerequisites for the courses students will be granted admission First Peoples English after successfully completing the above in the desired Access Program. (In MATH 045 Advanced Level Math courses. some cases, students will take the PHYS 045 Advanced Level Physics prerequisite for a second semester Advanced Standing: Students will Spring Semester course in the first semester of the receive credit for one of the following: Access Program). ACC 151, CIS 165, MGT 154 or MKT 152 PHYS 050 Provincial Level Physics Note: If there are more Access students MATH 050 Provincial Level Math than reserved seats for a program, PRE-EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE CHEM 045 Advanced Level seats will be awarded based on highest AND LEARNING Chemistry GPAs among the Access students for Option 1 that program. Fall semester

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 141

Guaranteed Admission: 4 Seats Guaranteed admission: 4 seats English Advanced standing: MLTS 101 or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory PRE-ENGINEERING (APPLIED English: First Peoples SCIENCE) PRE-MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY MATH 045 Advanced Algebraic Math Spring semester TECHNOLOGY Spring semester CHEM 050 Provincial Level Option 1 Chemistry ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: Fall semester PHYS 050 Provincial Level Physics History and Traditions MATH 050 Provincial Level CUE 101 College and University of the Carrier People Mathematics Experience ENGL 103 Composition and Style Note: English 12 or equivalent must be Either: MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory successfully completed. ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory Math (optional) Students with a “C” or higher in MATH Guaranteed admission: 4 seats English or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory 050 will be exempted from taking MATH 195. PRE-MEDICAL LABORATORY English: First Peoples TECHNOLOGY MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory At least one of: Math Fall semester BIO 045 Advanced Preparatory Spring semester Biology CUE 101 College and University BIO 050 Provincial Level Biology CHEM 045 Advanced Preparatory Experience MEDT 100 Medical Terminology Chemistry Either: Course PHYS 045 Advanced Preparatory ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory PHYS 050 Provincial Level Physics Physics English Option 2 (for students without MATH Guaranteed admission: 4 seats or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory 045 and/or PHYS 045 or equivalent) English: First Peoples Advanced standing: ABST 100 and ENGL 103 MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory Fall semester Math CUE 101 College and University PRE-PRACTICAL NURSE Spring semester Experience BIO 050 Provincial Level Biology Either: Fall semester CHEM 050 Provincial Level ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory BIO 050 Provincial Preparatory Chemistry English Biology MEDT 100 Medical Terminology or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory Either: Course English: First Peoples ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory Option 2 (for students without MATH MATH 045 Algebraic Math English 045 and/or CHEM 045 or equivalent) PHYS 045 Advanced Level Physics or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory Fall semester Spring semester English: First Peoples MATH 045 Advanced Algebraic CUE 101 College and University BIOL 050 Provincial Level Biology Math Experience MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory CHEM 045 Advanced Level Math Spring semester Chemistry MEDT 100 Medical Terminology BIO 111 Human Anatomy and Either: Course Physiology I (optional) BIO 130 Anatomy and ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory PHYS 050 Provincial Level Physics Physiology for Practical English Note: It is strongly recommended Nurses or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory that students attend the Medical CUE 101 College and University English: First Peoples Radiography Information Session Experience MATH 045 Algebraic Math Guaranteed admission: 2 seats MEDT 100 Medical Terminology Spring semester PRE-NATURAL RESOURCES AND Course BIO 050 Provincial Level Biology FOREST TECHNOLOGY Guaranteed admission: 4 seats CHEM 050 Provincial Level Chemistry Fall semester PRE-SOCIAL SERVICES WORKER MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory CUE 101 College and University Fall semester Math Experience MEDT 100 Medical Terminology Either: CUE 101 College and University Experience Course ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 142 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Either: ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory English or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory English: First Peoples SSWK 171 Introduction to Social Service Practice Spring semester ENGL 103 Composition and Style SSWK 151 History and Philosophy of Social Welfare Policy SSWK 271 Health and Wellness Self-Care Lab Guaranteed admission: 3 seats Advanced standing: SSWK 171, ENGL 103, SSWK 271, SSWK 151 (and CUE 101 - for students entering SSKW UT or SSWK AUT Diplomas). Note: CUE 101 cannot be used in SSWK Applied Diploma.

PRE-WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN Fall semester CUE 101 College and University Experience Either: ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory English or ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory English: First Peoples FINE 101 Art History I (with permission to take with ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 as a co-requisite) Spring semester ENGL 103 Composition and Style FINE 102 Art History II Plus one of the following courses: ABST 111 Métis Studies II—Art and Material Culture FINE 150 Fundamentals of Digital Photography— Exploring the Digital Photography Workflow ENGL 106 Film Studies Guaranteed admission: 5 seats Advanced standing: FINE 101, ENGL 103, FINE 102, CUE 101 and one of ABST 111, FINE 150 or ENGL 106 Rev. 170310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 143

ADVENTURE SEEKERS PROGRAM stopwatch Part-time CALENDAR-STAR September and January clock 8 months MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George

What is Adventure Seekers? Adventure Seekers is continued learning for people with disabilities. The program covers topics of relevance and interest to the participants with a focus on global travel, current events, arts and computer technology. Courses and delivery will be modified to suit individual capabilities and interests. Through individual and group learning, the goal of Adventure Seekers is to • Increase and maintain the functional literacy of each student • Support individual growth • Increase College and community participation Who can join the Adventure Seekers Program? This program is designed for young adults aged 18–30 who have a severe to moderate developmental disability, have completed their secondary education and have a strong interest in learning. It is expected that they will require a support worker; the provision of the support worker is the participant’s responsibility.

For more information For more information on the application process, registration, dates, etc, please contact Community and Continuing Education at 250-561-5846 or email [email protected] Rev. 170310

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 144 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

BC ADULT diploma; or, if you complete CNC’s Applied Business Technology (ABT) GRADUATION Program, you’ll have all the courses DIPLOMA required for the diploma. BC school system Secondary qualifying courses stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Language Arts 12 (4 credits) CALENDAR-STAR Ongoing start dates Mathematics 11 or 12 (4 credits) clock Duration varies Three Grade 12 Ministry–authorized MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Mackenzie, courses (12 credits) Prince George, Quesnel, Total: 20 credits and Southside Academic Upgrading (ABE) pro- GET YOUR HIGH SCHOOL gram: DIPLOMA Qualifying courses Would you like to complete your Provincial level English or higher high school graduation diploma at a (1 course) community college? If you answered Advanced or provincial level or “Yes,” you’re ready to start working higher mathematics (1 course) towards your BC Adult Graduation Diploma. Three additional courses at the provincial level or higher There are several ways to get your BC Adult Graduation Diploma: Total: 5 courses • Taking college courses in an adult environment Rev. 170310 • Taking courses at a high school • Taking courses through distance learning • Combining courses and credits from both high school and college

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS To obtain your BC Adult Graduation Diploma, you must be at least 18 years of age or over, and you must take at least three of the courses leading towards graduation as an adult. To get started, contact your local CNC campus to arrange an assessment of your needs. Be sure to bring school transcripts to your appointment.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To get your BC Adult Graduation Diploma, you must complete either 20 credits in the secondary school system, or five courses in the post-secondary (college) system, or a combination of the two. Many college-level courses meet the requirements for the diploma. For example, a college-level business communications course meets the language arts requirement for the

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 145

ENLA (ENGLISH AS A Level 1 English for Academic ENLA Course Repeat Policy Purposes (EAP) Preparation Students in Academic Upgrading SECOND LANGUAGE) ENLA 011 English for Academic (ACDU), English as a Second Language Purposes Preparation (ENLA), and Adult Special Education stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Listening and Speaking (ASE) programs are eligible to repeat a ENLA 013 English for Academic course once after failing or withdrawing CALENDAR-STAR Starts September, Purposes Preparation from a course. Additional repeats January, and May Writing are possible with the approval of the clock 15-week ENLA 015 English for Academic educational administrator. Purposes Preparation MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George This repeat policy begins September Reading 2018. Any F or U grades prior to The English Language Department has Level 2 English for Academic September 2018 will not be subject to over 30 years of experience in teaching Purposes (EAP) 1 this new policy. English as an additional language. Study ENLA 021 English for Academic with highly qualified teachers in an Graduation Requirements Purposes 1 Listening English environment, prepare yourself & Credentials and Speaking for the rigours of the Canadian college To graduate from a level, students must environment, and watch your English ENLA 023 English for Academic successfully complete the courses at improve rapidly in our multicultural Purposes 1 Writing that level with a minimum grade of 76% classrooms. ENLA 025 English for Academic (B+) or better. Purposes 1 Reading ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Level 3 English for Academic IMPORTANT DATES Purposes (EAP) 2 1. Students must be at least 17 years Fall ENLA 031 English for Academic of age and turn 18 during the first Purposes 2 Listening • September 3 – December 16, 2019 semester at CNC. and Speaking • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 2. To ensure students enter the ENLA 033 English for Academic Spring program at the appropriate Purposes 2 Writing • January 6 – April 24, 2020 level, students must complete a ENLA 035 English for Academic • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 placement test before admission. Purposes 2 Reading • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 English Language instructors will also + 1 UT Course from the approved list* interview students before program Intersession placement. Level 4 English for Academic • May 11 - July 30, 2020 Purposes (EAP) 3 3. International students are • Exams - July 27 - 30, 2020 ENLA 041 English for Academic required to submit high school Rev. 180625 Purposes 3 Listening documentation as part of the and Speaking application process. TOEFL/IELTS is ENLA 043 English for Academic not required for Admission to the Purposes 3 Writing English Language Program. ENLA 045 English for Academic 4. Adult Upgrading Grant funding Purposes 3 Reading eligible for domestic/landed + 2 UT courses from the approved list* immigrants/refugee status students if other eligibility criteria is met. Other: Grading Scale & Progression ENLA 086 IELTS Preparation Course The English Language Department uses *Approved list of UT courses that the grading scale for the majority of International students can enroll in programs at CNC. are currently the following: • In order for a student to progress Level 3 to the next level, a minimum grade Math 100, Math 101, Math 103, Math of B+ (76%) must be achieved in 157, Math 165, CUE 050 each course. Level 4 PROGRAM OUTLINE Math 100, Math 101, Math 102, Math Upon successful completion of all 103, Math 157, Math 165, Math 204, courses in a level, an associate- Econ 201, Econ 202, CSC 105, CSC 109, certificate would be applied for. CUE 101

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 146 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

FOCUS EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM stopwatch Part-time CALENDAR-STAR Ongoing registration clock 9 months MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake

How does the Focus Employment Program help students? Students will • Learn job readiness skills: how to be a good worker, job safety, and how to get along with co-workers and the boss • Learn about anger management, stress management, time management, and life skills • Improve reading, writing, and computer skills • Improve communication abilities • Gain supported work placement and practical job experience Who can join the Focus Program? • Adults over 21 years of age (people under this age may attend with the instructor’s permission) • Adults who had a difficult time in school • Adults who believe their mother drank alcohol while pregnant with them, or who have been diagnosed with FASD • Adults who wish to improve their personal and pre-employment skills Financial aid Funding supports may be available. Contact an advisor at Burns Lake campus for details. Rev. 170310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 147

JET (JOB educational and employment goals. The following list has been established EDUCATION AND by formalizing an existing process that TRAINING) works to assess each applicant in a holistic way, taking into consideration relevant personal and educational CALENDAR-STAR Starts September information. clock Nine months In addition to biographical information, MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; Quesnel we will ask for the following information, if available: (every second year based on demand) • High school transcript • Reference letter(s) ABOUT JET • List of work or volunteer The Job Education Training certificate experience consists of five courses. Each course is • Documentation of disability designed for students with barriers to All students will have the following items employment to help explore and gain assessed and ranked (1-5 with 5 being skills needed in today’s job market. the highest) based on conversations Students will explore their own current with the student and/or supporting skills and become aware of how person(s). Preference will be given those skills relate to employability. to applicants scoring a 12 or higher Effective workplace communication (maximum 20 points). is demonstrated and assessed in the • Desire to work classroom and on the job. Students • Basic communication skills are introduced to different forms of • Independence (transportation, technology that are used to access workplace, etc.) the current job market. Job search and employment readiness skills are • Previous work or volunteer introduced so they can be applied in experience work experiences in the community. Graduation Requirements Goal setting and action planning for Students must successfully complete all future steps ensures that each student five courses in this program to graduate has an action plan for the future. with the Job Education Training Completion Certificate. PROGRAM OUTLINE Questions? Semester 1 September-December Contact JET staff at 250-561-5836 or JET151 Skill Exploration/ 1-800-371-8111, ext. 5397, or e-mail Personal Awareness [email protected] JET152 Workplace Communication YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Semester 2 January-May INTERESTED IN… JET153 Workplace Literacy & • Adventure Seekers Numeracy • TARGET JET154 Job Search & Employment Readiness IMPORTANT DATES JET155 Work Training Fall Experience • September 3 – December 16, 2019 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 Limited admission with a maximum of Spring 15 students. • January 6 – April 24, 2020 Each student in the JET program will • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 be assessed by coordinators based • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 on the established criteria in order Rev. 190718 to best benefit the student in his/her

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 148 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

TARGET PROGRAM OUTLINE • Exams - December 5 - 13, 2019 -TARGET COMPONENTS Spring (Techniques for Access, Reaching Basic employment skills training: • January 6 – April 24, 2020 Goals, and Employment Training) Students learn skills and attitudes which • Exams - April 16 - 24, 2020 CALENDAR-STAR Starts September will help them adjust to the demands • Break - February 17 - 21, 2020 of the workplace. Some of the areas Rev. 180625 clock 9 months covered include general work skills, MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George relationships with supervisors and co- workers, safety in the workplace, work attitudes, and conflict resolution on the ABOUT TARGET job. The TARGET program introduces students with barriers to employment Communications and to the basic skills required for the interpersonal relations: world of work. The program combines The component’s focus is on classroom instruction with supported helping students develop effective entry level work placements. communication and interpersonal skills. TARGET is designed for students who Topics covered include conversation need the following: skills, assertiveness, work relationships, and problem-solving. • Support finding a job: the TARGET placement coordinator can Success strategies for help introduce the student to employment: employers. This component is designed to help • Support with interviews: interview students gain greater independence techniques are developed in in the world of work. The strategies the classroom, and then work include time management, values and placement interviews are self-esteem, rights and responsibilities, completed with support from the goal setting, critical thinking strategies, TARGET placement coordinator. resume writing, and interview • Modifications to the job (if needed) techniques. so they can carry out work-related Work placements: tasks. Students will participate in part-time • Extra support to learn job skills: the work placements during designated TARGET placement coordinator can program segments. Work placements provide extra training. give students opportunities to apply • Problem-solving assistance that skills learned in the classroom to may be needed on the job. employment settings. Students will also • Support adjusting their non-work have the opportunity to learn specific life and employment: Many people work skills. Both direct and indirect lose jobs because they have support will be provided to students trouble fitting work into their lives. while they are in placement.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Questions? TARGET staff interview each student Contact TARGET staff at 250-561-5836 to see if the program is right for them. or Parents and other support people are 1-800-371-8111, ext. 5397, or e-mail welcome to attend this interview. [email protected]

Financial Aid YOU MIGHT ALSO BE Financial support may be available. INTERESTED IN… Contact a Financial Aid Advisor for more • Adventure Seekers details. • JET

IMPORTANT DATES Fall • September 3 – December 16, 2019

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 149

CIS Computer Information Systems CIVE Civil Engineering Technology COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CNET Computer Networking COM Commerce COMP Computer COURSE DESCRIPTION KEY CRIM Criminology CSC Computer Science CUE College / University CULA Professional Cook DENO Introduction to Dental  DENT Dental Assisting ENGL 219 UT DHYG Dental Hygiene Contemporary Aboriginal Authors ECCL Early Childhood Care & Learning This course is a study of contemporary Aboriginal authors. ECON Economics Students study novels, plays, and poems that reflect the EFAC Environmental experiences of Aboriginal peoples in Canada from the ELEC Electrician ENGL English 1940s to the present. Students consider regional/ person- ENLA English as a Second Language al concerns as well as the universal themes developed in FASD Fetal Alcohol Syndrome Disorder the writings. As well, students compare the styles, themes, FIN Finance and subject matter of Aboriginal authors to other Cana- FINE Fine Arts FREN French dian authors studied in Canadian literature classes. GEOG Geography Prerequisites: One 100-level University Transfer (UT) HCAP Health Care Assistant HIST History English course HMT Heavy Mechanical Trades 3 CR / (3,0,0) Hours per week (direct instruction, supervised HRPR Human Resources practice, practice education) JET Job Orientation KINS Kinesiology LAW Law • Course number: A unique LEAD Leadership only total number of hours for the MATH Mathematics identifying name/number. You’ll course.) MDRT Medical Device Reprocessing need to use this when registering. Technician More examples MEDT Medical Terminology •  Offered online: At least one MFAB Metal Fabrication • (0,0,12.5) No direct instruction, no course section may be offered MGT Management supervised practice, 12.5 hours of MILL Industrial Mechanic online (additional sections may be MINE Mining practice education per week face-to-face instruction). Refer to MINL Mineral Processing • (3,1,0) 3 hours of direct instruction MKT Marketing the online Timetable for specific MLTS Medical Laboratory section and semester information.­ per week, plus 1 hour of supervised Technology Science practice, no practice education MOAS Medical Office Assistant • Prerequisite: A course you must Associate take, or a credential you must have, • (5,0,0) 5 hours of direct instruction MRAD Medical Radiography per week, no supervised practice or Technology before taking this course. MVRE Autobody practice education Note: Students who have taken a NCIT Business Information Note 1: Students who take courses NRFT Natural Resources Forest prerequisite at the College of New Technology Caledonia or another college or which consist of all sections must NRUA Nursing Unit Clerk achieve a passing grade for all sections NURS Nursing university must have a minimum OASW Outreach Advocacy and grade of “C” in the prerequisite in order to receive a passing grade in Support Worker course, unless otherwise stated the course. PDIT Post-Diploma Information Technologies under the course description or Note 2: Not all courses are offered PHIL Philosophy within the program requirements. each year. Please check with your local PHYS Physics PRAN Practical Nurse • Co-requisite: A course you must CNC campus — see contact numbers PSCI Political Science take at the same time. on the inside front cover. PSYC Psychology PWER Power Engineering • Credits: You need a certain Note 3: A list of Continuing Education PWP Parts and Warehouse number of credits to graduate. One SCI Science courses is available in a separate SERV Service credit usually represents one hour calendar and also online. SOC Sociology per week of classroom lectures, SONO Sonography SSWK Social Service Worker and most courses provide three THMG Tourism and Hotel credit hours (three instruction Management COURSE PREFIX LISTED ALPHABETICALLY hours per week). For full-time TRDE Trades Discovery Course code Courses TRTC Teacher Replacement Training status, you normally need 10 or Citation more credit hours each semester. ABST Aboriginal Studies THMG Tourism and Hotel ABT Applied Business Technologies Management • Hours: The number in brackets ACC Accounting WEGD Web and Graphic Design shows the number of direct AECE Aboriginal Early Childhood WELD Welding Education WMST Women’s Studies instruction, supervised practice, ANTH Anthropology and practice education hours APSC Applied Science AUTO Automotive per week. Thus (3,2,0) indicates 3 BIO Biology hours of direct instruction and 2 BOOK Bookkeeping BUS Business hours of supervised practice and 0 CAMP Camp and Catering hours of practice education. (Some CARP Carpentry courseslisted in this section may list CASS Community and Child Support CHEM Chemistry

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 150 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

with oral traditions and readings from 3 CR / (3,0,0) ABST ...... the work of Métis scholars will provide the student with insight into the ABST 220 UT historical and contemporary socio-po- ABST 100 UT litical identity of BC Métis communi- Indigenous Research Methods Yinka Dene Worldview: History ties. Students will consider ethical, This course provides an introduction and Traditions of the Carrier economic, aesthetic, and functional into research methods used in and People implications, discussing protocol for by Indigenous communities in the appropriation (borrowing of style and movement towards the decolonization This course is based on the traditional technique), and reinterpretation. of the western model of research. knowledge holders of our communi- 3 CR / (3,0,0) Aboriginal research frameworks ties who are versed in the traditional and methodologies will be explored ways of knowing that is not written by examining some of the unique down in any text but passed down ABST 150 UT issues and principals involving ethical through oral traditions. The course Conversational Carrier research in Indigenous communities. provides students with an in-depth This course is designed for students Students are provided an opportunity study of Yinka Dene culture language, who have no knowledge of the Carrier/ to prepare a small research project spirituality, community, and social Yinka Dene language. Participants using the techniques learned in class. structures. Elders and topics will are introduced to the Carrier lan- Prerequisite: ABST 100 or ABST 101 focus on the Yinka Dene of the north guage, spoken and written, with an 3 CR / (3,0,0) central interior of British Columbia. . emphasis on basic conversation and 3 CR / (3,0,0) culturally important vocabulary and ABST 230 UT phrases. Through lecture and lab ABST 101 UT work, participants will have an under- Aboriginal Resource & Land-use Aboriginal Peoples of Canada standing of basic level Carrier and Planning be able to create simple sentences. Aboriginal communities across Canada This course focuses on the diversi- 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) are increasingly collaborating with or ty and development of Aboriginal controlling resource development in communities and organizations in their territories. This course examines Canada. Attention is placed on the ABST 201 UT theory and practices of traditional nature of Aboriginal /Euro-Canadian Residential School: History and and contemporary resource and interactions from contact to present Intergenerational Impacts land use planning. In particular, this day in order for students to under- The course provides students with course examines the community led stand contemporary perspectives and an in depth study of the issues and processes in pursuit of economic issues relevant to Aboriginal peoples. impacts of the residential school development as well as environmental Prerequisite: ABST 100 system on Aboriginal culture, lan- management of lands and resourc- 3 CR / (3,0,0) guage, spirituality, community and es. This course develops student’s social structures. The historical research and writing skills as well as ABST 110  UT context of the development of the critical thinking and engages in critical Métis Studies I Canadian government’s policy with debates on Canadian resource issues regard to the First Nations education and inBritish Columbia specifically. This course helps students explore will be examined. Students will also and understand past and present Prerequisite: 15 credits of univer- explore interventions that will assist sity-level coursework Métis perspective in all areas of individuals, families and communities life with an eye toward fostering 3 CR / (3,0,0) addressing the results of traumas. positive cross-cultural interaction between Métis and non-Métis in- Prerequisite: ABST 100 or ABST 101 ABST 250 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) dividuals and communities. Carrier Language & Grammar 3 CR / (3,0,0) ABST 202 UT Level I In this course, students are introduced ABST 111  UT History of Aboriginal Education in to the Carrier language, spoken and Métis Studies II — Art Northern BC written, including pronunciation, basic and Material Culture The course provides students with conversation, and culturally important vocabulary. Considerable emphasis is This course examines and explores an in-depth study of the issues placed on the grammar so that the stu- aspects of Métis identity using an and impacts of the school systems dent will learn to produce and under- ethnographic approach toward the on Aboriginal peoples in Canada. stand utterances beyond memorized study of Métis art forms. Following Students will explore the effects of rituals. The Carrier Linguistic Commit- Métis Studies I, Métis Studies II con- Euro-Canadian education systems tee (CLC) writing system will be used. tinues to rebuild the historiography on First Nations in the past century of Métis people as revealed through and today. They will learn about the Prerequisite: ABST 150 Métis material culture. Hands-on many ways First Nations are working 3 CR / (3,1,0) reproduction of art and technology to recreate educational systems that techniques (beadwork, caribou hair reflect their values and world views ABST 252 UT tufting, and finger weaving) combined as well as prepare young people for success in the larger Canadian context. Carrier Language & Grammar

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 151

Level II and interpersonal communication ABTA 150 skills. All jobs have a human relations Level II continues the introduction Computerized Bookkeeping to the Carrier language, spoken and responsibility. Accordingly, one must In the field of accounting, employ- written. Considerable emphasis, as strive to develop interpersonal skills ers require a sound understanding with Level I, is placed on the gram- that will have a positive influence on of accounting principles, as well as mar, due to its great complexity and relationships. This course explores general computer literacy skills. In this unfamiliarity. This level also intro- strategies and techniques to positively course, the student will be taught to duces additional forms of the verb, influence interpersonal relationships transfer manual bookkeeping skills to complex sentences, as well as new in a professional environment. an automated accounting program. vocabulary. A survey of differences 1 CR / (1,0,0) On completion of this course, the among Carrier dialects is included. student can maintain a set of com- Prerequisite: ABST 250 ABTA 115 puterized books up to year-end. 3 CR / (3,1,0) Office Procedures 1 CR / (1,0,0) This course introduces the student to ABT ...... a variety of office procedures including ABTA 155 banking and financial management, Business Communications II Note: All ABT courses are restricted planning meetings and conferen- This course is a continuation of ABTA to students in the ABT programs, ces, postal services, reprographics, 105 Business Communications I. including office administration telephone and telecommunications, Emphasis will be placed on apply- and legal and medical courses. and travel arrangements. This course will also provide students with basic ing the techniques of planning and training in file management to meet organizing to writing a variety of ABTA 100 the entry-level file management communications; for example, request Financial Records needs of a business. Students will letters, order letters, sales letters, Provides a basic understanding of the learn to manage administrative memos, emails, etc. The application accounting process for use in the busi- assistant responsibilities profes- of oral communication skills to formal ness office. The student will practice sionally and exhibit a positive and speeches and informal talks will form the application of basic accounting cooperative attitude. Students will an important component of this principles in a manual format. Also the use critical thinking skills to analyze course. In addition, job search skills student will learn and practice addition, their projects in order to produce such as designing a resume, writing a subtraction, multiplication and division work of acceptable business quality. letter of application, and participating and the use of the percent key using a 2 CR / (1,1,0) in effective interviews will be acquired. standard business calculator. Common Prerequisite: ABTA 105 business applications will be covered ABTA 120 2.5 CR / (0.5,2,0) as well as speed and accuracy drills. Word Processing Levels I, II, III 2.5 CR/ (2.5,0,0) ABTA 160 This course combines a beginner and/ or refresher course in basic keyboard- Human Relations II ABTA 105 ing skills with an introduction to the This course builds on the foundational Business Communications I basic document formatting functions skills explored in Human Relations I This course introduces students of a word processing software pro- by further developing key concepts to effective communication skills gram. In addition, the course will cover to enhance interpersonal relations in including listening, comprehending, intermediate and advanced functions the workplace. Students will continue and participating in oral communi- of a word processing software program to explore generic competencies that cations. Students will develop a and advanced formatting techniques. are highly valued by organizations comprehensive business vocabulary, Throughout the course, the student including verbal skills, teamwork, read rapidly and comprehend what will continue to develop speed and group problem-solving, cross-cultural is read. They will produce error-free accuracy in keyboarding skills. and diversity awareness, self-motiv- communications by proofreading and 4.5 CR / (0,4.5,0) ation, business etiquette and ethical editing while mastering the princi- behaviour. Special attention is given to ples of grammar, punctuation, and ABTA 125 functional strategies for the workplace style. Students will also learn the such as managing conflict, utilizing Microcomputer Applications I techniques for planning, organizing, leadership skills and assisting the and writing dynamic messages. This course provides working-level public as well as practical workplace 2.5 CR / (2,0.5,0) computer literacy through extensive knowledge such as management styles hands-on experience with micro- and differing organizational structures. computer applications, as well as Prerequisite: ABTA 110 ABTA 110 in-class discussions of typical uses. 1 CR / (0,1,0) Human Relations I The experience provides the confi- This course helps students develop dence to make a comfortable adjust- ABTA 165 an understanding of human rela- ment to whatever computer tools Office Simulations tions, self-esteem, teamwork skills, are available in the workplace. a customer-focused attitude, an 2.5 CR / (0,2.5,0) Using information from various organizational effectiveness plan, reference materials, the student

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 152 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

will acquire and apply keyboard- academic present and the professional This course introduces you to data ing, word processing and business future. The practicum is a three-way management. This course will focus knowledge and skills to simulate partnership between the college, on planning, designing, and creating office environments. This course the learner, and a host employer a database to meet the informa- polishes administrative skills and where practical experience is gained tion management needs of today’s provides realistic office experiences. in an actual office environment. workplace. You will learn terminology, Skills developed will include editing, Prerequisites: ABTA 100, ABTA 105, database concepts, and features of proofreading composition, machine ABTA 110, ABTA 115, ABTA 120, ABTA relational databases. You will use transcription, computational skills, 125 various commands and features to etc. In addition, the student will gain corequisites: ABTA 150, ABTA 155, create tables, queries, forms, and experience working as part of a team. ABTA 160, ABTA 165, ABTA 170, ABTA reports. You will enter data, work with Prerequisites: ABTA 100, ABTA 105, 175 calculations, extract information, and ABTA 110, ABTA 115, ABTA 120, ABTA 3 CR / (0,3,0) generate and print reports. Each unit 125 begins with an introduction and a set corequisites: ABTA 150, ABTA 155, ABTC 050  of learning objectives. The assigned ABTA 160, ABTA 170, ABTA 175 readings, hands-on computer activ- 3 CR / (0,3,0) Online Learner Success ities, and follow-up reinforcement This 15-hour course gives students exercises are your principal learning ABTA 170 a working knowledge of web resour- activities. Additional materials and ces, enabling them to be successful resources are available online. Desktop Publishing with online learning. This is course Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 060 This course will cover the process is required for the Office Assist- 2 CR / (5,0,0) of blending and assembling text ant Certificate and Legal Admin- and graphic images to create pro- istrative Assistant Certificate.  fessional-looking publications such 0 CR / (5,0,0) ABTC 068 as flyers, newsletters, brochures, Spreadsheets I and business forms. The learner will ABTC 060  This course gives you a working produce visually attractive printed knowledge of electronic spreadsheets. material to enhance communications Computers and the Internet You will learn how to design, create, with others. Learning will include This course provides a basic intro- modify, and present professional-look- the use of desktop publishing and duction to the Internet, computers, ing spreadsheets for use in today’s presentation graphics software. and an operating system. The stu- workplace. Exercises include using Prerequisite: ABTA 120 dent will gain knowledge of essential formulas and built-in functions to solve 2 CR / (0,2,0) terms and concepts, file and disk mathematical problems. You will also management for Windows, and learn how to illustrate and present ABTA 175 Internet browsing and searching. spreadsheet data in graphic form. Prerequisite: ABTC 050 Each unit begins with an introduction Microcomputer Applications II 2 CR / (5,0,0) and a set of learning objectives. The This advanced microcomputer appli- assigned readings, hands-on computer cations course is designed to initially ABTC 065  activities, and follow-up reinforcement reinforce Windows environment fea- exercises are your principal learning tures and to then provide the oppor- Keyboarding I activities. Additional materials and tunity to learn the more advanced This course gives you the ability resources are available online. features of spreadsheet, database to keyboard accurately and pro- Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 060, and word processing programs. The ficiently, proofread quickly and ABTC 080 course also includes instruction in accurately, and key at a minimum 2 CR / (5,0,0) using the object linking and embed- speed of 25 net words per minute. ding features of these programs Prerequisite: ABTC 050  and provides practice in researching 2 CR / (5,0,0) ABTC 069 data on the Internet for production Presentation Software of and inclusion in documents. ABTC 066  Using presentation software, you will Prerequisite: ABTA 125 apply appropriate design concepts Keyboarding II 2.5 CR / (0,2.5,0) to present data and information in a This course gives you the skills to colourful and well organized format. ABTA 180 key accurately and proficiently. You will learn how to use design tem- The course builds on your present plates, apply various attributes, and Work Experience keyboarding skills to assist you in include a variety of objects to create, As an integral part of the learning reaching a minimum of 45 net words modify, save, and deliver presentations. experience, practicum placement per minute on a five-minute timing. Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 060 weaves together the various know- Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 065 1 CR / (5,0,0) ledge strands to which the learner 1 CR / (5,0,0) has been exposed. The practicum ABTC 070  deepens the learner’s understanding ABTC 067 of the classroom experience and is Word Processing I a bridge for the learner between the Databases This course enables you to use the

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 153

basic functions of a word processing Math skills are required for applica- Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 081 program, as well as to learn how to tions such as accounting, electronic 3 CR / (5,0,0) properly format documents such as spreadsheets, database management, letters and memorandum. Although and office procedures. This course ABTC 083  you will be required to use a current examines current trends in office word processing package to com- technology and teaches the touch Computerized Accounting plete this course, many of the skills method, explains common calculator This course introduces you to inte- are generic and can be transferred features, and emphasizes business grated computerized accounting. to most word processing packages. problem solving. Since communication Upon completion, the student can Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 065 skills are important in the business establish company records; maintain 2 CR / (5,0,0) world, communication problems have daily transactions using the general been added to this course—these ledger, accounts payable, accounts ABTC 071  ask you to read, write, show, or draw receivable, inventory, account rec- explanations about new concepts. onciliation, and payroll features; Word Processing II Prerequisite: ABTC 050 and create financial statements. This course is a continuation of ABTC 1.5 CR / (5,0,0) Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 081 070. The course will cover additional 2.5 CR / (5,0,0) instruction and practice with letter ABTC 081  styles, tables, charts, and reports, ABTC 085  plus many advanced features of word Accounting I processing software such as merging, This course gives you an introduction Business English macros, outlines, graphics, and styles. to manual accounting. The emphasis is This course focuses on correct English Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 070 on fundamental accounting principles usage in a business environment and 2 CR / (5,0,0) and their application in day-to-day provides a comprehensive­ review of business situations. This course is grammar, punctuation, and style, as ABTC 072  based on a service business organ- well as business spelling and vocabu- ized as a sole proprietorship. ABTC lary development. The course materials Spreadsheets II 081 covers basic bookkeeping and are presented in small, manageable This course gives you an advanced accounting skills, including double- learning segments. Why study business knowledge of electronic spread- entry general journal entries, posting English? Employers continually report sheets. You will learn to use spread- to the general ledger, preparing a that job applicants with appropri- sheets for advanced applications trial balance, recording adjustments ate language skills are hard to find. in today’s workplace. Exercises in a 10-column worksheet, produ- This course is intended to help include using advanced functions cing period-end financial statements, refine everyday language and make and formulas, performing calcula- closing temporary accounts, main- it effective for business purposes. tions, filtering and formatting data, taining petty cash, and preparing bank Prerequisite: ABTC 050 creating integrated documents, and reconciliations. This course provides a 3 CR / (5,0,0) developing custom spreadsheet solid foundation for those wishing to applications. This course is a continu- further their accounting skills through ABTC 086  ation of the material in ABTC 068. computer accounting programs, pay- Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 068, roll, or advanced accounting courses. Business Communications ABTC 080 Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 080 This course teaches you how to plan, 2 CR / (5,0,0) 2 CR / (5,0,0) organize, and write correct, effective, and reader-friendly business docu- ABTC 075   ments appropriate for use in today’s ABTC 082 global business environment. You will Human Relations Accounting II learn how to write business letters, This course concentrates on per- ABTC 082 is an intermediate approach memos, reports, and electronic sonal and professional development to manual accounting. This course is messages. Each unit begins with a set skills needed in today’s workplace. designed to provide additional know- of learning objectives. The assigned These skills include self-examina- ledge in common accounting systems readings together with the reinforce- tion and assessment, development including sales, purchases, taxes, ment exercises are your principal of effective communication skills, inventory, and payroll. The concepts learning activities. Additional materials interpersonal skills, client relations, will be presented in the context of a and resources are available online. teamwork, problem solving, and an merchandising business. You will study Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 085 understanding of business ethics. payroll concepts and principles, tax 2 CR / (5,0,0) Prerequisite: ABTC 050 responsibilities, and annual reporting. 1 CR / (5,0,0) Also, you will be introduced to spe- ABTC 090  cialized journals, combined journals, Administrative Procedures ABTC 080  year-end procedures and worksheets, GST/PST, bad debts, and merchandise The dynamic office of today requires Business Math and Calculator inventory. Financial statements are that office workers demonstrate the Skills prepared in detail including a classified ability to communicate effectively, Strong math skills are a valuable tool balance sheet, and an income state- think critically, apply problem-solving in today’s business environment. ment with a cost of goods sold section. skills, and work effectively with other

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 154 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

members of the office team. The rapid skills that will have a positive influ- all of which are covered in ABTL 040. pace of change in the office of today ence on relationships. This course Prerequisites or corequisites: demands that office workers have the explores strategies and techniques ABTL 010, ABTL 020 ability to develop new skills and under- to positively influence an employee’s 3 CR / (5,0,0) stand new processes as jobs evolve. performance in an office position. In this course you will master essen- 1 CR / (2,0,0) ABTL 040  tial organizational skills and develop Litigation Procedures I efficient office practices in preparation ABTL 010  for entry into the contemporary office. Litigation Procedures II builds on Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 070 Introduction to the Canadian skills and knowledge from ABTL 030. 1 CR / (5,0,0) Legal System Subjects covered will include termin- The primary purpose of this course is ology and rules relating to preparing ABTC 091  to provide the student with a general and handling legal correspondence understanding and a working know- and documents in civil litigation actions Records Management ledge of the Canadian legal system. and matters in the Supreme Court The amount of information created Prerequisite: Program entrance of BC. Litigation Procedures II will and used in offices has increased 3 CR / (5,0,0) continue the students’ introduction significantly in recent years. Records, to the legal concepts necessary to a which contain all of the daily informa-  basic understanding of the functioning tion necessary to the operation of any ABTL 020 of the courts and the professional business, need to be managed effect- Legal Office Procedures environment that they will be entering. ively and efficiently. In today’s office, This course introduces the student to This is primarily a hands-on course in maintaining the integrity of the records the legal profession, including the func- which the students integrate keyboard, system means that all office workers tions and duties of the legal adminis- computer, transcription, and document need to be aware of the importance of trative assistant in British Columbia. formatting with a knowledge of civil correct creation, storage, use, retrieval, Topics covered will include: legal law. As the second of two Litigation protection, control, and disposition terminology, legal office procedures, Procedures courses, this course deals of records. Technology continues to precedents, preparation of corres- with documents and procedures from change the role played by today’s pondence and basic legal documents, the discovery process to preparation office worker. This course will provide legal record keeping and billing, and and attendance at trial and post-trial the student with the knowledge, skills, citations and references to Acts. procedures including bills of costs and abilities to face these challenges Prerequisite: Program entrance and enforcement procedures. This and new responsibilities in dealing 3 CR / (5,0,0) course also deals with preparation with both manual and electronic files. for Chamber hearings. It does not Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 070 ABTL 030  deal with the initiation of lawsuits, 1 CR / (5,0,0) drafting pleadings, or applying. Litigation Procedures I Prerequisite: ABTL 030 ABTC 095  Litigation Procedures I introduces the 3 CR / (5,0,0) student to the functions and duties of Job Search Techniques a legal administrative assistant working ABTL 050  This course helps you develop success- in civil litigation in BC. Subjects covered ful job search strategies for today’s will include terminology and rules re- Family Litigation Procedures competitive and changing job market. lating to preparing and handling legal Family Litigation Procedures intro- Topics include self-assessment, em- correspondence and documents in civil duces the student to the functions ployability skill testing, job search strat- litigation actions and matters in the and duties of a legal administrative egies and research, using the Internet Supreme Court of BC. Litigation Pro- assistant working in a family law for job search and career planning, cedures I will also introduce students practice in BC. Subjects covered networking, resumés, employment-re- to the legal concepts necessary to a include legal terminology, the applic- lated communications, application basic understanding of the functioning able provincial and federal statutes, forms, portfolios, and interviews. of the courts and the professional the court system, and the theory and Prerequisites: ABTC 050, ABTC 070 environment that they will be entering. practical application of preparation 1 CR / (5,0,0) This is primarily a hands-on course in of legal correspondence, undefended which the students integrate keyboard, and defended divorces, and separ- ABTH 070 computer, transcription, and document ation and marriage agreements. formatting with a knowledge of civil Prerequisite: ABTL 030 Human Relations law. Because it is intended that the Corequisite: ABTL 040 This course helps students develop student progress on to Litigation Pro- 3 CR / (5,0,0) an understanding of human rela- cedures II after taking Litigation I, this tions, good self-esteem, teamwork course deals with documents and pro- ABTL 060  skills, a customer-focused attitude, cedures from the initiation of a lawsuit an organizational effectiveness plan, through to the completion of plead- Corporate Procedures I and interpersonal communication ings and the possibility of obtaining This course introduces the student to skills. All jobs have a human rela- default judgment. It does not deal the roles and responsibilities of a Legal tions responsibility. Accordingly, one with preparation for trial, interlocutory Administrative Assistant working in the must strive to develop interpersonal applications, or procedures after trial, field of corporate law. Through an ex-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 155

tensive overview of the various forms and a mortgagee at the same time, as office/hospital setting. Topics covered of business organizations, this course well as documents involved in the sale include reception skills, appointment will cover corporate structure includ- and purchase of manufactured homes. scheduling, telephone techniques, ing Sole Proprietorship, Partnership Prerequisites: ABTL 010 and ABTL 020 interpersonal skills, stress manage- (General and Limited), Corporations 3 CR / (5,0,0) ment, inventory control, mail process- (Private: Non-Reporting, and Public: ing, and filing/records management Reporting) and Corporate Registry. ABTL 080  procedures. Medical law and ethics Students will acquire a basic know- are an integral part of the course. ledge of the Business Corporations Conveyancing Procedures II Prerequisites: Admission to program Act, learn specialized terminology, and This course introduces the student and ABTC 050 apply practical experience in document to the role and responsibilities of a preparation, necessary for maintaining Legal Administrative Assistant em- ABTM 020  records of a British Columbia corpora- ployed in the field of conveyancing tion. The course covers incorporation in British Columbia. This course is a Medical Billing — Manual procedures, post-corporate proced- continuation from the material cov- This 30-hour course teaches the theory ures, and annual maintenance also. ered in ABTL 070. Students will gain for billing of medical services to MSP, Prerequisites: ABTL 010 and ABTL 020 knowledge and practical experience ICBC, WCB, and other private insurers. 3 CR / (5,0,0) in topics such as methods to convey Prerequisites: Admission to program interests in land involving purchaser and ABTC 050 ABTL 065  financing, strata property consider- ations, builder’s liens, acting for the ABTM 025  Corporate Procedures II vendor, acting for mortgage lenders, This course is a continuation of the additional adjustments for statements Medical Billing — Computerized material covered in ABTL 060 which of adjustments, authorities to pay, the This 30-hour course introduces introduced the student to the role execution and registration of elec- the student to automated medical and responsibilities of a Legal Admin- tronic documents filed in Land Title billing software and procedures for istrative Assistant working in the field Offices, acting for both the purchaser the province of British Columbia. of corporate law. This course covers and mortgagee, and documents for Prerequisite: ABTM 020 corporate structure and completion the transfer of manufactured homes. of filing forms as it relates to Sole Prerequisite: ABTL 070 ABTM 030  Proprietorship, Partnership, Limited 3 CR / (5,0,0)) Medical Terminology I Partnerships, Societies, Co-operatives, In this course, students complete an Non-Reporting companies and Ex- ABTL 090  tra-Provincial Non-Reporting compan- introductory study of the construc- ies. The course also introduces the stu- Wills and Estates tion of medical terms including root dent to Securities and to BC Online (an This course introduces the student to words, suffixes, and prefixes relat- Internet access to government services the roles and responsibilities of a Legal ing to the various body systems. and information about BC companies). Administrative Assistant employed in Prerequisites: Admission to program Prerequisite: ABTL 060 the field of wills and estates in British and ABTC 050 3 CR / (5,0,0) Columbia. Students will gain knowledge and practical experience in prepar- ABTM 035  ABTL 070  ation of wills and codicils and the Medical Terminology II — Related documents necessary to apply grants Anatomy and Physiology Conveyancing Procedures I of Letters Probate and Letters of Ad- This course introduces the student to ministration (with and without a Will), This 90-hour course is a continua- the role and responsibilities of a Legal Administration Bonds, transferring the tion of ABTM 030 and introduces Administrative Assistant employed deceased’s assets, and winding up es- anatomy and physiology related to in the field of conveyancing in British tates. Students will prepare documents the main systems of the body. Columbia. Subjects covered will include acceptable to the Probate Registry Prerequisite: ABTM 030 knowledge and practical experience in for filing, followed by transmission topics such as systems of land regis- and distribution of estates. This is a ABTM 036  tration, land title searches, contracts hands-on course in which the students Medical Transcription of purchase and sale, methods to integrate keyboard, computer, docu- convey interests in land, statements of ment formatting, and transcription This is an introductory course that adjustments, and the execution and skills, with knowledge of estate law. familiarizes students with transcribing registration of electronic documents Prerequisites: ABTL 010 and ABTL 020 from oral dictation, medical documents with accurate content, applying correct filed in Land Title Offices. This course 3 CR / (5,0,0) focuses on the purchaser’s procedures formats, grammar, and punctua- tion. The course provides students for a simple conveyance not involv- ABTM 010  ing financing. After taking ABTL 070, with knowledge of the content and students should progress on to ABTL Medical Administration formats of medical reports typically 080 which will cover procedures for Procedures dictated in clinics and hospitals. financed purchaser conveyances, vend- This course introduces the student Prerequisite: ABTM 035 or sales, and mortgage loans. ABTL 080 to the administrative duties and will also cover acting for a purchaser procedures required in a medical ABTM 037 

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 156 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Medical Terminology III — electronic spreadsheet software and ing. The computer lab component Pharmacology and Specialties computerized accounting software. utilizes spreadsheet software. In this course, students complete a Prerequisite: ACC 151 Prerequisite: ACC 255 study of the construction of medical 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) terms, including root words, suffixes and prefixes relating to pharmacology, ACC 251 BUS/UT ACC 270 BUS/UT and the specialties of oncology, radiol- Intermediate Accounting I Computerized Accounting ogy, nuclear medicine and psychiatry. A sound knowledge of fundamental This course gives students a work- Prerequisite: ABTM 035 accounting principles is essential to ing knowledge of a commonly used deal with the concepts presented in accounting software program. ABTM 040  this course. The emphasis is on solving Students gain a conceptual under- Medical Clinical Procedures problems related to the preparation of standing of topics and applied skills and Practices financial statements. Specific finan- in setting up a company’s books cial statement elements covered are and the full accounting cycle. Topics This course enables the medical office cash, accounts receivable, inventor- include general ledger set-up, special assistant to perform basic clinical ies, capital assets, and investments. journals, subsidiary ledgers, credit procedures and to complete a clinical The preparation of the Financial transactions, sales taxes, payroll and skills assessment, including the use Statement is thoroughly reviewed. source deductions, inventory, budget- and management of medical equip- ing, and account reconciliations. ment. The student learns to perform Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204 basic laboratory tests and assist the 3 CR / (4,0,0) Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204 physician with specific examinations 3 CR / (1,2,0) and procedures. Emphasis is placed ACC 252 BUS/UT on the role of the medical assistant as Intermediate Accounting II AECE...... a link between the doctor and external An analysis of financial statement medical testing and treatment facilities. elements started in ACC 251 is The clinical skills assessment is com- concluded with coverage of cur- pleted on-site with a faculty member AECE 151 rent liabilities, long-term debt, and or with a qualified host organization. Prenatal, Infant, and shareholder’s equity. Special topics Prerequisite: ABTM 010 and ABTM 035 Toddler Development include leases, pensions, income tax, and financial statement analysis. This course focuses on growth and ACC...... The preparation of the Cash Flow develop­ment from conception through Statement is thoroughly reviewed. toddlerhood. Students who success- Prerequisite: ACC 251 fully complete this course will be able to apply knowledge of prenatal, infant, 3 CR / (4,0,0) ACC 151 BUS/UT and toddler development to Aborig- Accounting I inal and mainstream ECE settings. This course is a study of the funda- ACC 255 BUS/UT Aboriginal beliefs and child-rearing mental concepts and techniques of Management Accounting I practices regarding children aged the accounting process in proprietor- This course is an introduction to man- birth to two are explored. Emphasis is ships and corporations. Students are agerial accounting. Emphasis is placed placed on genetic and environmental taken through the accounting cycle. on cost for planning and control. factors that may influence the holistic Topics include the balance sheet Some of the topics include cost terms development of the child. Foundational equation, journals, adjusting entries, and classifications, job-order costing, and contemporary research related financial statement preparation, and process costing, activity-based costing, to child development is covered. closing entries. Current and capital cost behaviours, and cost-volume-prof- Prerequisite: Admission to the Ab- assets are studied in detail. Topics it relationships. The computer lab com- original Early Childhood Education include cash, receivables, inventor- ponent utilizes spreadsheet software. program 3 CR / (5,0,0) ies, and acquisition, amortization, Note: Students using COM 204 and disposal of capital assets. as a prerequisite must have 3 CR / (4,0,0) spreadsheet experience. AECE 154 Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204 Guiding and Caring for Young ACC 152 BUS/UT 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) Children Accounting II The course provides students with A continuation of the introduction ACC 256 BUS/UT practical skills for use in early child- to fundamental accounting con- Management Accounting II hood education programs. Students create strategies and develop skills cepts and techniques. Topics include This course is a continuation of for showing care and guiding young partnership and corporation account- Management Accounting I. Some of children’s behaviour. Both main- ing, investments and shareholders’ the topics include variable costing, stream and traditional Aboriginal equity. The cash flow statement is budgeting, standard costs, overhead concepts of guidance are explored. studied, and financial analysis is analysis, transfer pricing, evaluat- Prerequisite: Admission to the Ab- introduced. The computer lab com- ing performance, relevant costs for original Early Childhood Education ponent provides an introduction to decision making, and capital budget-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 157

program child development is covered. with a “C” grade or higher 3 CR / (5,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Pre- 3 CR / (5,0,0) requisite: Admission to the Aboriginal AECE 156 Early Childhood Education program AECE 170 3 CR / (5,0,0) Program Planning I Observing and Recording This course prepares students to AECE 164 Children’s Behaviour evaluate and design early childhood This course encourages students to education programs for develop- Professional Interactions observe and record children’s behav- mentally appropriate practice and This course provides an opportunity iour in order to evaluate children’s holistic child development within for students to develop skills related developmental abilities and assess mainstream and Aboriginal contexts. to active listening, reflection, self-chal- their needs. Students will discuss the Topics covered include learning lenge, and appropriate self-disclosure. relationship between the seven major through play, developmentally appro- Students will develop skills in showing areas of development and Aborig- priate practice, anti-bias curriculum appreciation for and enjoyment of inal culture. This course provides development, and creating early others as well as being patient and students with the opportunity to use childhood education programs that professional. Students are expected mainstream theories and tradition- support diversity and inclusion. to articulate their personal values al Aboriginal beliefs to evaluate the Prerequisite: Admission to the Ab- and assess their own strengths and development of an individual child. original Early Childhood Education weaknesses as well as explore giving Students will have the opportunity to program and receiving constructive criticism. use an unbiased and non-judgmental 3 CR / (5,0,0) In addition, setting personal limits, approach to observing and recording exploring growth and change, and de- the development of young children. AECE 157 veloping skills in self-care are covered. Prerequisites: AECE 151, 161 Prerequisite: Admission to the Ab- 4 CR / (5,0,0) Historical Perspectives in Early original Early Childhood Education Childhood Education program This course prepares students to 3 CR / (5,0,0) AECE 172 create quality ECE experiences and Health Safety and Nutrition programs rooted in Aboriginal beliefs AECE 166 Students develop skills in creating and foundational theories of child healthy programs for young children. development. Topics covered in- Program Planning II Strong emphasis is placed on the clude the history, foundations, and This course provides students with use of universal precautions, illness philosophies of contemporary and experience in evaluating and de- prevention, modeling healthy behav- Aboriginal early childhood educa- signing early childhood education iours, and the inclusion of traditional tion programs as well as the con- programs to support the well-being Aboriginal foods in daily menus. temporary and historical role of the and inclusion of young children. Students gain basic understanding teacher in Aboriginal communities. Emphasis is placed on observa- of nutrition and traditional Aboriginal Prerequisite: Admission to the Ab- tion-based planning. Students explore medicine. The current and historic- original Early Childhood Education ways to create a supportive learning al role of social service agencies in program environment from both a main- Aboriginal communities is explored 3 CR / (5,0,0) stream and Aboriginal perspective. and community resources for fam- Prerequisites: AECE 151, 154, 156; all ilies and children are identified. AECE 161 with a “C” grade or higher Prerequisite: Admission to the pro- Prerequisite or Corequisite: AECE 161 gram Preschool and School-aged with a “C” grade or higher 3 CR / (5,0,0) Child Development 3 CR / (5,0,0) This course focuses on the growth and AECE 175 development of children aged three AECE 167 to eleven. Students who successfully Language and Literature in complete this course will have the Curriculum Development Early Childhood Education ability to apply knowledge of preschool This course focuses on developing, Through the use of quality Aboriginal and school-aged child development planning, and implementing activities and Canadian literature, this course to Aboriginal and mainstream ECE for young children and building skills focuses on promoting the develop- settings. Aboriginal beliefs and child within the student to ensure the needs ment of language and literacy in young rearing practices regarding children of individual children are being met. children. Students develop skills in aged three to 11 are explored. Issues Students explore topics such as pro- promoting language development, related to the development of children moting creativity within an Aboriginal providing a literacy-rich environment aged three to 11 are discussed from context, supporting play in culturally for young children, and recognizing the perspective of the Aboriginal sensitive programs, using appropriate the role of culture and first lan- community. Emphasis is placed on dialogue, and developing group times guage in language development. genetic and environmental factors that are inclusive of Aboriginal culture. Prerequisites: AECE 151, 161, and 167; that influence the holistic develop- Prerequisites: AECE 151 and 156 with all with a “C” grade or higher ment of the child. Foundational and a “C” grade or higher 3 CR / (5,0,0) contemporary research related to Prerequisite or Corequisite: AECE 161

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 158 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

AECE 177 4 CR / (9,0,120) of food production, settled life, and cities. Examples will be drawn from dif- Working with Families AECE 192 ferent cultures to explore these topics. This course provides an opportun- 3 CR / (3,0,0) ity for students to develop effective Practicum III culturally inclusive skills for use in This is the final practicum for the Ab-  working with children and families. original Early Childhood Education pro- ANTH 206 UT Students will explore the importance gram. Students are expected to pro- Medical Anthropology of valuing the diverse nature of families gressively take on more responsibility Medical anthropology considers the and promoting family involvement in in the third practicum. This practicum cultural and social aspects of the body, early childhood education programs. provides the students with experience health, and sickness within a cross-cul- The United Nations Convention on the in applying theory to practice. Students tural perspective. The course provides Rights of the Child will be discussed. take on the role of the early childhood an overview of the anthropological Prerequisite: Admission to the pro- educator while having the direction perspective on health and disease, gram and support of a sponsor teacher. This including an overview of theoretic- 3 CR / (5,0,0) course includes 200 hours in a practi- al perspectives. Topics include the cum setting plus 12 hours of practicum causations of illness, the differing roles AECE 190 seminar where students will reflect of health practitioners, the cultural upon their practicum experience. construction of mental illness, and Practicum I Prerequisites: AECE 170, 175, 177, 190, the globalization of health disparities. This is an introductory practicum to 191; all with a “C” grade or higher The course draws on examples from a the work of being an early childhood Prerequisite or Corequisite: AECE 172 variety of cultures to highlight and ex- educator. Emphasis is placed upon with a “C” grade or higher plore cultural constructions of illness. gaining the skills needed to become a 6 CR / (12,0,200) Prerequisite: ANTH 101 competent early childhood education 3 CR / (3,0,0) assistant while under the direction of ANTH...... a qualified supervisor. Students are  provided the opportunity to apply their ANTH 210 UT recent learning to the daily practice of Anthropological Perspectives on working in an early childhood educa- ANTH 101  UT “Pop”ular Culture tion setting. Students are expected to Introduction to The course will provide analytical take a hands-on approach to work- Socio-Cultural Anthropology and theoretical tools for the study ing with and caring for children in of contemporary cultural phenom- Sociocultural anthropologists examine their placement setting. This course ena using anthropological methods. social patterns and practices across includes 120 hours in a practicum Popular culture (film, television, music, cultures, with a special interest in how setting plus nine hours of practicum Internet, etc.) in modern nation-states people live in particular places and seminar where students will reflect will be examined to understand how create meaning. The goal of this course upon their practicum experience. popular culture shapes ideas of is to examine the diversity of existing Prerequisites: AECE 151, 154, 156, and culture and community. In addition, human cultures as well as provide 157; all with a “C” grade or higher the relationship between popular students with a basic understanding 4 CR / (9,0,120) culture and personal identity and of the fundamental concepts used by gender construction will be explored. sociocultural anthropologists. Topics Examples will be drawn from contem- AECE 191 include research methods, economic porary North American culture as well Practicum II systems, marriage, kinship, political as from countries around the world. systems, expressive culture, religion, This is an intermediate-level practicum. Prerequisite: ANTH 101 illness, and gender. Examples will be Students are expected to progres- 3 CR / (3,0,0) sively take on more responsibility in drawn from a variety of societies. the second practicum. Emphasis is 3 CR / (3,0,0) placed on demonstrating respect, ANTH 215 UT acceptance, an attitude of inclusion, ANTH 102 UT Qualitative Methods and professionalism. Students will Introduction to Physical This course introduces students to the supervise small and large groups of Anthropology and Archaeology basics of qualitative methods and is children and apply developmentally open to students outside of anthro- This course provides a broad introduc- appropriate guidance to children’s pology. Because qualitative research tion to two of anthropology’s sub-fields behaviours while under the direction is a multi-methods approach to the — physical anthropology and archae- of a qualified supervisor. This course study of social interactions, students ology with a focus on how these sub- includes 120 hours in a practicum are introduced to a variety of data col- fields work together. During this course setting plus nine hours of practicum lection techniques, such as participant you will examine topics such as the seminar where students will reflect observations, interviews, and focus anthropological perspective; fieldwork upon their practicum experience. groups. In addition, students learn how and research methods; evolutionary Prerequisites: AECE 161, 164, 166, 190; to write a research proposal as well as theory; living primates; hominid evolu- all with a “C” grade or higher how to analyze collected data. Ethical tion; archaic and modern Homo sapi- Prerequisite or Corequisite: AECE 167 conduct is emphasized in the course. ens; human variation; and the origins with a “C” grade or higher Prerequisite: One of ABST 100, ANTH

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 159

101, CRIM 101, SOC 101, or WMST 101 3 CR / (3,0,0) AUTO 115 3 CR / (3,0,0) Automotive Service Repair ANTH 250 UT Technician Foundation  ANTH 220 UT Classical Antiquities (Harmonized) Anthropology of Cross-Cultural Field School: Athens The Automotive Service Technician Conflict and Social Justice Field school participants will ex- course will train students to become This course explores anthropology’s perience a guided study of classical skilled technicians. Students de- role in understanding the connection antiquity in an international setting. velop preventative maintenance and between culture and crime, punish- This course focuses on the develop- repair skills, build an understanding ment, conflict, and social justice within ment of knowledge centered on three of steering and other vital systems, a globalized, multicultural context. main areas pertinent to anthropology: and learn to fulfill other industry Cross-cultural examples of conflict socio-cultural anthropological field needs. Not only is this course a and justice will highlight similarities work; archaeological field work; and great introduction to the automotive and differences between traditionally maintaining a field notebook. Addi- repair and service industry, but it “non-violent” societies and “com- tionally, through lectures and required will also create opportunities for plex violent” societies to explore readings, students will learn about apprenticeship positions in dealer- alternative justice resolutions. In history and how the Classical Antiquity ships, specialty repair shops, parts addition, cross-cultural case studies era influenced the modern Western departments, and as a service writer. will demonstrate the interconnected- world. Students may complete this This course includes a mandatory ness of culture and human rights. course more than once provided that off-site practical experience compon- Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or ABST 100 or the location and activities differ. ent. The scale of this component is ABST 101 Prerequisite: Minimum of 15 credits dependant on the state of the local 3 CR / (3,0,0) completed in Humanities and/or economy and community partnerships. Social (Total course hours 900) ANTH 225 UT Sciences programs (UT level); and Permission of the instructor. Introduction to Human AUTO 120 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) Prehistory Automotive Service Repair This course provides an introduction Technician Co -Op to the discipline of archaeology and APSC...... Co-operative education is a way for an overview of world prehistory. The students to graduate with relevant first section introduces the methods work experience and avoid the ‘no- and theories of archaeology while APSC 100 UT experience-no-job’ cycle. It provides the second section traces human Introduction to Engineering enhanced career decision-making, evolution through to the Neolithic This is a mandatory course for better workforce integration, and revolution. The third section covers aids students in finding employment. the rise of complex societies in the engineering students. The student is given an opportunity to meet Participation in a co-op program is Old World (Mesopotamia, Egypt, South generally associated with more favor- and East Asia, the Mediterranean, practicing engineers and discuss their areas of specialization. able labour market outcomes. Working Europe) and the New World (North with a placement coordinator, the 1 CR / (1,0,0) America, Mesoamerica, and the student will find a co-op work term. Andean region of South America). (Total course hours 80) Prerequisite: ANTH 102 APSC 120 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) Engineering Drawing AUTO 125 This is an introductory mechanical Automotive Service Repair ANTH 230 UT drafting and computer aided drafting Technician Advanced Gender and Culture course for those students who are interested in a degree in engineer- This course provides students with This course provides an anthropo- ing. Topics covered are orthographic the training needed to perform at a logical perspective to understandings projection, technical sketching, engin- level that is higher than an entry level of gender and sexuality providing a eering geometry, graphic solution of technician. It is designed to teach cross-cultural framework within which space and vector problems, azimuth proficiency in the areas of diagnostics to examine gender construction. and bearing problems, contour lines, and technology repair. This empha- Throughout this course, students have cutting planes and developments, sis on technology differs from the a chance to examine cross-cultural graphical integration and differentia- standard ITA 2nd year apprentice examples of sexuality and marriage tion, logarithmic graphs, and presenta- outline, in that the driveline/engine and are introduced to the concept tion of engineering data on graphs. repair items are not included in favor of third, fourth, and fifth genders. 3 CR / (2,3,0) of more electrical, networking system, Students are also introduced to how and emerging technology training. religion, language, and the body can (Total course hours 80) be gendered. Examples are drawn AUTO...... from foraging, horticultural, agri- cultural, and stratified societies. BIO...... Prerequisite: ANTH 101

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 160 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

BIO 050 Chemistry 11 or 045 will include several long-term investi- 3 CR / (3,1,0) gations, including laboratory experi- Provincial Preparatory Biology ments on organism–environmental A lab-oriented course dealing with BIO 107 UT relationships and optional field work. the basic elements of biology. The Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and emphasis will be placed on the Cellular and Organismal Biology Chemistry 11 or 045 study of cell biology, bioenerget- An introductory course emphasizing 3 CR / (3,3,0) ics, genetics and human biology. principles of wide applications to all Prerequisites: One of Biology 045, organisms, including cell structure and BIO 126 Biology 11, English 045, English 11 function, nutrition, energetics, and or equivalent or appropriate reading physiology and reproduction. Examples Anatomy and Physiology comprehension level as evaluated by are drawn from both the cellular and This is the first of three courses exam- a Academic Upgrading placement test. whole organism levels of organization. ining human structure and function. 0 CR (Total course hours 112) The laboratory will explore biological Students examine body systems and principles through a study of several relate them to nearby organs. Section- BIO 103 UT local ecosystems; field trips during al anatomy of the body is viewed clas- laboratory sessions will be mandatory. sically in axial, coronal & sagittal planes Biology for Humanities and Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and and with images from various imaging Social Science Students I Chemistry 11 or 045 modalities. Integration of physiology Biology 103 is a general biology 3 CR / (3,3,0) contributes to an understanding of course which introduces non-sci- structure, relationships among organs, ence students to basic scientific fundamental body processes and func- methods and concepts. This course BIO 111 UT tional imaging and clinical procedures. focuses on the fundamental unit of Human Anatomy and Physiology I Cell biology, homeostasis and examin- living things, the cell. A study of cell This course is the first half of a ation of the integumentary, musculo- structure and metabolism provides comprehensive survey of the struc- skeletal, pulmonary, cardiovascular and a basis for understanding the basics tures and functions of the human gastrointestinal systems is reviewed. of cancer, genetics, and gene tech- organ systems. Lecture topics include This course is restricted to students in nology. A variety of current gene cellular physiology, histology, and the Medical Radiography Technology technology applications is presented. studies of the integumentary, skel- program. 3 CR / (3,3,0) etal, nervous, and endocrine systems. Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, An extensive laboratory component MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, BIO 104 UT is included. This course is appro- PHYS 115, MRAD 111 priate for students who intend to 4 CR / (4,0,0) Biology for Humanities and enter Health Sciences programs. Social Science Students II Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or  Biology 104 is a general biology BIO 107; and Chemistry 11 or CHEM BIO 130 course which introduces non-science 045 Anatomy and Physiology students to basic scientific meth- 3 CR / (3,3,0) for Practical Nurse ods and concepts. The focus is on This course is an admission require- evolution and ecology. Students will ment for the Practical Nurse pro- develop the concept of an evolving BIO 112 UT Anatomy and Physiology II gram. This course gives an overview biosphere as a basis for exploring of the structure and function of ten the human place in the biosphere. This course is a continuation of Human body systems. It also encourages 3 CR / (3,3,0) Anatomy and Physiology I. It is de- various health promotion strat- signed to cover the anatomy and physi- egies that work toward the optimal BIO 105 UT ology of the muscular, cardiovascular, functioning of these systems. lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urin- Prerequisite: Biology 12 or BIO 050 Basic Microbiology ary, and reproductive systems. The em- 3 CR / (4,0,0) The basic principles of microbiology phasis is on the importance of homeo- are presented in this course, with stasis and how it is maintained by the an emphasis on the relevance of concerted functioning of body systems. BIO 170 these principles to human health. A laboratory component is included. Anatomy and Physiology for This course deals with studies of the Prerequisite: BIO 111 Sonography morphology, growth, and modes of 3 CR / (3,3,0) This course introduces the sonog- transmission of microorganisms. raphy student to the normal anat- Topics also include asepsis, immun- omy, physiology and imaging of the ology, chemotherapeutic drugs, and BIO 120 UT abdominal and pelvic cavities and epidemiology of infectious diseases. Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology superficial structures. Common An introductory course exploring Note: This course is primarily re- pathologies or anatomic variants topics in the mechanism of inherit- served for nursing students. Other are introduced. Students will ap- ance at the organismal and molecular UT students may take this course ply theoretical concepts from this levels, evidence for and mechanisms with permission from the instruct- course to simulations in the lab. of evolution, ecological relationships, or, subject to seating availability. Co-requisite: SONO 100, SONO 103, Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 050, and animal behaviour. The laboratory

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 161

SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, Prerequisite: BIO 205 DNA replication, gene expression, PHYS 170 Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 DNA repair, genomics, Mendelian and 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,3,0) non-Mendelian genetics. The labora- tory will include several long-term in- BIO 207 UT vestigations, many of which employ the BIO 201 UT use of the important model organism, Cell Structure Comparative Anatomy of Drosophila melanogaster. Experiments Beginning with experimental tech- Vertebrates include genetic mapping of drosophila niques, this course covers physical A systematic approach to the genes, population genetics, genome and chemical aspects of biological comparative anatomy of the ver- database searches/bioinformatics, structure in prokaryote and eukaryote tebrates. Organisms exhibiting a and human genome analysis. cells. Additional topics include cell variety of morphological advances Prerequisites: BIO 107, BIO 120, and events (mitosis, meiosis, and move- will be dissected in the laboratory. either CHEM 111 and 112 or CHEM ment) and correlations of structural Note: This course is offered on 113 and 114 diversity with functional specialization. the basis of demand. Students 3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120, CHEM interested in taking this course 111 and 112 or CHEM 113 and 114 should contact the Educational BIO 226 Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203 Administrator at 250-561-5815. Relational Anatomy and 3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 Physiology MRAD 3 3 CR / (3,3,0) This course studies the anatomy BIO 202 UT and physiology of the nervous, Introductory Biochemistry BIO 211 UT cardiovascular and cardiopulmon- An introductory biochemistry course Invertebrate Zoology ary systems. It examines sectional focusing on the chemical basis of life. A systematic treatment of the inverte- anatomy of the head, neck, brain, This course emphasizes the bio- brates following evolutionary trends circulatory system and spinal cord in chemistry and function of proteins, in form and function. A represent- axial, coronal and sagittal body planes. DNA, carbohydrates and lipids in ative selection of invertebrates will The cranial, thoracic and abdominal/ living systems. Other topics covered be examined in the laboratory. pelvic cavities are emphasized and include bioenergetics, properties sectional anatomy demonstrates Note: This course is offered on of enzymes, regulation of enzym- the relationships of the circulatory the basis of demand. Students atic activity, and current laboratory system to organs of the body and interested in taking this course technology used in the recovery extremities. Integration of physiol- should contact the Educational and analysis of DNA and proteins. ogy contributes to an understanding Administrator at 250-561-5815. Prerequisites: BIO 107 and BIO 120 of structure, relationships among Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 organs, body processes and function- 3 CR / (3,3,0) 3 CR / (3,3,0) al imaging and clinical procedures. Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, BIO 205 UT BIO 215 UT MRAD 237 Microbiology Corequisites: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, Introduction to Microbiology I MRAD 243, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, This course introduces students to A historical perspective of microbiol- MRAD 249, PHYS 225 the diversity of the microbial world ogy, followed by topics which include 3 CR / (3,0,0) through a basic taxonomical sur- a survey of the bacteria, bacterial vey of prokaryotes, eukaryotes, and cell structure in relation to its func- viruses with emphasis on prokaryotic BIO 230 tion, bacterial growth kinetics, and cell structure, growth and control, a survey of the lower protists. An Head and Neck Anatomy metabolism, and genetics. Students introduction to virology and bacterial This course presents the structural will also be introduced to the basic metabolism, including environmental and functional elements of the head principles involved in the microbiology factors which affect microbial growth and neck along with the relationship sub-disciplines of microbial ecology, and survival will also be presented. of these structures to the major industrial microbiology and medical Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 organ systems. Emphasis is placed on microbiology. The laboratory compon- application to dental hygiene practice. Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203 ent will require proficiency in the basic Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene 3 CR / (3,3,0) microbiology laboratory techniques. program Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, BIO 206 UT 3 CR / (3,3,0) DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, and Introduction to Microbiology II DHYG 225. This course will include an introduc- BIO 220 UT 3 CR / (1.5,1.5,0) tion to the genetics of bacteria and Introductory Genetics viruses; sporulation as a form of An introductory course exploring BIO 270 bacterial differentiation; immunology, the mechanism of inheritance at the Pathology and Oral Biology including both antibody and cellular cellular and molecular levels. Topics This course provides the learner responses to antigen, and an analy- include the chemical nature of DNA, sis of host–parasite relationships. with basic information for general

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 162 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

pathology, general and oral facial this, the student will learn how to security and database maintenance. histology, and embryology featur- calculate the required adjustments Prerequisite: BOOK 113 with a min- ing the development of the soft and for bad debts, prepaid expenses, imum grade of “B” hard tissues of the oral cavity. depreciation on fixed assets, inven- 1.5 CR / (Total course hourse 24) Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, tory valuations and unearned rent. DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, The student will then prepare an BOOK 115 DHYG 225 and BIO 230. eight column worksheet and post all Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, the year end adjustments, thereby Payroll DHYG 275 , DHYG 280, DHYG 285 creating the adjusted balances which This course takes an in-depth look at AND DHYG 290. are used to prepare the year end payroll concepts and builds on the 3 CR / (4,0,0) financial statements. Once completed, payroll knowledge gained in Inter- they will then review the procedures mediate Bookkeeping. The rules and for closing the books at year end. regulations regarding payroll are very BOOK...... Prerequisite: BOOK 103 with a min- detailed and prescriptive. The stu- imum grade of “B” dents will learn how to account for 2 CR / (Total course hourse 33) various pay structures as well as how BOOK 101 to deal with special deductions for Fundamentals of Bookkeeping BOOK 108 RRSP, pension, family maintenance and employee benefits. The course This course introduces students to the Excel for Bookkeepers will also cover the detailed statutory bookkeeping profession and will focus Excel is a powerful tool that is perfectly regulations regarding taxable benefits on theory and practical application. designed to facilitate the account- and year end compliance reporting. Students will be provided with learning ing function for small businesses. Prerequisite: BOOK 105 with a min- experiences for developing skills to The synoptic journal is an effective imum grade of “B” understand how a company’s financial option for small businesses without 2 CR / (Total course hours 33) records are set up. Students are intro- too many transactions. Students duced to the accounting cycle, begin- learn to use a synoptic journal that ning with basic concepts including the replaces the general journal and all BUS...... accounting equation and terminology. the special journals. It is similar to They will then advance to analyzing an accounting worksheet and is ideal transactions, journalizing and posting for an Excel environment. Through to special journals and general ledgers. BUS 250 the use of a case study, students are 2 CR / (5.5,0,0) International Work Experience taken through the full accounting Participants will experience a hosted, cycle from the inception of a business active field study of business practices BOOK 103 to the yearend financial statement. in an international setting. The field Prerequisite: BOOK 105 with a min- Intermediate Bookkeeping study will focus on business practices, imum grade of “B” This course continues the accounting socio-cultural context, and communica- 2 CR / (Total course hourse 33) cycle, taking the student through the tions within the host country as related cash section of the balance sheets, to key business sectors. Participants including petty cash transactions and BOOK 113 will examine a diversity of business bank reconciliations. We then explore Computerized Bookkeeping – practices including the perspectives of the intricate workings of the payroll Level 1 local entrepreneurs within the retail, system, starting with basic gross wage finance, transportation, and communi- This course features a full Hands-on calculations, statutory deductions cations sectors. Key to the experience lab where students will learn how to and concluding with the journalizing will be extended interaction between use accounting software. Modules and posting of the payroll trans- CNC participants and host partner discussed include General Ledg- actions. The student then moves on students and professionals in Business er, Accounts Receivable, Accounts to the statutory tax section detailing and International Relations programs. Payable, Banking and Reporting. the rules and regulations involved Prerequisites: Prior completion of 15 Prerequisite: BOOK 101 with a min- with the collection and remittance of credits recognized by CNC’s Business imum grade of “B” GST/HST. The inter-provincial rules or Commerce programs 1.5 CR / (Total course hourse 24) for GST/HST as well as the potential 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) PST issues will also be addressed. Prerequisite: BOOK 101 with a min- BOOK 114 BUS 251 imum grade of “B” Computerized Bookkeeping – Work Experience 2 CR / (Total course hourse 33) Level 2 The participants (interns) will get This course follows Level 1 and BOOK 105 the opportunity to put into practice features a full hands-on lab where ideas and concepts learned in the Advanced Bookkeeping students will learn how to use classroom setting. The interns will be Advanced Bookkeeping continues accounting software. Modules and hosted by a Canadian business entity. with a focus on adjusting the balance features discussed include Payroll, The areas of focus will be Canadian sheet to accurately reflect balance Inventory, Time & Billing, Budgeting, business practices, corporate culture, at the fiscal year end. To accomplish Projects, and Departments, advanced socio-culture and communications. reporting, multicurrency, year end,

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 163

Interns will experience and examine the student to the basics of cleaning general Canadian business practices in a camp situation. Topics covered CARP...... in addition to the specific corpor- include laundry, cleaning bathrooms, ate culture of the host organization private rooms, and communal spac- with which they will be interning. es, various types of floor surfaces, CARP 115 The learning opportunities could be dust control, and making beds. Carpenter Foundation Program through selected lectures, on-the- Pre/Co-requisite: CAMP 105 (Harmonized) job activities and field trips along (60 total course hours) This course covers a description with interaction with co-workers and of the carpentry trade; safe work other professionals within a Can- CAMP 120 practices; interpreting drawings and adian business setting. Interns will be Basic Food Preparation specifications; identifying materials; exposed to different leadership styles hand tools; portable power tools; within an organization. In addition, The Basic Food Preparation course shop equipment; survey instru- interns will examine the diversity will provide students with theory and ments; site layouts; building concrete of business practices including the hands-on training to work as en- framework; basic stair construction; perspectives of local entrepreneurs try-level camp cooks. Focus will be on and framing residential housing. within the retail, finance, transporta- developing practical cooking skills and tion and communications sectors. supplemented with introductory-level This course includes a mandatory off-site practical experience compon- Prerequisites: Prior completion of 15 theory. The development of positive ent. The scale of this component is credits recognized by CNC’s Business work habits and professionalism will be or Commerce programs emphasized. The course will consist of dependant on the state of the local economy and community partnerships. 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) both theory and practical experience. Upon successful completion, students (420 total course hours) will have a working knowledge of CAMP...... station set up, prepping food, cook- CASS...... ing, cleaning, stocking, and maintain- ing standard industry practices. Note: CASS courses are restrict- Pre/Co-requisite: CAMP 105 CAMP 105 ed to students in the CASS pro- (220 total course hours) Introduction to Camp Procedures grams (Community Support Work- The Introduction to Camp Procedures er, and Education Assistant). course introduces students to the CAMP 125 general operations of a work camp. Developing Career Readiness CASS 110  Topics include customer service, Skills scheduling protocols, emergency Communication Skills The Developing Career Readiness procedures, ordering procedures Effective, ethical communication is the Skills course will provide the student and an overview of safety including foundation of human service prac- the skills to obtain employment. practice writing job hazard assess- tice. CASS 110 helps human service Topics such as resumes and cov- ments and running safety meetings. paraprofessionals to develop this er letters, interview skills, and job (20 total course hours) foundation. Topics examined in the search skills will be discussed. course include perception of self and (30 total course hours) others, verbal and non-verbal com- CAMP 110 munication, conflict management, Practical Camp & Catering CAMP 130 communication in work relationships, Essential Skills Work Experience and effective participation in groups Practical Camp & Catering Essen- and teams. Consideration is also given The Camp Catering Work Experience tial Skills course will introduce the to the influence of disability, gender, will allow students to apply the skills students to the 9 Essential Skills as and culture on communication. and knowledge they have acquired outlined by the Government of Can- 3 CR (3,0,0) in the classroom during the Camp & ada. These include reading, writing, Catering Associate Certificate program. document use, numeracy, comput- Work experiences will be researched CASS 120  er, and digital skills, thinking skills, and chosen by the learner and Human Diversity: continuous learning, oral communi- scheduled for no less than 60 hours cation, and working with others. The A Disability Perspective with preferable locations being in a student will have the opportunity Human development takes many camp environment. Evaluations will be to practice these skills as it relates diverse paths. CASS 120 examines completed by the learner, the instruc- to the Camp & Catering program. disability as one expression of this tor, and the preceptor/supervisor. (40 total course hours) richness. The common categories Note 1: Drug/Alcohol testing of disability are surveyed within and criminal record searches the context of the person and their CAMP 115 may be required at worksites. cultural, social and physical environ- Camp Housekeeping and Room Prerequisite: CAMP 105, CAMP 110, ments. Students will also explore Maintenance CAMP 115, CAMP 120, CAMP 125 how disability is viewed and valued The Camp Housekeeping and Room (60 total course hours) in Canada, as well as some current Maintenance course will introduce examples of disability culture.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 164 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (0,3,0) CASS 195 Education Assistant Practicum   CASS 130 CASS 160 CASS 195 is a school based prac- Ethical Foundations of Practice Physical Care/Health & Wellness ticum. It is an opportunity for stu- In CASS 130, you will evaluate the Developing and maintaining good dents to integrate and apply skills, relationship between your personal health and wellness practices for attitudes, and knowledge learned in and professional values, adopt a code ourselves and the people we support coursework. Students work under the of professional ethics to guide conduct is the focus of this course. Emphasis supervision of a classroom teacher in the workplace, and develop an ap- is given to providing personal care in or other school personnel, assisting proach to ethical decision-making. You the most dignified and least intru- in the classroom as directed. Practi- will identify the ethical issues raised in sive ways possible. Topics covered in cum students complete a variety of a variety of short case studies, evaluate the course include good mental and assignments and journal exercises options for resolution, and make clear physical health, personal hygiene, Prerequisite: All of the following: CASS arguments for decisions made. The eating and nutrition, body mechanics, 110, CASS 120, CASS 130, CASS140, course also reviews law relevant to hu- lifting and transferring, and medica- CASS145, CASS150, and CASS 180 man service work in British Columbia. tion safety, as well as the impact of Note: BC Solicitor General/ Public 3 CR (3,0,0) drugs and alcohol, stress manage- Safety Criminal Records Check for Chil- ment and the challenges of aging. dren & Vulnerable Adults is required. CASS 140  3 CR / (0,3,0) 4 CR / (3,0,6) Positive Approaches to Teaching  and Learning Part I CASS 180 CESS...... This course introduces learners to Supporting Literacy in Diverse strategies for teaching new skills and Populations addressing challenging behaviors. This CASS 180 introduces Education CESS 151 course intends to provide a thorough Assistants and Community Support Management Skills for exposure to training principles and Workers to the basic skills, knowledge, Supervisors: Interpersonal procedures while alerting the learner and attitudes necessary for supporting to ethical concerns when using these literacy learning in classroom and Communication Skills and strategies. Learners are expected community settings. This course intro- Conflict Resolution to demonstrate reading and writing duces a wide variety of practical and In this four-day session, you’ll learn skills appropriate for the work place positive ways that Education Assistants how to give and receive effective and entry-level college courses. and Community Support Workers feedback that will help resolve even 3 CR (3,0,0) can support diverse learners, espe- the most difficult situations. You’ll cially learners with communication, also learn how to create a supportive CASS 145  auditory, visual or other challenges. communication climate for one-to-one 3 CR / (0,3,0) problem solving discussions, whether Positive Approaches to Teaching it’s with a fellow employee, colleague, and Learning Part II CASS 190 or boss. Topics of discussion will focus A continuation of CASS 140, this on identification and prevention of course builds on the introduction to Community Support win/lose situations before they begin; behavior change. Successful stu- Worker Practicum six rules to developing a supportive dents will expand their knowledge CASS 190 is a community-based prac- work climate; three essential skills on developing and implementing ticum. It is an opportunity for students to help resolve all interpersonal procedures of behavior change to to integrate and apply skills, attitudes conflict; understanding why people enhance the quality of life of individ- and knowledge learned in prerequisite do the things they do; how you can uals with developmental disabilities. course work. The practicum’s form turn all conflict into co-operation. Prerequisite: CASS 140 will depend on the student’s interests (Total course hours 26) 3 CR (3,0,0) and previous experience working with people with developmental disabil- CHEM...... CASS 150  ities in community settings. Examples range from student self-directed Life Planning & Support Systems service learning projects to “block” In this course, life planning is pre- placements with a service agency. All CHEM 045 sented as a process that values and practicum students complete a variety Advanced Preparatory Chemistry empowers individuals and their families. of assignments, journal exercises and This course covers such topics as Several person-centered methods to participate in a weekly activities. assess needs, make decisions, act, and measurement, states of matter, com- Prerequisite: All of the following: CASS position of matter, structure of the evaluate are discussed. The course 110, CASS 120 CASS 130, CASS 140, atom, periodic table, bonding, naming also surveys a variety of formal (e.g., CASS 145, CASS 150 and CASS 180 education, social service) systems compounds, formula writing, mole Note: BC Solicitor General/Public and informal (e.g., family) networks and composition problems, equa- that support individuals with disabil- Safety Criminal Record Check for Chil- tions and calculations, solutions, and ities in fulfilling their life dreams. dren & Vulnerable Adults is required. introductory organic chemistry. Lab 4 CR / (3,0,6)

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 165 work is an integral part of this course. 3 CR / (3,3,0) CHEM 203 UT Prerequisite: One of the following Organic Chemistry I Foundations Math 11 or Pre-Calculus CHEM 113 UT 11 taken within the last two years. The course provides an introduction Introduction to Chemistry I or to organic chemistry. A survey of Prerequisite/co-requisite: Math 044 This course is primarily intended structure and reactivity for the major or Math 045 taken within the last two for students without a Chemistry 12 functional groups is followed by an years or as evaluated by the ACDU equivalent prerequisite. Topics covered introduction to analysis and structure placement test. include stoichiometry, solutions, the determination using nuclear magnetic 0 CR / (Total course hours 120) electronic structure of atoms, trends resonance (NMR) and infrared (IR) of the periodic table, modern bond- spectroscopy. A major topic on chirality ing theories, intermolecular forces and conformational analysis is includ- CHEM 050 and organic chemistry. Students ed. Laboratory experience includes an Provincial Preparatory Chemistry who take this course cannot take introduction to synthetic methods. This course covers such topics as gas CHEM 111 for additional credit. Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 113 laws, liquids and solids, energy and Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 3 CR / (3,3,0) changes of state, water reactions, 045 and Foundations of Math 11 or solutions, acids, bases, and salts, Pre-calculus 11 or MATH 045 CHEM 204 UT oxidation-reduction reactions, electro- 3 CR / (4,3,0) Organic Chemistry II chemistry; reaction rates and chemical equilibria and organic chemistry. Lab CHEM 114 UT Mechanism and synthesis are dis- work is an integral part of the course. cussed as central themes in organ- Introduction to Chemistry II Prerequisites: CHEM 045 or Chemistry ic chemistry. This course surveys 11 completed within last three years This course, together with CHEM substitution, addition, elimination, and one of MATH 044, MATH 045, 113, provides credit for first-year rearrangement, and oxidation reduc- or Pre-calculus Math 11 completed university chemistry. Topics covered tion reactions for the functional groups within the last year, or appropriate include thermochemistry and chemical introduced in CHEM 203. Additional math level as evaluated by a Academic thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, topics in carbonyl and carbohydrate Upgrading placement test. properties of solutions, solution chemistry are included. Laboratory 0 CR / (Total course hours 112) stoichiometry and aqueous equilib- experiments provide experience in ria, chemical equilibrium, acid-base contemporary synthetic methods. CHEM 111 UT equilibrium, and electrochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 Students who take this course cannot 3 CR / (3,3,0) Fundamentals of Chemistry I take CHEM 112 for additional credit. This course is designed for students Prerequisite: CHEM 113 CHEM 205 UT who have taken a Chemistry 12 equiv- 3 CR / (4,3,0) alent course within the past 2 years. Introduction to Analytical Topics covered include the electronic CHEM 201 UT Chemistry structure of atoms, trends of the peri- This one semester course is an odic table, modern bonding theories, Physical Chemistry introduction to the principles and intermolecular forces and organic This course, a survey of physical chem- techniques of quantitative chemical chemistry. A strong understanding istry, is suitable for students majoring analysis. Emphasis is placed on solu- of stoichiometry is recommended. in science programs such as chemistry, tion equilibria (involved in acid-base, Students who take this course cannot physics, biology and pharmacy. The oxidation-reduction, complex for- take CHEM 113 for additional credit. course comprises a discussion of the mation and precipitation reactions), Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM laws of thermodynamics followed by a statistical treatment of chemical data, 050 and Pre-Calculus 12 or MATH 100 treatment of the equilibrium thermo- potentiometric, spectrophotometric or MATH 050 dynamics of gases and solutions. and chromatographic methods. An 3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or 114 integral part of this course is analysis 3 CR / (3,3,0) (organic, inorganic and environmental). CHEM 112 UT Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or CHEM 114 3 CR / (3,3,0) Fundamentals of Chemistry II CHEM 202 UT Together with CHEM 111, this course Inorganic and Coordination provides credit for first-year uni- Chemistry CIS ...... versity chemistry. Topics covered With CHEM 201, this course forms include thermochemistry and chem- a second year chemistry course ical thermodynamics, properties of for science major students. The CIS 165 BUS/UT solutions, solution stoichiometry structure, bonding, and proper- Business Information Systems and aqueous equilibria, chemical ties of transition metal and other equilibrium, acid-base equilibrium, complexes are discussed. Students examine the evolving concep- tual framework of business information electrochemistry and reaction kinetics. Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 113 systems, the application of information Students who take this course cannot 3 CR / (3,3,0) take CHEM 114 for additional credit. system processes supporting current Prerequisite: CHEM 111 and emerging business strategies,

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 166 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

and the development of new busi- component is included in this course. of soils, steel reinforcement, asphalt ness information systems. Through Prerequisite: CIVE 110, MATH 180 mix design, and pavement data col- selective hands-on processes, students Co-requisite: MATH 185 lection and assessment techniques. acquire skills required to support the 3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisite: CIVE 140 problem-solving processes involved in 3 CR / (2,3,0) business information system develop- CIVE 125 ment, acquisition and implementation. CIVE 155 Students will demonstrate proficiency Digital Design and Drafting II in emerging cross-platform, web-based This course explores the relationship Surveying II processes in addition to traditional This course is a continuation of CIVE This course expands on knowledge office applications. The term project 120, Digital Design and Drafting I. gained in CIVE 150, Surveying I, and in- will result in an integration of the Students will continue to develop skills troduces students to additional survey- conceptual framework of management using computer-aided design (CAD) ing methods. Topics covered include information systems with the challenge programs, with emphasis on advanced measurement and calculation, simple of systems development. Interdisci- features. Students will create three-di- plane surveying, calculating and adjust- plinary discussions will prepare the mensional models using wire meshes, ments, levelling, curves, cross-sections student for further studies within core surfaces, and solid models. CAD skills and plans, volume calculations and specialties within the business sectors. will be augmented with software that detail survey. Students will apply the 3 CR / (3,3,0) streamlines 3D design and support- required surveying skills to complete ing documentation. Additional topics road, building, and elevation layout. include plans, elevations, sections, Prerequisite: CIVE 150 CIVE...... bill of materials, and schedule of 3 CR / (2.5,2.5,0) quantities. Geographic Information *Course descriptions for CIVE Systems (GIS) applications to civil CIVE 210 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 200, engineering will also be introduced. 220, 240, 250 and 270 to come at Prerequisite: CIVE 120 Structural Design I later date. 2 CR / (1,2,0) This course explores the basic con- cepts of structural design in accor- dance with national and provincial CIVE 105 CIVE 135 building codes. Students will learn the Professionalism in the Workplace Hydraulics structural design process and how to This course explores skills required for This course explores fluid flow in pipes design wood structural elements. Spe- success in a civil engineering technol- and open channels. Students will cific topics include limit states design, ogy career. Topics covered include improve their understanding of fluid dead loads, occupancy loads, snow goal setting, interviewing, communi- properties, hydrostatic pressure and loads, wind loads, load paths, wood cation, listening skills, teambuilding, hydrostatic forces before applying their tension members, wood columns, personality types, critical thinking and knowledge to pipe systems. Students wood beams, and wood connections. conflict prevention and resolution. will learn to design pipe-pump systems Prerequisite: CIVE 115 Students will prepare a Curriculum by applying their knowledge of continu- 3 CR / (2,2,0) Vitae (CV) and learn how to market ity, Bernoulli’s equations, energy grade themselves. Diversity and equality, lines, head losses, pump characteris- CIVE 215 personal rights relating to violence tics, network analysis, pipe forces and and harassment, health and safety costs. Open channel design concepts Structural Design II procedures and professional ethics will will include the Manning equation, This course is a continuation of the be emphasized throughout the course. energy principles, chokes, varied flow content in CIVE 210, Structural Design Prerequisite: CIVE 100, ENGL 113 profiles and control structures. I. Students will further their under- 2 CR / (1.5,0,0) Prerequisite: CIVE 130, MATH 180 standing of structural analysis by ap- 3 CR / (3,2.5,0) plying concepts to structural members made of steel and reinforced concrete. CIVE 115 Specific topics include structural inde- Mechanics of Materials CIVE 145 terminacy, qualitative analysis, design This course explores the relationship Construction Materials II of steel structures (tension members, between applied loads and material This course expands on knowledge columns, beams and beam-columns), stresses and strains with a focus on gained in CIVE 140, Construction Mate- and design of concrete structures those developed in common structural rials I, and introduces students to basic (beams, one-way slabs, columns, elements. Students will develop their geotechnical design principles, and footings and retaining walls). knowledge in the following topics: mixing and testing of concrete and as- Prerequisite: CIVE 210 concepts of stress and strain, material phalt. Through lectures and laboratory 3 CR / (2.5,3.5,0) testing, allowable stresses and factors sessions, students learn the influence of safety, analysis of statically determi- of geology on soils, cement types, con- CIVE 235 nate and indeterminate axially loaded crete properties, batching to finishing bars, thermal stresses, moments of techniques, compressive strength, Water and Waste Management inertia, beam stresses and deflections, quality control, and inspection re- This course explores remote and column buckling, stress transforma- quirements. Additional topics covered rural water supply, wastewater and tions and Mohr's circle. A laboratory include consolidation and shear testing solid waste management. Through

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 167

lectures, case studies and field trips, intersections, parking, pedestrian course covers the software require- students will learn about reser- and bicycle facility requirements, and ments of the A+ Certification program. voirs and dams, safe drinking water, crash analysis using historical data. 3 CR / (2,3,0) common contaminants, purification Prerequisite: CIVE 155, CIVE 240 requirements, soil erosion, sediment Co-requisite: CIVE 255 CNET 253 control, wastewater treatment, solid 2 CR / (2,1,0) and hazardous waste, and engineered Computer Hardware I landfills. The impacts of water waste This is a lecture/lab course that and solid waste on the environment CIVE 275 covers the detailed operation of a will be a focus throughout the course. Project and Construction microcomputer, its subcomponents, Prerequisite: CIVE 200 Management II and the interaction of software and 3 CR / (4,0,0) This course expands on knowledge hardware. Topics include microcom- gained in CIVE 270, Project and Con- puter design, architecture of a typical CIVE 245 struction Management I, and students microcomputer system, memory and will further their understanding of bus structures, interfacing hardware Land Development managing a civil engineering proj- (loading and timing considerations), This course explores the concepts of ect. Topics covered include project I/O techniques, systems interrupts, land development and the application planning, interpreting construction memory systems and hardware, serial of industry-standard software to pre- drawings, take-offs, scope manage- and parallel ports, video control and pare engineering plans. Topics covered ment, coordination and communica- monitors, disk drive operations, and include property rights and ownership, tion, and inspection. Students will learn installation and configuration of the the consultation process, subdivision about critical path analysis, scheduling BIOS and operating systems. The requirements, survey types and legal the construction process, cost control, course covers the hardware require- constraints, drawing templates, surface and documentation procedures. ments of the A+ Certification program. analysis, and collection, interpreta- Construction safety and security will be 3 CR / (2,3,0) tion and use of field and digital data. emphasized throughout the course. Students will complete a land de- Prerequisite: CIVE 270 CNET 265 velopment project drawing package 3 CR / (2,2,0) that meets municipal standards. Advanced Topics Prerequisite: CIVE 200 This is a lecture/lab course that 2 CR / (1.5,2.5,0) CIVE 295 covers the fundamentals of Win- Industry Project dows 7 installation, configuration, CIVE 255 This course provides students with optimizing troubleshooting, etc. the opportunity to work as a team to The emphasis is on computer work- Municipal Design II plan and execute a civil engineering station and mobile computers. This course expands on knowledge design project. Students will work with Note: Other topics will also be covered. gained in CIVE 250, Municipal Design a faculty advisor to complete their proj- Prerequisites: CNET 252 and 253 I. Students will prepare an indus- ect on schedule and to an appropriate 3 CR / (2,3,0) try-standard engineering package, industry standard. The formal written including plan and profile drawings report will be submitted in conjunction CNET 266 detailing utility servicing, for a resi- with ENGL 252, Technical Writing and dential subdivision. Topics covered Communication, and teams will pres- Data Cable Installation include site preparation, utility sizing ent their findings to faculty and peers. Data Cable Installation is an integrat- and alignment, site drainage, cul- Prerequisite: CIVE 200, CIVE 210, CIVE ed lab-based course which teaches vert analysis and erosion protection, 220, CIVE 240, CIVE 250, CIVE 260, CIVE the concepts behind cabling stan- and domestic water and fire pro- 270, ENGL 229 dards, and the tasks required of a tection criteria. Use of local bylaws Co-requisite: ENGL 252 certified cable installer. The course and applicable guidelines will be 3 CR / (4,0,0) will also prepare students for indus- a focus throughout the course try-standard certification exams. Prerequisite: CIVE 240, CIVE 250 3 CR / (2,3,0) 3 CR / (2.5,2.5,0) CNET...... CNET 267 CIVE 260 CNET 252 Microsoft Network Software Traffic Planning Operating Systems This lecture/lab course deals with the This course explores the fundamentals installation, configuration, and trouble- of traffic planning in an urban setting. This is a lecture/lab course that covers shooting of a Microsoft server. It will Students learn about data collection the fundamentals of the microcom- simulate wide area and local networks techniques, analysis of traffic patterns, puter operating system, BIOS, and the using a current version of Microsoft’s roadway and intersection capacity lim- relationship between software and Server operating system, with ad- its and layout, and preparation of traf- hardware. Topics include function, vanced network concepts targeting fic management plans. Topics covered installation, configuration, diagnostics, layout, installation, and troubleshoot- include traffic control devices, signal troubleshooting, optimization, and ing. Topics include security, firewall, timing, impacts from development, sig- operation. Emphasis is on computer industrial networks, data highways, nalized, unsignalized and roundabout workstation operating systems. The and site-specific disaster recovery.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 168 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Prerequisite: CNET 252 End-User Microsoft Office Suite: Word COM 204 BUS/UT 3 CR / (3,3,0) 2010, Excel 2010 and Outlook 2010. (PowerPoint 2010 will be covered Financial Accounting CNET 269 in another course). Topics include Introduction to accounting proced- function, configuration, troubleshoot- ures, principles and financial state- Linux Network Software ing, optimization and operation. The ment preparation, and the analysis This lecture/lab course deals with emphasis is on computer workstation of accounting information for busi- the configuration, installation, and settings and supporting the end-user. ness decision-making. Emphasis is troubleshooting of a Linux serv- This course is designed for IT tech- on accounting policies and generally er, simulating wide area and local nicians to support office users. The accepted accounting principles. networks using a current version of course will cover the requirements 3 CR / (3,2,0) Linux’s network operating system. of the Microsoft Office Specialist Advanced network concepts will target (MOS) exam in each of the three COM 212 BUS/UT layout, installation, and troubleshoot- business applications listed above. Managerial Accounting ing. Topics include security, firewalls, 3 CR / (2,3,0) industrial networks, data highways, Com 212 is an introduction of cost ac- and site-specific disaster recovery. CNET 285 counting techniques and practices and Prerequisite: CNET 252 how they are used by business entities. 3 CR / (3,3,0) Technical Documentation Students will also become familiarized and Project Skills with the use of accounting information CNET 276 In a technical field, employers require in the planning and control process- their employees to have a sound es. Students will also be introduced CCNA Introduction to Networks understanding of business communi- to the use of cost accounting data in The CCNA (Cisco Certified Network cations, presentations and proper making business decisions. Develop- Associate) Routing and Switching documentation. In this course, the ment of skills in the areas of judgment, introductory courses introduce the student will learn to communicate analysis, evaluation and application architecture, structure, functions, com- clearly through the study of technical will be a key aspect of this course. ponents, and models of the Internet writing, comprehension and docu- Prerequisite: COM 204 or ACC 152 and other computer networks. The mentation procedures using Microsoft 3 CR / (3,2,0) principles and structure of IP address- Word, Excel, Outlook and PowerPoint. ing and the fundamentals of ethernet This will allow for the development COM 222 BUS/UT concepts, media, and operations are of the skills needed to create and Management and introduced to provide a foundation for edit technical documents, as well the curriculum. By the end of either as present technical information Organizational Behaviour course, students will be able to build to peers and nontechnical groups. Information extracted from various simple LANs, perform basic configur- Using project planning software, the areas of psychology (social, industrial/ ations for routers and switches, and students will develop skills to plan organizational) and management will implement IP addressing schemes. projects and proposals based on client be utilized to study the nature of work, 3 CR / (2,3,0) information and blueprints provided. people, and organizations. Topics Prerequisite: CNET 280 with a grade of include leadership, motivation, group CNET 277 “C+” or higher dynamics, communication, Japanese 3 CR / (2,3,0) management, job design, organiza- Routing and Switching Essentials tional design, organizational culture, This course describes the architecture, organizational development, stress, components, and operations of rout- COM...... and time management. Organiza- ers and switches in a small network. tional behaviour and its impact on Students learn how to configure a management is examined through router and a switch for basic func- COM 100 BUS/UT lecture, discussion, case analyses, and tionality. By the end of this course, practical applications of the material. Fundamentals of Business students will be able to configure and 3 CR / (3,0,0) troubleshoot routers and switches and The student examines a broad over- view of the Canadian business system resolve common issues with RIPv1, COM 288 BUS/UT RIPv2, single-area and multi-area OSPF, — how it functions and how it relates virtual LANs, and inter-VLAN routing to specific areas such as marketing, Introduction to Management in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. production, finance, and human re- Science Prerequisite: CNET 276 sources. The student gains specific in- Management science involves the use 3 CR / (2,3,0) sights into actual business operations of quantitative models to investigate and some of the major areas of con- and resolve management problems. cern regarding the role of business in CNET 280 Some examples of these problems society including globalization, corpor- are how to minimize production costs MS Office Software End-User ate social responsibility, entrepreneur- without sacrificing quality, how to Certification for IT Professionals ship, and small business development. best estimate the time it will take to Supporting Users Prerequisite: Admission into the complete a complex project, how to program This is a lecture/lab course that set up an effective inventory order covers the fundamentals of the 3 CR / (3,0,0) system, and how to evaluate market-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 169

ing strategies. Topics include deci- processing, spreadsheets, database detail. The processing and treatment of sion theory, inventory models, linear management, graphics and presenta- offenders in Canada will be evaluated programming, risk analysis, transpor- tion software. Supporting­ discussions in terms of fairness and effectiveness. tation problems, simulation, networks, include introductory theory of comput- 3 CR / (3,0,0) waiting lines, and Markov analysis. er architecture, hardware, software, The prerequisites and corequisites are networks, and computer use in society. CRIM 106 UT consistent with the requirements for Prerequisites: English 030 or English Sociological Explanations transferring credits to UNBC or TRU. 10 and one of Math 030, Principles of Crime and Deviance Prerequisites: MATH 157 or MATH of Math 10, Foundations of Math and 104; and MATH 103 or MATH 204; and Pre-Calculus 10 or Computers 030; or The major sociological perspectives MATH 101 or MATH 105 appropriate reading and math levels and theories are presented and as evaluated by a Academic Upgrading Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECON 101 applied to various types of crimes placement test. or ECON 201 and deviance. The assumptions, 0 CR / (Total course hours 68) 3 CR / (2,1,0) consistency, and completeness of these accounts will be critically assessed. Findings for and against COMP...... CRIM...... these theories are evaluated. Final- ly, the practical implications­ of these approaches are discussed. COMP 020 CRIM 101 UT Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 or 103 Basic Computer Studies Introduction to Criminology This course is an introduction to the 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course is designed primarily for interdisciplinary subject of crimin- students with little or no computer ex- ology. The topics explored include perience. Students will learn essential CRIM 135 UT a historical analysis of the develop- computer concepts and terminology, Introduction to Canadian Law ment of criminology as a scientific including the theory of computer and Legal Institutions discipline, its methods of analysis, architecture, hardware, software, and and the various theoretical explana- This course provides a general intro- networks. Through hands-on experi- tions for crime, criminality, and social duction to the fundamental and com- ence, students will acquire skills with control. The course also focuses on peting principles of jurisprudence and computer applications such as word current issues related to crime and to the basic legal institutions of Can- processing (Word) and the Internet. the administration of criminal justice. ada. The course is designed to prepare 0 CR / (Total course hours 68) 3 CR / (3,0,0) students for those law and law-related courses offered within the Department of Criminology and will consider the COMP 030 CRIM 102 UT Intermediate Computer Studies history of Canadian law, the develop- Psychology of Criminal ment of the Canadian constitution, the Computer Studies 030 builds on the and Deviant Behaviour system of Canadian courts, and the skills acquired in Computer Studies roles and responsibilities of members 020. Students will learn essential This course examines various theor- etical approaches to the psychology of the legal profession. In addition, the computer concepts and terminology, course considers the nature of legal including the theory of computer of criminal and deviant behaviour. It commences with historical perspec- reasoning, the doctrine of precedent, architecture, hardware, software, and principles of statutory interpretation, networks. Through hands-on experi- tives that are based upon internal, biological contracts and progresses and will also introduce the fields of ence, students will acquire skills with contract, torts, administrative law, and computer applications such as the through the psychoanalytical and type theories to a social learning perspec- family law. The course also examines Windows operating system, word the process of law reform in Canada. processing (Word), spreadsheets tive including the social–structural 3 CR / (3,0,0) (Excel), keyboarding, and electronic and symbolic–interactionist theory. communications. The course al- Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or PSYC 101 lows students to experience project 3 CR / (3,0,0) CRIM 201 UT development while improving their Policing in Modern Society software skills and knowledge of CRIM 103 UT This course examines both histor- word processing and spreadsheets. Introduction to the ical and current issues related to Prerequisite: COMP 020 or as deter- Criminal Justice System policing in modern society. Topical mined by the appropriate placement emphasis will be on police roles, An introduction to the legal and social test powers, accountability, discre- organization of the Canadian crim- (Total course hours 68) tion, surveillance, and technology. inal justice system. The accused is Analysis of these issues will be followed from initial contact with the comparative between “public” and COMP 045 police to a final disposition on the “private” methods of policing. Advanced Computer Studies street, at court, or in the correctional Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103 Through hands-on experience, the system. The rights, responsibilities,­ 3 CR / (3,0,0) student acquires skills with a variety of and discretion of all participants in computer applications such as word the proceedings will be examined in

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 170 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

CRIM 220 UT language. The laboratory provides course is also offered as MATH 135. hands-on experience with the micro- Students with credit for MATH 135 Research Methods in Criminology computer, programming, and current cannot take CSC 135 for further credit. Introduction to the practice of re- software (such as word processors, Prerequisite: Foundations of Math- search methods in criminology. Study spreadsheets, and databases). No prior ematics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math of theory, logic, process, and structure knowledge of computing or advanced 050 or Math 100 or equivalent of research as well as research design, mathematics is required; however, 3 CR / (3,0,0) data collection, and analysis. Introduc- basic typing skills are a definite asset. tion to research report writing. Hands- Prerequisite: Foundations of Math CSC 212 UT on research and computer experience. 11 or Pre-Calculus 11, MATH 045 or Prerequisites: PSYC 201 and one of equivalent Object-Oriented CRIM 101, 103, 106, 241 3 CR / (3,3,0) Software Development 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) This course covers extensively the CSC 109 UT programming and object-oriented CRIM 230 UT techniques of Java. It introduces­ stu- Computing Science I dents to object-oriented programming Criminal Law This is a general introductory course concepts, teaches them the fundamen- Nature, purpose, scope, sources, and in computer science. Topics include tals of the Java language and syntax, basic principles of the criminal law. computer architecture, computer introduces them to the major class History and evolution of the criminal systems, development of algorithms libraries, and prepares them to begin law. Study of certain fundamental legal and computer programs, and pro- development of Java applications. concepts such as mens rea, negli- gramming style. Programming topics Prerequisite: CSC 110 gence, and strict liability. Analysis of include selection and loop structures, 3 CR / (3,3,0) the concept of criminal responsibility arrays, functions, procedures, and in Canada. Critical examination of the string processing. The main empha- legislative policies expressed in the sis of this course is on the study CSC 214 UT Criminal Code. Study of the basic ele- and development of algorithms, Introduction to Computer ments of a criminal offence; actus reus using a procedural language. Systems and mens rea. Examination of the legal Prerequisite: Foundations of Math This course is an introduction to the principles relating to certain specific 12 or Pre-Calculus 12 or MATH 050 basic concepts of computer systems crimes and to certain major defences. or MATH 100 or equivalent. Students and computer architecture, and to CRIM 135 is strongly recommended. with a grade of “B” or higher in CSC 12 machine and assembly language. Stu- 3 CR / (3,0,0) may take CSC 110 instead of CSC 109. dents are expected to master both the ETCC 159 students who have complet- basic concepts of computer systems CRIM 241 UT ed Electronics Technician Common and architecture and the programming Core meet all prerequisites for this details of an assembly language. Introduction to Corrections course Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to the Canadian cor- 3 CR / (3,3,0) 3 CR / (3,3,0) rectional system. History and de- velopment of prisons in Canada. CSC 110 UT Examination of punitive philosophies CSC 216 UT Computing Science II in Canada. Structure, organization, Introduction to Data Structures This is a continuation of CSC 109— and dynamics of correctional institu- This course is an introduction to more advanced algorithms and tions. Examination of treatment and data structures and their associat- computer programs are developed. programming in Canadian corrections. ed algorithms. The data structures Topics include advanced string pro- Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103 discussed will include stacks, queues, cessing, sets, recursion, and linear 3 CR / (3,0,0) lists, and trees. Data structures and non-linear data structures. applications include sorting tech- Prerequisite: CSC 109 or a grade of “B” niques, hash tables, sparse matrix or higher in CSC 12 CSC...... representation, and priority queues. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 101 An object-oriented programming 3 CR / (3,3,0) language is used in this course CSC 105 BUS/UT Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to Computers CSC 135 UT 3 CR / (3,3,0) and Programming Discrete Mathematics I The main goal of this course is to This course covers extensively the CSC 218 UT familiarize students with computers This course is an introduction to the Introduction to Software and introduce the elements of com- theory and applications of finite and Engineering puter programming. Topics covered countable sets. Topics include: set This course provides an overview of include the basic structure of a digital theory, inclusion/exclusion principle, object-oriented software development computer system; applications of multiplication principle, counting using Java. It uses the Java 2 platform computers in arts, business, science, theory, propositional and predicate throughout. The material is presented industry, and everyday life; and com- logic, mathematical induction, num- from both a theoretical and a practical puter programming using a high-level ber theory, finite state machines. This perspective, instilling the object-ori-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 171

ented way of thinking through the use ment, study, and technology skills. academic support to students, with a of design patterns, exploration of the (Total course hours 112) focus on personal goal-setting skills. design of the Java Class Libraries, and This course will support and guide illustration of iterative and incremen- CUE 101 UT students throughout their time at tal software development process. CNC through a theoretical framework, Prerequisite: CSC 212 College/University Experience guest speakers, selected readings, 3 CR / (4,2,0) The course provides both first-time facilitator-led peer learning circles, and returning students with specific reflective work and group assignments. skills and strategies needed to accom- 1 CR / (1,0,0) CSC 224 UT plish their academic goals with greater Computer Organization success. Students are introduced to CUE 156 This course is an introduction to the a variety of topics critical to student internal structure (at the logic block success, including, but not limited Skills Development: Team level) of the major components of to, time management, planning and Building modern digital computers. It is not a goal-setting, learning styles, test-taking, This course will offer program-specific programming course. Starting with and study techniques. The purpose academic support to students with basic logic gates, complex devices are of this course is to give students an a focus on teambuilding skills. This designed, and are, in turn, used to opportunity to cultivate the skills, course will support and guide students design a simple computer. Also, a se- values, and attitudes necessary to throughout their time at CNC through quence of register transfers for many become confident, capable students established theory on team-building, of the macro instructions is developed. and contributing community members. guest speakers, selected readings, Finally, the major functional sec- In addition, the course opens the door facilitator-led peer learning circles, re- tions of a computer—main memory, to learning as a lifelong process. It flective work and group assignments.. microprogram control, ALU, I/O bus specifically assists in guiding students 1 CR / (1,0,0) structures, interrupts—are studied. through the critical thinking process, Note: This course is offered on the culminating in a practical application: basis of demand. Students interested researching, developing, writing, and CULA...... in taking this course should contact presenting a proposal for change the School Dean at 250-561-5815. within our college community. Note: CULA courses are re- Prerequisite: CSC 215 3 CR / (3,0,0) stricted to students in the Pro- fessional Cook program. 3 CR / (3,3,0) CUE 150 CSC 235 UT Skills Development: CULA 150 Discrete Mathematics II Time Management Professional Cook Level 1 In this course, the student will work in This course is a continuation of This course will offer program-specific a supervised environment and perform CSC 135. Topics include generating academic support to students with a basic cooking and food preparation functions, recurrence relations, graph focus on incorporating time-manage- tasks utilizing knife skills, correct theory, optimization and match- ment skills. This course will sup- terminology, and a variety of cooking ing, rings and modular arithmetic, port and guide students with guest methods. The student will learn how Boolean algebra, switching func- speakers, selected course readings, to follow recipes, weigh and measure tions, coding theory, finite fields and facilitator-led peer learning circles, food accurately, and have an under- combinatorial designs. This course is reflective work and group assignments. standing of the major techniques and also offered as MATH 235. Students 1 CR / (1,0,0) principles used in cooking, baking, and with credit for MATH 235 cannot other aspects of food preparation. take CSC 235 for further credit. CUE 152 At this level, the student will develop Prerequisite: CSC 135 or MATH 135, Skills Development: a solid foundation of culinary skills. and MATH 101 Interpersonal Skills 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course includes a mandatory This course will offer program-specific off-site practical experience compon- academic support to students, with ent. The scale of this component is CUE...... a focus on developing interpersonal dependant on the state of the local communications and stress manage- economy and community partnerships. ment skills. This course will support CUE 050 and guide students throughout their CULA 250 time at CNC through guest speakers, Student Success – Provincial selected course readings, facilita- Professional Cook Level 2 Level tor-led peer learning circles, reflect- At this level, students will usually work This course is designed to introduce ive work and group assignments. with some supervision and perform the skills which will aid students 1 CR / (1,0,0) a variety of cooking and food prep- in being successful during their aration tasks using multiple cooking academic and future careers. Stu- CUE 154 methods. In addition to using the dents will develop writing, reading, major techniques and principles in research, and oral communication Skills Development: Goal Setting cooking, baking and other aspects of skills, coupled with time manage- This course will offer program-specific food preparation, students will learn

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 172 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca to understand food costing, menu control and prevention of oral DENT 160 planning and purchasing processes. disease. Awareness is placed on the Restorative Dentistry This course includes a mandatory nature of oral organisms, modes, off-site practical experience compon- and management of transmission This theoretical component provides ent. The scale of this component is for diseases of dental importance. the student with background into dependant on the state of the local This course also familiarizes the dental anesthesia, cavity preparation economy and community partnerships. student with methods and materials and design, and restorative instru- ments. Knowledge of the dental Prerequisite: CULA 150 or equivalent used to prevent oral disease. Plaque, methods to control oral diseases, materials utilized in the prevention devices, and other components of and treatment of oral disease will also DENO...... preventive dentistry are covered. be covered. A series of lectures will Prerequisites or corequisites: DENT be given dealing with the etiological 150, 153, with a minimum “C” grade, fundamentals of dental caries and DENO 150 DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level methods used to prevent caries. and MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 157 Introduction to Dentistry grade with a minimum “C” grade and MGT This course provides information 3 CR / (5,0,0) 154 with a minimum “B-” grade and practical experience in the Corequisites: DENT 161,163, 166 and field of dentistry. It is designed to 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and orient students to current dental DENT 153 DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. health concepts and to practicing Dental Sciences 3 CR / (3,0,0) as a member of the dental team. A study of form, structure, and inter­ Note: Delivery of this course relationships of the head and neck. DENT 161 is dependent upon sufficient Also included is the study of histology, Prevention II numbers of registrants. morphol­ogy, supporting structures, 2 CR / (2,0,0) occlusion, identification, and anomalies This course provides the student with as they relate to dentition. Anatom- knowledge regarding the potential of ical landmarks and understanding of oral manifestations such as periodon- DENT...... the relationship between structure tal disease and caries. The student and function will be provided. learns to prevent these diseases Note: DENT courses are re- Prerequisites or corequisites: DENT through clinical preventive proced- stricted to students in the 150, 151, with a minimum “C” grade, ures, understanding nutrition, and Dental Assisting program. DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level teaching the client oral self-care. An and MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” additional component has the student DENT 150 grade developing and presenting prevent- 4 CR / (5,0,0) ive oral health lesson plans to select Dental Assisting Foundations members of the local community. This course introduces basic principles DENT 157 Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, of dental assisting techniques and the with a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 assessment phase of patient care. Dental Assisting Clinic I at a Satisfactory (S) level, and MGT 154 Theoretical knowledge pertaining to The first in a series, this clinic pro- with a minimum “B-” grade basic instrumentation, isolation tech- vides an opportunity for the student Corequisites: DENT 160,163, 166 and niques and fundamental skills associ- to integrate theory into clinical and 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and ated with dental assisting will be cov- laboratory experiences. The focus is DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. ered. Introduction to bio-materials will on clinical asepsis, basic instrumenta- 3 CR / (4,0,0) also be covered. Learners will receive tion, initial client observation, isolation information regarding the rationale for techniques, the manipulation of a DENT 163 obtaining medical and dental histories, variety of dental materials, and taking Dental Specialties I: Oral vital signs, dental charting and initial radiographic bitewings on a manikin. Surgery and Prosthodontics patient observations. The course Within this clinical course students will material will include the understanding be scheduled to participate in an inte- This course has an emphasis on the for prevention of, handling of and com- grated practicum (approx.12 hours). dental specialties of oral surgery and prosthodontic dentistry. It provides plications of medical emergencies that This practicum experience will provide the student with the knowledge of may arise in the dental office setting. the learner with the opportunity to pre-surgical evaluation, pharmaco­ Prerequisites or corequisites: DENT assist in a general dentistry office. The logical considerations, procedures, 151, 153, with a minimum “C” grade, focus will be on professional conduct, post-operation treatments, and the DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level communication skills, clinical support and MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” role of the certified dental assistant in procedures, assisting and practicing in grade the care of an oral surgery case. Stu- a safe and competent manner accord- 3 CR / (5,0,0) dents are also introduced to prosthetic ing HPA/Dentist Act requirements. procedures which are devoted to the Prerequisites or corequisites: DENT restoration of function and the form DENT 151 150, 151, 153, with a minimum “C” of the dentition, including fixed and grade and MGT 154 with a minimum Prevention I removable appliances and implants. “B-” grade This course emphasizes infection Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 3 CR / (0,13,0)

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 173

with a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163,166, of the community. Students partici- at a Satisfactory (S) level and MGT 154 169 with a minimum “C” grade pate in weekly guided discussions of with a minimum “B-” grade 3 CR / (0,13,0)­­­ their clinical experiences and cases. Corequisites: DENT 160,161, 166 and Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and DENT 169 passed at a Satisfactory (S) level. DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. Corequisites: DENT 173, 176 must 3 CR / (4,0,0) Radiology have passed with a minimum “C” This course provides students with grade DENT 166 the theory of the technical aspects of 3 CR / (0,13,0) radiation and principles of exposing, Professional Issues processing, and mounting dental radio- This course provides the student with graphs. Clinical experience emphasizes DENT 190 an overview of the dental profession radiation hygiene and technique. Practicum I and its organization. It also introduces Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, This practicum experience provides the the student to dental jurisprudence, with a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 student with the opportunity to assist ethical dilemmas and problem solving. at a Satisfactory (S) level and MGT 154 in a general dentistry office. The focus The BC Health Professions Act and with a minimum “B-” grade is on professional conduct, communi- duties of the graduate BC Certified Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163, 166 cation skills, clinical support proced- Dental Assistant will be discussed. with a minimum “C” grade, DENT 167 ures, and basic chairside assisting. Prerequisites: DENT 150,151 and at a Satisfactory (S) level Prerequisites: DENT 160,161, 163, 166, 153 must have been passed at a “C” 3 CR / (3,0,0) and 169 must have been passed at a grade and DENT 157 at a Satisfactory “C” grade and DENT 167 at a Satisfac- (S) level. MGT 154 must have been DENT 173 tory (S) level. passed at a “B-” grade 3 CR Corequisites: DENT 160, 161,163 and Dental Specialties II 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and A theoretical course where emphasis DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. is placed on the dental specialties of DENT 191 3 CR / (2.5,0,0) oral pathology, orthodontics, endo- Practicum II dontics, geriodontics, pedodon- This practicum experience furthers DENT 167 tics, and special needs clients. the opportunity the student has for Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have dental assisting in a dental office. The Dental Assisting Clinic II passed at a Satisfactory (S) level emphasis on professionalism and com- The second course in the clinical Corequisites: DENT 176, 177 must munication skills continues. Advanced sequence, the learner’s clinical have passed with a minimum “C” chairside assisting, direct client care knowledge, skills and attitudes build grade procedures, and laboratory skills may on the foundation from DENT 157 - 3 CR / (9,0,0) also be included in the experience. Dental Assisting Clinic I and expands Prerequisites: DENT 173, 176 and 177 clinical and laboratory competen- DENT 176 must have been passed at a “C” grade. cies. Learners will begin to schedule 3 CR patients and perform prescribed Office Practice Management services. Learners also participate in This course provides the student weekly guided group discussions of with an introduction to dental office DHYG...... their clinical experiences and cases. practice procedures in relation to Within this clinical course students will the clinical setting. The student is be scheduled to participate in an inte- involved in a combination of guided DHYG 200 grated practicum (approx.16 hours). self-study, projects, and class dis- Clinic I This practicum experience furthers cussions to complete this course. the opportunity the learner has for Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have A pre-clinical and seminar lab intro- dental assisting in a dental office. passed at a Satisfactory (S) level. ducing basic principles of dental hygiene care. Emphasis is on initial Emphasis on professionalism and com- Corequisites: DENT 173, 177 must fundamental skills associated with munication skills continues. Advanced have passed with a minimum “C” dental hygiene practice and the basic chair side assisting, direct patient care grade assessment, dental hygiene diagnosis, procedures, and laboratory skills may 3 CR / (1,0,0) planning, implementation and evalu- also be included in the experience. ation (ADPIE) process. Clinic sessions This course will continue to focus on DENT 177 will be used to learn and practice the student’s professional conduct, Dental Assisting Clinic III clinical procedures required prior to communication skills, clinical support treating patients. Student activities will procedures, assisting and practicing in The last course in the clinical se- include working on manikins, on each a safe and competent manner accord- quence, this clinic allows the student other and with simulation exercises. ing to HPA/ Dentist Act requirements. to build on previous experiences and Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene Prerequisites: DENT 150,151 and 153 to integrate new skills into clinical and program must have been passed at a “C” grade, laboratory activities. Clinical activities Co-requisite: DHYG 205, DHYG 210, MGT 154 must have been passed at a will include treating scheduled clients DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 225, and “B-” grade. and DENT 157 at a Satisfac- for prescribed services and providing BIO 230. tory (S) level. dental health education to members

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 174 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

4 CR / (0,1,10) Professional Practice I participate in weekly lab seminars for This course is designed to intro- further clinical instruction and weekly DHYG 205 duce the student to the profes- faculty conference time for discussions and updating of clinical experiences. Dental Hygiene Care I sion of Dental Hygiene. A historical perspective of dental hygiene is Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, A theoretical course introducing basic provided. The concepts of being a DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, principles of dental hygiene care. member of a health care profession, DHYG 225 and BIO 230. Emphasis is placed upon following dental hygiene practice standards Co-requisite: DHYG 265, DHYG 275, the dental hygiene process of care ethics, professional associations DHYG 280 , DHYG 285, DHYG 290 and using ADPIE: assessment, dental and governance and regulation of BIO 270. hygiene diagnosis, planning, imple- the dental hygiene are introduced. 4 CR / (0,2,11) mentation and evaluation. Course Problem-based learning is applied to content and activities are closely ethics and dental hygiene practice. DHYG 265 associated with clinical activities to Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene enhance the student’s critical think- Dental Hygiene Care II program ing and basic clinical skills ability. This is a theoretical course expanding Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, on basic principles of dental hygiene Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 225, and care from Dental Hygiene Care 1. program BIO 230 Continued emphasis is placed upon Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 210, 2 CR / (1.5,0,0) DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 225, and following the dental hygiene process BIO 230 of care using ADPIE: assessment, 3 CR / (3,0,0) DHYG 225 dental hygiene diagnosis, planning, Oral Health Promotion implementation and evaluation. Course DHYG 210 This course will emphasize preven- content and activities are closely associated with clinical activities to Dental Anatomy tion of oral disease and oral health promotion. The dental hygienists role enhance the student’s critical think- This course studies oral anatom- in oral health promotion is explained. ing and basic clinical skill ability. ic landmarks and establishes an Methods to control oral diseases, de- Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, understanding of the relationship vices for removal of plaque, and other DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, between structure and function. components of preventive dentistry DHYG 225 and BIO 230. Tooth morphology and identifica- will be covered. Emphasis is placed Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 275, tion, features of crown and root on individualized patient education, DHYG 280, DHYG 285, DHYG 290 and anatomy, eruption and occlusion are BIO 270. setting patient- centered goals, and discussed with an emphasis on how the use of appropriate visual aids. An 3 CR / (3.4,0,0) they relate to dental hygiene care. additional component has the learner Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene focus on teaching, learning, and DHYG 275 program motivating through various communi- Pain Management Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, cation techniques and principles. DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 225, and This course introduces the learner A variety of health/communication BIO 230 to the basic knowledge of the study education theories are explored. 3 CR / (3,0,0) of local anesthesia. Course content Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene develops the learner’s understand- program ing of pain, pain control and various DHYG 215 Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, techniques for patient pain manage- DHYG 215, DHYG 220, and BIO 230. Oral Microbiology ment. The prevention and handling 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course introduces dental hy- of medical emergencies in the dental giene students to oral microbiology. environment, and the use of the online The basic principles of microbiol- DHYG 260 Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and ogy are presented in this course, Clinic II Specialties is covered. The admin- with an emphasis on the relevance istration of safe and effective local This course introduces the learner to of these principles to human oral anesthetic is applied in this course. the basic This clinical course builds on health. Diseases of microbial origin all Semester 1 courses which allows Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, that concern the dental hygienist are DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, students to continue to develop the presented to illustrate the principles of DHYG 225 and BIO 230. skills necessary for the practice of pathogenesis, host-parasite inter- Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, dental hygiene. Students will regularly action, and modes of transmission. DHYG 280, DHYG 285, DHYG 290 and schedule patients for assessment, Prerequisite: Entry to Dental Hygiene BIO 270. dental hygiene diagnosis, planning, program 3CR / (2,2,0) implementation, and evaluation of Co-requisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, dental hygiene treatment. This course DHYG 210, DHYG 220, DHYG 225, and will include application of local anes- DHYG 276 BIO 230 thetic sessions. In Clinic 2, learners will 3 CR / (3,0,0) Pain Management with also continue to build on radiograph- Application ic techniques from Clinic 1 and will This course introduces the learner DHYG 220 demonstrate effective technique and to the basic knowledge of the study use of dental images. Students also

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 175 of local anesthesia. Course content DHYG 290 Dental Diseases II develops the learner’s understand- Evidence Based Practice 1 This course builds upon Dental ing of pain, pain control and various Diseases I. Case-based learning, class This course is designed to intro- techniques for patient pain manage- discussion, and other teaching/learning duce the student to evidence-based ment. The prevention and handling methods will be utilized to further en- practice and research methodology. of medical emergencies in the dental hance the learner’s knowledge related Emphasis will be placed on exploring environment, and the use of the online to cariology and periodontology. Etio- a variety of research designs, devel- Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and logical factors and advanced assess- oping clinical research questions and Specialties is covered. The admin- ment using radiographic interpretation, accessing credible evidence-based istration of safe and effective local dental hygiene diagnosis, care plan- resources through data bases. anesthetic is applied in this course. ning, implementation and evaluation Evaluation of quantitative research Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, processes (ADPIE) will be emphasized. designs and applying sound research DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, principles to answer clinical dental DHYG 225 and BIO 230. DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 285, hygiene questions will be covered. 3CR / (2,2,0) DHYG 290 and BIO 270. Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, Co-requisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. DHYG 280 DHYG 225 and BIO 230. 3CR / (4,0,0) Dental Diseases I Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, Case-based learning and class dis- DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 285 and cussion are used to introduce the BIO 270. DHYG 320 learner to the topics of oral pathol- 3CR / (3.4,0,0) Pharmacology for Dental ogy, differential diagnosis and lesion Hygiene Care management, basic periodontology DHYG 300 The focus of this course is the study and cariology concepts. Etiologic- of pharmaceuticals. This course will al factors and assessment using Clinic III provide learners with the knowledge radiographic interpretation, dental This clinical course builds upon skills and the concepts of pharmacol- hygiene diagnosis, care planning, and theory completed in Semester ogy related to the general health of implementation and evaluation 2 and students to continue to de- patients for the provision of dental processes will be emphasized. velop the skills necessary for the hygiene care. An emphasis will be put practice of dental hygiene. Students Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, on those drugs that are commonly are introduced to more complex DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, used or that have an effect on the DHYG 225 and BIO 230. skills in assessment, planning, dental practice of dentistry. The learner will hygiene diagnosis, implementation Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, become acquainted with the origins, DHYG 275, DHYG 285, DHYG 290 and and evaluation of dental hygiene physical and clinical properties, modes BIO 270. treatment. Students also participate of administration, side effects and 3CR / (2.8,0,0) in weekly lab seminars for further interactions of medications. The more clinical instruction and weekly faculty common naturopathic supplements conference time for discussions and will also be examined. Learners will DHYG 285 updating of clinical experiences. apply their knowledge of pharmaceut- Dental Radiography Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, icals to the dental hygiene practice. This course provides the learner with DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DYHG 285, Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, basic principles, characteristics and DHYG 290 and BIO 270. DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 285, biological effects of radiation. Radi- Co-requisite: DHYG 305, DHYG 315, DHYG 290 and BIO 270. ation safety, quality assurance and DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. Co-requisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, the utilization of dental images in all 4CR / (0,2.5,12) DHYG 315, and DHYG 325. aspects of the Assessment, Dental 3CR / (4,0,0) Hygiene Diagnosis, Planning, Imple- DHYG 305 mentation, and Evaluation (ADPIE) process are presented. Learners Nutrition DHYG 325 will identify normal and variations of This course provides a survey of the Community Health normal anatomy and discuss inter- fundamentals of nutrition and the fac- This course covers the study of health pretation basics for dental hygiene tors involved influencing the ability of and the role of the dental hygienist care. In Clinic 2, learners continue to the individual and family to secure and from a community perspective. Basic build on radiographic techniques from maintain optimal nutrition status. The concepts of the Canadian health care Clinic 1 and will demonstrate effective relationship of nutrition to the practice system are covered along with the technique and use of dental images. of dental hygiene is emphasized. principles of belonging to a welfare Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, state. Concepts related to epidemiol- DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 220, DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 285, ogy, health promotion, and determin- DHYG 225 and BIO 230. DHYG 290 and BIO 270. ants of health as they apply to role of Co-requisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, Co-requisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 315, the dental hygienists are discussed. Di- DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 290 and DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. versity is explored with a focus on the BIO 270. 2CR / (2,0,0) study of various unique populations 3CR / (2.8,0,0) and communication principles. This DHYG 315

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 176 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

course also introduces the student to diagnosis and management using principles to access relevant, credible basic concepts of program planning. clinical data and the dental hygiene literature resources and apply sound Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, process of care will be emphasized. research principles to answer dental DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 285, Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, hygiene questions. Development of DHYG 290 and BIO 270. DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. qualitative and quantitative literature Co-requisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, Co-requisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355, evaluation skills, ability to accept or DHYG 315, and DHYG 320. DHYG 365, and DHYG 370 and DHYG reject claims based on strength of 3CR / (4,0,0) 380. current evidence, determination of 3CR / (3.4,0,0) clinical significance of findings, and use DHYG 350 of strategies to integrate evidence into DHYG 365 dental hygiene practice settings are Clinic IV emphasized. The course culminates This is the final clinical course designed Community Dental Health with knowledge translation by way of to provide the opportunity for the This course is a continuation of DHYG a community seminar presentation. continued development of the profes- 325, Community Dental Health I. Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, sional skills and attitudes required for Various community health approaches DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. the practice of dental hygiene. Oppor- to prevention of dental diseases are Co-requisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355, tunities are provided after midterm to discussed. Community-based dental DHYG 360, DHYG 365 and DHYG 370. help the student transition into private hygiene careers and volunteerism 3CR / (3,0,0) practice settings. Students continue to are explored. Group communication treat a variety of patients and enhance principles and other communication their learning experiences by rotations techniques are explored. Learners will ECCL...... in a variety of dental externships in have practical experience in planning the local dental community. Students and implementing lesson plans for also participate in a weekly faculty various community groups, as well as ECCL 150 conference time for discussions and implementing treatment at a Com- Developmental Perspectives I updating of clinical experiences. plex Care facility. The emphasis of This course will include the study of Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, this course is providing the students DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. opportunities to apply dental know- contemporary theories in growth and development of the child from Co-requisite: DHYG 355, DHYG 360, ledge to various community groups via DHYG 365, DHYG 370 and DHYG 380. community presentations and projects. conception to 24 months. Genetics and environmental factors affecting 4CR / (0,1,12) Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. typical and atypical development at the prenatal, neonatal, infant, and DHYG 355 Co-requisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355, DHYG 360, DHYG 365, DHYG 370 and toddler stages of development will be Practice Management DHYG 380. examined. Growth and development This course focuses on the sociology 3CR / (4.5,0,0) in the key developmental domains of dental care, dental office practice, including social/emotional, physic- al, cognitive, and language will be and independent dental hygiene DHYG 370 practice environments. A variety discussed as part of ongoing lifespan of dental practice settings, com- Professional Practice II development. Strategies for identifying pensation, employment standards, This course is a continuation of Pro- atypical development and the use of disability insurance and marketing fessional Practice 1 course. It explores community resources for parent and strategies are discussed. Independ- current issues that dental health care child support will be also explored. ent practice opportunities are practitioners face in today’s society. 3 CR / (3,0,0) identified and explored. Job search Current trends and issues concerning strategies and dental hygiene career the profession and practice of dental ECCL 151 development will also be covered. hygiene in Canada are presented, Developmental Perspectives II Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, along with exploration of future trends. DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. Advanced ethical dilemmas are also This course will include the study of contemporary theories in growth Co-requisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 360, examined. This course also prepares and development of the child from DHYG 365, DHYG 370 and DHYG 380. the student for registration of the na- 24 months to 12 years. Growth and 3CR / (4.5,0,0) tional board exam and licensure in BC. Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, development in the key developmental DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. domains including social/emotional, DHYG 360 physical, cognitive, language, and Co-requisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355, Oral Pathology DHYG 360, DHYG 365 and DHYG 380. spiritual development will be dis- cussed as part of ongoing life span This course will build upon the 3CR / (3.4,0,0) introductory foundations of oral development. Strategies for identifying atypical development and the use pathology from Dental Diseases I, DHYG 380 and will utilize a case-based prob- of community resources for parent lem learning format and lecture to Evidence Based Practice II and child support will be explored facilitate continued learning about This course builds upon Evi- and utilized to establish goals for the oral pathologies and their manage- dence-based Practice 1. Students con- developing child, the social context ment. The process of differential tinue to apply research methodology of the changing family, and society.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 177

Prerequisites: ECCL 150, 190 experience and skill in planning, This course will examine the interrela- 3 CR / (3,0,0) implementing, and evaluating learning tionships between the home and the environments for groups of children child care program. Attention is given ECCL 154 based on sound educational phil- to developing an effective culturally osophy and research. Areas such as inclusive parent program curriculum to Historical and Contemporary blocks, dramatic play, math, science support the diverse nature of today’s Perspectives in ECE and cooking will be explored. families. The student will investigate This course will focus on the major Prerequisite: ECCL 165 the current status of the Canadian historic and current theories that 3 CR / (5,0,0) family and the issues confronting impact the field of Early Childhood it. The role of the early childhood Care and Learning. The student will ECCL 167 educator as an advocate for children be exposed to a variety of perspec- and families will be emphasized. tives that support the development of Responsive Environments 3 CR / (3,0,0) contextually appropriate practices. The Students examine the importance role of play in the overall development of the role of the environment to ECCL 178 of the preschool child is examined. The children’s growth and learning. ECEBC Code of Ethics will be explored Emphasis is placed on using peda- Professional Interactions as a standard of practice for caring gogical narration/learning stories to Professional interactions will support for young children and families. understand and respond to children’s the leaner’s understanding of how 3 CR / (3,0,0) interests and needs. A variety of to develop, maintain and navigate materials and learning experiences are work place relationships. The student ECCL 156 explored that support early learning will be developing skills related to and respect for children and families. active listening, perception checks, Care and Guidance Prerequisites: ECCL 154, 165, 190 establishing professional bound- This course examines a theoretical 3 CR / (3,0,0) aries and exploring confidentiality framework of guidance principles and and ethical issues in early care and techniques which support children’s learning settings. The student will optimal development. Emphasis is ECCL 170 explore how values and beliefs influ- placed on responding to the needs Observing and Recording ence perception and document and of the individual, promoting positive Children’s Behaviour assess their communication skills. self-concept, fostering pro-social This course introduces the student to 3 CR / (3,0,0) behaviour, and the factors that may a variety of methods for objectively impact behaviours (e.g., develop- observing, recording and interrupting ECCL 190 ment, temperament, culture, en- child behaviour for evaluation and vironment, socio-economic status assessment purposes. Practicum I or family culture). Applicants must The Caledonia Early Care and Learn- Practicum I introduces the student to undergo a criminal record search ing Cantre facility will function as the early care and learning environ- through the Ministry of Justice the lab setting for this course, but ment. Students gain practical experi- before enrolment in ECCL 156. other sites may be used with fac- ence working with young children 3 CR / (3,0,0) ulty consultation and approval. and families while working under a Corequisites: ECCL 150, 190 licensed early childhood educator. 3 CR / (3,2,0) The student is given the opportun- ECCL 165 ity to plan, implement and evaluate Responsive Curriculum I contextually appropriate curriculum Based on the philosophy that natur- ECCL 172 activities under supervision. During al play provides the foundation for Health and Wellness practicum students are required to children’s growth and development, Students will examine the overall attend a weekly two-hour seminar. this experiential course focuses on health, safety, and nutritional needs of Prerequisite: Admission to Early Child- curriculum planning and teaching children from infancy through to five hood Care and Learning Certificate strategies. At the end of this course years of age. Emphasis is placed on the Program the student will be able to develop role and responsibilities of the educa- Pre- or corequisites: ECCL 150, 154, and implement programming plans tor in establishing and maintaining safe 165, 170, 172, 178 for curriculum areas such as art, nurturing environments for children 4 CR / (0.5,8,0) storytelling, music, and movement. in cooperation with families. This is The focus will be on developing an achieved with an understanding of li- ECCL 195 educational philosophy through ex- censing regulations, policies, and prac- Practicum II periential learning and self-reflection. tices promoting the health and well-be- 3 CR / (3,0,0) ing of children. Students­ will also gain Students take on a larger role in an understanding of how their own curriculum planning and begin guid- ECCL 166 wellness impacts their practice. ing children’s behaviour during this 3 CR / (3,0,0) intermediate level practicum. The Responsive Curriculum II student is responsible for planning This course is a continuation of contextually appropriate experiences Responsive Curriculum I. The stu- ECCL 175 for the children and families. Begin- dent will acquire further knowledge, Families ning supervision skills are developed

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 178 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca while students work with large and lating child care is also examined. The Partnerships with Families small groups of children. During learner will be introduced to issues en- This course will examine the inter- practicum, students are required to countered by child care administrators. relationships between the home and attend a weekly two-hour seminar. 3 CR / (3,1,0) the child care program. Attention is Prerequisite: ECCL 190, ECCL 170 given to developing effective family Corequisites: ECCL 151, 156, 166, 167, ECCL 255 centered inclusive curriculum that 175 Program Planning for considers and supports the diverse 4 CR / (0.5,0,0) nature of today’s families. The student Infants and Toddlers is asked to reflect on her/his world ECCL199 Utilizing knowledge of the growth of view to develop an understanding of children under 36 months, learners Practicum III how this will impact her/his inclusive apply the principles of responsive care practice with children and families. Practicum III is the final practicum in to nurturing relationships, program Strategies are presented to assist the ECCL program. Under mentorship planning and designing environments. the student in developing effective of a licensed early childhood educator Learners will also explore working parent-educator communication. and ECCL faculty, the student plans, collaboratively with families and 3 CR / (3,0,0) implements and evaluates curriculum defining their professional identity. daily for the diverse needs of children 3 CR / (3,1,0) and families in an early childhood care ECCL 295 and learning program. The student ECCL 256 Infant-Toddler Practicum takes on a leadership role and is Under mentorship of a licensed Infant/ Introduction to Inclusive Child responsible for guiding and facilitat- Toddler Early Childhood Educator Care ing daily experiences for large and and ECCL faculty the learner plans, small groups of children and their This course will provide an introductory implements and evaluates curriculum families. Students are also required to overview of inclusive child care, with for the diverse needs of infants and attend a weekly two-hour seminar. a focus on children birth through five toddlers in an Early Childhood Care Prerequisite: ECCL 150, 151, 154, 156, requiring extra supports. The student and Learning Program. The student 165, 166, 167, 170, 172, 175, 178, 190, will apply knowledge of growth and takes on a leadership role and is 195 development, culture, family dynamics, responsible for guiding and facilitating 6 CR / (0.8,11.2)) as well as observing and recording in daily experiences for the individual order to assist in developing a holistic infant or toddler, small groups of ECCL 251 view of the individual child. The stu- children (under 36 months) and their dent will examine typical and atypical Advanced Developmental families. Students are also required to growth and development, and explore attend a weekly two-hour seminar. Perspectives a variety of assessment materials and Prerequisite: ECCL 251, 252, 255, 272, This course will provide students with intervention techniques for working 275 a foundation for designing contextually with children who have special needs. 4 CR / (0,0.8,13) appropriate inclusive programs for 3 CR / (3,1,0) infants and toddlers and children with ECCL 299 exceptionalities. Through a strength ECCL 272 based lens learners will utilize methods Special Needs Practicum Advanced Health and Wellness of observing and recording to assess Under mentorship of a Special Needs children’s developmental progress as This course will focus on the study Early Childhood Educator and ECCL a tool for early detection and interven- of health, safety, and nutritional faculty the learner plans, implements tion. Students will evaluate early care requirements for infants, toddlers and evaluates curriculum for the and learning environments and the im- and children with exceptionalities in various needs and abilities of children, pact of environment on development. inclusive early learning environments. which reflects and respects diversity. 3 CR / / (3,0,0) BC Child Care Licensing Regulations The student takes on a leadership will be utilized as the framework from role and is responsible for guiding ECCL 252 which learners will develop, maintain, and facilitating daily experiences for and report health and safety policies. the diverse abilities of the individual Leadership and Administration in The interconnectedness between child, small groups of children and Early Childhood Care and caregiver and child, health and their families in an inclusive practice Learning Settings wellness will be explored. Canada’s setting. Students are also required to This course is an introductory look at Food Guide and the BC Child Care attend a weekly two-hour seminar. the administrative aspects of operating Licensing Regulations will be used as Prerequisite: ECCL 251, 252, 256, 272, a child care centre and explores what a foundation for menu planning, meal ECCL 275 it means to be a leader in the program, preparation and safety requirements 4 CR / (0,0.8,13) the community and the field. This to provide optimal developmental course identifies necessary functions opportunities for infants, toddlers relating indirectly to children; for and children with exceptionalities. ECON...... example, handling finances, hiring staff, 3 CR / (3,0,0) leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance policies and proced- ECCL 275 ECON 201 BUS/UT ures, etc. Provincial legislation regu-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 179

Principles of Economics— Field Work assistants: map interpretation and Microeconomics This course provides an overview of navigation, GPS use, note taking and This course examines the market environmental field assistant work. data recoding, introduction to GIS, system’s inner workings, characterized Students will gain an understanding personal habits, and trip preparation. by supply and demand. Various market of the roles and responsibilities of a Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- structures such as perfect compe- field assistant in the environmental vironmental Field Assistant Certificate Program tition and monopolies are studied. monitoring and natural resources Time is spent looking at ways in which sectors. Aboriginal perspectives and 3 CR / (1,2,0) the market system “fails,” leading to world views will strongly inform the discussions about government’s role, course. In addition to gaining an EFAC 150 in certain circumstances, as a possible understanding of Aboriginal views of Introduction to Field replacement for the market system. environmental stewardship, stu- Measurement By the end of this course, the student dents will learn about land use issues This field-oriented course introduces should have the ability to analyze the and cultural protocols associated students to the theory and practice impact of events on the price and with working with First Nations. of forest measurements and sur- production of goods and services. Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- veying. Students will be introduced Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 vironmental Field Assistant Certificate to basic surveying instruments, field or Pre-Calculus 11 or MATH 045 or Program equivalent 3 CR / (2.3,0.6,0) surveys, and layout practices. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- vironmental Field Assistant Certificate EFAC 120 Program ECON 202 BUS/UT Essential Skills for Environmental 3 CR / (1,2,0) Principles of Economics— Field Assistants Macroeconomics This course provides students with EFAC 160 Beginning with the techniques for the essential skills necessary to obtain Introduction to Aquatic measuring important variables such and retain employment. Topics will Resources and Fisheries as GDP, unemployment, and the include document use, numeracy, This course covers the essential price level, the course will develop problem solving, communication, knowledge required by environmental a model of the economy with which working outside, and computer skills field assistants working in fisheries various “shocks” can be analyzed. How as they apply to environmental field or other aquatic habitats. Topics the government uses its spending, work. Emphasis will be placed on the include riparian plant identification taxation, and control of the money computer-based skills required for and recognition of wetland areas, as supply to achieve economic goals will reporting tasks. The course will also well as restoration of stream channels; be discussed. By the end of the course include work readiness training such as stream crossings; and wetlands. the student should have the ability to resumé writing and job search skills. analyze the macroeconomic impact of Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- most events influencing the economy. vironmental Field Assistant Certificate vironmental Field Assistant Certificate Program Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 Program or Pre-Calculus 11 or MATH 045 or 1 CR / (2.6,1.3,0) 3 CR / (1,2,0) equivalent 3 CR / (3,0,0) EFAC 130 EFAC 170 Safe Work Practices for Introduction to Terrestrial ECON 207 BUS/UT Environmental Field Assistants Resources and Wildlife Managerial Economics Students will gain understanding This course covers the essential This course is an application of and knowledge of safe work prac- knowledge required by environmental economic theory to a variety of tices and WorkSafe BC regulations field assistants working in terrestrial management and planning deci- through a variety of industry and habitats. Topics include terrestrial re- sions such as output maximization certificate courses. This course can sources (ecosystem classification, plant and cost minimization given the be tailored to the needs of industry identification, soils, vegetation surveys, constraints faced by the firms. and the students; a minimum of seven and wetlands) and wildlife (bird sur- Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 certificate courses will be provided. veys, wildlife capture and handling, habitat features, habitat inventory 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- vironmental Field Assistant Certificate methods, species inventory methods). Program Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- EFAC...... 3 CR / (4,2,0) vironmental Field Assistant Certificate Program Note: EFAC courses are restricted EFAC 140 3 CR / (1,2,0) to students in the Environmental Field Assistant Certificate program. Field Skills for Environmental EFAC 180 Field Assistants Introduction to EFAC 110 This course focuses on the core field Environmental Monitoring skills required by environmental field Introduction to Environmental This course provides a thorough

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 180 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

introduction to the role of environ- and participation in a reading and while developing writing, research, and mental monitors during the con- writing assessment. oral communication skills. There is a struction phase of industrial projects (112 Total course hours) strong literature component which in- (such as oil and gas projects). cludes study in various literary genres. Prerequisite: Enrolment in the En- ENGL 030 Prerequisite: English 045 or English vironmental Field Assistant Certificate 11 (not Communications 11) or as Program Intermediate Preparatory English determined by the appropriate CNC 3 CR / (1,2,0) ENGL 030 is designed to provide placement test. students with the communication 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) ELEC...... skills needed to enter higher level courses or to satisfy personal or ENGL 101 UT career goals. This course focuses on the following core areas: compos- Literature and Composition I ELEC 115 ition and grammar, literature, inter- A study of 20th-century short stories Electrician Foundation personal communication, reading and drama, and a consideration of ef- fective composition practices. Students (Harmonized) comprehension, and study skills. Prerequisite: English 020, or English write a minimum of three essays. In the foundation program, studies Language Arts 9 or equivalent, or as 3 CR / (3,0,0) are focused on DC electricity. We evaluated by the appropriate place- will learn about the fundamentals ment test. ENGL 102 UT of electricity and how it is electro- 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) magnetically induced. We will learn Literature and Composition II DC circuitry and resistance as well as ENGL 045 A study of 20th-century poetry and analyzing these circuits. We will learn novels, and a consideration of effective how to use meters and test equip- Advanced Preparatory English composition practices. Students ment and learn how to read prints ENGL 045 is designed to provide write a minimum of three essays. and drawings. We will also learn basic students with the communication skills 3 CR / (3,0,0) motor control and industrial power needed to enter higher level courses electronics. One of the most important or to satisfy personal or career goals. ENGL 103  BUS/UT lessons will be the interpretation and This course focuses on the follow- application of the Canadian Electrical ing core areas: critical and creative Composition and Style Code (CEC). Due to the nature of the thinking; speaking and listening; A study of grammar, composition, CEC, it will be taught on a daily basis reading, research and reference; and and style. A vigorous program of (approximately 1 hr. to 2 hrs. per written communication. There is a essay-writing plus a variety of writing day). As well as learning the theory of literature component, a section on assignments or exercises dealing with electricity, there will be a lot of hands media literacy, and a research project. specific problems in essay-writing. on learning which is invaluable for Prerequisite: ENGL 030; or English Strongly recommended for students preparing you for the electrical trade 10; or any two of the following: who wish to improve their writing skills. and making you more employable. We Composition 10, Literary Studies 10, 3 CR / (3,0,0) also have a very well equipped shop English First Peoples Literary Studies and computer lab available for our 10, English First Peoples Writing 10; use. You must have safety glasses and or as determined by the appropriate ENGL 104 UT safety footwear to work in the shop. placement test Introduction to Literature and This course includes a mandatory (112 Total course hours) Composition off-site practical experience compon- A survey of selected stories, ent. The scale of this component is ENGL 050 poems, and plays from the clas- sical to the modern periods. Stu- dependant on the state of the local Provincial Preparatory English economy and community partnerships. dents write essays and exams. (720 Total course hours) This course emphasizes writing, 3 CR / (3,0,0) research, and communication skills. There is a strong litera- ENGL...... ture component, which includes ENGL 106 UT study in all literary genres. Film Studies Prerequisite: English 045 or English A survey of styles and genres in ENGL 020 11 (not Communications 11) or as international and Hollywood cinema evaluated by a Academic Upgrading Fundamental Preparatory English 1 from 1940 to the present. A feature placement test. film will be screened each week and Areas covered include pre-read- 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) discussed in conjunction with as- ing, beginning reading, pre-writing, signed readings. University credit beginning writing and essential skills students write essays and exams; and strategies for learning (oral ENGL 051 Provincial Preparatory English: non-university credit students may communication, working with others, audit the course for general interest. First Peoples continuous learning, thinking skills). 3 CR / (1,2,0) Prerequisite: Interview with the Aca- This course is designed to introduce demic Upgrading placement person the student to Aboriginal perspectives ENGL 107 UT

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 181

Literature and Composition: 3 CR / (3,0,0) English Aboriginal Literature 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course surveys Aboriginal litera- ENGL 155 ture. Students assess traditional tales Developmental English ENGL 204 UT from an oral storytelling tradition, as Based on the results of the SRA and Canadian Literature II well as poems, plays, and short stories the requirements of the program in A study of the development of Can- by contemporary writers. As well, stu- which they are enrolled, students are adian poetry, fiction, drama, and essays dents learn effective composition skills assigned a course of study which is from 1940 to the present. Students and the techniques of literary analysis. drawn from the following components: are required to submit a minimum 3 CR / (3,0,0) • Developmental and College Read- of three essays on literary topics. ing: A self-paced course for students Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT ENGL 108 UT who are weak in reading, designed English Contemporary Genre to help students acquire the basic 3 CR / (3,0,0) A survey of selected novels, short stor- reading skills needed to handle ies, poems, and graphic novels from college-level material. Skills covered ENGL 205 UT are designed to improve critical genres such as Horror, Mystery, Erot- Creative Writing: Poetry ica, Thriller, Western, Fantasy, Science analysis skills and comprehension. A poetry writing and workshop Fiction, War, Auto Fiction, etc. Students • Writing: This course helps the student course for beginning and seasoned will write essays and exams to reflect acquire the basic skills of writing. Stu- writers. Students learn approaches an understanding of how to read, ana- dents are assigned work on punctua- to language and writing designed lyze, and discuss literature and themes. tion and grammar. Structure and style to stimulate improvement of the 3 CR / (3,0,0) are practised and then incorporated work. As well, students are provid- into organized paragraphs and essays. ed opportunities to present their ENGL 113 UT • Spelling: This course helps the stu- work for comment and criticism. Writing and Communication dent to apply basic spelling rules and Prerequisite: 3 credits of 100-level to spell commonly misspelled words. ENGL 113 introduces students to the UT English principles and practices of effective 3 CR / (3,0,0) written and oral communications ENGL 201 UT in English as applied in current English Literature, 1350–1744 ENGL 206 UT academic, business, and technical A survey of English Literature from Creative Writing: Fiction contexts in university course levels. Chaucer to Pope based on a selec- A fiction writing and workshop course Instruction will emphasize grammar, tion of works from major authors. for beginning and seasoned writ- punctuation, style, and presentation The course includes work from ers. Students learn a wide range of as important elements applied to a the Old English period. Students approaches to language and writing wide variety of writing and speaking are required to submit at least designed to stimulate improvement situations: e-mail, letters, reports, and three essays on literary topics. of their work. As well, students are instructional and persuasive talks. Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT provided opportunities to present Research strategies will be practiced. English their work for comment and criticism. 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: 3 credits of 100-level UT English ENGL 120 ENGL 202 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) Content Strategies for Online English Literature, 1744–1900 Writing A survey of English Literature from ENGL 208 UT This course introduces forms and Blake to Browning based on a se- Creative Writing: Creative strategies for content development for lection of works from major auth- Nonfiction social media, online blogging, enter- ors. Students will submit at least ENGL 207 is an introductory work- tainment, and journalism. Students will three essays on literary topics. shop/seminar in the major forms of learn the elements of story, practice Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT creative nonfiction, including memoir, finding material for stories, learn how English biography, travel writing, the personal to shape stories depending on audi- 3 CR / (3,0,0) essay, humorous writing, and history ence, find new angles for existing stor- and social/ cultural analysis. Students ies, and condense and simplify stories. will explore and practice the writing of The lectures and assignments will ENGL 203 UT creative nonfiction, focussing on how a involve a wide range of topics meant to Canadian Literature I writer employs the technical elements reveal possible approaches to writing An introduction to the study of Can- of the craft. Students will develop writ- for online purposes and to stimulate adian literature involving writers from ing tools to stimulate improvements improvements of the work submitted its beginning to the 1940s. Journals, of the work submitted for workshop. for discussion and evaluation. Stu- poetry, and fiction are included. Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English dents will practice writing and editing Students are required to submit a min- 3 CR / (3,0) their own and each other’s work. imum of three essays on literary topics. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ENGL 103 Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 182 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ENGL 213 UT I: Focus on Literary Theory 3 CR / (3,0,0) Short Fiction I: Modernism Through the lenses of critical thought, feminism, and queer theory, this A study of short stories and novel- ENGL 225 UT course is a study of changing atti- las by writers from the Modernist Special Topics in Film Studies: tudes towards gender, sexuality, and period where short fiction was (Genre) sexual identity in literature (poems, constructed upon themes such as short stories, novels, graphic novels, This is a survey of special topics in realism, naturalism, individualism, and plays), reflecting different cul- film, in particular genre (e.g. film noir, and objectivism. Modernist works will tural and/or historical periods. documentary, western, martial arts, be shown in contrast to the Amer- Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT horror), decades in film, groundbreak- ican Realist and Victorian/ Edward- English ing directors, and/or international ian periods. Students survey a wide and domestic film movements (e.g. 3 CR / (3,0,0) range of modernist short fiction and French, Australian, Italian, German, novella writers. Students write at and Canadian New Wave). Films will least three essays on literary topics. ENGL 218 UT be viewed and discussed in terms Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English Gender, Sexuality, and Literature of their social, political, and artis- 3 CR / (3,0) II: Focus on Contemporary tic impact and lasting relevance. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Literature Prerequisite: ENGL 106 A study of gender and sexual identity, 3 CR / (3,0,0) ENGL 214 UT gender roles, and sexuality in contem- Short Fiction II: Postmodernism porary literature (poems, short fiction, ENGL 228 UT A study of short stories and novellas novels, graphic novels, and plays). Special Topics in Literature by writers from the Postmodernist Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT (Genre) English period where fiction is constructed A survey of selected novels, short stor- 3 CR / (3,0,0) upon themes such as metafiction, ies, poems, and graphic novels from a intertextuality, maximalism, irony, specific genre such as Horror, Mystery, paranoia, pastiche, magic realism, ENGL 219 UT Erotica, Biblical, Thriller, Western, technoculture, hyper-reality, and Contemporary Aboriginal Fantasy, Science Fiction, War, or Young fragmentation. Students survey a wide Authors Adult. Students survey a wide range of range of postmodernist short fiction authors and their works. Students will A study of contemporary Aboriginal and novella writers. Students write at write essays and exams to reflect an authors. Students study novels, plays, least three essays on literary topics. understanding of how to read, analyze, and poems that reflect the experiences Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English and discuss literature and themes. of Aboriginal people in Canada from 3 CR / (3,0 the 1940s to the present. Students Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English 3 CR / (3,0,0) consider regional/ personal con- 3 CR / (3,0)) cerns as well as the universal themes 3 CR / (3,0,0) ENGL 215 UT developed in the writings. As well, Children’s Literature I students compare the styles, themes, ENGL 229 UT A study of children’s literature and subject matter of Indigenous Professional Business and focussing on the different genres: authors to other Canadian authors Technical Communication studied in Canadian literature classes. fantasy, realistic fiction, science This course includes both the theory fiction, historical fiction, etc. Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English 3 CR / (3,0) and practice of writing for the work- Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT place. Students will first learn the 3 CR / (3,0,0) English rules and guidelines of professional 3 CR / (3,0,0) communication and then move beyond ENGL 220 UT them, investigating the underlying ENGL 216 UT Children’s Literature – Aboriginal theory, ethics and social factors that contribute to the challenges of work Children’s Literature II Authors writing. This course introduces strat- A study of traditional Aboriginal A historical study of children’s litera- egies for communicating effectively children’s tales from the oral story-tell- ture. Representative literature from the to a variety of audiences in a variety ing tradition as well as tales told by Victorian to the Postmodern period is of workplace genres. Students work contemporary Aboriginal writers. examined. Students will examine how both individually and in collaboration, These stories are assessed in terms our definitions of children’s literature completing both written and oral of character, plot, and theme. As well, and our attitudes toward children’s projects that are relevant to their students analyse how the stories literature have changed over time. professional goals and the require- challenge the chid reader’s social, Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT ments of the business, technical, emotional, moral, and intellectual English and professional communities. 3 CR / (3,0,0) growth. Students will critically evalu- ate the texts and determine the Prerequisites: ENGL 103 values and lessons in the texts. Prerequisites for Natural Resource and Environmental Technology (NRFT) ENGL 217 UT Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English students: ENGL 103 and completion of Gender, Sexuality, and Literature 3 CR / (3,0) first-year NRFT program

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 183

3 CR / (3,0,0) tasks that are more closely related ment Test to real-world working situations and 0CR / (1,0,0) ENGL 230 UT controversies. Topics covered include medium length reports, integration ENLA 021 Critical Thinking and Writing for of research with personal experience, Science and Technology and persuasive speaking and writing. English for Academic Purposes 1 In this course, writing about science Prerequisites: ENGL 103 and ENGL 229 Listening and Speaking and technology is examined theor- 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course develops students’ lis- etically and practically. Students learn tening and speaking skills in English. to communicate what they learn in Students listen to a variety of modified the appropriate form to a variety ENLA...... speech and broadcast media within of audiences. Both research and a familiar context. Students engage non-research forms of communication, in a variety of activities and situations both written and oral, will be exam- ENLA 011 to practice interacting with others ined in preparing students for further English for Academic Purposes and presenting information. Students studies in science and technology. Preparation Listening & Speaking develop a range of basic grammar, Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, transitions, and sentence structures 103, 104, 106, 107, or their equivalent This course introduces students to as well as sufficient vocabulary. listening and speaking in English. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in Students practice listening to short, ENLA 011 or as determined by the modified speech and broadcast media ENGL 231 UT English Language Department Place- within a familiar context. Students ment Test Intermediate Composition I engage in a variety of activities and 0CR / (8,0,0) Students study and practise the prin- situations to practice interacting with others and presenting information ciples of effective prose. They write a ENLA 023 variety of expository and argumenta- for personal and academic needs. tive essays (some done in class) and Students develop a range of basic sen- English for Academic Purposes 1 a final examination. Students develop tence structures as well as vocabulary. Writing competence and flexibility in their writ- Prerequisite: as determined by the This course develops students’ ing skills through the practice of a var- English Language Department Place- abilities to write short compositions iety of stylistic and organizational tech- ment Test about a familiar or concrete topic in niques. Recommended for students 0CR / (8,0,0) English in various styles. Students interested in the teaching profession. work on mastering the use of simple Note: This is not a remed- ENLA 013 structures and develop competence ial or basic skills course. English for Academic Purposes in using more complex structures Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, Preparation Writing to express ideas with support. 103, 104, 107 Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in This course introduces students to 3 CR / (2,1,0) ENLA 013 or as determined by the writing conventions in English starting English Language Department Place- with simple sentences, moving to basic ment Test ENGL 232 UT compound sentences, and progressing 0CR / (8,0,0) Intermediate Composition II to an introduction to basic complex sentences. From sentence level writing, Students write a variety of expository students then progress to writing sim- ENLA 025 and argumentative essays (some ple compositions about familiar topics. English for Academic Purposes 1 done in class) and a final examina- tion. Particular emphasis is placed Prerequisite: as determined by the Reading English Language Department Place- upon the production of a major This course develops students’ abilities ment Test research report (minimum length to read in English. Students practice 0CR / (8,0,0) 2,000 words) with full documentation. reading a variety of short, simplified Recommended for students inter- materials on familiar or general topics. ested in the teaching profession. ENLA 015 Students demonstrate reading com- prehension by explaining ideas using Note: This is not a remed- English for Academic Purposes high frequency grammar, transitions, ial or basic skills course. Preparation Reading and sentence structures. Students fur- Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, This course introduces students to ther develop and use high frequency 103, 104, 107 reading in English. Students practice vocabulary and idiomatic language. 3 CR / (2,1,0) reading a variety of short, simplified Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in materials on familiar or general topics. ENLA 015 or as determined by the ENGL 252 Students demonstrate reading com- English Language Department Place- Technical Communications prehension by explaining ideas using ment Test high frequency grammar and basic for Forest Technology 0CR / (6,0,0) sentence structures. Students develop This course builds upon the skills and use high frequency vocabulary. introduced in ENGL 195 and ENGL 196 Prerequisite: as determined by the ENLA 031 and introduces the student to writing English Language Department Place- English for Academic Purposes 2

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 184 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Listening & Speaking listening and speaking skills in English. ENLA 086 Students practice listening to a variety This course improves students’ lis- IELTS Preparation Course tening and speaking skills in English. of familiar and academic speech and This prepares students for the Inter- Students practice listening to a variety broadcast media of moderate to national English Language Testing of modified or authentic speech and extended length within a range of fam- System (IELTS) exam and provides broadcast media within a familiar or iliar, unfamiliar, and general academic practice in the four skill areas: listen- academic context. Students engage topics. Students engage in a variety of ing, speaking, reading, and writing. in a variety of academic activities and increasingly complex academic activ- In addition, this course reviews and situations to practice interacting with ities, situations or purposes for longer strengthens previously learned gram- others and presenting information. lengths of time. Students develop mar and vocabulary as well as intro- Students develop common grammar, mostly fluent speech and understand duces students to the IELTS exam task transitions, and sentence structures a range of idiomatic, abstract, tech- types and exam formats. This course as well as concrete and abstract nical, and conceptual language. is suitable for students who want to vocabulary and idiomatic language. Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in achieve higher scores in the Academic Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in ENLA 031 or as determined by the Module. It is intended for students ENLA 021 or as determined by the English Language Department Place- whose current level of English is EAP 2. English Language Department Place- ment Test ment Test 0CR / (6,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion with a minimum B+ of all the following 0CR / (8,0,0) courses: ENLA 021, ENLA 023, and ENLA 043 ENLA 025 or as determined by the ENLA 033 English for Academic Purposes 3 English Language Department Place- English for Academic Purposes Writing ment Test Level 2 Writing This course introduces students 0CR / (3,0,0) This course provides students with to techniques for producing short the knowledge and opportunity to essays in English in a variety of styles FASD...... practice writing longer (minimum including expository, persuasive, or 8-12 sentence) paragraphs in vari- argumentative. Students successfully apply the themes of unity, support, ous styles and progress to basic 3-5 FASD 260  UT paragraph essays. Attention to unity, coherence, and sentence skills to write support, coherence and sentence accurately on a variety of topics. They Overview of FASD skills is emphasized. Advanced incorporate basic source documen- Develop a critical FASD context. This grammar topics are developed. tation to provided research when course provides an academic and Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in applying paraphrasing and summariz- comprehensive overview by exploring ENLA 023 or as determined by the ing skills. In addition, students further the unique complexities of FASD. The English Language Department Place- develop advanced grammar points. impacts of this disorder on social, ment Test Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in criminal, educational, financial and 0CR / (8,0,0) ENLA 033 or as determined by the health care systems are considered. English Language Department Place- 3 CR ment Test ENLA 035 0CR / (6,0,0) English for Academic Purposes 2 FASD 300  UT Reading ENLA 045 FASD Support Strategies This course improves students’ English for Academic Purposes 3 Understanding the complexities behind effective support strategies reading skills in English. Students Reading read a variety of authentic texts is crucial to working with individuals and/or simplified materials of short This course advances students’ reading and families impacted by FASD. This to medium length on less familiar skills in English. Students read a variety course focuses on the skills neces- topics. Students demonstrate reading of moderately complex materials sary to develop effective individual- comprehension by using a variety of of moderate length on academic or ized and service-based supports. high frequency grammar, transitions, technical topics in less familiar con- Prerequisite or Corequisite: FASD 301 and sentence structures. Students texts. Students demonstrate reading 3 CR develop and use mainly high frequency comprehension by explain ideas using a wide range of complex and vocabulary and idiomatic language. FASD 301  UT Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in low frequency grammar, transitions, ENLA 025 or as determined by the and sentence structures. Students Fundamentals and Professional English Language Department Place- further develop and use a range of Implications ment Test content words and idiomatic language. This course is designed to provide 0CR / (6,0,0) Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in a solid understanding of the unique ENLA 035 or as determined by the complexities of FASD for students in English Language Department Place- the social service, education, justice ENLA 041 ment Test and health-related disciplines. The English for Academic Purposes 3 0CR / (6,0,0) knowledge will add depth to their Listening & Speaking understanding of individuals/families This course further develops students’

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 185 and communities who access ser- FASD 320  UT vices in their chosen field. It begins FIN...... with a comprehensive examination Human Development of the underlying causes of alcohol View human development across use during pregnancy, the effects of the lifespan through the lens of FIN 257 BUS prenatal alcohol exposure and the Aboriginal, feminist, and anti-op- Finance I pressive approaches to practice. resulting disabilities known as FASD. This course provides an introduction to An emphasis on the established The content provides information the role of financial management and norms for each life stage provides a needed for students to critically ana- the environment in which it operates. framework for students to thorough- lyze and evaluate practice. Students Topics include the functions of corpor- ly understand the developmental are required to demonstrate how the ate finance, foreign exchange trans­ delays characteristic of FASD. related disabilities can affect individ- actions, financial mathematics (time uals’ life outcomes. Students explore Prerequisite: FASD 301 value of money), bond valuation, short- effective strategies for prevention and 3 CR and long-term financing instruments, intervention at the family, community securities markets, individual and and professional levels. Their gained FASD 325  UT personal income taxes, and financial knowledge can be integrated into statement analysis. The computer lab their practice once in the field. Developmental Disabilities and FASD will use spreadsheet software and the Prerequisite: ENGL 103 or equivalent Internet to solve financial problems. Focus on the disabilities that or admittance into the FASD Advanced Prerequisites: ACC 152 or COM Diploma program overlap and co-exist with FASD 204 and Foundations of Math 11 3 CR to enhance your ability to work or Pre-Calculus 11 or MATH 045 or with affected individuals. equivalent FASD 305  UT Prerequisite or Corequisite: FASD 301 3 CR / (3,1.5) and 305 or permission of the instruct- FASD Brain and Behaviour or Given the profound impact of alcohol 3 CR FIN 258 BUS on the brain, this challenging course is Finance II integral to a thorough understanding FASD 330  UT This course continues the introduc- of FASD. In this course the current Addictions tion to financial management which knowledge of human brain struc- was presented in Finance I. Topics ture is integrated with the effects of Strengthen your ability to work with include stock valuation, net present alcohol on the developing brain. diverse populations, including those value and other capital budgeting Prerequisite: FASD 301 and two years with FASD, and link the broad under- techniques, deriving cash flow infor- of college- or university-level courses standing of substance misuse, abuse mation from financial statements, in a related discipline and compulsive addictive behav- capital markets, risk and return, cost 3 CR iour within an FASD framework. of capital, financial leverage, and Prerequisite: Two years of college- or dividend policy. The computer lab FASD 310  UT university-level courses in a relat- uses spreadsheet software and the ed discipline (or permission of the Internet to solve financial problems. Cultural Perspectives in FASD instructor) Prerequisite: FIN 257 Consider FASD from an indigenous 3 CR 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) world view framework. This course ex- plores constituents of effective preven- FASD 335  UT tion and intervention strategies from FINE...... the concept of “within community.” FASD Prevention Prerequisite: Two years of college or Explore the tri-level system of pre- university-level courses in a relat- vention — primary, secondary and FINE 101 UT ed discipline (or permission of the tertiary. You will have an opportun- instructor) ity to critically examine prevention Art History I Prerequisite or Corequisite: FASD 301 initiatives at each level and develop Art history, a broad intellectual and one of FASD 300 or 335 or permis- a comprehensive prevention plan. discipline, is central to the human- sion of the instructor Prerequisite or Corequisite: FASD 301 ities. This introductory survey course 3 CR 3 CR examines, analyzes, and evaluates the major time periods, movements, FASD 315  UT FASD 399 UT and trends in the visual arts (primarily painting, sculpture, and architecture) Special Topics in FASD Practicum of both western and nonwestern Study new and emerging topics Accomplish specific practicum civilizations from prehistory through in FASD. Join leaders in the field goals within your discipline. the Late Medieval period. In addition in this online lecture series. Prerequisite: Eight courses from the to the stylistic and structural compon- Prerequisites or corequisites: FASD FASD program, including FASD 300, ents of art, students study, through 301, one of FASD 300 or 335 or per- 301, and 335 lectures and class discussion, histor- mission of the instructor 3 CR ical, social, religious, political, techno- 3 CR logical, philosophical, and gender

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 186 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

issues integral and related to the will encompass various aspects of Learners will explore and further production and development of art. drawing, while visual presentations and develop their image-making skills and 3 CR / (1,3,0) class discussion introduces students to ideas about pictorial space in a digital contemporary and historical ideas of environment, along with learning FINE 102 UT art and design. Regular evaluations and about the historical and conceptual critiques are part of the course work. connections between digital technol- Art History II Prerequisite: FINE 103 ogies and contemporary art. They will This introductory survey course 4 CR / (1,3,0) be instructed in the use of computer continues to examine, analyze, and graphics software (Illustrator, Photo- evaluate the major time periods, FINE 105 UT shop) and hardware, as well as in movements, and trends in the visual digital input, image processing, and arts (primarily painting, sculpture, Painting (Studio) digital output. Fundamental computer and architecture) of both western This course introduces a variety of ap- concepts such as the relation of analog and nonwestern civilizations from the proaches to painting as a contempor- to digital, bitmap and vector-based Early Renaissance to the present. In ary art practice. Students are assigned images, resolution, and archiving work addition to the stylistic and structural projects and exercises that address will also be covered. By the end of components of art, students will study, specific topics related to formal, the course, learners will have creat- through lectures and class discussion, expressive and historic/social issues of ed a digital portfolio of their work. historical, social, religious, political, painting. They explore the language of Prerequisite: Entry to Fine Arts pro- technological, philosophical, and gen- materials as it pertains to paint hand- gram or entry to Web and Graphic der issues integral and related to the ling and surface, as well as strategies of Design program or permission of the production and development of art. representation and the development instructor of imagery from a range of sources. 4 CR / (1,3,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) Students can expect to combine intellectual information with experi- FINE 108 UT FINE 103 UT mentation, sensory alertness, and Making a Living as an Artist Drawing I (Studio) practical paint mixing skills. Through This course guides students to create This intensive studio course provides demonstrations of techniques and pro- their own artistic portfolios (tradition- an introduction to the methods, cesses, work in class and homework, al), and educates them about some of materials, and concepts of drawing, slide talks and critiques, students learn the professional practices required of both as a visual language and as a tool the basic skills required to produce graphic and fine artists. It covers the for enhancing perceptual awareness. paintings. In-class work and assign- essential elements of a portfolio, as While investigating process and devel- ments will be reviewed in critiques. well as the preparation of resumés and oping a critical vocabulary, students Prerequisite: Entry to Fine Arts pro- slides. Health and safety, copyright, begin to acquire the skills to translate gram and FINE 109 contracts, photographing artwork immediate observations and ideas 4 CR / (1,3,0) for portfolios, commissioned work, into two-dimensional form. A variety of public speaking skills, participation in subject matter is used, including live FINE 106 UT commercial galleries and artist-run models. In-class projects and assign- First Nations Art, Design, and centres, and other professional ments will encompass various aspects Technology (Studio) practices issues are covered as well. of drawing, while visual presentations Prerequisite: Entry to Fine Arts pro- and class discussion will introduce stu- This course will focus on the forms gram dents to contemporary and historical and tec niques of Pacific Northwest 2 CR / (2,0,0) ideas of art and design. Techniques for Coast First Nations contrasting and evaluating and critiquing (both oneself comparing them to similar tec niques and other students) will be discussed used by other Canadian Aboriginal FINE 109 UT people. These artistic techniques, both and incorporated into the course work. Colour Theory (Studio) 4 CR / (1,3,0) traditional and contemporary, will be used to create functional and aesthetic This is a course on understanding objects. Examples will be discussed and using colour. It focuses on colour FINE 104 UT linking the artistic forms to oral history applications for visual art and design, Drawing II (Studio) and the clan structure of First Nations the principles of colour theory and visual perception, and the cultural This intensive studio course is a societies in the region. Tecnical hands- dimensions of colour. Using colour, continuation of FINE 103 and further on instruction is balanced with access students work with various media explores the fundamentals of drawing to First Nations traditional materials including pigment, light, and other ma- (line, shape, tone, texture, volume, pro- and studio-based art practices. terials to explore ideas and concepts portion, shadow, space, composition, Prerequisite: Acceptance to the Fine relevant to visual arts and design. scale, mark-making tools, and media). Arts Program Through the study of cultural history, Exercises and projects are designed for or permission of the instructor. students increase their understanding students to continue work on percep- 3 CR / (1,3,0) of the role of colour in art and life. tual and expressive drawing and hand– The course includes lectures, demon- eye co-ordination. A variety of subject FINE 107 UT strations, and studio projects, as well matter will be used, including live mod- Introduction to Digital Arts and as group and individual critiques. els. In-class projects and assignments Media Prerequisite: Entry to Fine Arts pro-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 187 gram Level 6 GEOG 101 UT 4 CR / (1,3,0) This course consists of three parts: Sense of Place: An Introduction 1. Continuation of review of the es- to Human Geography FINE 150 UT sential structures of French grammar; This course serves as an introduction Fundamentals of Digital 2. Writing practice; and 3. Literary analysis. The course is conducted in to the development, structure, con- Photography — Exploring the French and highly recommended for cepts, and methods of modern human Digital Photography Workflow prospective elementary teachers. geography. Students are introduced to the many sub-fields of human geog- Open to all UT students. In this course, Prerequisite: FREN 101 raphy, including urban geography, cul- students develop the fundamental 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) skills and techniques involved in tural geography, environmental geog- compact digital photography. Students raphy, historical geography, regional explore the digital photography work- FREN 120 UT geography, political geography, and flow covering basic concepts and best Introductory French I economic geography. This course is practices around taking, enhancing, This course is designed for students not only important to those students managing, manipulating, and sharing who have no knowledge of the French who wish to study for a BA in geog- digital photographs. This will include language and for those who have raphy, but it will prove useful for those students developing an operational not completed Grade 11 French or students who wish to enter programs familiarity with several professional its equivalent. The course consists in architecture, urban and regional level image editing, photo management of listening comprehension and planning, education, etc. as well. and workflow productivity software oral production, as well as reading, 3 CR / (3,3,0) programs. Opportunities are provid- writing, and using French grammar. ed for the student to critique other The emphasis is on communicative GEOG 102 UT students’ digital photos with the aim of practice during class time. Students Introduction to Contemporary gaining insight into the composition of are given lots of opportunities to their own work. Students will develop Environmental and Resource speak the language as soon as they an understanding of how the compact Issues learn it (asking questions, reading digital camera fits into the current This course provides an overview of dialogues, role-plays, and pronunci- photography landscape. Students are the types of environmental and re- ation). The explanation of grammar required to bring their own camera source issues facing the planet today. is done in situation or in context. (which must meet minimum instruct- It concentrates on both the spatial During labs, students can practise or-specified specifications) to class. component of these issues and on the their listening tasks by completing human/environmental interactions. Note: Basic computer skills activity sheets. Students will be able to Topics covered include environment- highly recommended. borrow cassettes or CDs for individual al ethics, the nature of ecosystems Prerequisite: None practice according to their needs. including biogeochemical cycles, 4 CR / (1,3,0) Prerequisite: None energy flows, environmental hazards, 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) politics, and economics, as well as FREN...... various resource issues such as parks, FREN 121 UT forests, fisheries, wildlife, pollution, etc. Introductory French II 3 CR / (3,3,0) FREN 101 UT With its emphasis on training in Intermediate College French, listening comprehension and oral GEOG 103 UT Level 5 production, this course is also Canada: Some designed for students who have This course consists of three parts: Geographical Perspectives studied French previously, allowing 1. A review of the essential structures An introduction to the geographical them to refresh their language skills, of French grammar; 2. French conver- character of Canada. Emphasis is on particularly their communicative sation; an examination of the development abilities. The course also consists of 3. Exercises in comprehension of of settlement patterns, the Can- reading, writing, and applying gram- oral French. Conversation class- adian urban system, changes in rural mar rules in short compositions. es will be based on current social Canada, resource development, and issues. The course is conducted in During labs, students can practise the characteristics of the North. This French and highly recommended for their listening tasks by completing course may be useful for students prospective elementary teachers. activity sheets. Students will be able to wishing to enter programs in ele- borrow cassettes or CDs for individual Note: Students with preparation in mentary and secondary education. practice according to their needs. French other than specific course 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: French 120 or equiva- prerequisite may be admitted. lent. If in doubt, please consult with Please contact a CNC advisor. the instructor or an advisor. GEOG 201 UT Prerequisite: French 12 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) Weather and Climate 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) This is a laboratory science course which provides an introduction to FREN 102 UT GEOG...... the major concepts in the sub-disci- Intermediate College French, plines of meteorology and climatol-

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 188 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca ogy. Emphasis is on the analysis of HCAP 120 This course provides an introduction processes, distributions, and inter- to the role of the HCA within the relationships. It is a required course Health and Healing: British Columbia health care system. for a BSc degree in geography. Concepts for Practice Students are introduced to the health 3 CR / (3,3,0) This course provides students with the care team and the roles and functions opportunity to develop a theoretic- of HCA within the team. Students will GEOG 202  UT al framework for practice. Students also have opportunities to develop are introduced to the philosophical self-reflective skills required for com- The Surface of the Earth values and theoretical understandings petent practice and will be introduced This course is a laboratory science that provide a foundation for compe- to effective job-finding approaches. course. It provides an introduction tent practice as an HCA. The course Prerequisite: Admission to HCA pro- to the major systems, cycles, and focuses on concepts of caring and gram processes which cause and sculpture person-centred care; basic human 2 CR the landforms of the earth’s surface. It needs and human development; family, is a required course for a BSc degree culture and diversity as they relate to HCAP 140 in geography. GEOG 202 is combined health and healing. Students are also with GEOG 201 to make up a full intro- introduced to a problem-solving model Healing 1: Caring for Individuals ductory physical geography course. that will be critical to their practice. Experiencing Common 3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisite: Admission to HCA pro- Health Challenges gram This course introduces students to GEOG 203 UT 3 CR the normal structure and function of the human body and normal bod- Economic Geography HCAP 125 ily changes associated with aging. A geographic view of economic ac- Students explore common challenges Health 1: tivities and behaviour, using both a to health and healing in relation to “systems” and “behavioural” approach. Interpersonal Communications each body system. Students are also Traditional and more recent theories This course focuses on the develop- encouraged to explore person-cen- of economic geography are examined ment of self-awareness, increased tred practice as it is related to the in the light of these two approach- understanding of others and de- common challenges to health and, es. This course may be useful for velopment of effective interpersonal in particular, to end-of-life care. students wishing to enter programs communication skills that can be used Prerequisites: Passing grade (60%) in in economics, commerce, apprais- in a variety of care-giving contexts. Stu- any two of HCAP 120, HCAP 125, HCAP ing, and municipal administration. dents are encouraged to become more 130, HCAP 135; or with instructor’s Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103 aware of the impact of their own com- permission 3 CR / (3,0,0) munication choices and patterns. They 5 CR will have the opportunity to develop GEOG 204 UT and use communication techniques that demonstrate personal awareness, HCAP 145 Forest and Agricultural respect and active listening skills. Healing 2: Caring for Individuals Climatology Prerequisite: Admission to HCA pro- Experiencing Cognitive or This course focuses on the funda- gram Mental Challenges mental principles and processes of 2 CR This course builds on content from climatology; energy and water balance other courses to assist students to concepts; atmospheric motion and HCAP 130 explore concepts and care-giving weather systems; microclimate of soils, approaches that will allow them Health 2: Lifestyle and Choices crops, forests, and animals; microcli- to work effectively with individuals mate modification and air pollution; cli- This course introduces students to experiencing cognitive or mental mate classification and land capability. a holistic concept of health and the challenges. The emphasis in this 3 CR / (3,2,0) components of a health-enhancing course is on supporting clients with lifestyle. Students are invited to reflect dementia, recognizing responsive GEOG 205 UT on their own experience of health, behaviours and identifying per- recognizing challenges and resour- son-centred intervention strategies. The Evolution of the Cultural ces that can impact lifestyle choices. Prerequisites: Passing grade (60%) in Landscape Students are introduced to a model any two of HCAP 120, HCAP 125, HCAP An investigation of the dynamic that can be applied in other cours- 130, HCAP 135; or with instructor’s nature of the human/land relation- es to understand the multi-faceted permission ship in terms of cultural, sociologic- aspects of health and healing. 3 CR al, institutional, and psychological Prerequisite: Admission to HCA pro- influences upon human use and gram organization of the environment. 2 CR HCAP 150 Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103 Healing 3: Personal Care 3 CR / (3,0,0) HCAP 135 and Assistance This practical course offers students Health Care Assistant: the opportunity to acquire person- HCAP...... Introduction to Practice al care and assistance skills within

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 189 the parameters of the HCA role. The HIST 101 UT source development, ethnic relations, course comprises class and supervised labour, wars, depression, and the laboratory experiences which assist the World History: The Early development of provincial politics. student to integrate theory from other Twentieth Century Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 courses to develop care-giver skills that A survey of significant events from or 104 maintain and promote the comfort, the 1890s to 1939, with particular 3 CR / (3,0,0) safety and independence of individuals emphasis on the First World War, in community and facility contexts. the instability of the 1920s and HIST 206 UT Prerequisite: Admission to HCA pro- 1930s, the rise of Japan, and the gram road to the Second World War. Pre-Confederation British North 5 CR 3 CR / (3,0) America A lecture/seminar course focusing HCAP 195 HIST 102 UT on social, economic, and political developments in BNA from 1759 Practice Experience in Home World History: The Late to 1867. Students study the impact Support, Assisted Living, and/or Twentieth Century of the conquest, the Maritime col- Group Home A sequel to HIST 101, covering the onies, Upper Canada/Canada West This practice course provides students Second World War, struggles in the and Lower Canada/Canada East, as with an opportunity to apply know- Third World, America’s victory over well as the Prairies and New Cal- ledge and skills from all other cours- the Soviet Union in the Cold War, and edonia before Confederation. es with individuals and families in a the emergence of new superpowers Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 community setting. Opportunities will in Japan and the European Union. or 104 be provided for students to become 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) more familiar with the role of the HCA within a home support agency, assisted HIST 103 UT HIST 211 UT living facility, and/or a group home, History of Canada to 1867 and to gain abilities that will prepare Local History graduates for employment in these A survey of social, economic, and An introduction to the north-cen- settings. It is important that students political developments. Topics include tral interior of British Columbia. understand the philosophy of com- First Nations–White relations, early Topics include First Nations–white munity care settings and its emphasis exploration, imperial rivalries, pol- relations, resource development, on client choice and independence. itical reform, and social conflict. and settlement patterns. Particu- Prerequisites: Admission to the 3 CR / (3,0,0) lar emphasis is placed on histor- HCA program. Students must have ical methodology and research. maintained a 60% average in all other HIST 104 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) courses to enter and remain in this History of Canada since 1867 course. HIST 213 UT 2 CR A sequel to HIST 103. Emphasis is placed on Confederation, the Riel Western Thought from Plato to HCAP 199 Rebellion, immigration, urbaniz- Hegel ation and industrialization,­ and A survey of influential European Practice Experience in Multi-Level the evolution of foreign policy. thinkers from the ancient Greeks and/or Complex Care 3 CR / (3,0,0) and Hebrews through the Mid- This supervised practice experience dle Ages and Renaissance to the provides students with an opportunity HIST 204 UT early nineteenth century. to apply knowledge and skills from 3 CR / (3,0,0) History of the Prairie West all other courses in the program with individuals in a multi-level or complex A lecture/seminar surveying Prairie HIST 214 UT care setting. A portion of this clinic- development from the mid-19th al experience is devoted to working century to the present. Focusing Western Thought from Marx with individuals experiencing cogni- on First Nations and the fur trade, to Postmodernism tive challenges. Opportunity will be colonial institutions and provincial A sequel to HIST 213, covering provided for students to gain expertise status, immigration, agriculture, influential European thinkers from and confidence with the role of the wars, decades of discord, the origin Marx and Darwin through Nietzsche, HCA within a residential care facility. of third parties, and post-war eco- logical positivism and existentialism to Prerequisites: Admission to the nomic and political development. structuralism and post-modernism. HCA program. Students must have Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 3 CR / (3,0,0) maintained a 60% average in all other or 104 courses to enter and remain in this 3 CR / (3,0,0) course. HIST 216 UT 5 CR HIST 205 UT Introduction to South Asia A multidisciplinary course intended History of BC to introduce students to the hist- HIST...... A lecture/seminar surveying BC with ory, geography, religion, literature, emphasis on aboriginal culture, re- and economics of the countries

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 190 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca of the Indian sub-continent. Diploma HRPR...... Prerequisite: One first-year course in During this four semester program stu- English or History or Philosophy dents work in a heavy equipment shop Note: HRPR courses are restricted 3 CR / (3,0,0) developing skills in Heavy Mechanical to students in the Human Resources Trades (HMT). HMT 102 is the second Management Post-Diploma program. HIST 217 UT semester of a four-part program Introduction to Southeast Asia which explores airbrakes, hydraulics and electrical. Students understand HRPR 300 A multidisciplinary course introduces industry requirements to work safely Strategic Human Resource students to the history, geography, in a heavy mechanical trade en- Planning religion, literature, and economics vironment. The skills learned enable This course introduces students to of the countries of Southeast Asia. a career in numerous areas of the Prerequisite: One first-year course in strategy formulation and implemen- HMT industries. The training offered tation within a Human Resource either English or History or Philosophy prepares students for apprenticeship 3 CR / (3,0,0) (HR) context. Students will learn to and enables them to find employ- identify trends and issues, as well as ment in numerous areas of industry. developing an understanding of the HIST 230 UT Prerequisite: HMT 101 concepts of HR Strategy, program Introduction to Modern Canadian (Total course hours 450) development and implementation. Military History Prerequisite: Completion of 24 credit History 230 is a survey course that HMT 201 hours in the PDHRM Program introduces students to Canada’s Heavy Mechanical Trades 3 CR / (3,0,0) military history from Confederation Diploma through to the Afghanistan War. During this four semester program, HRPR 301 Students examine several aspects of students work in a heavy equip- Compensation and Benefits Canadian military history, including ment shop developing skills towards This course introduces students to the early internal and external defense working in the Heavy Mechanical complex field of compensation and problems, participation in imperial Trades (HMT). HMT 201is the third benefits. Students will learn how to conflicts, and Canada’s involvement semester of a four-part program design an appropriate compensation in major wars, peacekeeping and which explores engines and air system by identifying the different alliance efforts, and interventions. conditioning. Students understand ingredients available to HR managers, There will also be some discussion of industry requirements working safely their benefits and constraining factors. race and gender issues in the military. in a heavy mechanical trade environ- 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: One of HIST 101,102, ment. The skills learned enable a 103, 104 or equivalent career in numerous areas of the 3 CR / (3,0,0) HMT industries. The training offered HRPR 302 prepares students for apprenticeship Occupational Health and Safety HMT...... and enables them to find employ- This course is intended to give the ment in numerous areas of industry. student a basic understanding Prerequisite: HMT 102 of the elements that combine to (Total course hours 450) create an effective Occupational HMT 101 Health and Safety program (OHS). Heavy Mechanical Trades HMT 202 3 CR / (3,0,0) Diploma Heavy Mechanical Trades In this four semester program, HRPR 303 students work in a heavy equipment Diploma shop developing skills working in the During this four semester program, Training and Development Heavy Mechanical Trades (HMT). HMT students work in a heavy equipment This course introduces students to 101 is the first semester of a four- shop developing skills towards working best practices in training and devel- part program which explores basic in the heavy mechanical trades (HMT). opment, from completing a needs foundational skills. Students under- HMT 202 is the fourth semester of a analysis to designing effective pro- stand industry requirements to work four-part program which explores trail- grams, then evaluating the effective- safely in a heavy mechanical trade ers and powertrains. Students under- ness of the training intervention. environment. The skills learned enable stand industry requirements working 3 CR / (3,0,0) careers in numerous areas of the safely in a heavy mechanical trade HMT industries. The training offered environment. The skills learned enable HRPR 304 prepares students for apprenticeship a career in numerous areas of the Performance Management and enables them to find employ- HMT industries. The training offered ment in numerous areas of industry. prepares students for apprenticeship We will examine performance manage- (Total course hours 450) and enables them to find employ- ment on an organizational basis, ment in numerous areas of industry. identifying organizational strategies HMT 102 Prerequisite: HMT 201 to use once a performance problem (Total course hours 450) has been identified, including positive Heavy Mechanical Trades discipline and progressive discipline.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 191

3 CR / (3,0,0) 304, HRPR 305, HRPR 307 helps students increase confidence Corequisite: HRPR 309 in successfully completing com- HRPR 305 3 CR / (3,0,3) mon workplace tasks. Resumes and cover letters are developed, and job Employment Law, Employment HRPR 401 applications are completed online Standards and Human Rights and in the classroom. Training in the This course gives students an over- Human Resources Management computer lab includes internet safety, This course gives students an over- Capstone Project sending and receiving emails, budget- view of employment contracts and In the Capstone Project, students ing, and basic word processing. employment relationships as they In the Capstone Project, students (Total course hours 120) are dealt with both by common will apply and synthesize theoretical law and statute, including human concepts learned during their previous JET 154 rights, occupational health and coursework in the form of a project. safety, and industrial standards. Prerequisites: a C grade in all of the Job Search and Employment 3 CR / (3,0,0) following courses; MGT 264, MGT 266, Readiness HRPR 301, HRPR 302, HRPR 303, HRPR This course provides practical train- HRPR 307 304, HRPR 305, HRPR 307 ing in all phases of the job interview: Corequisite: HRPR 309 contacting potential employers, initial Recruitment and Selection 3 CR / (3,0,0) first impressions, interview prepara- Successful organizations know that tion, personal presentation during the This course will provide students with interview and the follow up required a comprehensive study of current JET...... in order to successfully land the job. recruitment and selection practices in Mock interviews and role-plays are Canada. It is recommended for small used to familiarize students with business owners, frontline managers JET 151 typical questions asked during an inter- and human resource professionals. Skill Exploration/Personal view. Students learn the importance of 3 CR / (3,0,0) accepting feedback and constructive Awareness criticism through use of evaluations HRPR 308 In this course, students will identify by instructors and fellow students. skills they currently have and learn (Total course hours 120) Professional Practice how they apply to the workplace. This course prepares students to Through Essential Skill assessments, step into an HR Management role in students will gain understanding of JET 155 Canada by giving an overview of the the 9 Essential Skills and how they Work Training Experience business environment, tools used by relate to their career goals. Students In this course, students develop skills managers in Canadian organizations, will examine their learning styles, and strategies necessary to function and specific industry-related HR issues. interests, values and aptitudes then competitively on the job. Students 3 CR / (3,0,0) develop and participate in personal, investigate the local job market and education and career planning. Health develop a personal job plan that HRPR 309 and wellness topics are presented as reflects options available in the local well as basic work readiness skills. area. Students participate in an unpaid Advanced Topics in Professional (Total course hours 160) job training in a position of personal Practice interest to acquire job specific skills. This course introduces students to JET 152 Workplace skills are evaluated by both Project Management methodology student and local business manager Workplace Communication and tools, as well as the consulting to assess areas of strengths and areas skills necessary to work either as an In this course, students are introduced requiring further development. internal or an external HR consultant. to effective methods of workplace (Total course hours 120) Prerequisite: HRPR 308 communication. Strategies to over- Corequisite: HRPR 400 or HRPR 401 coming barriers in communication and 3 CR / (3,0,0) active listening skills are developed and KINS...... implemented through group work and role-plays. Conflict resolution tech- HRPR 400 niques are demonstrated and prac- KINS 100 UT Human Resource Management ticed in the classroom. Students learn Introduction and Principles of Practicum of the importance of quality customer Personal Health and Wellness In this practicum, students will apply service for success at the workplace. This course is in-depth introduction to In the Human Resource Management (Total course hours 140) the principles of health and wellness Practicum, students will apply and syn- with particular emphasis on person- thesize theoretical concepts learned JET 153 al health. A review of education and during their previous coursework in Workplace Literacy & Numeracy research on a variety of student health a workplace practicum experience. issues, and their larger impact, will be Prerequisites: a C grade in all of the In this course, students develop workplace literacy and numeracy skills. investigated and discussed. Opportun- following courses; MGT 264, MGT 266, Practice with workplace documents ities to develop skills and resources HRPR 301, HRPR 302, HRPR 303, HRPR

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 192 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

for optimal health as it relates to life form a variety of conditioning exercis- human movement and performance. and academic success are included. es. The theory and practice of personal There will be emphasis on systems 3 CR / (3,0,0) exercise prescription will be empha- that support human movement and sized. This course will incorporate performance including muscular, KINS 110 UT both lecture and physical activity labs. cardiovascular, and respiratory. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: KINS 100 Prerequisite: KINS 132 Introduction to Sport 3 CR / (3,2,0) 3 CR / (3,2,0) Administration This course provides an overview of KINS 128 UT KINS 235 UT selected topics in the administra- tion and management of the leisure, Contemporary Health Issues Sport and Exercise Psychology sport and recreation fields. Topics This course will focus on many of the This course is an introduction to psych- will include: foundations of sport and health issues in current society. This ological theories and research related recreation administrative, an overview course includes the following topics: to both sport and exercise behaviour. of the Canadian Sport Delivery System, psychological disorders, comple- Students will gain an understanding programs and programming adminis- mentary and alternative medicine, of how psychological factors influence trative operations, and management reproduction and pregnancy, infec- participation and performance in sport, skills. The theoretical knowledge gained tion and immunity, major diseases exercise, and physical education. The will be applied to personal manage- (cardiovascular diseases, cancer, application of knowledge to a variety ment and a practical situation in the diabetes), musculoskeletal disorders/ of physical activity settings will be pro- administration of a sporting event.. disease (e.g., arthritis, osteoporosis), moted. The course provides a broad 3 CR / (3,0,0) medications, and aging (e.g., de- overview of a variety of topics: per- mentia, death and dying). Due to the sonal factors (motivation, personality, KINS 120 UT evolving nature of health information, arousal and anxiety), social processes additional topics may be covered. (e.g., leadership, cohesion, aggression), Biomechanics Prerequisite or Co-Requisite: KINS 100 psychological skills training (anxiety An introductory examination of the 3 CR / (3,0,0) management, imagery, etc.), exercise mechanical and anatomical basis of and well-being, addiction, and injury. human movement. Students gain KINS 132 UT Prerequisite: PSYC 101 an understanding of the applica- Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 226 tion of the elementary principles of Human Functional Anatomy 3 CR / (3,0,0) physics and math and apply them This course introduces the anatomy to a quantitative analysis of human of the body and how it relates to movement. This analysis also focuses human movement and perform- KINS 260 UT on the development of forces within ance. Students use a multimedia Nutrition for Health muscles and their effect on initiation cadaver study, three-dimensional This course will introduce students to and controlling human movement. models, and lab activities to facilitate the relationship between nutrition and Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 a hands-on approach to learning.. health. Students will focus on healthy or MATH 045 Prerequisite or Co-requisite: KINS 100 eating, understanding strategies for Prerequisite or Co-requisite: KINS 100 3 CR / (3,2,0) modifying food patterns within the 3 CR / (3,0,0) context of lifestyle and culture, and KINS 150 UT identifying standards of healthy eating KINS 121 UT in Canada. Since nutrition is a science, Pedagogy and Coaching the course will break down food into Leisure and Sport in Society This course will provide students with its chemical components, known as This course is an introductory exam- the necessary knowledge and profi- nutrients, and discuss the functions ination of leisure and sport from the ciency to adequatley and successfully and health implications of nutrients. perspectives of th humanities and coach and operate all aspects of Prerequisite: KINS 100 social sciences. Emphasis is placed a sport team or program. Empha- 3 CR / (3,0,0) on the definition of concepts and on sis will be places on the followng different theories which purport to topics: roles, functions, and tasks of explain the nature and role of leisure a coach, making sthical decisions, KINS 245 UT and sport in Canadian society. planning a practice, basic nutrition Injury Prevention and Prerequisite or Co-requisite: KINS 100 concepts, the teaching process and Management 3 CR / (3,0,0) how eligible for NCCP certification. This course provides guidelines and Prerequisite or Co-requisite: KINS 100 recommendations for preventing KINS 124 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) injuries, recognizing injuries, and learning how to correctly manage Principles of Physical Fitness KINS 232 UT a specific injury. This course pro- This course will provide an overview of vides basic information on a variety the concepts and principles of physical Human Applied Physiology of topics that all relate in how to fitness. The topic areas include the This course will examine the functional provide health care to an athlete. components of health-related fitness, characteristics of human systems. Stu- Prerequisite: KINS 131 (or HK 233) fitness assessments, and the effects of dents will be introduced to the physi- 3 CR / (3,0,0) exercise. Students will study and per- ology of the body and how it relates to

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 193

KINS 273 UT Provincial Level Law retreat which typically occurs on the second weekend after classes begin. Research Methods in Kinesiology Law 050 is designed to provide stu- dents with an awareness of various Prerequisites: English 12 or English 12: This course is an introduction to re- past and present forces that shape First Peoples, English 045 or equiva- search methodology in Kinesiology and Canadian society in relation to Can- lent allied health studies. Topics covered adian law. This awareness will be used 3 CR / (3,1,0) will include the following; the scientific to build an understanding of how method, the major research designs multiple cultural, geographic, econom- used in Kinesiology, critical analysis of LEAD 201 BUS/UT ic, gender, political, and racial perspec- research literature, and an introduction Exploring the Five Practices for tives impact and intersect with the to research proposals. The major goals Exemplary Leaders Canadian legal system. Students will be are to understand and apply scientific expected to challenge and revise their LEAD 201 builds on the skills a quired knowledge in the field of Kinesiology. personal points of view by reviewing in LEAD 101. In the context of teams Prerequisite: 18 credits in University the ways “others” both impact and are and teamwork, Lead 201 will explore Transfer (UT) impacted by the Canadian legal system. the five practices of exemplary leaders. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Pre or Co-requisite: English 12, English Through a variety of dynamic inter- 050, English 051, or First People’s action sessions - lectures, discussions, KINS 276 UT English 12 leadership circles, case studies and 0 CR / (112.5 total course hours) movies - this course will continue to Exercise Physiology equip students to function as leaders This course is an introduction to the in all of life’s challenging environments. physiology of muscular exercise, LAW 294 BUS/UT We’ll further explore conventional physical conditioning, and training. Business Law notions of leadership, then expand Topics include: acute and chronic This course introduces students to and enhance them through practical effects of exercise on body systems; fundamental legal concepts, princi- leadership experiences in groups and basic concepts of cardiovascular, ples, and issues that are relevant to the general community. The personal respiratory nervous and muscular Canadian business. It also promotes development begun in LEAD 101 will responses to physical activity; short an understanding of how these legal continue, but is not the primary focus. and long term adaptations to ex- concepts and issues are applied to This course includes a mandatory ercise; and the interrelationships specific problems in business. Topics retreat which typically occurs on the among energy intake, energy transfer include an introduction to the Can- second weekend after classes begin. during exercise, and the physiologic adian legal system, the law of torts, Prerequisite: LEAD 101 systems that support energy trans- and the law of contract. An in-depth 3 CR / (3,1,0) fer. Students apply what they have investigation is then made in specific learned to enhance exercise training, areas of contract and business law, athletic performance, and health. LEAD 250 BUS/UT including sale of goods contracts, em- Experiential Leadership Project Prerequisite: KINS 232 or BIO 112 ployment contracts, the law of agency, 3 CR / (3,2,0) corporations, secured transactions, In this course students take the con- the law of real property and mort- cepts, skills, and techniques learn- KINS 291 UT gages, and negotiable instruments. ed in LEAD 101 and LEAD 201 and 3 CR / (3,0,0) apply them to a real group project. Work Experience in Kinesiology They will create, run, and evalu- The purpose of this field experience ate a group project in the college, is to provide the student with a LEAD...... the community or their workplace practical learning environment in the with the support of a mentor. field of Kinesiology. It offers students Prerequisites: LEAD 101 and LEAD 201 the opportunity to be active partici- LEAD 101 BUS/UT 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) pants in a work-related environment and apply theory, concepts, and Developing the Leader Within skills learned previously during their Mastering self-leadership is the fouda- MATH...... various Kinesiology diploma courses. tion of true leadership. Lead 101 fo- This course is a graduating require- cuses on recognition and development ment to be taken in second year. of persoal leadership skills and also MATH 028 Prerequisites: Must have successfully introduces group skills. In this course Fundamental Preparatory completed at least five of the following you will experience what it means courses: KINS 110, KINS 122, KINS 127, to be a leader. Through a variety of Mathematics (Competency KINS 150, KINS 235, KINS 245, HK 210, dynamic interaction sessions, Part 1 Based) HK 122, HK 127, HK 100/200 of The Leadership Lab will begin to This is a course designed for the 0 CR / (0,0,1.7) equip you to function as a leader. The student who has some understanding Leadership Lab will explore conven- of whole numbers and who wants tional concepts of leadership but will to expand his or her knowledge of LAW...... take you beyond to an understand- whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ing of leadership as lifestyle through estimation, and problem solving. practical leadership experiences. Prerequisite: Interview with the Aca- LAW 050 BUS/UT This course includes a mandatory demic Upgrading placement person or

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 194 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca department head and participation in who are pursuing entry-level trades MATH 045 a reading and writing assessment. training or an apprenticeship in a 0 CR / (Total course hours 112) trade which requires a background in Advanced Algebraic Mathematics algebra and trigonometry. Students This course includes a core of alge- MATH 029 entering electrical, millwright, machin- bra; factoring; radicals; exponents; ist, power engineering, or computer/ graphing; solving linear, simultaneous, Basic Preparatory Mathematics network electronics technician pro- and quadratic equations; formu- (Competency Based) grams could use this course as a math las; functions; and trigonometry. This course is a review of basic oper- prerequisite. Topics include review of Prerequisite: A minimum B+ grade in ations in whole numbers, decimals and fractions, decimals, percentage and Math fractions, basic operations with ratio ratio and proportion plus operations 030; or minimum grade of B in Foun- and proportion and precent, as well with signed numbers, exponents, dations as an introduction to algebra, metric roots, basic algebra, formula use and of Math and Pre-calculus 10; or Math measurement, geometry, and graphing.​ manipulation, Pythagorean Theorem, 044; or Prerequisite: Successful completion of right triangle trigonometry, solution as evaluated by a placement test. Math 015, or Math 028 within the last of linear and quadratic equations plus Note: All courses must have been year, or as determined by the appro- trades-related problems for all topics. completed within the last 12 months. priate CNC placement test. Prerequisite: MATH 030 completed 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) within the last year, or Pre- Calculus 11 with a B+ or higher completed with- MATH 050 MATH 030 in the last year, or as evaluated by an Academic Upgrading placement test. Provincial Preparatory Algebraic Intermediate Algebraic 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) Mathematics Mathematics This course is designed for stu- This course includes an introduction to MATH 043 dents who are seeking admission to the metric system, ratio and propor- technical programs or who need to tion, roots and powers, manipulation Advanced Foundations meet a prerequisite of Math 12. This of formulas, an extensive introduction Mathematics course will also prepare students to algebra, basic geometry, graphing This course is designed for students for introductory calculus. Topics and writing equations from graphs, who are seeking admission to business include polynomials; equations and and right angle triangle trigonometry. courses, nursing and technical pro- inequalities; imaginary and complex Prerequisite: Successful comple- grams that require Foundations Math numbers; sequences and series; and tion of MATH 026, or MATH 020, or 11. Topics for this course include using exponential, logarithmic, circular, MATH 029, within the last year, or as basic algebra, factoring, graphing, and trigonometric and inverse functions. determined by the appropriate CNC solving systems of linear equations and Prerequisite: Math 045 completed placement test.. relations; solving and graphing linear within the last year or Pre-Calculus 11, 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) inequalities and quadratic functions; B+ completed within the using right angle trigonometry and last year or as evaluated by an Aca- MATH 041 geometry. And introducing statistics, demic Upgrading placement test. scale diagrams and logical reasoning. 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) Trades Math I Prerequisite: Math 030 or Founda- The course is designed for students tions of Math 10 with a C or higher MATH 100 UT who are pursuing a career in trades or Pre-calculus 10 with a C or higher; or a trades-related field. It serves as a completed within the last year or as Pre-calculus Mathematics math prerequisite for either entry-level evaluated by an Academic Upgrading This course is an introduction to al- programs or apprenticeships. This placement test gebra, analytic geometry and trigon- course emphasizes basic mathematics 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) ometry. It serves as the prerequisite skills and their practical application in for the two-semester science-based trades. Topics include whole number MATH 044 calculus sequence for science operations, decimals, fractions, meas- students, or as a university-credit urement systems and instruments, Advanced Developmental mathematics elective for non-science geometry of plane and solid figures, Py- Mathematics students. Topics covered include thagorean Theorem, ratio, proportion, The course includes math for sci- algebraic number systems, algebra of percentage, geometric constructions ence, number and number oper- real numbers, fundamental principle with circles, triangles, and lines plus ations, geometry, algebra – linear of analytic geometry, geometry of trades-related problems for all topics. and quadratic equations, inequalities, the real line, equations and inequal- Prerequisite: Successful completion of factoring polynomials, simplification, ities, plane synthetic and analytic MATH 026, or MATH 029, or evaluated addition, subtraction, multiplication, geometry, functions and graphs and by the appropriate placement test. and division of rational expressions. linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) Math 030; or minimum grade of C in root, algebraic, exponential, logarith- Foundations of Math and Pre-calculus mic and trigonometric functions MATH 042 10; or as evaluated by a placement Prerequisite: Precalculus 11 or Math test. Note: All courses must have been 045 or equivalent. Trades Math II completed within the last 12 months 3 CR / (4,0,0) This course is designed for students 0 CR / (112 Total course hours)

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 195

MATH 101 UT MATH 104 UT to managerial decision making. Prerequisite: SRA with a score at the Differential Calculus Elementary Statistics midpoint cutoff or higher. This course is an introduction to the This course is an introduction to the 3 CR / (3,0,0) theory, techniques, and applications of theory, techniques and applications differential calculus. It constitutes the of elementary statistics and statistical first half of the two-semester first-year methodology. It is intended primar- MATH 155 calculus sequence for students study- ily for students majoring in health Developmental Mathematics ing pure or applied science. Together, sciences, business, and liberal arts Based on the results of the SRA and Math 101 and Math 102 satisfy the programs. Topics include descrip- the requirements of the program in first-year mathematics requirement tive statistics, sampling, elementary which they are enrolled, students are in all university transfer science and probability, probability distributions, assigned a course of study which is applied science programs. Topics statistical inference, correlation, linear drawn from the following components: include theory of limits, continuous regression and analysis of variance. • Fundamental Arithmetic: Fundamen- and differentiable functions, algebraic Applications to a wide variety of tal arithmetic includes whole number and transcendental functions, basic real-world problems are emphasized. operations, decimals, fractions and optimization theory, and applications. Prerequisite: Foundations of Math- mixed numbers, ratio and propor- Prerequisite: Precalculus 12 or Math ematics 11 or Precalculus 11 or Math tion, per cent, simple graphs, and 100 or Math 050 or equivalent. 045 or equivalent. an overview of the metric system. 3 CR / (4,0,0) 3 CR / (4,0,0) • Basics of Algebra: This is a review of signed numbers, real numbers, MATH 102 UT MATH 105 UT polynomials, equations with one Integral Calculus Introductory Programming with variable, formulas, exponents, This course is an introduction to the Statistics factoring, the Cartesian co-ordinate system, word problems, and ma- theory, techniques, and applications MATH 105 is a continuation of MATH nipulating and deriving formulas. of integral calculus. It constitutes 104, and is specifically intended for the second half of the two-semes- students who plan to study Forest- ter first-year calculus sequence for ry at UBC. The students will write MATH 157 BUS/UT students studying pure or applied their own programs and also use a Business Statistics science. Together, Math 101 and library of programs in order to solve This course introduces the student Math 102 satisfy the first-year math- problems (word-processing, spread- to basic statistical methods. Topics ematics requirement in all university sheet, and database programs). include descriptive statistics, prob- transfer science and applied science Prerequisite: MATH 104 ability, estimation, hypothesis test- programs. Topics include antideriva- 3 CR / (3,3,0) ing, charting, and linear regression. tives, differential equations, definite Applications to business are stressed. and indefinite integrals, techniques Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 of integration, transcendental func- MATH 135 UT or Pre-Calculus 11 or MATH 045 or tions, area, volume, arc length, Discrete Mathematics I equivalent improper integrals, infinite sequen- This course is an introduction to the 3 CR / (3,0,0) ces and series, and applications. theory and applications of finite and Prerequisite: Math 101, or equivalent countable sets. Topics include set 3 CR / (4,0,0) theory, inclusion/exclusion principle, MATH 165 UT multiplication principle, counting Calculus for Social, Economin and MATH 103 UT theory, propositional and predicate Life Sciences logic, mathematical induction, number The topics covered in this course Finite Mathematics theory and finite state machines. This are the basic concepts and tech- This course is an introduction to course is also offered as CSC 135. niques of differential and integral the theory and applications of finite Students with credit for CSC 135 can- calculus, with emphasis on appli- and countable sets. It is intended not take Math 135 for further credit. cations of interest to students not primarily for students in business, Prerequisite: Foundations of Math- majoring in mathematical sciences. education, and liberal arts programs, ematics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math Prerequisite: Foundations of Math- but is suitable, also, as an elective 050 or Math 100 or equivalent ematics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math for students studying mathematics 3 CR / (3,0,0) 050 or Math 100 or equivalent. or computer science. Topics are 3 CR / (4,0,0) chosen from set theory, counting MATH 145 BUS theory, probability, propositional and predicate logic, number theory, Math for Business MATH 185 linear and dynamic programming, This course introduces students Mathematics for Civil Engineering game theory and network analysis. to the principle and practices of Technology II Prerequisite: Foundations of Math- mathematics with applications to This course expands on knowledge ematics 11 or Precalculus 11 or Math business. The course covers the gained in MATH 180, Mathematics for 045 or equivalent mathematical interpretation of Civil Engineering Technology I, and will 3 CR / (3,0,0) fundamental­ business, economic and cover topics in calculus and matrix financial concepts with application

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 196 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca algebra necessary for Civil Engineering Vector Calculus Prerequisite: MATH 101 Technology. Topics will include limits, This course is an introduction to Co-requisite: Math 102 derivatives of algebraic, trigonometric, the theory, techniques, and applica- 3 CR / (3,0,0) logarithmic and exponential functions, tions of the differential and integral definite and indefinite integrals, dif- calculus of vector-valued functions MATH 215 UT ferential equations, matrix operations of a vector variable. Topics include Ordinary Differential Equations and inverses, and solving systems iterated integrals, line and surface of linear equations using matrices. integrals, theorems of Green, Gauss, This course is an introduction to the Applications to civil engineering are and Stokes, complex numbers and theory, techniques, and applications emphasized throughout the course. functions, differential equations, and of ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: MATH 180 applications to classical physics. It is intended for students studying Co-requisite: CIVE 115 Prerequisite: MATH 201 mathematics, physics or applied science. Topics include first-order 3 CR / (5,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) equations, second-order linear equations, power series solutions MATH 190 UT MATH 203 UT of secondorder equations. Laplace Principles of Mathematics for Real Analysis transform, systems of first-order Elementary Education This course is an introduction to linear equations, and applications. This is a course in basic math- the analytical concepts and theory Prerequisite: MATH 102 ematics for students studying or required to place the differential and Corequisite: MATH 204 intending to study elementary level integral calculus on a firm logical foun- 3 CR / (3,0,0) education. Topics include problem dation and is for students intending solving, natural, integer, and ration- to major in mathematics or computing MATH 235 UT al number systems, set theory, science. Topics include elementary Discrete Mathematics II number theory, algebra, geometry, logic, mathematical induction, meth- counting theory, and an introduc- ods of proof, set theory and functions, This course is a continuation of tion to probability and statistics. standard topology of real numbers, Math 135. Topics include generating 3 CR / (4,0,0) sequences, limits, continuity, differen- functions, recurrence relations, graph tiable functions, integrable functions, theory, optimization and match- MATH 195 series and uniform convergence. ing, rings and modular arithmetic, Prerequisite: At least B- in Math 102 Boolean algebra, switching func- Mathematics for Technologies 3 CR / (3,0,0) tions, coding theory, finite fields and This is a course is an introduction combinatorial designs. This course to the basic theory, techniques, and is also offered as CSC 235. Students applications of algebra and geom- MATH 204 UT with credit for CSC 235 cannot take etry as used in various technologies. Linear Algebra MATH 235 for further credit. Topics include number systems and This course is an introduction to Prerequisite: MATH 135 or CSC 135, their algebra, synthetic and analytic the theory, techniques, and appli- and MATH 101 geometry, functions and graphs, cations of vector spaces and their 3 CR / (3,0,0) and trigonometry. The course will linear transformations and is in- emphasize applications to environ- tended for students studying physical MATH 257 UT mental and forest technologies. science or applied science. Topics Business Statistics II Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe- include algebra and geometry of matics 11 or Precalculus 11 or Math systems of linear equations, matri- This course continues the introduc- 045 or equivalent ces, determinants, vector spaces, tion to business statistics which was 3 CR / (4,0,0) linear transformations, eigenvalues, presented in Business Statistics I. eigenvectors, and applications. Topics include: tests of goodness of MATH 201 UT Prerequisite: MATH 101 fit and independence, experiment- al design and analysis of variance, 3 CR / (3,0,0) Multivariable Calculus multiple regression, model building, This course is an introduction to the index numbers, time series analy- theory, techniques, and applications MATH 205 UT sis and forecasting, nonparametric of the calculus of functions of sev- Probability and Statistics methods, statistical methods for eral real variables. Topics include This course is an introduction to quality control, decision analysis, and vector-valued functions and their the theory, techniques, and appli- sample survey. Software too will be derivatives, functions of several real cations of probability distributions. used to solve statistical problems. variables, partial differentiation, It is suitable for students studying Prerequisite: MATH 157 or Math 104 gradient vector, generalized chain mathematics, physical science, 3 CR / (3,0,0) rule, implicit functions, optimization applied science, or mathematical theory and Lagrange multipliers. economics. Topics include probabil- Prerequisite: MATH 102 ity, discrete and continuous random MDRT...... 3 CR / (3,0,0) variables, expectations, probability distributions, central limit theorem, MATH 202 UT estimation and hypothesis testing. MDRT 100

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 197

Medical Device Reprocessing MEDT 105 to success in the business world. Theory Areas covered include personal Introductory Medical management and interpersonal This course gives students the theor- Terminology etical knowledge required to work as communication development skills. The main objective of the course is to entry—levelMedical Device Repro- Classroom participation and discussion analyze words structurally by dividing cessing (MDR) Technicians. With an are a necessary part of this course. them into their component parts: emphasis on quality assurance and Corequisites (for Dental Assisting stu- suffixes, prefixes, roots, and combin- patient and workplace safety, students dents only): DENT 150, 151, 153, 157 ing forms. Students will also learn to with a minimum “C” grade are introduced to the role, context correlate an understanding of word and function of the MDR Department 3 CR / (2,2,0) elements with the basic anatomy, and the responsibilities, duties and physiology and disease processes of tasks of the MDR Technician. Students MGT 157 BUS/UT the human body. The course will stress learn the principles of microbiology the correct spelling and pronunciation Principles of Management and infection prevention and con- of medical terms. Students will be This course focuses on the foundations trol within the MDR Department and able to extract and define terms from of management theory. Management how to clean, disinfect, sort, inspect, written submissions and dictation. is presented as a discipline and as a assemble, wrap and pack, sterilize, 2 CR / (2,0,0) process. The course introduces the and redistribute medical and surgical key issues of management from the devices, and patient care equipment. essential skills to management ethics. Corequisite: MDRT 110 MFAB...... Major topic areas will include the 4 CR / (Total hours 140) foundations of planning and decision making, organizational design, manag- MDRT 110 MFAB 115 ing change and innovation, leadership, Medical Device Reprocessing Metal Fabrication Foundation motivation, communications, super- Clinical Harmonized Program vision, and control of operations. 3 CR / (3,0,0) This instructor led practicum provides Learn to build, assemble and repair students with an opportunity to apply products made of steel or other the skills, knowledge and experience metals for use in a wide variety MGT 160 BUS/UT in the decontamination, preparation of manufacturing and construc- International Business and packing, sterilization, and stor- tion industries, operating special- Students investigate the importance age and distribution storage areas of ized metalworking machines. of international business and inter- hospital Medical Device Reprocessing This course includes a mandatory national trade to Canada and the (MDR) Departments. Learners are off-site practical experience compon- local region. They will study importing partnered with working technicians ent. The scale of this component is and exporting from the perspective and are provided with the opportunity dependant on the state of the local of a small or medium size business to practice skills and develop basic economy and community partnerships. in central British Columbia. By the competencies in all areas. Student end of the course, students should learning is supported through daily be able to constructively discuss an post—clinical conferences, journaling, MGT...... international business proposal in and learning activities to facilitate terms of its commercial merit and integration of knowledge and skills. practicality as a way of promoting eco- Corequisite: MDRT 100 MGT 150 BUS/UT nomic growth and job opportunities. 8 CR / (Total hours 400) Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course introduces students from MEDT...... any background to the process of MGT 254 BUS/UT planning a business. Students will work Applied Group and Leadership in peer groups to use the business Skills planning process to decide on the MEDT 100 Teamwork is a vital part of organiza- viability of a business idea. Groups will Medical Terminology tional life. Participating effectively in define a business, identify potential teams and groups requires the ability This course examines the basic market(s) for the business, create basic to understand how groups develop fundamentals of medical terminol- marketing and financial plans and de- and to understand our own personal ogy in both the written and spoken velop a basic business plan that could style, the styles of others, and how forms. Mastery of word parts and be presented to a potential investor. these impact the development of a word-building skills will aid the student 3 CR / (0,3,0) in understanding medical terminol- group. Effective teams and groups ogy and anatomical relations. The require effective leaders. Students  use of terms to describe or identify MGT 154 BUS/UT are introduced to different leadership diseases, disorders, various medical Applied Human Relations styles and discover their personal procedures, and abnormalities, as This course focuses on the person- leadership profile. Areas covered well as the use of appropriate medical al management and interpersonal include stages of group development, abbreviations will also be studied. communication skills that contribute functional leadership, motivation, 3 CR / (3,0,0) lines of communication,­ conflict

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 198 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca resolution, and managing change. MGT 264 BUS/UT MILL 116 As this is an applied skills course, students are given the opportun- Industrial Relations Industrial Mechanic ity to partici­pate in and analyze a An introduction to the fundamen- (Harmonized)/Machinist group experience for the semester. tal issues of labour/management Foundation Prerequisite: 27 credits plus MGT154 relations in Canada. Topics include This 24-week program gives students or the roles assumed by labour unions, basic skills and knowledge in both LEAD101 and 201, with a “B” grade or management, and government bodies; the millwright and machinist trades. It higher. the processes involved in collect- covers all requirements for a first-year 3 CR / (2,2,0) ive bargaining such as negotiation, apprentice in both trades, as well as mediation, conciliation, grievance and topics from other years to give stu- MGT 255 BUS/UT arbitration, contract interpretation and dents the skills needed to be success- administration; discipline procedures. ful in this industry. The program is 50% Small Business Development 3 CR / (3,0,0) practical and 50% theory. Successful This course provides students with graduates of this course will receive the knowledge required in starting MGT 266 BUS accreditation as first-year apprentices up and successfully operating a small for the educational part of both the Management Skills for business. Topics include business millwright and machinist trades. structures, location and market Supervisors assessment considerations, business Managers must have strong interper- plans, methods of financing, govern- sonal skills, problem solving skills, and MINE...... ment obligations, franchising, strategic self-management in order to interview planning and control. Case studies and job applicants, coach employees, inves- simulations are used in the course. tigate accidents or complaints, conduct MINE 110 Prerequisite: Students need a min- performance evaluations, and demon- Introduction to the Minerals strate effective leadership. This course imum 30 credits which must include Industry ACC 151 (or COM 204), focuses on practical, applied leader- MKT 152 and MGT 154 ship and managerial skill development. This course introduces students to the wide scope of the mining industry and 3 CR / (2,2,0) 4 CR (6,0,0) prepares them for further courses in mining. The course covers the breadth MGT 256 BUS/UT MGT 270 BUS of the industry from mineral explora- Entrepreneurial Development Cross-Cultural Workplace tion through to processing and market- A study of entrepreneurship including Practices ing of mining products. The importance the various methods and support sys- This course is designed to enable the of environmental considerations and tems required to successfully launch a learner to understand the nature of sustainable development are intro- new venture, product, or system. Con- cultural differences in management duced. Students learn the terminology sideration is given to methods required and organizational practices. Given the used in the industry in preparation for both new and existing enterprises. large and growing nature of the global for further courses taught during the This course draws together the many business environment, this course program. Except for online courses, a skills of various programs culminat- will enhance the learner’s ability to visit to an active mining operation will ing in an interdisciplinary project. participate effectively in operations form part of the course curriculum. Prerequisite: 30 post-secondary that incorporate diverse cultures. Prerequisite: None credits 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,1.5,0) 3 CR / (2,2,0) MILL...... MINE 120 MGT 263 BUS/UT Exploring Mining Opportunities Human Resource Development This course provides the student An introduction to personnel manage- MILL 115 with an overview of employment ment including organization of the opportunities in the mining industry. Industrial Mechanic Students are introduced to the variety personnel functions: recruitment and (Harmonized) Foundation selection, interviewing and counsel- of employment opportunities avail- ling, job descriptions and evaluation, This 24-week program gives students able within both the local and global compensation and salary adminis- basic skills and knowledge in the mining industry and identify areas of tration, management development millwright trade. It covers all require- employment interest. Action plans and and performance appraisal, training ments for a first-year apprentice, as career goals will be identified in order and manpower planning, safety and well as topics from other years to for students to increase employment occupational health. The course places give students the skills needed to success within the mining industry. particular emphasis on the practical be successful in this industry. The Prerequisite: None application of personnel policies and program is 50% practical and 50% 3 CR / (3,1) procedures, on personnel’s relation- theory. Successful. 3 graduates of this ship to management and on manage- course will receive accreditation as MINE 130 ment’s responsibilities to employees. first-year apprentices for the educa- tional part of the millwright trade. Mining Industry Safe Work 3 CR / (3,0,0)

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 199

Practices • Introduction to Skid Steer pertaining to the Minerals Process- Through a variety of courses, as out- Operations (12 hours) ing environment, including personal lined in the outcomes section, students Prerequisite: None safety equipment, practices for injury gain understanding and knowledge of 3 CR / (8.5, 2.9) prevention, workplace violence pre- safe work practices and WorkSafeBC vention, first aid, clean workplace, and regulations as they pertain to both MINE 150 equipment-specific safety procedures. With this information, the student the Health, Safety and Reclamation Job Entry Operations Code for Mines in British Columbia will have current and relevant infor- and the mining industry. The student Through an industry supported mation to maintain a high level of becomes proficient in understanding learning experience, students will knowledge and on-the-job safety. This the responsibilities of joint health explore the fundamental skills in foundation course is a prerequisite and safety training, safety, hazard typical mining industry entry-level for any on-site work in the program recognition and control, musculoskel- positions. They will be coached in the and is complemented by integrated etal disorder prevention, workplace “industry standard” selection process- safety components within the applied violence prevention, due diligence, es and exposed to a variety of work courses of the Minerals Processing risk assessment and control, lock positions within the mining industry Operator Certificate program. out procedures, and accident inves- sector. In addition, the course will Prerequisite: Admission into the Min- tigations. With this information, the include simulator training on entry- eral Processing Operator Certificate student will have current and relevant level mining industry equipment, program information to maintain a high level of such as Heavy Haul Truck and Rubber 3 CR / (7.5 hours per week) knowledge and on-the-job safety. This Tire Front End Loader equipment. foundation course is a prerequisite for Corequisite: MINE 110 MINL 140 3 CR / (120 total course hours) any on-site work in the program and Operating Tools and Equipment is complemented by integrated safety This course covers the safe handling components within the applied cours- MINL...... of operator tools and equipment in es of the MINE Certificate program. the mineral processing plant. It is an Prerequisite: None Note: MINL courses are restricted overview of problem solving two- and 3 CR / (4,1.2,0) to students in the Mineral Process- four-stroke engines and positive and ing Operator Certificate program. non-positive displacement pumps. MINE 140 Prerequisite: Admission into the Min- Mining Industry Skill Certification MINL 120 eral Processing Operator Certificate program This course provides students with Essential Skills for Mineral 3 CR / (5 hours per week) fundamental skills in core components Processing of tasks required by workers within This courses introduces students to the mining industry. Each skill is an MINL 150 essential skills that will help students essential component of being able perform the tasks required by their Environmental Safety — to function effectively in the mining occupation, provides students with a Chemicals industry environment. This founda- foundation to learn other skills, and This course covers the handling tion course is prerequisite to any enhances students’ abilities to adapt and safety aspects of chemicals and on-site work in the resource industry to change. The course covers the reagents used in the mineral process- and is complemented by integrated scope of work that has been identified ing plant. The hazards, emergency safety components within the applied by NOC 9411 for Minerals Process- procedures and safe handling of chem- courses. This course can be tailored ing Operators. High priorities are icals are covered as well as clean-up to the needs of local and regional document use, problem solving and procedures of possible spills. Addition industry by providing a minimum of decision making. Secondary topics of chemicals to the processes and the seven certificate courses. Successful include numeracy; digital; and reading, keeping of inventory are described. completion of MINE 140 will be grant- writing and oral communication. ed upon achievement of 70% of the Prerequisite: Admission into the Min- offered certificate courses. Possible Prerequisite: Admission into the Min- eral Processing Operator Certificate program certificate options may include and not eral Processing Operator Certificate program be limited to the following certificates: 3 CR / (3.75 hours per week) 3 CR / (5 hours per week) • Standard First Aid Mine with Trans- portation Endorsement (24 hours) MINL 160 • Mine Rescue Surface MINL 130 Mineral Processing Course (40 hours) Mill Industry Safe Work Practices This course is designed for potential • Confined Space (4 hours) The student will gain understanding mineral processing operators with and knowledge of safe work practices no prior training in this area. Basic • Fall Protection (4 hours) and WorkSafe BC regulations as they principles and terminology are cov- • Environmental Spills (EMS) (4 hours) pertain to both the Health, Safety and ered along with operating circuits in • Rigging and Lifting (8 hours) Reclamation Code for Mines in British a typical processing plant. Students • Radio Communications (6 hours) Columbia, and the mining industry. will work safely, with a broad/compre- • Introduction to Forklift The student will become proficient hensive understanding of the basic Operations (12 hours) in understanding safe work practices principles of the different components

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 200 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

that comprise a mineral processing decision-making responsibilities of marketing strategies such as one-to- plant. The course will cover safety the marketing manager are exam- one, permission and viral marketing, aspects of the specific equipment as ined with particular emphasis on online customer behaviour and market well as what is required to be product- market research, demand analysis, research, online competitive analysis, ive and safe in the work environment. cost analysis, and market planning resource and funding requirements, Topics covered include crushing, and development. Case studies and interactive marketing communications, grinding, flotation, gravity separation, computer-based simulations are used online advertising and promotional thickening, and filtration, concentrate extensively throughout the course. strategies, and Internet publishing. handling and tailings management. Prerequisite: MKT 152 Prerequisites: CIS 165 and MKT 152 Prerequisite: Admission into the Min- 3 CR / (3,2,0) 3 CR / (2,2,0) eral Processing Operator Certificate program MKT 266 BUS/UT 3 CR / (30 hours per week) MLTS...... Integrated Marketing MINL 190 Communication Note: MLTS courses are restricted This course focuses on planning a to students in the Medical Labora- Job Entry — Mineral Processing media campaign. The four elements of tory Technology Science program. Mill promotion (personal selling, advertis- Through an industry-supported ing, publicity, and sales promotions) MLTS 101  learning experience, the student is will be examined separately, and Medical Terminology provided fundamental skills in typical in relation to each other, from the mining industry entry-level positions marketing manager’s point of view. This course is designed to provide the and will be coached through indus- Special attention will be given to forms student with the basic fundamentals try-selected positions by the same of promotion, such as special events. of medical terminology in both written process used by the host mine. The Prerequisite: MKT 152 and spoken forms. Mastery of word student is also exposed to knowledge 3 CR / (3,0) parts and building skills will aid the of positions other than entry-level in student in understanding medical the minerals processing sector. The terminology and anatomical relations. student is provided with a logbook MKT 271 BUS/UT Medical terminology of the organiz- and will chronicle the various pos- Consumer Behaviour ation of the body, to include integu- itions observed. In this logbook, the A study of the various influences af- mentary, musculoskeletal, digestive, studentNotes the skills, requirements, fecting the consumer in the purchasing cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, and hazards for these positions. process. Economic and demographic reproductive, and nervous systems Prerequisites: MINL 130, MINL 140, factors will be among the many con- will be studied along with the special MINL 150, MINL 160 siderations examined. The consumer senses and the endocrine system. 3 CR / (30 hours per week) decision-making process and its 1 CR / (1,0,0) implication on a company’s market research design, data collection, and MLTS 110 MKT...... interpretation process will be covered. Microbiology and Infection Prerequisite: MKT 152 Prevention 3 CR / (3,0,0) MKT 152 BUS/UT Microbiology and Infection Preven- tion introduces the student to clinical Principles of Marketing MKT 272 BUS/UT microbiology and infectious diseases This course is an introduction to mar- Marketing Research Methods including a brief history of micro- keting activities in modern business This is an introductory course in biology and introduction to bacterial firms. The major topics covered are marketing research. Topics include genetics and metabolism. Disinfec- target markets and segmentation, research design, data collection, sam- tion and antimicrobial treatment are consumer behaviour, research and pling, and data analysis. The class will introduced. Immunology and the information systems, and the mar- carry out a marketing research project, body’s response to foreign substan- keting mix. Throughout the course, beginning with a problem analysis, ces is introduced. Common Gram emphasis is on the application of and leading to a final research report. positive cocci that are often involved concepts and perspectives to current Prerequisites: MATH 157, MKT 152 in human diseases are covered. business problems and opportunities, 3 CR / (3,2,0) Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 112, through case studies and projects. MLTS 114, MLTS 116 , MLTS 122 3 CR / (3,0,0) MKT 285 BUS/UT 4 CR / (5,2,0) MKT 251 BUS/UT Internet Marketing MLTS 112 This introduction to Internet market- Marketing Management Theory Introduction to Laboratory and Applications ing concepts and strategies examines the strategic and tactical marketing Medicine This course presents the analysis of principles needed for successful This course will provide the theory This marketing management as it relates online business development. Topics course introduces clinical laboratory to marketing opportunities, marketing include principles of Internet and elements including basic equipment, planning, and product strategy. The participation marketing, Internet interpersonal communication in a

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 201

healthcare setting, and laboratory 3 CR / (3,2,0) Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade specimen collection. Specimen hand- in each of the following courses: MLTS ling and transportation to ensure the MLTS 131 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, quality of laboratory results is dis- MLTS 176, MLTS 181 cussed. Some of the topics covered Histotechnology I 3 CR / (3,3,0) are: laboratory glassware, pipettes, bal- An introduction to the principles and ances, centrifuges, microscopes, calcu- practices of preparing clinical spec- MLTS 158 lations and safety, as well as teamwork, imens for histological examination. grief and loss, and determinants of Topics covered includes: prepara- Introduction to Hematology health. Emphasis will be on the collec- tion of specimens for examination, This course is a study of the produc- tion of blood specimens and practice fixation; preparation of tissue in tion and function of the normal blood in venous collection on adults and wax blocks and application of the cells: erythrocytes, leukocytes and capillary collection will be provided. wax embedded tissue onto slides. platelets. The laboratory sessions in- Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110, Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade clude microscopic evaluation of blood MLTS 114, MLTS 116 , MLTS 122 in each of the following courses: MLTS films as well as some of the procedures 3 CR / (4,2,0) 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, routinely performed in the clinical MLTS 116, MLTS 122 laboratory to evaluate blood cells. 2 CR / (2,2,0) Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade MLTS 114 in each of the following courses: MLTS Anatomy and Physiology MLTS 136 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, This course develops the students’ MLTS 116, MLTS 122 understanding of the structure and Histotechnology II 3 CR / (4,3,0) function of organs and systems in This course provides an overview of the normal human body. A study of the techniques used to demonstrate MLTS 161 basic chemical principles is included. cellular and non- cellular compo- Hematopathology Medical terminology will be expanded nents for microscopic examination. and concepts of pathology introduced. Students will perform the tech- Hematopathology Section I is a study Lab exercises develop the ability to niques and evaluate the results. of the pathophysiology of various recognize cellular and noncellular Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade leukemias as related to the laboratory components in body systems. in each of the following courses: MLTS involvement in diagnosis and treat- Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110, 131,MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, ment. Special tests used for differential MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 116 , MLTS MLTS 176, MLTS 181 diagnosis are included. Hematopathol- 122 3 CR / (2,2,0) ogy Section II is the pathophysiology of 4 CR / (Total course hours 104) various anemia as related to laboratory MLTS 143 involvement in diagnosis and treat- ment. Special tests used for differential MLTS 116 Microbiology II diagnosis are included. Information Quality Systems Microbiology II expands the number of in both sections is applied to the This course is designed to provide microorganisms covered in MLTS 110. detection of analytical discrepancies individuals with an overview of factors The body sites and infections involved and ensuring timely, valid results. affecting quality in laboratory testing. are also expanded. Antimicrobial treat- Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade This includes covering quality system ments are expanded. Common Gram in each of the following courses: MLTS essentials, other quality assurance negative bacilli that are often involved 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, programs, and quality control tech- in human diseases are covered. The MLTS 176, MLTS 181. niques used to validate test results. student continues to practice the safe 3 CR / (3,3,0) This course contains a research com- lab practices learned in MLTS 110. ponent focused on quality systems. Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade MLTS 164 in each of the following courses: MLTS Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110, Clinical Chemistry I MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 122 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, 3 CR / (3,0,0) MLTS 116, MLTS 122 This course will provide the knowledge 3 CR / (3,3,0) and skills required to perform selected tests in clinical chemistry. The clinical MLTS 122 MLTS 144 significance and methods of analysis Principles of Laboratory Analysis of various chemical constituents in Microbiology III This course focuses on the princi- biological specimens will be covered. ples commonly used for quantita- Microbiology III expands the number During laboratory sessions, students tive analysis in clinical laboratories. of microorganisms as covered in MLTS will perform techniques to assay vari- It introduces the student to the 110 and MLTS 143. The body sites and ous biochemical constituents in blood principles and applications of light infections involved are also expand- and body fluids. Recognizing the rela- measuring systems, electrochemistry, ed. Antimicrobial testing is covered in tionship between analyses, diagnoses, electrophoresis, chromatography, detail. Gram positive bacilli, anaerobes, clinical information will be emphasized. osmometry, immunoassay, mass and spirochetes that are often involved Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade spectrometry and particle analysis. in human diseases are covered. The in each of the following courses: MLTS Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110, student continues to practice the safe 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 116 lab practices learned in MLTS 110. MLTS 116, MLTS 122

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 202 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

3 CR / (3,3,0) group systems as they apply to the the students’ theoretical knowledge testing of blood for transfusion pur- of hematology through tutorials, MLTS 168 poses. The detection, treatment and case studies and exams. This course prevention of Hemolytic Disease of the also covers the practical compo- Clinical Chemistry II Newborn is also covered. Laboratory nent of hematology through work This course will allow students to build exercises provide practical experi- experience in a clinical laboratory. on the knowledge and skills learned ence and complement the theory Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade in Clinical Chemistry I. The clinical Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade in each of the following courses: MLTS significance and methods of analysis in each of the following courses: MLTS 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, of additional chemical constituents in 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, MLTS 182, MLTS 195 biological specimens will be covered. MLTS 176, MLTS 181 7 CR / (2,0,8) During laboratory sessions, students 3 CR / (3,2,0) will perform techniques to assay MLTS 268 various biochemical constituents in MLTS 195 blood and body fluids. Recognizing Clinical Chemistry Practicum the relationship between analysis, Practicum Preparation This course reviews and expands the diagnosis, clinical information and This course will prepare the students student’s theoretical knowledge of clin- treatment will be emphasized. for the acceptance by the practicum ical chemistry through tutorials, work- Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade site. Required on linecourses will be sheets, case studies and exams. This in each of the following courses: MLTS completed and fit testing performed. course also covers the practical com- 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, Orientation to the practicum book- ponent of clinical chemistry through MLTS 176, MLTS 181 lets and instructor expectations work experience in a clinical laboratory. 3 CR / (3,2,0) in practicum will be discussed. Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade in each of the following courses: MLTS MLTS 176 in each of the following courses: MLTS 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, MLTS 182, MLTS 195 Molecular Diagnostics MLTS 176, MLTS 181 7 CR / (2,0,8) This course provides the student (Total course hours 12) with an introduction to the principles MLTS 270 of molecular techniques and the practical applications of this technol- MLTS 238 Specimen Collection Practicum ogy in a diagnostic laboratory. Topics Histotechnology Practicum Major topics covered are blood include, DNA/RNA isolation, hybrid- This course reviews and expands collection, safe work practices, and ization, polymerase chain reaction, the student’s theoretical knowledge professionalism. Students will prac- and restriction enzyme analysis. of Histotechnology through tutor- tice the collection, handling, trans- Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade ials and exams. This course also portation and processing of various in each of the following courses: MLTS covers the practical component laboratory specimens to help ensure 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, of Histotechnology through work the quality of laboratory results. MLTS 116, MLTS 122 experience in a clinical laboratory. Emphasis will be on the collection 2 CR / (1,1,0) Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade of blood specimens, and practice in each of the following courses: MLTS in venous collection on adult and MLTS 181 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, capillary collection will be provided. MLTS 182, MLTS 195 Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade Transfusion Medicine I 4 CR / (1,0,5) in each of the following courses: MLTS This course involves the study of 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, immunology, the theory of genetics, MLTS 116, MLTS 122 blood donations, and red cell blood MLTS 248 3 CR / (0.5,0,2) group systems. The theory of sero- Microbiology Practicum logical testing of blood for transfusion This course reviews and expands the MLTS 288 purposes is covered. Laboratory student’s theoretical knowledge of exercises provide practical experi- microbiology through tutorials, work- Transfusion Medicine Practicum ence and complement the theory. sheets, case studies and exams. This This course reviews and expands on Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade course also covers the practical com- the theoretical knowledge of trans- in each of the following courses: MLTS ponent of microbiology through work fusion science through case studies, 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, experience in a clinical laboratory. worksheets and exams. This includes MLTS 116, MLTS 122 Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade the principles of immunology and 3 CR / (2,1,0) in each of the following courses: MLTS knowledge of blood group systems. 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, This course covers the practical com- MLTS 182 MLTS 182, MLTS 195 ponent of transfusion science through 9 CR / (2,0,10) work experience in a clinical labora- Transfusion Medicine II tory. This includes performing quality This course involves the study of MLTS 264 control procedures, routine pretrans- imThis course continues the study of fusion testing, identifying common red immunology, the theory of genetics, Hematology Practicum blood cell antigens and antibodies, blood donations, and red cell blood This course reviews and expands preparing and issuing blood products,

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 203

and recognizing and investigating services for people who live with preventing and managing distress; adverse transfusion reactions. mental illness and/or substance use. working with cultural diversity; dealing Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade 1CR / (1,0,0) with clients’ needs associated with in each of the following courses: MLTS age and abilities; mortality; managing 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, MOAS 109 interpersonal conflict and harassment. MLTS 182, MLTS 195 Topics focus on improving sensitivity 4 CR / (1,0,5) Medical Office Assistant when dealing with patients, the health- Practicum care team and inwardly on ones’ self. The Medical Office Assistant practicum Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 111, MOAS...... will allow students to apply the skills MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, and knowledge they have acquired PHYS 115, BIO 126 in the classroom during the Medical 1 CR / (1,0,0) MOAS 101 Office Assistant program. Practicum Medical Office Assistant placements are scheduled for 40 MRAD 105 Procedures hours and will be in a medical office. Prerequisite: MOAS 101 and MOAS Radiographic Anatomy and This course is an introduction to the 103 with a minimum B grade in each; Physiology 1 responsibilities of a medical office and either MEDT 105 with a minimum This course parallels and supports This assistant in a fully computerized, team B grade or MEDT 100 with a minimum course parallels and supports topics based medical office. Topics covered C+ grade presented in Relational Anatomy and include: office organization, medical Co-requisite: MOAS 107 Physiology 1. The content is covered procedures, scheduling, preparing 1CR / (2.7,0,0) in a laboratory environment using clients for medical exams and exter- digital patient images and anatomic- nal care providers. Students learn, al models. The content provides an as custodians of the client’s chart, MRAD...... in-depth focus of the entire skel- they are responsible for ensuring eton (except cranium), the digestive, the patient data is accurate, current Note: MRAD courses are restricted biliary and urinary systems. Patient and confidential. They will learn to to students in the Medical Radiog- images are included in a sectional assist the physician or nurse practi- raphy Technology Diploma program. presentation where applicable. This tioner with patient care, with man- course also provides the anatomical aging chronic disease registries, and information required for Radiograph- with related medical services. This MRAD 101 ic Procedures 1 lecture, positioning, course focuses on patient-centred Radiographic Sciences 1 and critique laboratory sessions. care and communications skills. Students gain the technical knowledge Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, 4CR / (6,0) required to operate radiographic and MRAD 111, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, accessory equipment regarding image PHYS 115, BIO 126 MOAS 103 acquisition, processing, display and 2 CR / (0,2,0) storage in the clinical environment. Medical Billing Topics include the structural design This course is a general introduction to of radiographic system components MRAD 107 billing in a fully computerized general (xray tube, table, bucky and gener- Clinical Orientation practitioner’s office. Topics covered ator) and factors that influence the This course prepares the student for include optimizing billing opportunities quality of the resultant image (patient their first clinical experience. Topics in- for all visits including medical proced- variables, exposure factors, beam clude essential elements of the general ures, emergency visits, facility visits, geometry, equipment malfunction, imaging department such as workflow, maternity, delivery, chronic diseases, display monitors, image algorithms patient and departmental documenta- mental health and palliative care. and post-acquisition processing tion, the role of the technologist in the Prerequisite: MOAS 101 with a min- tools). Fluoroscopic equipment types, workplace and their relationship with imum B grade design, construction and image patients and other healthcare mem- 3CR / (3,1,0) acquisition are discussed in depth. bers. This includes acceptable behavior Co-requisite: MRAD 111, MRAD 103, and professionalism in the Imaging MOAS 107 MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, department. The student becomes Mental Illness and Substance Use PHYS 115, BIO 126 familiar with hospital/department for Frontline Workers 4 CR / (3,1,0) administrative levels, workplace safety regulations (including radiation safety The prevalence of people presenting MRAD 103 and WHMIS), incident/abuse reporting in the community with struggles, procedures, and medical informa- impact and behaviors associated with Human Behaviour tion documentation requirements. mental illness and/or substance use This course is designed to enhance Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, is on the rise. This course is de- human relation skills by exploring re- MRAD 105, MRAD 111, MRAD 109, signed to help individuals working in search, psychological and sociological PHYS 115, BIO 126 a service provision based industry or concepts that are relevant to student 1 CR / (1,0,0) for agencies/organizations who want medical imaging technologists. Topics to feel more confident in their ability include: developing skills for interac- to recognize, support and access tions and communication with patients; MRAD 109

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 204 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Radiographic Procedures 1 19 CR / (0,30,0) Physiology is presented where relevant This course is the first of three and contributes an understanding of radiographic procedure courses that MRAD 122  the structure and relationships among adjacent organs, body processes, focuses on patient care, medicolegal Pathology 1 documentation, image production and functional imaging procedures and This course introduces students to diagnostic quality. This course provides important clinical considerations. general radiographic pathology and the theory and skills required to Prerequisite: MRAD 122, MRAD 120, the specifics of bone pathologies. The perform imaging procedures of the ap- MRAD 124 students study commonly occurring pendicular skeleton, chest & abdomen, Co-requisite: MRAD 127, MRAD 129 bone fractures seen in the clinical axial skeleton (vertebral column & 5 CR / (5,0,0) environment. Emphasis is placed on thoracic cage only) and gastrointes- recognizing fractures and the result- tinal system. Students problem solve  ant changes required to adapting the MRAD 127 to adapt to atypical patients and their patient care and exposure factors. Professional Ethics and Canadian physical, emotional and psychological Images demonstrating normal and Health Care System needs. Laboratory settings support pathological presentations en- theory with hands-on experience and This course deals with emerging and hance the theoretical component. prepare students for clinical practice. ethical issues in the Canadian health- Prerequisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, PCo-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, care system. Students study current MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 111, and emerging issues in the healthcare PHYS 115, MRAD 111, BIO126 PHYS 115, BIO 126 system such as organizational change, Co-requisite: MRAD 120, MRAD 124 14 CR / (6,8,0) resource management, departmen- 3 CR / (3,0,0) tal operation and professionalism MRAD 111 in the workplace. In addition, public MRAD 124  versus private healthcare is reviewed. Patient Care Ethical issues encountered in the Radiobiology and In this course, students develop critical current healthcare environment Radiation Protection thinking and manual patient care is studied by applying the ethical skills before, during and after imaging This course will allow students to theories, the professional code of exams. Patient support equipment effectively apply radiation protection ethics and standards of practice. from emergency/trauma areas and measures to patients, personnel, and Prerequisite: MRAD 122, MRAD 120, operating and patients’ rooms are members of the public. Radiation pro- MRAD 124 introduced. Students gain skills in tection and the fundamental concepts Co-requisite: MRAD 125, MRAD 129 preparing sterile trays, vital signs, of radiobiology are discussed in depth, 3 CR / (3,0,0) injectable medication, intravenous including interaction with tissue, radi- osensitivity, and early and late effects contrast/lines, vital signs, applying MRAD 129  oxygen and ECGs. Various imaging of radiation. Current standards for scenarios regarding patient manage- radiation protection as per Canadian CT – Clinical Applications in ment of patients with disabilities Radiation Protection Safety Code, (SC Computed Tomography (physical, mental and emotional), 35) are introduced, describing the prin- This course provides students with a post-operative and critical/trauma ciples of radiation protection, the es- basic skill set to perform Computed care and patients with lines and tube tablishment of dose limits to patients, Tomography (CT) scan examinations. attachments are enacted in laboratory. personnel and the public and various Emphasis is on practical applica- Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, methods used to minimize radiation tion and theoretical concepts of CT MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, dose to both patients and personnel. imaging. Patient care best practices PHYS 115, BIO 126 Prerequisites: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, before, during & post examinations 4 CR / (2,2,0) MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, is emphasized. Students focus on PHYS 115, MRAD 111, BIO126 basic CT protocols of the head, neck, MRAD 120 Co-requisite: MRAD 122, MRAD 120 chest, abdomen and pelvis, spine and 2 CR / (1.5,0,0) extremities. Anatomical considerations Clinical Education 1 in axial, sagittal and coronal planes This is the first of three clinical educa- MRAD 125  and image acceptability criteria is tion courses. The students are provid- assessed. CT accessory equipment, ed with ample opportunities to apply Relational Anatomy and emergency support equipment, their patient care and positioning skills. Physiology 2 contrast media and commonly oc- Students become both competent and During this course, the gross anatomy, curring pathologies are described. confident in the imaging workplace. location and anatomical relationships Prerequisite: MRAD 122, MRAD 120, The focus is on attaining competencies among organs within the abdom- MRAD 124 on procedures of the entire skeleton inopelvic cavity are examined. These Co-requisite: MRAD 125, MRAD 127 (excluding cranium), chest, abdomen, areas of study are integrated into a 4 CR / (4,0,0) gastrointestinal system, fluoroscopy sectional imaging approach, where the and operating room procedures. body is viewed in body planes (axial, Prerequisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, coronal & sagittal sections). Conven- MRAD 230 MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, tional anatomical presentations are Clinical Education 2 PHYS 115, MRAD 111, BIO126 supplemented by images obtained This is the second of three clinical Co-requisite: MRAD 122, MRAD 124 from diagnostic imaging technologies.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 205

education courses. The students one of these healthcare professions This course explores the structure and continue to work on their patient to enhance their understanding function of specialized x-ray tubes in- care and positioning skills providing of collaborative health practice. cluding recent innovations in digital to- them with opportunities to become Prerequisite: MRAD 125, MRAD 129, mosynthesis, digital radiography, digital both competent and confident in a MRAD 127 mammography, digital fluoroscopy and different imaging department. The Co-requisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235 Picture Archiving and Communication focus is on attaining competencies 2 CR / (1.5,0,0) Systems (PACS), including the goals of on procedures of the entire skeleton Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise (excluding cranium), chest, abdomen, MRAD 240 (IHE). The student gains knowledge gastrointestinal system, fluoroscopy of quality control (QC) and quality and operating room procedures. In Radiographic Anatomy and assurance (QA) programs and imple- addition, students gain experience Physiology 2 ment testing in the laboratory setting. in computed tomography (CT), bone This course parallels and emphasizes Tests include computed and digital mineral density (BMD), mammography topics presented in Relational Anatomy radiography (CR and DR), fluoroscopy and interventional procedures. and Physiology 3 (BIO 226). Content and mammography, which reference Prerequisite: MRAD 125, MRAD 129, includes key radiographic structures the Canadian Health & Safety Code 35. MRAD 127 of the cardiovascular, respiratory Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, Co-requisite: MRAD 235, MRAD 237 and nervous systems, cranium, neck, MRAD 237 19 CR / (0,32,0) thorax, spine, abdomen, pelvis and Co-requisite: MRAD 240, MRAD 243, extremities. The cranium content of MRAD 247, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, MRAD 235  this course provides the anatomical PHYS 225, BIO 226 information required for Radiograph- 4 CR / (3,1,0) Radiographic Procedures 2 ic Procedures 3 lecture, positioning, This course introduces the student and critique laboratory sessions MRAD 247 to the fundamentals of specialized of the cranium. Additional content and interventional procedures in includes identifying key anatomical Communication and Research medical imaging. Students will focus structures on sectional images in Skills on the anatomical and radiographic axial, coronal and sagittal planes MRAD 247 introduces the skills re- presentation for angiography, angio- and by using anatomical models. quired to communicate professionally plasty, embolizations, stent insertions, Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, with colleagues, medical professionals, endografts and ablations. Other MRAD 237 patients and caregivers. Students learn topics include biliary, gastrointestinal, Co-requisite: MRAD 241, MRAD 243, to utilize effective communication renal, cardiac and musculoskeletal MRAD 247, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, strategies to communicate with high interventions, surgical instruments, PHYS 225, BIO 226 professional standards. Students angiography catheters, contrast media, 2 CR / (2,0,0) learn the essentials of academic relevant technical exposure factors, research. This research knowledge administration of pharmaceuticals, is applied by researching a health contrast reactions, mammography, MRAD 241 care related topic and presenting the the female reproductive system, Radiographic Procedures 3 results; demonstrating best prac- bone mineral densitometry (BMD), This is the third installment of the tices in the application of research patient care and the technologist’s Radiographic Procedure courses. Stu- methodologies relevant to practice. role for each of these procedures. dents build on their knowledge from Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, Prerequisite: MRAD 109, MRAD 125, previous courses and clinical practice. MRAD 237 MRAD 129, MRAD 127 The focus is on higher acuity examin- Co-requisite: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, Co-requisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 237 ations of the skeleton, scoliosis and MRAD 243, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, 3 CR / (3,0,0) cranium exams and contrast studies. PHYS 225, BIO 226 Students practice in laboratory and 2 CR / (2,0,0) MRAD 237  clinical settings and obtain certification in venipuncture in preparation for MRAD 248 Inter-professional Health Computed Tomography (CT) intra- Practice venous contrast administration. Stu- Pathology 2 This course introduces students to dents perform emergency/trauma and This course deals with the techno- complementary imaging and related operating room procedures and con- logical aspects of Computed Tomog- health disciplines such as nuclear tinue building their skills in critiquing raphy (CT). The physical principles are medicine, sonography, magnetic images for diagnostic acceptability. described followed by a description resonance, cardiology, radiation ther- Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, of data acquisition concepts, the apy, nursing and medical laboratory. MRAD 237 fundamentals of image reconstruction Similar to medical radiography, these Co-requisite: MRAD 240, MRAD 243, and data display and storage. This professions contribute to the pa- MRAD 247, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, course also discusses the technical tients’ overall diagnosis and treatment PHYS 225, BIO 226 principles and applications of multi- planning which gives the students a 6 CR / (2,4,0) slice/detector CT (MSCT/MDCT); in more holistic understanding of the particular, important concepts such healthcare team and patients’ overall as the development of emerging CT medical circumstances. Students MRAD 243 technology. The course also includes have the opportunity to job shadow Radiographic Sciences 2 an overview of CT image quality, radi-

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 206 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ation dose, and quality control (QC). who wish to obtain employment in ent of the A+ certification exams. Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, Automotive Refinishing Prep and Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT MRAD 237 related industries. Students will receive program Co-requisite: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, instruction in a setting designed 3 CR / (1,2,0) MRAD 243, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, to represent a typical automotive PHYS 225, BIO 226 refinishing facility using traditional and NCIT 106  2 CR / (2,0,0) state of the art technology. Emphasis is placed on practical application of Introduction to Programming MRAD 250 skills using a variety of equipment and Programming pervades IT systems and methods on actual vehicles. A major devices. This course provides an intro- Clinical Education 3 portion of classroom time is devoted to duction to the core concepts common This is the last of three clinical theory which is presented by means of to most programming and a survey of education courses. The students lectures and demonstrations. Students the wide variety of situations in which refine their skills obtained during are required to apply and demonstrate IT workers modify or create programs their previous clinical experiences. refinishing and preparation skills in is provided. The course begins with Students are scheduled in all areas the shop area/lab in a manner that an introduction to the core concepts related to patient imaging practice. conforms to industry standards. Writ- common to most programming: the Students are required to demon- ten and practical evaluation of course sequence, selection and iteration strate competency on all general content will be required of all students. control structures, and the notion of and specialized imaging procedures objects as they are encountered in ob- and to demonstrate competency on ject-based programming. The remain- patient cases of all acuity levels. NCIT...... der of the course consists of a series Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 240, of case studies of programming as they MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247, occur in different areas (e.g., program- MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO NCIT 100  ming routers, using Javascript to add 226 The Business of behaviour to web pages, using SQL Co-requisite: MRAD 255 Information Technology to access information in databases, 21 CR / (0,34,0) and using macros to enhance MS This course is an introduction to Excel). Good pro­gramming practices the language and world of business. MRAD 255  are emphasized throughout,­ includ- Basic concepts of accounting/finance, ing top-down design, modularization, Capstone sales and marketing, and manage- code re-use, debugging techniques, This course builds upon the core ment/operations will be covered. An and creating useful documentation. explanation of current states of IT as CNC Medical Radiography Program Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT curriculum, allowing students to a business and a service place will program be investigated along with the future integrate and synthesize the know- 3 CR / (1,2,0) ledge, skills and judgments gained. of IT and careers in IT. Rural, remote and Aboriginal perspectives will be The students use academic learning NCIT 108  tools to solidify understanding and examined. A definition of Management further develop critical thinking skills Information Systems (MIS) and their Operating Systems I towards making informed decisions role in business will be explored in This course introduces students to in the clinical setting. Through guided relationship to their place within the the basic concepts of a computer’s self-study and assessments, the stu- culture of an organization and their operating system. The course will dents develop effective study skills to potential as an agent of change. The spend time on the installation and prepare for the Canadian Association definition and role of the Chief Infor- configuration of the Windows 2000 of Medical Radiography Technologists mation Officer (CIO) will be examined. Professional and Windows XP oper- (CAMRT) certification examination Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT ating systems. You are introduced and improve necessary analytical program to how to modify as well as opti- skills required in clinical settings. 3 CR / (1,2,0) mize your Windows environment. Prerequisite: MRAD 230, MRAD 240, Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247, NCIT 102  program MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO Computer Hardware 3 CR / (1,2,0) 226 This course begins to prepare stu- Co-requisite: MRAD 250 dents to support and repair personal NCIT 110  4 CR / (3.5,0,0) computers by examining: basic lab Professionalism and safety concerns, the operation of Customer Service the major parts of PCs, the oper- MVRE...... This course provides focused know- ation of devices that are commonly ledge and practical skills in public and attached to PCs, basic troubleshoot- customer relations with an IT empha- ing guidelines, and the use of Utility sis. Topics include interpersonal rela- MVRE 191 Software. For students interested tions, positive customer attitudes and Automotive Refinishing Prep in pursuing an A+ certification, the awareness, quality customer service, Technician Foundation Program material presented in the course will verbal and nonverbal communications,­ be helpful for the hardware compon- This program is designed for people customer service policies and skills,

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 207

dealing with difficult customers, conflict move, and search for information on resolution and negotiation, common a UNIX system as well as to organize NRFT...... support problems in IT, computer information using the UNIX system user support, skills necessary for user file structure. They are introduced Note: NRFT courses are restricted to support agents, help desk operation, to the screen-oriented VI editor and students in the Natural Resources and and customer service via technology. will have a chance to experiment with Forest Technology Diploma program. Cultural diversity and sensitivity is several other editors. Students learn emphasized throughout in meeting how to use the BASH shell and create NRFT 101 the needs of multi-cultural customers. shell scripts and be introduced to the Indigenous Plants: Identification, Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT X Window system and its graphical Autecology, and Cultural Uses program user interface. They will also spend The purpose of this course is to have 3 CR / (1,2,0) time exploring UNIX capabilities in the network environment and on the students learn to identify key indige- nous plants and native trees in British NCIT 112  Internet. System administration, job control, and printing will be covered. Columbia, understand the autecol- ogy, and the cultural uses for plants Foundations of Web Prerequisite: NCIT 108 or permission associated with various First Nations Development of the instructor and other groups. It also includes the This course introduces web page de- 3 CR / (1,2,0) indicator role these indigenous plants velopment. It covers HTML and XHTML play in the classification of forest sites code, standards and validation. Use of NCIT 120  and other land management activities. design elements (colour, images) and multimedia are discussed. The student Foundations of System 3 CR / (2,3,0) examines the multitude of browsers, Development standards, and requirements for web This course introduces the tools and NRFT 103 surfers everywhere and will produce techniques that are used for systems Introduction to Forest Soils a final web page that can satisfy most analysis and design. Both the tradition- The course is basic to an understand- (or all) browser types. In the second al and the object-oriented approach ing of forest productivity and the half of the course, cascading style to systems analysis and design will side effects resulting from various sheets (CSS) are used extensively, be used. This involves methods of forestry practices, with applications in while XML and JavaScript are both analysis for assessing the informa- silviculture, watershed management, touched on briefly. Students will also tion needs of an organization and and engineering. Topics covered are explore current issues in web de- determining how computer systems landforms and soil formation, physi- velopment. Students will also explore can provide problem-solving help. cal and chemical properties of soils, the future of web development. Requirements modeling will include description of profiles, the Canadian Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT additional coverage on use cases and System of Soil Classification, site program use case descriptions. System design productivity and soil disturbance. 3 CR / (1,2,0) involves specifying in detail how the Field exercise will emphasize sampling components of systems should be description and classification of soils. implemented and should be based on NCIT 114  3 CR / (3,2,0) an in-depth understanding of the busi- Networking ness problem obtained from systems This course covers a wide range of analysis. At all stages throughout this NRFT 105 material about networking, from course an iterative approach to sys- Ornithology and Mammology careers in networking to local area tems development will be emphasized. This course is designed to give networks, wide area networks, proto- Prerequisite: Admission to NCIT students knowledge about some of cols, topologies, transmission media, program the birds and mammals that live in and security. It not only introduces 3 CR / (1,2,0) British Columbia and the nature of a variety of concepts, but also dis- the habitat that is required to sustain cusses in depth the most significant NCIT 122  them. Besides studying some anat- aspects of networking, such as the omy, physiology, reproductive, and TCP/IP protocol suite. In addition to Foundation Project behavioural characteristics the course explaining concepts, the course uses a This capstone course emphasizes will focus on learning how to correctly multitude of networking issues from a teamwork and project management identify the various birds and mam- professional’s standpoint, making it a in building an information system mals by their sound, their appearance, practical preparation for the real world. from a comprehensive, real-life coloration, and the type of habitat they Prerequisite: NCIT 108 case study. The instructor leads are found in. The course will also study 3 CR / (1,2,0,0) the group through the phases of the population status and current the software development cycle to health of the environment in which produce and demonstrate a work- NCIT 118  these birds and mammals of B.C. live. ing model of the target system. 3 CR / (2,3,0) Operating Systems II Prerequisite: Completion or concur- This course provides students with rent registration in all first-year NCIT an introduction to the UNIX operat- courses NRFT 107 ing system using Linux. Students will 3 CR / (1,2,0) Aerial Photography and Image learn how to create, delete, copy,

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 208 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Interpretation wildfire management with an emphasis ied in detail throughout the semester. This course provides students with an on wildfire prevention and control. Prerequisite: NRFT 111, MATH 195 understanding of the photogrammetric Successful participants will know their 3 CR / (3,4,0) practice and image interpretation in responsibilities under the current Wild- natural resource disciplines. Students fire Act and related Regulations, will NRFT 150 understand wildfire management, and learn basic photo geometry and photo- Silvics and Dendrology grammetric measurements, mapping will be prepared to take basic steps in from aerial photographs, image inter- wildland fire suppression actions. Fire Students learn to identify all con- pretation, and applications of aerial certification for forestry workers (S- iferous and broad-leaved trees photography in natural resource inven- 100 certification) will be offered as part native to British Columbia, as well tory. The applications of other remote of this course. Wildfire related safety as their autecology, silvical, and sensing imagery will also be explored. will be stressed throughout the course. physiological characteristics. Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT 3 CR / (2,2,0) 3 CR / (2,2,0) program or written permission of the instructor NRFT 125 NRFT 155 3 CR / (1,3,0) Introduction to Earth Sciences Indigenous Plants: Identification, This course provides the student Autecology, and Cultural Uses NRFT 109 with a working knowledge of what The purpose of this course is to have Introduction to Computers are the important geologic processes students learn to identify key indigen- This course provides an introduction that created the various landforms in ous plants in British Columbia, and to computing using Windows-based British Columbia. Students will learn to understand their autecology and the computer applications. Natural re- recognize various landforms common cultural uses for plants associated source industry applications includ- to BC. Student will also learn to identify with various First Nations and other ing professional word-processing, various rocks and minerals common groups. It also includes the indicator database management, spreadsheets to BC and understand the important role these indigenous plants play in and presentation software tools will be economic roles certain rocks and min- the classification of forest sites and the primary focus of this course. Partic- erals deposits play in the maintenance other land management activities. ipants will be introduced to develop- of a healthy mining industry in BC. 3 CR / (2,2,0) ing techniques and using hardware/ 3 CR / (2,2,0) software for the natural resource NRFT 157 sector. A foundation for NRFT program NRFT 127 Introduction to Forest Soils writing standards will be established. Geomatics and Cartography 1 CR / (0,3,0) The course is basic to an understand- Geomatics involves the gathering, ing of forest productivity and the storing, processing and delivering side effects resulting from various NRFT 111 of geographic information. This type forestry practices, with applications Forest Measurements I of information is critical for effective in silviculture, watershed manage­ ­ A field-oriented course that introduces resource analysis to achieve resource ment, and engineering. Topics covered the theory and practice of all aspects management goals. This course are landforms and soil formation, of forest measurements and survey- provides students with skills in field physical and chemical properties ing. Students will receive a thorough data collection, mapping, and map of soils, description of profiles, the exposure to timber cruising and interpretation. Topics include carto- Canadian System of Soil Classification, basic forest surveying instruments. graphic principles, map projections, and basic principles of hydrology.­ 3 CR / (2,4,0) coordinate system, global positioning Field exercises emphasize sampling system (GPS), mapping, evaluation description and classification of soils. and interpretation of maps. The field Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT NRFT 121 data sets and resource management program or written permission of the Silvics and Dendrology activities in other program studies instructor The purpose of this course is to will be used for mapping project. 3 CR / (3,2,0) learn the autecology, silvical, and Co-requisite: NRFT 131 physiological characteristics of 2 CR / (1,3,0) NRFT 158 coniferous and broad-leaved trees Ornithology and Mammalogy native to British Columbia. NRFT 131 3 CR / (2,2,0) This course gives students knowledge Forest Measurements II about some of the birds and mammals NRFT 131 is a continuation of NRFT 111 that live in British Columbia and the NRFT 123 (Forest Measurements One). The intent habitat that sustains them. Along with Fire Management is to provide the student with sufficient studying some anatomical, physio- Wildfire is an ever-present component knowledge and field training to be logical, reproductive, and behavioural of the coniferous forests of Canada able to sample the forest resource to characteristics of these species, the and represents a significant danger the standards established by the B.C. course focuses on learning how to to effective forest management and Forest Service. Forest statistics and its correctly identify the various birds and community protection. The principal applications in analysing sample data mammals by their sound, appearance, emphasis in this course is on forest and controlling sampling error is stud- coloration, and the type of habitat

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 209

in which they are found. The course principles, map projections, co-ordin- 2 CR / (0,2,0) also studies the population status and ate system, global positioning system current health of the environment in (GPS), mapping, and the evaluation NRFT 205 which these birds and mammals live. and interpretation of maps. The field Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT data sets and resource management Habitat Management program or written permission of the activities in other program studies A course designed to give natural instructor are used for mapping projects. resource students an understanding of 3 CR / (2,3,0) Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT the diversity of native fish and wildlife program in North Central B.C. and the range of NRFT 160 Corequisite: FOR 162, minimum ‘D’ habitats used. The course will focus on grade forest biodiversity, with emphasis on Outdoor Recreation and Tourism 3 CR / (1,3,0) the role of fish and wildlife in a healthy This course gives students a basic forest. Students will also study forest knowledge of outdoor recreation and practices and management techniques tourism in British Columbia. It focuses NRFT 201 that seek to harmonize biodiversity on legislation and policy that regulate Natural Resources Policy objectives with forest activities. outdoor recreation in BC and the eco- and Practice Prerequisite: Completion of first-year logical, social, and economic impacts This course covers the history and program outdoor recreation has in the province. legal basis for natural resource 3CR / (2,2,0) The course covers the basic concepts management of Crown forest land of outdoor recreation, the business in British Columbia. Emphasis is NRFT 207 aspect of it, its current trends, and how placed on the Forest Act and Forest it is managed at the local and provin- and Range Practices Act, Land Act, Silviculture I cial level. In addition to class lectures, Oil and Gas Activities Act, Mines Act Silviculture is the application of basic part of the course engages students in and related Provincial and Federal tree biology and forest ecology to the some outdoor recreation activities like Acts and their associated regula- growing, harvesting, and regeneration cross-country skiing, snowboarding,­ tions. Inventory, biodiversity, and of trees. The participants in this course camping and hiking, canoeing, etc. planning concepts are introduced. will apply their knowledge of forest Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT Prerequisite: Completion of first-year soils, forest ecology, photo interpreta- program or written permission of the program tion, silvics, and forest measurements instructor 3 CR / (3,2,0) with an aim to developing strategies 3 CR / (2,3,0) for forest regeneration success. Stud- NRFT 202 ies focus on the application of eco- NRFT 180 logical description and classification, Forest Ecology determination of site potential and Introduction to Earth Sciences This course will provide an introduc- limitation, and management of forest This course provides the student with tion to the ecosystem concept, energy cover to meet a defined objective. a working knowledge of the important flow, productivity, nutrient cycling, Prerequisite: Completion of first-year geologic processes that created the climate and the physical environment, program various landforms in British Columbia. population and community ecology,dis- 3CR / (3,3,0) Students learn to recognize various turbance, and ecological succession. landforms common to BC. Students It will also introduce the Biogeocli- NRFT 209 also learn to identify various rocks matic Classification System of BC and and minerals common to BC and to consider indigenous perspectives. Natural Resources Seminar I understand the important econom- Prerequisite: NRFT101, NRFT103 with This course consists of a series of sem- ic role certain rocks and minerals a minimum grade of "C". inars covering a wide range of topics deposits play in the maintenance of Co-requisite: NRFT 121 dealing with current environmental a healthy mining industry in BC. 3 CR / (3,2,0) and stewardship issues impacting Prerequisite: Admission to NRFT natural resource management. As program or written permission of the part of the course, students will gain instructor NRFT 203 experience in researching, docu- 3 CR / (2,2,0) Supervisory Skills for Forestry menting, and analyzing information Students in this course will develop and data associated with these current NRFT 185 group management skills for suc- environmental and stewardship issues. cessful workplace relationships with Prerequisite: Completion of first-year Geomatics and Cartography superiors, peers and subordinates. program Geomatics involves the gathering, This course will promote communica- 2CR / (2,0,0) storing, processing and delivering tion, teamwork and leadership skills for of geographic information. This type application in group and supervisory NRFT 211 of information is critical for effective situations. Topics covered will include Forest Measurements III resource analysis to achieve resource group communication and dynam- management goals. This course pro- ics, leadership styles, motivation, This course covers the practical appli- vides students with skills in field data conflict resolution and work ethics. cation of timer cruising in compliance collection, mapping, and map inter- Prerequisite: Completion of first-year with the BC Forest Service Cruising pretation. Topics include cartographic program Manual. Students use field data

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 210 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca taken from NRFT 131 and compile NRFT 225 NRFT 233 the data into a comprehensive cruise report by using the manual method Geographic Information Systems Forest Engineering II to provide an understanding of the This course provides an overview This course provides the student compilation procedures, and also by of the principle, concepts, and uses with an introduction to the common using computer software. This course of Geographic Information System harvesting systems and methods also introduces students to the BC (GIS) technology. Emphasis is given to used in British Columbia. The topics Metric Log Scaling and grading system, the processes involved in the digital include the principles of sustainable and weight scaling procedures. mapping and spatial analysis with GIS. development in forest practice, evalu- Prerequisite: Completion of first-year Topics include geo-referencing, data ation of site and recommendation of program acquisition and input, data analysis harvesting system, harvesting plan- 2CR / (1,3,0) and processing, and data output. ning, harvesting budget, log trans- Laboratory exercises will complement portation, and safety management. NRFT 213 the theory presented in the lectures. Prerequisite: NRFT 213 Prerequisite: Completion of all courses 3 CR / (3,3,0) Forest Engineering I from semesters 1-3 This course provides the student with 2CR / (1,3,0) NRFT 250 a basic knowledge of forest engineer- ing practice in the field of forest road NRFT 227 Natural Resources Policy and design, construction, maintenance, and Practice deactivation. Other topics include soil Silviculture II This course covers the history of classification, watershed assessment, Continuing with the aim expressed and legal basis for natural resource survey and design of drainage struc- in silviculture I, to develop strategies management of Crown forest land ture, and Forest and Range Practices for forest regeneration success, this in British Columbia. Emphasis is Act and associated regulations. Empha- course starts with studies on methods placed on the Forest Act and Forest sis is placed on field procedures and of forest establishment. First topics and Range Practices Act, Land Act, microcomputer design applications. are preparation methods, followed Oil and Gas Activities Act, Mines Act Prerequisite: Completion of first-year by aspects of seed collection, tree and related Provincial and Federal program improvement and nursery practi- Acts and their associated regula- 3CR / (3,3,0) ces. Planting and stand tending are tions. Inventory, biodiversity, and studied in so far as they support planning concepts are introduced. NRFT 221 basic silviculture practices and the Prerequisite: Completion of first-year successful establishment of a forest. program Natural Resource Finance Silviculture prescriptions (site plans) 3 CR / (3,2,0) This course introduces the students will be outlined and milestone surveys to the fundamentals of business and will be completed. Students will be NRFT 251 finance related to natural resource able to establish silviculture survey land management. Topics include busi- plots and determine basic free growing Applied Research Project ness ownership, methods of financing outcomes to a provincial standard. This course satisfies the applied businesses, financial statements and Standards of due diligence and research project requirements of the analysis, loans and interest calcula- ethical practice will be emphasized. Canadian Technology Accreditation tions, break-even analysis, resource Prerequisite: NRFT 207 Board for the Natural Resources and valuation and contract administration. 3CR / (4,2,0) Forest Technology program. It is a Prerequisite: Completion of first-year capstone communication course for program NRFT 229 the NRFT program, showcasing skills 3CR / (2,2,0) that are developed across the program Natural Resource Seminar II curriculum. Students will undertake an NRFT 223 This course consists of a series of exercise in basic applied research, de- seminars covering a wide range of veloping a hypothesis, collecting data Forest Health topics dealing with the role various to test a hypothesis, completing an an- This course examines the role of forest groups and organizations have with alysis and finally drawing conclusions. health factors in ecosystem struc- influencing and resolving important re- Real world situations will be explored ture and function and their impacts source management issues in BC. The with a focus on natural resources. on forest resources and values. course will explore how these groups Prerequisite: Completion of all courses Identification, recognition, impacts, and organizations approach various from semesters 1-3 ecological role, economic import- natural resource management issues 1 CR / (0,3,0) ance and evaluation/management and what mechanisms are available techniques for provincially significant to help these groups and organiza- NRFT 255 diseases, insects, mammal damage, tions interact. This course is intended and abiotic injuries are studied. to enhance participants’ ability to Forest Health Prerequisite: Completion of first-year contribute constructively to natural This course examines the role of program resource discussion and practice insects and diseases in ecosystem 3CR / (2,2,0) Prerequisite: NRFT 209, NRFT 203 structure and function and their 2CR / (2,0,0) impacts on forest values. Identifi- cation, ecological role, economic

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 211

importance and evaluation/manage- Prerequisites: NRFT 265, NRFT 267, the processes involved in the digital ment techniques for provincially minimum ‘D’ grade mapping and spatial analysis with GIS. significant insects, diseases, abiotic 2 CR / (2,0,0) Topics include geo-referencing, data injuries and disorders are studied. acquisition and input, data analysis Prerequisite: FORS 202, minimum ‘D’ NRFT 267 and processing, and data output. grade Laboratory exercises will complement 3 CR / (2,2,0) Supervisory Skills the theory presented in the lectures. Students in this course develop Prerequisite: Completion of all courses NRFT 261 group management skills for suc- from semesters 1–3 cessful workplace relationships with 3 CR / (1,3,0) Extended Natural Resources superiors, peers and sub-ordinates. Field Studies This course promotes communication, NRFT 289 This course is an intensive one-week teamwork and leadership skills for (including weekends) field exercise application in group and supervisory Natural Resource Finance in which students are exposed to situations. Topics covered will include This course introduces students to the a range of forestry practices and group communication and dynam- fundamentals of business and finance activities in different parts of BC ics, leadership styles, motivation, related to natural resource land from the interior to the BC lower conflict resolution and work ethics. management. Topics include busi- coast. Field activities will involve Prerequisite: Completion of first-year ness ownership, methods of financing exercises, observation, and analysis NRFT program businesses, financial statements and of research facilities, forestry oper- 2 CR / (2,0,0) analysis, loans and interest calcula- ations and manufacturing facilities. tions, break-even analysis, resource Prerequisite: Completion of all courses NRFT 270 valuation and contract administration. from semesters 1-3 Prerequisite: Completion of first-year Forest Engineering I 1 CR / (0,3.2,0) NRFT program This course provides the student with 3 CR / (2,2,0) a basic knowledge of forest engin- NRFT 265 eering practice in the field of forest Natural Resources Seminar I road design, construction, mainten- NRFT 290 This course consists of a series of ance, and deactivation. Other topics Applied Research Project seminars covering a wide range of include soil classification, watershed This course satisfies the applied topics dealing with workplace safe- assessment, the survey and de- research project requirements of the ty and current environmental and sign of drainage structure, and the Canadian Technology Accreditation stewardship issues impacting natural Forest and Range Practices Act and Board for the Natural Resources and resource management. As part of the associated regulations. Emphasis Environmental Technology program. It course, students will gain experience is placed on field procedures and is a capstone communication course in researching, documenting, and ana- microcomputer design applications. for the NRET program, showcasing lyzing information and data associated Prerequisite: Completion of first-year skills that are developed across the with these current environmental NRFT program program curriculum. Students will and stewardship issues. Students 3 CR / (3,3,0) undertake an exercise in basic applied will also gain an understanding of research, including developing a occupational health and safety and NRFT 275 hypothesis, collecting data to test a the regulatory framework of safety. hypothesis, completing an analysis Forest Engineering II Prerequisite: Completion of first-year and finally drawing conclusions. Real program This course provides the student world situations will be explored 2 CR / (2,0,0) with an introduction to the common with a focus on natural resources. harvesting systems and methods used Prerequisite: Completion of all courses NRFT 266 in British Columbia. Topics include from semesters 1–3 the principles of sustainable develop- 3 CR / (0,3,0) Natural Resources Seminar II ment in forest practice, the evaluation This course consists of a series of of sites and the recommendation of NRFT 291 seminars covering a wide range of harvesting systems, harvesting plan- topics dealing with the role various ning, harvesting budget, log trans- Natural Resource Field School groups and organizations have in portation, and safety management. and Cultural Exchange influencing and resolving important re- Prerequisite: NRFT 270, minimum ‘D’ This course provides an opportunity source management issues in BC. The grade to observe natural and managed, course will explore how these groups 3 CR / (3,3,0) forested and non-forested ecosystems and organizations approach various in an international setting. Seminar natural resource management issues NRFT 285 topics will include an overview of and what mechanisms are available natural resources, forest ecosystem to help these groups and organiza- Geographic Information Systems management, and how the host tions interact. This course is intended This course provides an overview country balances stakeholders’ de- to enhance participants’ abilities to of the principle, concepts, and uses mands with maintaining biodiversity contribute constructively to natural of Geographic Information System and ecosystem health. Students will resource discussion and practice. (GIS) technology. Emphasis is given to have an opportunity to compare and

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 212 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca contrast the host country’s forest workplace observation. During the NRUA 171 land management practices with placement studentswill be expected practices in British Columbia. Semin- to observe and reflect on the know- Patient Chart Records ars on the host country’s culture and ledge and skills they have gained This course introduces the student history and participation in a variety of up to that point in the program. to This course will introduce students socio-cultural activities will also occur. Prerequisite: NRUA 174 with minimum to patient charts, the forms that Prerequisite: 6 credits of NRFT courses B grade are commonly used on charts, and or 6 credits of University Transfer sci- 0CR (1.5 lecture hours, 7.5 practicum chart packages used in outpatient ence courses, with 3 of those credits hours) and inpatient specialty nursing units. from BIO 103 or 104 or 107 or 120 or Students will learn to recognize each GEOG 201 or 202 with a minimum 2.0 form and the uses of each of these GPA in the preceding fall term as a full NRUA 164 forms and practise completing orders time student. Workplace Observation II relating to these areas. They will learn 3 CR / (0,6,0) This course is comprised of one full the chart order and the nursing unit day of workplace observation. During assistant’s responsibilitiesin main- NRFT 299 the placement students will be ex- taining patient charts. The importance pected to observe and reflect on the of communicationbetween patient Extended Natural Resource knowledge and skills they have gained registration, medical records and Field Studies up to that point in the program. nursing units will be discussed. This course is an intensive seven-day Prerequisite: NRUA 175 with a mini- Prerequisite: NRUA 177 with minimum set of field exercises in which students mum B grade B grade are exposed to a range of natural 0CR (7.5 practicum hours) 2CR (2,0,0) resource practices and activities in different parts of BC from the interior NRUA 172 to the BC lower coast. Field activities NRUA 166 involve exercises, observation, and the Nursing Unit Assistant Admissions, Discharges and analysis of research facilities, forestry Employment Skills Transfers operations and manufacturing Nursing Unit Assistant students will Students will learn the responsibilities facilities. be provided with the essential skills of the nursing unit assistant in admit- Prerequisite: Completion of all courses necessary for achieving successful ting, discharging and transferring pa- from semesters 1–3 considerationof employment in the tients. Students will also learn isolation 3 CR health care industry. A profession- precautions and the role of the nursing al and articulate resume and cover unit assistant in ensuring precautions letter as well as interview skills will are taken and procedures followed. NRUA...... be developed. Students will learn Physician’s orders, transcription and appropriate workplace behavior and sign—offprocedures are learned at attire, customer service skills, basics of an introductory level. The purpose NRUA 160 emotional intelligence, conflict resolu- of the Health Information Manage- Applied Technology for Nursing tion and handling workplace stress. ment department and their role in Unit Assistants Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with minimum collecting patient information from B grade hospital admissions will be discussed. This course provides the basic tech- 1CR (1,0,0) Prerequisite: NRUA 160 with minimum nology skills necessary for a nursing B grade unit assistant in a healthcare setting. 2CR (2,0,0) Students are introducedto electronic NRUA 170 medicalrecord applications and will Communication Skills understand confidentiality agree- NRUA 173 This course will introduce hospitals, ments for computer applications hospital departments, nursing units Pharmacology and Medication within the hospital and clinic settings. and the flow of information among the Orders I Electronic release of information and departments. Students will learn the Students will learn to use the 24-hour releasing sensitive patient informa- role of a nursing unit assistant (NUA) clock in a clinical setting. They will learn tion in this format will be discussed. as part of the healthcare team. The about drug categories/uses, non-for- Paperless charting, cloud based importance of confidentiality, work- mulary preparations and the names records, electronic orders and an place ethics, understanding anger/ of the most common medications. overview of accessing up-to-date aggressive behaviour, and recognizing Students will also be introduced to online requisitions will be introduced. the signs of a person in crisis will be the types of Medication Administra- Prerequisite: NRUA 170 with minimum highlighted. Policies and procedures tion Records (MAR) and will practise B grade, MEDT 100 including documentation, legality, transcribing orders onto these records 1CR (1,0,0) and codes will be reviewed. Students in an accurate and timely manner. will gain an understanding of how The many uses of the Compendium NRUA 162 an individual's cultural or religious of Pharmaceuticalsand Specialties Workplace Observation I beliefs may affect their hospital stay. (CPS), pharmacology vocabulary 2CR (2,0,0) and abbreviations will be taught. This course will include an instruct- Prerequisite: NRUA 172 with a “B” or-led orientation and one full day of grade

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 213

2CR (2,0,0) Students will become familiar with For third- and fourth-year cours- common surgical and medical pro- es, consult the UNBC Calendar. NRUA 174 cedures and apply this knowledge directly to order processing. A practical NURS 101 Pharmacology and Medication approach to operating room (OR) Orders II bookings and the categories of each The Art and Science of Nursing Students will continue to expand procedure is taught. The importance of This course introduces the student to knowledge and utilize the skills applied patient preparation for these pro- the dimensions of professional nursing in NRUA 173. Drugs affecting nervous, cedures is emphasized and students practice. Through group and individ- endocrine and respiratory systems, will locate the correct preparations ual learning activities, students are as well as topical medications will be for each. Ordering the necessary introduced to concepts, professional introducedand recalled. Students will supplies for procedures done on nursing practice, issues and trends in continue to process medication orders the unit and the necessary forms nursing, and the Canadian health care and practise transcribing analgesia, required for each procedure will be system. Students are introduced to total parenteral nutrition (TPN), with- taught. Students will practise coordin- foundational nursing skills in the labo- drawal, intravenous (IV), epidural and ating appointments for patients after ratory. Students are provided the op- insulin medications. Pharmacological discharge including home care visits. portunity to apply foundational nursing databases will be demonstratedand Prerequisite: NRUA 164 with a S grade skills in the clinical setting with adults. students will have the opportunity 2CR (2,0,0) Restricted to students in the NCBNP. to practise utilizing these databases 3 CR / (Total course hours 77) to further expand their knowledge NRUA 178 about medication in all settings. NURS 102 Prerequisite: NRUA 173 with a “B” Therapeutic Orders grade In this course students learn how to Communication Theory and 2CR (2,0,0) process, transcribe and requisition Practice physician’s orders related to the This course provides a foundation for NRUA 175 dietary needs of patients and neces- therapeutic communication in nursing sary rehabilitation requirements and practice. Communication skills are Laboratory Orders treatment such as physiotherapy, fundamental in any relationship to Students learn about the laboratory occupational therapy and speech/ facilitate the health and well-being department, cancer control agency language therapy. Different dietary of clients. Students have the oppor- and related subdepartments. They needs will be discussed and students tunity to increase self-awareness and will relate different functions of the will learn how to order patient meal explore perceptions, attitudes, and laboratory, from collecting specimens trays according to the diet that has values via a variety of communication for analysis to interpreting results, been prescribed by the physician. methods applied to multicultural and and recognizing lab personnelin- Prerequisite: NRUA 162 with a S grade multi-generational cohorts. Students volved in each function. Nursing 1CR (1,0,0) are given the opportunity to practice Unit Assistantstudentswill learn to foundational communication skills complete requisitions for lab tests, NRUA 179 in the laboratory setting. Restrict- identify patient preparations, and ed to students in the NCBNP. recognize departments responsible. Practicum 3 CR / (Total course hours 56) Prerequisite: NRUA 176 with minimum This course will include an instruct- B grade or-led orientationand a comprehen- 3CR (3,0,0) sive practicum. All students will have NURS 104 the opportunity to apply and further Time Lapse Skill Review NRUA 176 develop the knowledge and skills Through a combination of on-line they have acquired in the classroom activities, practice review lab, and Diagnostic Orders to their practicum placement while Observed Structured Clinical Exam- This course is designed to provide working under the supervision of a ination (OSCE), testing, students will students with the necessary skills to be qualified preceptor. Students should demonstrate a solid foundation in confident with processing diagnostic be aware that responsibilities and fundamental clinical skills required orders. Nursing Unit Assistant students duties will vary among locations. for transition to NURS 215: Care of will be exposed to the medical imaging Prerequisite: NRUA 166 with a mini- Adult Medical Surgical Nursing with the department, cardiology department, mum B grade nursing program. This hybrid course and respiratory department and sub 3CR (1,0,8) is limited to students who have been departments. The focus will be on suc- out of clinical practice for greater than cessful completion of orders for each 18 months. This course is restricted to test including patient preparations. NURS...... NCBNP students impacted by the Time Prerequisite: NRUA 178 with minimum Lapse Between Clinical Practica policy. B grade Note: NURS courses are normally Prerequisite: NURS 101 2CR (2,0,0) restricted to students in the nurs- (Total Course Hours 20) ing program. Non-nursing students NRUA 177 may take selected courses if space is available, and with permission of the NURS 201 Medical/Surgical Orders Associate Dean of Health Sciences. Introduction to Health

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 214 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Assessment tions health, factors influencing stricted to students in the NCBNP. Provides the basis to gather a health health status, and issues arising Prerequisites: All second year courses history and to assess the func- from Northern and remote living. 5 CR / (Total practical hours 130) tioning of individuals through the Historical events and their impact proper use of physical examination on health are introduced. Current techniques. Psychosocial and cul- barriers to health, along with cultur- OASW...... tural assessment is included. The ally sensitive nursing implications, are emphasis is on recognition and explored. Admission of non-nursing identification of normal findings. students is by permission of the OASW 100 Prerequisites: NURS 101, NURS 102, Associate Dean of Health Sciences. Ethical, Legal and Safety Issues BIO 111, BIO 112 Prerequisite or Corequisite: ANTH 101 for Working with Marginalized or equivalent 4 CR / (42,24,1) Families 3 CR / (3,0) Explore personal values and profes- NURS 202 sional ethics and obligations within the NURS 206 Pathophysiological Concepts context of outreach, advocacy and sup- Basic Nutrition port work. Students use case studies Uses a conceptual approach to to explore the complex ethical issues examine pathological mechanisms of Examines the nutritional needs of inherent in working with marginalized altered states in human physiology. specific client groups throughout people who may have FASD. The laws Topics include the etiology, cellu- the lifespan and in various states and policies relevant to human service lar metabolism, tissue alterations, of wellness and illness. The course work in BC will be examined. Students functional changes, and age-related reviews the physiology of carbo- also develop a comprehensive safety differences involved in each process. hydrate, fat, protein, and energy plan to address the safety hazards that Prerequisites: BIO 105, BIO 111, BIO metabolism. Topics include enteral are unique to offsite outreach work. 112 and parenteral nutrition, trends and 3 CR 3 CR / (3,0) issues in nutritional practice, and the psychosocial and cultural aspects of food and eating behaviours. NURS 203 OASW 101 Admission of non-nursing students is Fundamentals of Outreach, Health Promotion in Families by permission of Associate Dean of Advocacy and Support Introduces theory related to families Health Sciences. Gain the knowledge necessary to ef- across the lifespan within the context 3 CR / (3,0) fectively provide outreach and support of primary health care in the North. services to marginalized families and Emphasis is on family assessment NURS 215 youth, including individuals who may skills and working in partnership with Care of the Adult have FASD. Students examine outreach families in the development of health and advocacy theories, poverty, family promotion and illness and injury This course examines principles and violence, and drug and alcohol use, prevention strategies. Holistic care practices of nursing adults with health and will learn how to apply a strength- of families during transitions such as problems. The focus is on the acqui- based approach in providing support. normal childbearing, childrearing, and sition and application of knowledge in Advocacy, client record keeping, ob- caring for an elderly parent is included. planning, implementing and evaluating the nursing care of clients requiring jective observation, and case manage- Prerequisites or corequisites: NURS ment will also be key topic areas. 101, NURS 102 medical and surgical intervention. Holistic health care of individuals 3 CR 3 CR / (3,0) is highlighted. The course includes laboratory instruction in psychomotor OASW 102 NURS 204 skills. The clinical practicum enables Culturally Appropriate Practices Healing Modalities the student to integrate the theory and skills needed to provide nursing care. for Working with Aboriginal Provides an overview of healing  modalities currently used by nurses Prerequisites: NURS 101, NURS 102, Families and other experts in practice in British BIO 105, BIO 111, BIO 112 Explore what constitutes effective Columbia. Principles of pharma- Prerequisites or corequisites: NURS prevention and intervention strategies cology and pharmacodynamics are 201, NURS 202 for outreach workers from an Aborigin- addressed. Opportunity is provid- 8 CR / (45,26,156) al community perspective. The impact ed for students to explore various of historical and sociopolitical issues complementary healing techniques. NURS 220 on practice in Aboriginal communities is examined, as well as local Aboriginal Prerequisites: BIO 111, BIO 112 Extended Clinical Practicum I 3 CR / (3,0) history and cultural practices. Students This course provides the opportun- will learn to apply the principles of ity for consolidated clinical nursing Respect, Belonging, Love, Honouring, NURS 205 practice, with aduls who have health Humility, Courage, Wisdom, Gener- Introduction to First Nations problems. It builds on previous osity and Celebration to working with Health clinical practice with adults and may at-risk clients in order to ensure that, occur in various practice setting in Provides an overview of First Na- as outreach workers, they are able to nortern BC. The practicum is re- meet the authentic needs of Aboriginal

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 215

individuals, families and communities. This course is designed for students systems, basic input/output systems 3 CR with little or no keyboarding skill (BIOS), Unified Extensible Firmware and focuses on technique, accura- Interfaces (UEFI) and the relationship cy, and speed. Students will learn between software and hardware. OWPA...... to touch type accurately to a mini- Emphasis is placed on the function, mum of 20 net words per minute. installation, configuration, diagnostics, (0.15,1.87,0) trouble-shooting, optimization, and OWPA 050 operation of computer systems and Business English OWPA 065 mobile devices. Students who success- fully complete all learning objectives This entry-level course focuses on Computer Essentials of this course will also be prepared both written and oral communication This course provides beginner-level to write the hardware portion of the skills using business documents and computer literacy skills including, CompTIA A+ certification exam. situations. Students will develop a terminology, ethical business use, the Co-requisite: PDIT 303 strong foundation to improve their windows operating system, email, and 3 CR / (2,4,0) reading comprehension, spelling, the internet. The experience provides vocabulary, grammar, writing, lis- the confidence to make a comfortable tening skills, and public speaking. adjustment to whatever computer PDIT 303 (2,2,0) tools are available in the workplace. Computer Operating Systems (1,1,0) Computer Operating Systems provides OWPA 055 students with a fundamental under- Business Math and Calculators OWPA 067 standing of microcomputer operating systems within a role as a computer This course presents two essential Computer Applications support technician. Topics include skills for business students: number This course will provide introductory function, installation, configuration, literacy and the ability to operate skills in the use of Microsoft Office diagnostics, trouble-shooting, and opti- electronic calculators. Upon comple- Suite, including Excel, PowerPoint, mization of the operating System. Em- tion of this course, the student will and Outlook. The student will be phasis is placed on computer worksta- demonstrate proficiency in manipulat- able to create simple Excel work- tion operating systems from Microsoft ing numbers for business applications books that include functions, charts, and other industry standard software and demonstrate competency in touch and graphics. Students will also vendors. Students who successfully control of an electronic calculator. learn how to prepare and present complete all learning objectives of (2,2,0) a basic PowerPoint slideshow, and this course will also be prepared to manage email features in Outlook. write operating system portion of OWPA 057 (1,2,0) the CompTIA A+ certification exam. Self-Management Skills Co-requisite: PDIT 302 This course will help the student OWPA 070 3 CR / (2,4,0) discover strategies for academic, Word Processing personal, and professional success. This introductory word processing PDIT 304 Topics include essential workplace course explores the basic functions Enterprise System Administration and study skills, time and stress of Microsoft Word to produce, edit, Enterprise System Administration management, effective communi- format, and proof business docu- provides students with techniques cation, interpersonal relationships, ments. The course is designed for and understanding in configuring, and job search techniques. students with little or no exposure troubleshooting and administration (2.3,0.67,0) to the software and will build the of corporate devices in an enter- confidence to move on to interme- prise level local area network (LAN) OWPA 059 diate and advanced Word Process- computing environment. Lessons Essential Office Skills ing courses. Keyboarding skills are and labs are integrated throughout further developed and practiced. This course introduces the student the course. Various topics include (1,2,0) to a variety of essential office skills enterprise level Microsoft operating including workplace conduct, financial systems configuration, Windows de- and records management, customer PDIT...... ployment, virtualization, and security. service, telephone techniques, and Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in business meeting requirements. PDIT 303 Note: PDIT courses are restricted 3 CR / (2,4,0) Students will learn to perform office to students in the Post-Diploma duties professionally, and exhibit a in Information Technologies. positive and cooperative attitude PDIT 307 with customers and coworkers. Networking Technologies (2.3,1.67,0) PDIT 302 Computer Systems Hardware Networking Technologies provides students with the skills and know- OWPA 063 Computer Systems Hardware provides ledge to troubleshoot, configure and students with a fundamental under- Keyboarding Skill Development manage common wireless and wired standing of microcomputer operating networks through integrated lessons

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 216 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

and labs. Concepts behind cabling to write the Microsoft Technology networks (LAN), perform basic config- standards and the understanding of Associate (MTA) certification exam. urations for routers and switches, and emerging technologies such as unified 3 CR / (2,4,0) implement IP addressing schemes. communication, mobile, cloud and 3 CR / (2,4,0) virtualization are explored. Students PDIT 332 who successfully complete all learn- PDIT 377 ing objectives of this course will also Introduction to Linux be prepared to write the CompTIA Introduction to Linux provides stu- Routing and Switching Essentials Network+ certification exam. dents with the opportunity to de- Routing and Switching Essentials 3 CR / (2,4,0) velop the theoretical knowledge and introduces students to the architec- practical skills required for installation ture, components, and operations PDIT 308 and fundamental configuration of a of routers and switches in a small Linux operating system as used in both network through integrated lessons Project Management the desktop and enterprise server and labs. Students learn how to Project Management introduces environments. Lessons and labs are configure a router and a switch for concepts and processes involved in integrated throughout the course. basic functionality. Students also project management based on princi- Students gain foundation knowledge learn to configure and troubleshoot ples and techniques espoused by the on Linux, open source concepts and routers and switches and resolve Project Management Institute (PMI). the command line interface (CLI). Each common issues with virtual local area This course familiarizes the learner learner has hands-on access to labs networks (VLANs) and inter-VLAN with typical project management (PM) to practice and explore CLI utilities. routing in both Internet Protocol (IP) activities and provides opportunity to Focus of this course is to prepare version 4 and IP version 6 networks. develop simple project plans (using the student to write an industry Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in PM software, e.g. Microsoft Project). standard Linux certification exam. PDIT 376 Scenarios presented in the course ma- Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in 3 CR / (2,4,0) terial involve activities typically encoun- PDIT 302 and PDIT 303 tered in an IT industry environment. 3 CR / (2,4,0) PDIT 378 3 CR / (3,0,0) Scaling Networks PDIT 340 PDIT 324 Scaling Networks introduces students Professional Development to the architecture, components, and Wireless Technology Specialist This course provides students with operations of routers, and explains the Wireless Technology Specialist the opportunity to develop and apply principles of routing and routing pro- provides students with the technical their understanding of customer tocols through integrated lessons and knowledge to support wireless local service principles and best practices. labs. Students learn how to configure area networks (LAN) through integrat- These skills and abilities will allow a router for basic and advanced func- ed lessons and labs. Students gain students to improve their interactions tionality. Students also learn to con- hands-on skills to successfully survey, with customers and coworkers. figure and troubleshoot routers and install, troubleshoot and adminis- Competencies addressed include resolve common issues with Routing ter enterprise level Wi-Fi networks. communication, social media use, Information Protocol (RIP), Enhanced Students who successfully complete professionalism and ethics, workplace Interior Gateway Routing Protocol all learning objectives of this course relationships and conflict, business (EIGRP), and Open Shortest Path First will also be prepared to write the leadership, occupational health and (OSPF) in both Internet Protocol (IP) Certified Wireless Network Profes- safety, and topics related to human version 4 and IP version 6 networks. sional (CWNP) certification exam. resources. Students who success- Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in 3 CR / (2,4,0) fully complete all learning objectives PDIT 377 of this course will also be prepared 3 CR / (2,4,0) PDIT 330 to write the ETA Customer Service Specialist (CSS) certification exam. PDIT 379 Microsoft Server Operating 2 CR / (1,2,0) Systems Connecting Networks Microsoft Server Operating Systems PDIT 376 This course discusses the wide area provides students with the theoretical network (WAN) technologies and and practical skills required to install, Introduction to Networks network services required by con- configure, troubleshoot and maintain This course introduces students to the verged applications in a complex an enterprise level Microsoft Server architecture, structure, functions, com- network. The course enables students Operating System. Lessons and labs ponents, and models of the Internet to understand the selection criteria are integrated throughout the course. and other computer networks through of network devices and WAN technol- Students learn a wide spectrum of integrated lessons and labs. The princi- ogies to meet network requirements. fundamental enterprise server con- ples and structure of Internet Protocol Students learn how to configure and cepts and local area network (LAN) (IP) addressing and the fundamentals troubleshoot network devices and management tools using Microsoft of Ethernet concepts, media, and resolve common issues with data technologies. Students who success- operations are introduced to provide link protocols. Students also develop fully complete all learning objectives a foundation for the curriculum. Stu- the knowledge and skills needed to of this course will also be prepared dents learn to build simple local area implement Internet Protocol Security

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 217

(Ipsec) and virtual private network mentals of job searching/interviewing 3 CR / (3,0,0) (VPN) operations in a complex network. skills and technical documentation. In Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in addition, students are encouraged to PHIL 106 UT PDIT 378 write industry standard certifications 3 CR / (2,4,0) Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in Critical Texts in Western PDIT 378 Thought: Ancient to Renaissance PDIT 380 3 CR /(3,3,0) This course is a companion to PHIL 107 and is conducted as a seminar devoted Data Center Technologies to the discussion of assigned readings. Data Center Technologies introduces PHIL...... At the end of a series of seminars on the fundamental technologies of an the work of an author or group of enterprise-level data center through authors, there is a short written assign- integrated lessons and labs. Stu- PHIL 100 UT ment, giving students an opportunity to dents develop a skillset to configure, Introduction to Philosophy formulate and express carefully their maintain, secure and troubleshoot understanding of the issues raised. PHIL 100 is designed to introduce computer networking infrastructure While making their acquaintance with students to philosophy as a study disci- services such as web, email, file and some important ideas in ancient, pline. Core questions will be asked: Is print. The student also gains hands- medieval, and renaissance western there a God? What is morality? How im- on experience administering Active thought, students develop their abil- portant is knowledge to truth? Are hu- Directory, firewalls, virtualization, ities to read, write, and speak, and to mans capable of knowing everything? storage and cloud computing systems. uncover the meaning and structure of Are humans mere material beings, Students who successfully complete arguments in a variety of genres and or is there a non-material aspect to all learning objectives of this course subjects. Texts vary from year to year. human life? What is justice? What is a will also be prepared to write the 3 CR / (3,0,0) CompTIA Server+ certification exam. civil society? What is politics? Students will be introduced to some of the best Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in minds who have offered insight and PHIL 107 UT PDIT 330 or PDIT 332 understanding on these issues. PHIL 3 CR / (2,4,0) Critical Texts in Western 100 will arouse interest in students Thought: Modern and for this field of study, its benefits to Contemporary PDIT 382 learning, and career development. This course is a companion to PHIL 106 3 CR / (3,0,0) IT Security and is conducted as a seminar devoted Information Technology (IT) Security to the discussion of assigned readings. provides students with the opportunity PHIL 101 UT At the end of a series of seminars on to develop a fundamental knowledge Moral Philosophy the work of an author or group of of cybersecurity best practices for authors, there is a short written assign- An inquiry into the nature and justifi- IT professionals. This course uses a ment, giving students an opportunity to cation of moral standards. No conduct hands-on approach to troubleshoot formulate and express carefully their is legal or illegal apart from our making and implement securing technologies understanding of the issues raised. it so. Is any conduct morally right or to computer networks and devices. While making their acquaintance with wrong apart from our thinking it so? Is Students identify and address security some important ideas in modern there a correct method of distinguish- incidents and protect applications and contemporary western thought, ing right from wrong? Must morality be and systems within an organization. students develop their abilities to read, based on religion? Why should happi- Students who successfully complete write, and speak, and uncover the ness rather than virtue be thought to all learning objectives of this course meaning and structure of arguments be the highest good? Can an action be will also be prepared to write the in a variety of genres and subjects. morally wrong even if it harms no one? CompTIA Security+ certification exam. Texts will vary from year to year. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: A minimum B grade in 3 CR / (3,0,0) PDIT 302 and 303 3 CR / (2,4,0) PHIL 102 UT PHIL 110 UT Theory of Knowledge Logic I: Propositional Logic PDIT 391 An examination of skeptical doubts This course establishes some elemen- concerning the possibility of know- Project Work Skills tary criteria for assessing the deductive ledge. What distinguishes know- Project Work Skills allows students to validity of arguments. It provides ledge from opinion? Does evidence combine the knowledge and practical practice in translating arguments from have to convince everyone before it experiences of previous courses into ordinary language into the formal constitutes proof? Does what is true real world environments. Working language of logic, testing arguments depend on what people regard as in groups, students complete case for validity, and constructing proofs for true? Can perception show us how studies based on building a function- valid arguments. Further topics may in- the world really is or merely how it al network. Students also have the clude applications to inductive reason- appears to creatures like us? Should opportunity to provide tech support ing and the theory of probability. Stu- we believe only what there is sufficient to the community and gain hands-on dents of mathematics and computer evidence to support? How is faith practical experience working with the science will also find this course benefi- related to knowledge and belief? customer. Students learn the funda- cial because of its emphasis on proof

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 218 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

construction in a formalized language. ment have to rest on the consent of urement, motion, dynamics, energy, 3 CR / (3,0,0) the governed? Do we have a moral electricity, and heat. Lab work is obligation to obey even unjust laws an integral part of this course. PHIL 115 UT until we can convince the majority Prerequisite: Math 045, or one of to change them? What if we try our Foundations of Math 11 or Pre-calcu- World Religions I best to convince them but fail? Do lus 11 taken within the last year or as A foundational course in the study of citizens have “natural” rights which evaluated by a Academic Upgrading religion intended as an introduction the state might refuse to recognize placement test, or Math 045 as a to the religions that have a significant and therefore fail to protect? co-requisite. following and/or influence in our world. 3 CR / (3,0) (Total course hours 120) Prerequisite: ENGL 103 3 CR / (3,0,0) PHIL 221 UT PHYS 050 Social Philosophy Provincial Preparatory Physics PHIL 205 UT An investigation into the social ideals of Provincial Preparatory Physics intro- Philosophy of Science liberty, equality, and justice. What sort duces students to the physical laws An examination of philosophical issues of equality is compatible with liberty governing motion in two dimensions, concerning the nature of scientif- and required by justice? Why should all electrical field, electromagnetism, ic theories and explanations. How opinions be allowed equal opportun- vibrations and waves, and optics. is theory to be distinguished from ity for expression in a free market of Problem solving, critical thinking, observation? How can theories be ideas? Is it likely that true and intelli- and experimentation are import- tested by confrontation with observed gent ideas will triumph over false and ant components of the course. facts if what we are willing to count as stupid ideas in open competition? Is Prerequisites: Physics 045 or Physics a fact depends in part on the theories capitalism just as much a system of 11 completed within last three years, we already hold? Can we be immedi- exploitation as slavery or feudalism? and one of Math 045, Principles of ately aware of more than our own 3 CR / (3,0,0) Math 11, Foundations of Math 11 or present sensory experiences? Does Pre-calculus Math 11 completed with- in the last year or appropriate math every event have a cause? Do we have PHIL 230 UT reason to think that any event has level as evaluated by the Academic a cause? Are scientific and super- Introduction to Philosophy of Upgrading math placement test natural explanations incompatible? Education (Total course hours 112) Note: Offered on the basis of de- An introduction to philosophical issues mand. Students interested in tak- concerning education. No previous PHYS 101  UT ing this course should contact the acquaintance with philosophy is Introductory Physics presumed. We begin by examining School Dean at 250-561-5815. This is a calculus-based physics course the question “What is an educated 3 CR / (3,0,0) for science majors. Topics covered person?” Is education concerned include two-dimensional vectors, only with knowledge and skills or kinematics, dynamics, energy and PHIL 210 UT also with attitudes and ambitions? momentum of particles, equilibrium Logic II: Predicate Logic What, if anything, distinguishes of rigid bodies, rotational motion, education from vocational training, This course expands the power of and simple harmonic motion. Differ- indoctrination, or socialization? logic to handle a range of arguments entiation and integration of one- and 3 CR / (3,0,0) far beyond those whose validity can two-dimensional motion equations be explained by propositional logic. is included. Cross products and It concentrates on translation from PHIL 235 UT dot products will be introduced. ordinary language into the formal Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Applica- language of predicate logic and Contemporary Ethical Issues An examination of the ways in which tions of Physics 12 with a “B” or higher the construction of proofs for valid or PHYS 050 and Pre-calculus 12 or ethical theories treat a variety of arguments. Topics may include the MATH 100 or MATH 050, or equivalent moral problems in contemporary syllogism, identity and the theory Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 101 of descriptions, and the elementary society. Topics may include abortion, 3 CR / (3,3,0) theory of classes. An understanding of euthanasia, punishment, terrorism, propositional logic is presupposed. torture, and the treatment of animals. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 3 CR / (3,0,0) PHYS 102  UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) Introductory Physics II PHYS...... A sequential course to PHYS 101. PHIL 220 UT Topics covered are electric char- Political Philosophy ges, electric fields, electric currents, electrical circuits, magnetic fields, An introduction to political philosophy. PHYS 045 electromagnetism, light, atomic Of central concern will be an examin- Advanced Preparatory Physics physics, and nuclear reactions. ation of attempts to provide a basis This introductory physics course Prerequisites: PHYS 101, MATH 101 for political obligation and to justify prepares students to the Physics 11 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 102 civil disobedience and revolution. level. It covers such topics as meas- 3 CR / (3,3,0) Why should the legitimacy of govern-

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 219

PHYS 105 UT interactions within the body, and The course covers special relativity application to a sonographic exam. (Lorenz transformation, dynamics General Physics I Concepts include the properties, and conservation laws), and quantum A general, algebra-based phys- creation and detection of sound waves. physics (the experimental evidence ics course, intended for those not Also covered are instrumentation, for quantization and a qualitative majoring in the physical sciences. artifacts, digital imaging, and storage discussion of the concepts of quantum Topics covered are kinematics, and safety considerations for both the mechanics and their application to circular motion, dynamics, equi- operator and the patient. Students simple systems of atoms and nuclei). librium, momentum, energy, flu- will apply theoretical concepts from Prerequisites: MATH 102, and either ids, temperature, and heat. this course to simulations in the lab. PHYS 102 or both PHYS 105 and 106 Prerequisite: Pre-calculus 11 or Foun- Co-requisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, (or equivalents) dations of Math 11 with a grade of “B” SONO 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 201 or higher or MATH 045 or equivalent SONO 109 or 204 or 215, or equivalent and one of the following: Physics 11, 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) Applications of Physics 12 with a grade of “B” or higher or PHYS 045 3 CR / (3,3,0) PHYS 173 PHYS 204 UT Physics for Sonography II Mechanics I—Statics PHYS 106 UT This lecture course builds on the A first course for students in engin- concepts presented in PHYS 170. The eering and the physical sciences. General Physics II focus of this course is on the princi- Topics include vectors (two and This course, along with PHYS 105, ples and instrumentation of Doppler three dimensions, dot products, satisfies the physics requirement for imaging. Concepts include continuous cross products, and triple prod- those whose major program areas wave, pulsed wave, color, power and ucts), statics of particles and rigid require a year of university-level phys- tissue Doppler. Students will also bodies, laws of dry friction, and ics. Topics include electric charges, learn how to minimize the biological kinematics and kinetics of particles. electric fields, magnetic fields, elec- effects of ultrasound. Students will Note: MATH 204 is high- tric currents, electrical circuits, light apply theoretical concepts from this ly recommended atomic physics, and nuclear reactions. course to simulations in the lab. Prerequisites: PHYS 101 (or PHYS Prerequisite: Pre-calculus 11 or Foun- Prerequisite: Successful completion 105 with an “A-” grade or higher) and dations of Math 11 with a “B” or higher of the following courses with a C+ or MATH 101 or MATH 045 or equivalent and one of better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO Prerequisites or corequisites: MATH the following: Physics 11, Applications 103, SONO105, SONO 107, SONO 109, 102 of Physics 12 with a grade of “B” or PHYS 170 3 CR / (3,0,0) higher or PHYS 045 Co-requisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, 3 CR / (3,3,0) SONO 125, SONO 129, SONO 131 3 CR / (3,0,0) PHYS 205 UT PHYS 115 Mechanics II—Dynamics Physics – Medical Radiography I PHYS 175 A continuation of PHYS 204. Topics This introductory level course empha- Physics for Sonography III include systems of particles, kinematics sizes the application of physical phe- and dynamics of rigid bodies, cen- This theory course is a continuation troids and moments of inertia, and nomena in medical radiography. Topics and integration of PHYS 170 and PHYS include structure of matter, electro- mechanical vibrations (optional). 173. The focus is on the relationship Prerequisite: PHYS 204 magnetic radiation, electrostatics, between the physical principles of Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 202 direct and alternating current circuits, fluid motion and Doppler imaging. 3 CR / (3,0) and production of x-rays. The physics Tissue harmonic imaging, contrast of x-ray tubes, including heat dissipa- imaging, and elasticity imaging in tion, will also be discussed. Students sonography are also covered. PHYS 211 UT relate the production of radiation and Students will learn about the quality Thermodynamics radiation exposure factors/settings assurance and control responsibil- to a resultant radiographic image. A first course in thermodynamics suit- ities of the sonographer. Students This course is restricted to students in able for those continuing in chemistry, will apply theoretical concepts from the Medical Radiography Technology physics, or engineering. Topics include this course to simulations in the lab. program. temperature, heat and work, heat Prerequisite: Successful completion Co-requisite: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, transfer, molecular properties, ideal with a C+ or better: SONO 145, and MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, and real gases, heat engine cycles, successful completion of: SONO 133, MRAD 111, BIO 126 evaporation and refrigeration, entropy SONO 135 4 CR (2,2,0) and the second law, and the third law. Co-requisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, This course is identical to PHYS 201 SONO 233, SONO 237 PHYS 170 except that there is no lab component. 2 CR / (2,0,0) Note: Offered on the basis of de- Physics for Sonography I mand. Students interested in tak- In this introductory course students PHYS 200 ing this course should contact the will learn the principles of sound travel, Introduction to Modern Physics School Dean at 250-561-5815.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 220 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Prerequisites: PHYS 101 or 105, and practice. The history of nursing and, and treatment is also discussed. MATH 102 specifically, the evolution of Practical Cultural diversity in healing practices Corequisite: MATH 101 Nursing in the Canadian health care is explored as well as the incorpora- 3 CR / (3,0,0) system are discussed. The phil- tion of evidencedinformed practice. osophy and foundational concepts Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, PHYS 212 UT of the Provincial Practical Nursing PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN 150 Program (PPNP) are explored. 3 CR / (Total lcourse hours 40) Introduction to Linear Circuits Co-requisites: PRAN110 PRAN112, This course is recommended for PRAN115 , PRAN118, PRAN150 PRAN 115 students of engineering and the applied sciences. The program PRAN 101 Health Promotion 1 addresses advanced applications This course introduces the concepts of Kirchhoff’s Laws; Thevenin and Professional Practice 2 of health promotion, the determinants Norton Circuit Theorems; DC Cir- This course examines the legislation of health and health inequities, and cuits; RLC circuits; natural and forced influencing PN practice with clients develops a beginning knowledge of response; and impedance phasors. experiencing chronic illness and with normal growth and development. Note: Offered on the basis of de- those in residential care settings. Topics include health enhance- mand. Students interested in tak- Specific professional issues such as ment, health protection, disease ing this course should contact the responsibility, accountability, ethical prevention and health restoration School Dean at 250-561-5815. practice, and leadership relevant to (recovery, care and support). Prerequisite: PHYS 102 the PN role in residential care will Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, 3 CR / (3,3,0) be explored. Critical thinking and PRAN 112, PRAN 118, PRAN 150 decision making specific to the care 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) of the chronically ill and inter-profes- PHYS 225 sional practice are also addressed. PRAN 118 Physics – Medical Radiography II Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, Pharmacology 1 This course emphasizes the appli- PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with cation of physical phenomena in 80% or higher in theory and 100% in This introductory course examines the medical radiography. Topics include math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with principles of pharmacology required magnetism, nuclear reactions and “Satisfactory” grade to administer medications in a safe radioactive decay, mechanisms of Corequisites: PRAN 120, PRAN 122, and professional manner. Medication attenuation and their effects on PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 administration requires the application radiation production. The elements 1 CR / (Total course hours 20) of the nursing process for clinical deci- of image production and quality are sion-making. Various routes of medica- discussed relevant to quantum noise PRAN 110 tion administration are introduced and complementary, indigenous, alterna- and spatial resolution. The physics of Professional Communication 1 the x-ray generator is also discussed. tive remedies, and polypharmacy This course provides students with Students cover the use of solid-state across the lifespan are also explored. the foundational knowledge for caring physics in modern imaging equipment. Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, and professional communication in This course requires the students to PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 150 nursing. It uses an experiential and perform precise measurement, graph 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) self-reflective approach to develop plotting and data interpretation. self-awareness and interpersonal This course is restricted to students in communication skills in the context PRAN 120 the Medical Radiography Technology of safe, competent, and collaborative Professional Communications 2 program. nursing practice. Communication Prerequisites: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, This course provides the student with theory, the nurse-client relation- MRAD 237 an opportunity to develop profes- ship, therapeutic communication, Co-requisite: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, sional communication skills with the cross-cultural communication, and older adult, and clients requiring end MRAD 243, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, effective teamwork will be covered. MRAD 249, BIO 226 of life care. Interprofessional com- Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 112, munication is further developed. 4 CR / (2,2,0) PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN 150 Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, 2 CR / (Total course hours 35) PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with PRAN...... 80% or higher in theory and 100% in PRAN 112 math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with “Satisfactory” grade Note: PRAN courses are re- Variations in Health 1 stricted to students in the Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 122, This introductory course provides Practical Nurse program. PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 learners with the foundations of 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) disease and illness across the lifespan. PRAN 100 Learners will gain an understanding PRAN 122 Professional Practice 1 of pathophysiological alterations of Variations in Health 2 This theory course introduces the body systems. Nursing management of profession of Practical Nursing and disease and illness across the lifespan This course increases the student’s the BC legislation that informs the with an emphasis on interventions under­standing of pathophysiology as it

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 221

relates to the aging process and select- simulation, and other practice experi- Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, ed chronic illness. The main focus of ences will assist students to integrate PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with this course is on the care of the older theory from other Level 1 courses. “C+” grade or higher; PRAN 155 with adult experiencing a health challenge. Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, “Satisfactory” grade Cultural diversity in healing practices PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 4 CR / (Total course hours 120) will be explored as well as evidence 3 CR / (Total course hours 135) informed research and practice. PRAN 200 Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, PRAN 155 PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with Professional Practice 3 80% or higher in theory and 100% in Integrated Nursing Practice 2 This course integrates the concepts math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with This practical course builds on the from previous professional practice “Satisfactory” grade foundation of Level 1 and emphasizes courses and introduces the student to Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, the development of clinical decision practice in the community. The role of PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 making, nursing assessments, and the practical nurse as leader is empha- 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) interventions to promote the health sized in interactions with clients, fam- of older adults. Classroom, labora- ilies and other health care providers. PRAN 125 tory, simulation, and other practice Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, experiences help students to integrate PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with Health Promotion 2 theory from Level 1 and Level 2 cours- 80% or higher in theory and 100% in This course focuses on health promo- es to provide safe, competent, and math, PRAN 155 and PRAN 191 with tion as it relates to the aging process. ethical nursing care with older adults. “Satisfactory” grade Health promotion activities are aimed Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, Corequisites: PRAN 210, PRAN 212, at supporting clients in maintaining PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with PRAN 215, PRAN 250 their health. The concepts of health 80% or higher in theory and 100% in 1 CR / (Total course hours 20) promotion, physical and mental well- math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with ness, normal aging changes and con- “Satisfactory” grade PRAN 201 tinued independence are examined. Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, Professional Practice 4 Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with 5 CR / (Total course hours 180) This course prepares the student 80% or higher in theory and 100% in for the role of the practical nurse in math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with managing clients with acute presenta- “Satisfactory” grade PRAN 190 tion of illness. Legislation influencing Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, Consolidated Practice Experience PN practice, specific professional PRAN 122, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 1 practice issues and ethical practice 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) This first practice experience pro- pertinent to PN practice in acute vides learners with an opportunity to care environments will be explored. PRAN 128 integrate theory from Term 1 course- Practice issues that occur across the work into practice. Learners will gain lifespan will be considered. Collabora- Pharmacology 2 experience in various settings with tive practice with other health care This course builds on Pharmacology 1 a focus on the healthy client. Learn- team members and, specifically, the to increase the student’s understand- ing the role of the Practical Nurse, working partnership with RNs in the ing of pharmacotherapeutics pre- personal care skills, organization of acute care setting will be explored. scribed for illness across the lifespan. care, focused assessment, beginning Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, medication administration and profes- PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 with sional communication are emphasized. or higher; PRAN 250 and PRAN 290 80% or higher in theory and 100% in Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, with “Satisfactory” grade math, PRAN 150 and PRAN 190 with PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN Corequisites: PRAN 220, PRAN 222, “Satisfactory” grade 150 PRAN 225, PRAN 255 Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) 1 CR / (Total course hours 20) PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 155 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) PRAN 191 PRAN 210 Professional Communications 3 PRAN 150 Consolidated Practice Experience CPE 2 This course focuses on specif- Integrated Nursing Practice 1 This clinical experience provides ic professional communication This course emphasizes the art and students with the opportunity to skills used with clients and care science of nursing, focusing on the integrate theory from Level 1 and 2 providers across the lifespan re- development of basic nursing care courses into practice. Students prac- quiring care in the community. and assessment. Students apply tise with aging clients and/or those Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, nursing knowledge through the with chronic illness in residential care PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with practice of clinical decision mak- settings. Medication administration, 80% or higher in theory and 100% in ing, nursing assessment skills, and nursing care, organization, compre- math, PRAN 155 and 191 with “Satis- factory” grade nursing interventions aimed at the hensive health assessment, wound promotion of health, independence, care and introduction to leadership Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 212, PRAN 215, PRAN 250 and comfort. Classroom, laboratory, are emphasized in this course.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 222 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

1 CR / (Total course hours 20) PRAN 222 Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, PRAN 212, PRAN 215 Variations in Health 4 3 CR / (Total course hours 120) PRAN 212 This course increases the student’s Variations in Health 3 understanding of pathophysiology PRAN 255 This course focuses on the continu- as it relates to acute disease and um of care and the development of illness for clients across the lifespan. Integrated Nursing Practice 4 knowledge related to health chal- The focus is on the care of the client This practical course emphasizes the lenges managed in the community experiencing acute illness including development of nursing skills aimed setting. Pathophysiology and nursing nursing interventions and treatment at promoting health and healing management of clients requiring options. Acute disease and illness with individuals experiencing acute home health care, rehabilitation, often occurs in individuals with existing health challenges across the lifespan. and supportive services such as chronic illnesses – the implications of Classroom, laboratory, simulation, community living and disabilities will these complexities will be addressed. and integrated practice experiences be explored. Cultural diversity in Cultural diversity in healing practi- will help students build on theory healing approaches is explored as ces is explored as well as evidenced and practice from Levels 1, 2, and 3 well as the incorporation of evidence informed research and practice. to integrate new knowledge and skills informed research and practice. Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, relevant to the acute care setting. Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with or higher; PRAN 250 and PRAN 290 PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade 80% or higher in theory and 100% in with “Satisfactory” grade or higher; PRAN 250 and PRAN 290 math, PRAN 155 and PRAN 191 with Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, with “Satisfactory” grade “Satisfactory” grade PRAN 225, PRAN 255 Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, 3 CR / (Total course hours 50) PRAN 222, PRAN 225 PRAN 215, PRAN 250 5 CR / (Total course hours 180) 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) PRAN 225 Health Promotion 4 PRAN 290 PRAN 215 This course focuses on health pro- Consolidated Practice Health Promotion 3 motion for the client experiencing Experience CPE 3 This course is focused on health an acute exacerbation of chronic This clinical experience introduces promotion as it relates to the con- illness or an acute episode of illness. students to community practice and tinuum of care across the lifespan. Relevant health-promoting strategies gives them an opportunity to apply Health promotion in the context of during hospitalization may improve and adapt the knowledge gained in mental illness, physical and develop- or help maintain their health status Levels 1, 2, and 3 within a continu- mental disabilities and maternal/child after discharge. Students focus on um of care for clients across their health is highlighted. Normal growth preparing clients for discharge, lifespan. Students may gain experi- and development from conception through teaching and learning of ence through simulation and in a to middle adulthood is addressed. health promoting strategies. variety of community and residential Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, care agencies and settings. These PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade hours may be offered as CPE 3 or 80% or higher in theory and 100% in or higher; PRAN 250 and PRAN 290 integrated into the Integrated Nursing math, PRAN 155 and PRAN 191 with with “Satisfactory” grade Practice 3 course as practice hours. “Satisfactory” grade Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, PRAN 222, PRAN 255 PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade PRAN 212, PRAN 250 1.5 CR / (Total course hours 24) or higher; PRAN 250 with “Satisfac- 2 CR / (Total course hours 36) tory” grade PRAN 250 2 CR / (Total course hours 65) PRAN 220 Integrated Nursing Practice 3 Professional Communications 4 This practical course builds on the PRAN 291 The focus of this course is on the ad- theory and practice from Level 1 Consolidated Practice vancement of professional communi- and Level 2. Through classroom, Experience CPE 4 cation within the acute care setting laboratory, simulation, and other This clinical experience provides stu- across the lifespan. The practice of col- practice experiences, students dents with the opportunity to integrate laboration with health care team mem- continue to develop and practice theory from all levels into the role of bers and clients is further developed. comprehensive nursing assessment, the practical nurse in the acute care Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, planning and develop knowledge setting and other clinical areas as PRAN 212, PRAN 215 with “C+” grade and interventions for clients experi- appropriate. Students focus on clients or higher; PRAN 250 and PRAN 290 encing multiple health challenges. with exacerbations of chronic illness with “Satisfactory” grade Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, and/or acute illness across the lifespan Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 222, PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 with and will consolidate knowledge and PRAN 225, PRAN 255 80% or higher in theory and 100% in skills such as post-operative care, 1 CR / (Total course hours 20) math, PRAN 155 and PRAN 191 with surgical wound management, IV ther- “Satisfactory” grade apy, focused assessment, and clinical

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 223

decision making in acute care settings. learning about the essential con- This course introduces students to the Prerequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, cepts of politics, and the processes concepts and applications of statistics PRAN 222, PRAN 225 with “C+” grade of government, students will develop in the social sciences. The focus will or higher; PRAN 255 with “Satisfac- the skills to be engaged yet critical be on the analysis and interpretation tory” grade. citizens. Although much of the em- of data using descriptive and infer- 4 CR / (Total course hours 200) phasis will be on Canadian politics, we ential statistics. In the laboratory, will be focusing on political develop- students will gain experience with PRAN 295 ments in other parts of the world. computerized data analysis. PSYC 3 CR / (3,0,0) 101 is strongly recommended. Transition to Preceptorship Prerequisite: Foundations of Math Transition to Preceptorship prepares PSCI 131 UT 11 or Precalculus 11 or MATH 045, or the student for the final practice equivalent experience. Simulation experien- The Administration of Justice 3 CR / (3,3,0) ces and self-directed learning will This introductory course is concerned provide the student with increased with the major issues associated with PSYC 202 UT competence and confidence. the administration of justice in Canada. Prerequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, It will examine such issues as civil Research Methods in Psychology PRAN 222, PRAN 225 with “C+” grade liberties and effective law enforcement, The student is introduced to the field or higher; PRAN 255 and PRAN 291 social and political justice, and national of personality through the exam- with “Satisfactory” grade. integrity. The course provides students ination of the major theories and 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) with an understanding of the dynamic perspectives of personality (e.g., processes of change in the adminis- psychoanalysis, trait theory, biological, PRAN 299 tration of justice. Significant tensions humanistic, behavioural and cognitive exist between the ideals of justice theories). Personality development Preceptorship and the realities of politics. This fact and personality assessment from This final practice experience pro- will become apparent as we examine these approaches will be introduced. vides an opportunity for the student political changes and the emergence The refinement, research and ap- to demonstrate the integration and of new problems to which laws and plication of these theories will be consolidation of knowledge, skills structures must constantly respond. explored and critically evaluated. and abilities within the realities of the Prerequisite: CRIM 103 or permission Prerequisite: PSYC 102 workplace and to become practice of the instructor 3CR / (3,1,0) ready. This faculty monitored experi- 3 CR / (3,0,0) ence may occur through a variety of practice experience models, including PSYC 203 UT the preceptorship model, under the PSYC...... Introduction to Personality immediate supervision of a single, fully This course introduces the logic qualified and experienced LPN or RN and application of various research or RPN and/or within the context of PSYC 101 UT methods in psychology. Students a collaborative learning environment Introduction to Psychology I formulate research questions and as a participating team member. choose appropriate research designs. This general survey course in- Prerequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, Direct experience in data collection cludestopicssuchas a brief historyof PRAN 222, PRAN 225 with “C+” grade and research design is provided in the psychology, basic research method- or higher; PRAN 255 and PRAN 291 laboratory. Topics covered will include ology, biologicalpsychology,sensa- with “Satisfactory” grade; PRAN 295 the following: scientific methods and tion,perception,consciousness,learn- with “Satisfactory” grade the major research designs used in ing,memory, languageand thought. 4 CR / (Total course hours 180) Psychology, critical analysis of research 3 CR / (3,0,0) literature, and an introduction to PSCI...... research proposals. Additionally, stu- PSYC 102 UT dents will learn how to write a research Introduction to Psychology II report according to APA standards. Prerequisite: PSYC 102 This course is a continuationof PSCI 100 UT 3CR / (3,0,0)) PSYC 101.Topicsincludedevelop- Introduction to Politics and mentalpsychology,intelligence and Government intelligencetesting,personalityand PSYC 204 UT This course is designed to provide personalityassessment, motiva- Social Psychology students with a basic foundation in tion,emotion,stress and health,social- Social Psychology is the scientific study the study of politics, government and psychology,an introductionto psycho- of how social influences affect people’s society. The objective of this course is logicaldisordersand theirtreatment. thoughts, feelings, and actions. Major to introduce students to the complex Prerequisite: PSYC 101 topics include affiliation, attraction, at- world of politics, in order to develop 3 CR / (3,0,0) the skills required to critically assess titude and attitude change, prejudice, questions related to ideology, social conformity, obedience, aggression, justice, political organization, gov- PSYC 201 UT altruism, and group dynamics. Social ernment policies and decisions. By Statistics for the Social Sciences psychological theories are presented along with a critical evaluation of

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 224 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

research and research methodol- memory, and language will also be ent. The scale of this component is ogy related to the above topics. introduced. Students will learn about dependant on the state of the local Prerequisite: PSYC 102 the role of biological mechanisms economy and community partnerships. 3 CR / (3,0,0) involved in stress, addictions and brain and psychological disorders. PWER 180 Prerequisite: PSYC 102 PSYC 207 UT 3rd Class Power Engineering 3 CR / (3,0,0) Introduction to Psychological Program Disorders PSYC 210 UT As a third-class power engineer you This course is an introduction to the could operate and maintain power history, classification, research and Introduction to Cognitive (steam) plants in a host of settings theories of psychological disorders. Psychology from sawmills and pulp mills to hospi- It takes an integrative approach by Cognitive Psychology is the scientific tals and recreation centers. You’ll cover emphasizing a variety of theoretical study of the mind and mental pro- Twenty-five topics in this 30-week third perspectives (i.e., biological, psycho- cesses. Major topics include research class program: see the Standardiza- logical, social). The causes, risk factors methods in cognition, cognitive tion of Power Engineer Examinations and treatments of several disorders neuroscience, perception, attention, Committee (SPOEEC) web page for the (i.e., anxiety, somatic symptom and memory, language, concept forma- latest information (http://www.sopeec. dissociative disorders, depression tion, imagery, problem solving, and org/index.php/home/whats-new/ and bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, embodied cognition. The role of the sopeec-syllabus/third-class-syllabus/) personality disorders) will be examined nervous system in cognition will be This course includes a mandatory from the various theoretical approach- studied. Topics may also include off-site practical experience compon- es. Additional topics may include reading, expertise, imagery, executive ent. The scale of this component is other disorders (e.g., neurocognitive, processes, meta-cognition, artificial in- dependant on the state of the local substance use, eating, development- telligence, and comparative cognition. economy and community partnerships. al) or mental health and the law. Prerequisite: PSYC 102 Prerequisite: PSYC 102 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) PWP...... PSYC 215 UT PSYC 208 UT Developmental Psychology PWP Introduction to Human Sexuality This course is an examination of Parts and Warehousing Person This course examines human sex- theory and research related to the Foundations uality from biological, psychologic- development of the human being from al, and social perspectives. Topics conception through adulthood. Topics This course will provide students with will include sexual diversity, sexual are organized according to the physic- the skills and knowledge needed to anatomy and the sexual response al, cognitive, social, and emotional perform basic warehousing func- cycle, psychosexual development, aspects of development. Specific issues tions, which includes basic materials variations in sexual behaviour , at- include cultural dimensions (ethnicity, handling of all warehouse items, traction and intimacy, contraception class, gender, age) and controver- including automotive and indus- and abortion, sexually transmitted sies in developmental psychology. trial engines and equipment parts. infections, gender, sexual orientation, Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102— Students will practice safety skills and pornography, and sexual coercion. minimum “D” grades be introduced to warehouse oper- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102— 3 CR / (3,0,0) ations, equipment, and technology. minimum “D” grades For detailed information on the scope 3 CR / (3,0,0) of knowledge and skills taught and PWER...... assessed in this course, refer to the outline available on the ITA website. PSYC 209 UT Note: PWER courses are restricted to (Total course hours 600) Introduction to Biological students in the Power Engineering Psychology programs. SCI...... This course provides an overview of contemporary knowledge about the interrelationships among biological PWER 170 processes, the mind, and behaviour. 4th Class Power Engineering SCI 030 Major topics include neuroanatomy, Program Intermediate Preparatory cellular communication, nervous This course covers the basic Science system development, neuroplas- drafting fundamentals required This course is an introductory study ticity, and the influence of drugs and for power engineering. Topics of the basic principles of biology, hormones on behaviour. Methods of include basic mechanical draw- chemistry, and physics. Some topics investigating biological processes and ing, geometric constructions, and of investigation include the scientific research methodology in biological basic orthographic projection. method, cells, environmental science, psychology will be studied. Sensory This course includes a mandatory atoms and compounds, the periodic and motor systems as well as higher off-site practical experience compon- table, writing and balancing chemical cognitive processes such as learning,

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 225 equations, problem solving, simple SOC 120 UT descriptions of the social transform- machines, and energy and matter. ations that have occurred with the Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math Issues on Sexual Diversity and growth of service sector employment, 030 or as evaluated by an Academic Equity in Canada and emphasis will be placed on Can- Upgrading placement test. Using a sociological perspective, this adian industries. Topics include the (Total course hours 112) course provides a background to use of information technology, unpaid current issues utilizing a multidisci- labour, designing leisure, entrepre- plinary survey of the historical and neurialism, the informal economy and SERV...... cultural roots through which we have micro-entrepreneurialism. The course come to define sexuality and gender. presents analyses of trends aimed at The course draws upon a selection of resistance to transnational corpor- SERV 250 theoretical perspectives and socio- ate organization, as well as a selec- International Service Learning logical case studies dealing with sexual tion of social movements that have and gender identity in order to provide resulted in the use of alternative ways This course is a form of experiential a backdrop for analyzing current of organizing work. This course also education that integrates meaningful social and political issues shaping the provides an overview of the positions volunteer experiences with academ- struggles faced by sex and gender of specific groups of people experi- ic coursework and critical reflective equity groups in Canada today. encing double jeopardy in the labour practices. Participants will experience 3 CR / (3,0,0) market, i.e., people of colour, women, a positive, active and meaningful new immigrants, the differently abled, volunteer program in an international non-heterosexual persons, young context. They will experience and SOC 201 UT people, and persons being re-trained. examine the international aspects of The Sociology of Work—General community service by learning through Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 This course provides an overview of pre-departure preparations, travel, 3 CR / (3,0,0) the transformations in the structure of day-to-day living, volunteer contribu- work during the industrial and post-in- tions, leadership and team-building dustrial periods. The course focuses on SOC 203 UT activities and field trips in co-operation an analysis of the sociological and eco- Canadian Society I: Identities and with local community members as nomic theories and debates that deal Ideologies well as other students and student with the results of industrial capitalist leaders within the international setting. An examination of the structural, and bureaucratic forms of organiz- cultural and regional variations in Prerequisite: Completion of 15 credits ing and managing work since 1900. the development of social identities 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) Sociological research will be drawn and political ideologies in Canada. An upon to present a critical account of evaluation of the traditional ideolo- SOC...... the “taken for granted” assumptions gies of Liberals, Conservatives, and about the organization of work, the Socialists in Canada. An exploration of goals of employers, the decision-mak- the modern political approaches of the SOC 101 UT ing powers of workers, and the Social Democrats and Neo-Conserva- structural constraints that shape the tives. A study of the conditions under Introduction to Sociology I forces affecting today’s worker, across which radical fringe political parties An introduction to the basic socio- occupational categories. The course emerge and decline. An analysis of logical theories and methods for deals with a variety of contemporary how the various Canadian identities studying individuals, groups, and concerns, including globalization, are tied to the political ideologies. institutions. Topics will include culture, downsizing, technology and de-skill- Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 socialization, families, education, ing, professionalism, the decrease 3 CR / (3,0,0) gender, aging, and deviance. These in the “real wage,” unemployment, concerns will be illustrated and underemployment, credentialism, the developed with Canadian materials. disempowerment of governments and SOC 204 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) unions, free trade agreements, and the Canadian Society II: Race and increasing restrictions imposed by hu- Ethnic Relations SOC 102 UT man resource models of management. An examination of the social organ- The course is specifically designed to ization of race and ethnic relations Introduction to Sociology II have students research an occupa- in Canada. The causes and conse- A continuation of SOC 101. Topics tion in which they have an interest. quences of the changing pattern include the characteristics and chan- Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 of immigration. Descriptions of the ges in the general population, local 3 CR / (3,0,0) major ethnic groups and communities. communities, ethnic groups, social The development of the ideology, movements, political parties, work SOC 202 UT policy, and practice of multicultur- settings, and religious organizations. alism. The survival and decline of The Sociology of Work — These concerns are illustrated and ethnic identities. An examination of developed with Canadian materials. Industry, Technology, and Social problems of private prejudice and Prerequisite: SOC 101—minimum “D” Change the practice of institutional racism. grade Covers topics relevant to contempor- The culture and behaviour of First 3 CR / (3,0,0) ary labour markets and the globalized Nations in Canada. An analysis of economy. The course focuses on the land claims issue in Canada.

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 226 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 Men and Masculinities: Identities conceptions of gender, sex, the “body”, 3 CR / (3,0,0) and Intersections of Manhood erotic pleasure, sexuality, and sexual This course explores the social con- orientation as social and cultural SOC 206 UT struction of masculinities and men’s derivations and, thus, historical. We will examine the social and political pres- Social Problems lives in conjunction with the analysis of race/ethnicity, class, gender, and sures that emerge from such formu- A sociological study of the creation, sexuality. Masculinities, in their various lations. We will not, however, simply ac- causes, and consequences of contem- forms, shape the lives of both women cept the now familiar academic axiom porary social problems in Canadian and men, and this course will examine “it’s because it is socially constructed”; society. Topics include: organized the construction, reproduction, and im- we will endeavor to critically assess the crime, juvenile delinquency, sexual pact of masculinities on the institutions consequences of certain intellectual harassment, AIDS, mental illness, of education, work, religion, sport, traditions and the ramifications on alcoholism, and drug abuse. Factual family, media, the military, and more. social policy, popular culture, the law and moral aspects of these and other This course will interrogate how mas- and governmentality, the sciences, and social problems will be argued. culinities shape individual lives, groups, politics. Finally, we will explore these Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 or organizations, and institutions, and will contested ideas in the contextualized permission of the instructor analyze the ways in which power func- lives of so-called queer citizens. 3 CR / (3,0,0) tions within these cultural formations. Prerequisite: SOC 102 Prerequisite: SOC 102 3 CR / (3,0,0) SOC 210 UT 3 CR / (3,0,0) Introduction to Sociological SOC 240 UT Theory SOC 230 UT Sociology of the Body This course will provide a brief back- Critical Perspectives on This course will provide students ground in the core classical theorists in Contemporary Families with an introduction to historic- sociology and then, for the remainder al and contemporary sociological This course provides an introduction of the term, will focus on engaging with thinking about the body. Topics will to the contemporary debates within sociological themes and theorists from include a consideration of the body the sociology of family. The course the 21st century. This course aims to as object of discipline across the life explores the interaction and conflicts familiarize students with some of the span, as gendered, sexed, classed, between our intimate lives as family key theorists and debates in sociology. racialized, sexualized, abled/disabled members and the economic, political, At the same time, the theorists repre- etc., constructions, and as a means legal, and cultural changes that define sented in this course are not by any of expression and experience. This the beliefs and issues surrounding the means exhaustive. Instead, the focus is course also draws on sociological institution of family. Utilizing current on providing a foundation in some of theories of the body; critical race sociological theory and analyses, the the classical theorists and then a se- theory, queer theory, feminist theory, course critically examines the history lective representation of work that en- and postcolonial theory will be high- of the western family, the ideology gages with questions of culture, power lighted and questions will be asked of the family, gender ideology, and and social order from both macro and about the ways in which bodies are social policies and practices affecting micro perspectives. The contemporary racialized, gendered and sexualized. Canadian families. The course explores works also demonstrate how the clas- Prerequisite: SOC102 central issues faced by families today, sical theorists influence contemporary including dating, mating and marriage, 3 CR / (3,0,0) sociological theory both by providing the contradictions between romantic a foundation for thought or a basis love and social constructions of the SOC 245 UT for divergence and contestation. ideal family, the gendered division of 3 CR / (3,0,0) Gender, Self and Identity labour, parenting, divorce, poverty, Drawing on the work of leading re- alternative family forms, and violence searchers and thinkers this course is a SOC 220 UT within intimate relationships. Critic- survey of classical and contemporary al analysis of debates surrounding Women In Society perspectives on the complex connec- single parent families, same-sex This course aims at a critical examina- tions between gender, self and identity marriages, and recent trends in tion of the historical and contemporary in the modern world. Students will look reproductive science will form an position of women in various societies, at how traditional social institutions- additional aspect of the coursework. with particular emphasis on Canada. including religion, family, media,- and Prerequisite: SOC 101 Traditional sociological theories and a newer trends in immigration, globaliza- 3 CR / (3,0,0) number of feminist perspectives will be tion and, and Internet (especially social used to analyze gender inequality, the media) use govern the way gender, institutionalized means through which SOC 235 UT sexuality and various other axis of it is reproduced, and the possibilities Queering the Social self and identity are constructed. for meaningful change in Canada. Prerequisite: SOC102 This course will provide us with a Prerequisite: SOC 101 or WMST 101 framework for understanding the 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) history and contemporary applications of queer theory and interdisciplinary SOC 250 UT SOC 225 UT queer studies. We will interrogate The Sociology of Popular Culture

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 227

This course is dedicated to the socio- normal cardiac patterns and com- the classroom through role play. logical investigation of popular culture, mon arrhythmias. Concepts include Co-requisite: : BIO 170, SONO 100, its role in our lives, and its broad ef- the use of windows, modalities, and SONO 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, fects on Canadian society. Not only can associated measurements. Students PHYS 170 understanding popular culture tell us will apply theoretical concepts from 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) a lot about how people live their lives, this course to simulations in the lab. it can also focus attention on patterns Co-requisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO 120 of global power, mass media, and SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, consumerism. The major course as- PHYS 170 General Sonography II signment will involve primary research 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) This course builds on SONO 100 with of a particular site of popular culture a focus on pathology and congenital within the Prince George region. In SONO 105 abnormalities of the abdomen, pelvis particular, students will choose a site and superficial structures. Concepts where music is an important feature. Women’s Sonography I include relational and cross-section- Prerequisites: SOC 101 and SOC 102 This course introduces students to al anatomy and physiology, as well or permission of the instructor imaging of the female breast and pelvis as differentiation between normal 3 CR / (3,0,0) as relevant to sonographers. The focus and pathological presentation of of this course is on the normal pelvis structures of interest. Students will of the non-pregnant female. Concepts apply theoretical concepts from this SONO...... include normal developmental changes course to simulations in the lab. and unique patient care needs. Stu- Prerequisite: Successful completion dents will be introduced to common of the following courses with a C+ or SONO 100 abnormalities, pathologies and asso- better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, General Sonography I ciated sonographic findings. Students will apply theoretical concepts from PHYS 170 This course introduces students to this course to simulations in the lab. Co-requisite: SONO 123, SONO 125, the sonographic principles of imaging Co-requisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 in the normal abdomen and pelvis. SONO 103, SONO 107, SONO 109, 3 CR / (4,5,0) The focus is on normal anatomical PHYS 170 appearance, variants and common 3 CR / (3,0,0) pathologies. Concepts include rela- SONO 123 tional and cross-sectional anatomy Cardiac Sonography II and physiology. Students will apply SONO 107 This course is a continuation of theoretical concepts to scan struc- Patient Care for Sonography SONO 103. The focus is the hemo- tures of interest in the abdomen, male This course introduces students to dynamics and etiologies related to pelvis, and non-pregnant female pelvis. patient care in sonography. The focus cardiac disease and corresponding Co-requisite: BIO 170, SONO 103, is on the provision of safe, profes- clinical presentation. Emphasis is SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, sional care throughout all imaging placed on interpretation and quan- PHYS 170 processes. Concepts include body tification of abnormalities in the 3 CR / (3,3,0) mechanics and patient transport, adult echocardiogram. Students will communication, care of patient equip- apply theoretical concepts from this SONO 101 ment, workplace health and safety course to simulations in the lab. Medical Terminology for and cultural competence. Students Prerequisite: Successful completion will apply theoretical concepts from of the following courses with a C+ or Sonography this course to simulations in the lab. better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO This course introduces sonography Co-requisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, 103, SONO105, SONO 107, SONO 109, students to medical terminology SONO 103, SONO 105, SONO 109, PHYS 170 relevant to imaging. Topics include PHYS 170 Co-requisite: SONO 120, SONO 125, directional terminology, medical ab- 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 breviations, terminology origins (prefix, 3 CR / (Total course hours 120) root, suffix) and common acronyms. SONO 109 This course is delivered entirely online. SONO 125 Prerequisites: Conditional acceptance Relational Practice I into the Diagnostic Medical Sonogra- This course introduces students Women’s Sonography II phy program. to human relationships relevant to This course is a continuation of SONO 0 CR / (Total course hours 10) sonography. The focus of this course 105. The focus is on the normal is on professional communication presentation of the female pelvis SONO 103 and interactions with others in the during pregnancy and the scanning health care setting. Concepts include techniques used to thoroughly assess Cardiac Sonography I types, components and intra-organiz- the fetus. Concepts include assess- This course will introduce students to ation communication, introduction to ment of the obstetrical patient, the cardiac anatomy, the cardiac cycle and neuroscience, memory and learning, uterine and extra-uterine environ- principles of hemodynamics in cardiac and foundational concepts related ments, normal fetal presentation imaging. The focus of this course is to typical human behaviours. Theor- throughout pregnancy, and common on assessment and interpretation of etical concepts will be practiced in complications in the first trimes-

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 228 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ter. Students will apply theoretical theory and laboratory simulations abdomen, pelvis, and superficial struc- concepts to simulations in the lab.. to working in a demanding health tures. Concepts include sonographic Prerequisite: Successful completion care environment. Method of de- assessment of the abnormal abdom- of the following courses with a C+ or livery may include lecture, tour of a inal wall, associated musculoskeletal better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO health care facility, review of health and superficial structures, scrotum, 103, SONO105, SONO 107, SONO 109, authority general policies/procedures, thyroid and relevant abdominal Dop- PHYS 170 and other related online activities. pler studies. Students will also perform Co-requisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, Prerequisite: Successful completion of sonographic assessment of the ca- SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 the following courses with a C+ or bet- rotids and peripheral vascular system. 3 CR / (Total course hours 60) ter: SONO 120, SONO 123, SONO 125, Prerequisite: Successful completion of SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 the following courses with a C+ or bet- SONO 129 Co-requisite: SONO 135, SONO 145 ter: SONO 133, SONO 135, SONO 145 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) Co-requisite: SONO 231, SONO 233, Relational Practice II SONO 237, PHYS 175 This course is a continuation of SONO 3 CR / (3,3,0) 109. The focus of this course is on SONO 135 Sonography Clinical I advanced communication skills and SONO 231 atypical personality traits and psych- This first clinical experience provides ological disorders. Concepts include students with the opportunity to Vascular Sonography II common communication challenges integrate theory from term 1 and 2 This course builds on SONO 131. The in health care, conflict resolution, courses into clinical practice. Students focus of this course is on the abnormal verbal and written presentations and will work in a variety of clinical settings sonographic findings in carotid arteries documentation principles. Theoretic- under direct supervision. Learning the and the extremity veins. Concepts al concepts will be practiced in the role of the sonographer in the context include clinical signs and symptoms classroom setting through role play of safe patient care, therapeutic of vascular disease, abnormal hemo- and presenting a group case study. communication, professionalism and dynamics, peripheral arterial Doppler Prerequisite: Successful completion collaboration will be emphasized. At and vascular grafts. Students will of the following courses with a C+ or the end of this course, students will be apply theoretical concepts from this better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO able to satisfactorily perform portions course to simulations in the lab. 103, SONO105, SONO 107, SONO 109, of normal and abnormal general and Prerequisite: Successful completion PHYS 170 cardiac sonographic assessments with a C+ or better: SONO 145, and Co-requisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, with supervision and guidance. successful completion of: SONO 133, SONO 125, SONO 131, PHYS 173 Prerequisite: Successful completion of SONO 135 3 CR /(Total course hours 45) the following courses with a C+ or bet- Co-requisite: SONO 230, SONO 233, ter: SONO 120, SONO 123, SONO 125, SONO 237, PHYS 175 SONO 131 SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) Co-requisite: SONO 145, SONO 133 Vascular Sonography I 4 CR / (Total course hours 245) This theory course introduces imaging SONO 233 of the carotid arteries and veins of Cardiac Sonography III the lower extremities. The focus SONO 145 This course is a continuation of SONO is on vessel assessment in order Pathophysiology for Sonography 123. The focus is on the pathophysi- to correlate normal sonographic This course introduces the stu- ology of cardiac disease and the patterns, appearances and values. dent to pathophysiology relevant integration of hemodynamics and Concepts include normal anatomy, to sonography. The focus of this clinical findings with sonographic physiology and venous thrombosis course is on common pathologies features. Concepts include heart of the lower leg veins. Students will of the abdomen. Concepts include failure, cardiomyopathy, pericardial apply theoretical concepts from this disease terminology, mechanisms of and pleural disease, cardiac mass- course to simulations in the lab. disease, the inflammatory process es, disease of the cardiac vessels Prerequisite: Successful completion and common clinical presentations of and congenital abnormalities and of the following courses with a C+ or disease. Content is delivered online surgical corrections. Students will better: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO and applied in a clinical setting. apply theoretical concepts from this 103, SONO105, SONO 107, SONO 109, Prerequisite: Successful completion of course to simulation in the lab. PHYS 170 the following courses with a C+ or bet- Prerequisite: Successful completion Co-requisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, ter: SONO 120, SONO 123, SONO 125, with a C+ or better: SONO 145, and SONO 125, SONO 129, PHYS 173 SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 successful completion of: SONO 133, 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) Co-requisite: SONO 133, SONO 135 SONO 135 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) Co-requisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, SONO 133 SONO 237, PHYS 175 3 CR / (Total course hours 75) Clinical Orientation SONO 230 This course introduces the student General Sonography III SONO 235 to the clinical environment. The This course builds on SONO 120 with focus of this course is on preparing a focus on more complex pathological Sonography Clinical II the student for the transition from conditions of the adult and paediatric This course is a continuation of SONO

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 229

135. Students will work in a variety of Sonography Clinical III junction with CASS 120, and SSWK 263. clinical settings under direct super- This course is a continuation of SONO Prerequisites: Admission into the So- vision. The focus of this course is on 135 and SONO 235. Students will cial Service Worker Program, submis- the integration of theoretical know- gain further hands on experience on sion of a portfolio documenting prior ledge of anatomy, physiology and path- abdominal, pelvis, obstetrical, vascular, learning and work experience, and an interview with the SSWK instructor ology into sonographic examinations. superficial and cardiac sonographic Students will continue to apply the imaging in a variety of health care 4 weeks concepts of safe patient care, thera- settings. At the end of this course, peutic communication, professionalism students will independently per- SSWK 101 and collaboration. At the end of this form complete sonographic exam- course, students will be able to satis- Skill and Knowledge inations on patients with common Enhancement factorily perform portions of general pathologies with minimal assistance. This course follows SSWK 100 and pro- and cardiac sonographic assessments Effective written and verbal com- vides the student with an opportunity on patients with common patholo- munication, creation of safe practice to enhance his or her skills and know- gies with supervision and guidance. environments, safe patient care and ledge as identified on the Learning As- Prerequisite: Successful completion professionalism are emphasized. sessment in order to obtain Advanced of the following courses with a C+ or Prerequisite: Successful completion Standing credit in the course selected. better: SONO 230, SONO 231, SONO with a C+ or better: SONO 236, and 233, SONO 237, PHYS 175 successful completion of: SONO 235 Prerequisite: SSWK 100 Co-requisite: SONO 236 5 CR / (Total Course Hours: 325) 10 weeks 7 CR / (Total Course Hours: 455) SONO 250 SSWK 142 SONO 236 Sonography Clinical IV Helping Skills: Practical Professional Development Applications This course is a continuation of SONO This course is intended to prepare the 245. The consolidation of theoretical This course assists students in devel- sonography student for accreditation knowledge of general and cardiac oping and refining their basic helping with Sonography Canada. Con- sonography, application to the clinical skills. Extensive use of video, role cepts covered include the Canadian setting and competency in skill will be play, and real experiences provides Clinical Skills Assessments (CCSA), the focus of this course. Upon success- opportunities for the acquisition and certification examination process, ful completion of this course, students practice of helping skills. This course and how to develop a profession- will be able to independently perform requires that students participate al resume and cover letter. This complete patient examinations with in a weekly three-hour laboratory course will be delivered online. consistency and accuracy in all pa- session for the purpose of learning Prerequisite: Successful completion tients. Demonstration of all competen- and practicing their helping skills. of the following courses with a C+ or cies of entry level practice as described Prerequisite: SSWK 145 better: SONO 230, SONO 231, SONO by Sonography Canada in the National 3 CR / (3,3,0) 233, SONO 237, PHYS 175 Competency Profiles is required. Co-requisite: SONO 235 Prerequisite: Successful completion of SSWK 145 2 CR / (Total course hours 30) SONO 245 Communication and 5 CR / (Total Course Hours: 325) SONO 237 Interpersonal Relationship Skills Course material provides an overview Women’s Sonography III SSWK...... of communication theories as well as a This theory course is a continuation practical basis for learning interperson- of SONO 125. The focus is on com- al skills. This includes discussions of plex pathology and pathophysiology SSWK 100 how self-concept, perceptual process, of the female (pelvis and all stages of language, and non-verbal behaviour Individual Learning Assessment pregnancy) as relevant to sonographic influence communication. Material assessment. The emphasis is on per- SSWK 100 creates an avenue that focusing on cross-cultural communi- forming quality sonographic images, acknowledges and validates lifelong cation strategies is discussed, with a integrating relevant clinical findings learning and the knowledge achieved. particular focus on Canada’s Aboriginal and patient history to formulate Through this assessment process, the populations. This course provides and communicate a clinical impres- student documents and demonstrates opportunities to increase self-aware- sion. Students will apply theoretical their capabilities based on identified ness and to improve and develop concepts to simulations in the lab. competencies and learning objectives effective interpersonal 25 communica- Prerequisite: Successful completion of the SSWK course for which they are tion skills. This course will also provide with a C+ or better: SONO 145, and seeking Advanced Standing credit. As the student with the opportunity to successful completion of: SONO 133, determined by the instructor, students develop confidence in public speaking. SONO 135 may participate in one to three of the 3 CR / (3,1,0) Co-requisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, following courses. Courses eligible for SONO 233, PHYS 175 Advanced Standing will be determined 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) by the instructor and may include up to SSWK 151 UT three of the following SSWK 145, SSWK Social Welfare Policy SONO 245 195, SSWK 196/199, SSWK 225 in con- This course provides a basic intro-

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 230 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca duction to social welfare policy in Prerequisite or Corequisite: SSWK 145 Professional Development Canada, its historical development, 3 CR / (0,3,0) Recognition and its role within the political and This course provides an opportunity economic context of Canadian society. SSWK 196 to obtain course credits in the Social A major emphasis is placed on a review Service Worker Program based on of the values and ideology implic- Practicum and Practicum Seminar the skills and knowledge the student it in various types of social welfare has acquired through recognized policies. Students critically analyze Students attend a social service agency professional development sources. the effect of social welfare policies site for two days a week throughout Prerequisite: Admission to the SSWK on client populations and upon the semester. At the agency, stu- program themselves as social service workers. dents construct a learning contract, 3 CR Class discussions focus on northern perform work for the agency, and issues. Additionally, specific focus on receive guidance and supervision the impact of historic and modern from an agency-based field supervi- SSWK 225 social policy on Canada’s Aborigi- sor. The seminar is designed to allow Introduction to Disabilities nal populations will be examined. all students in the two-day-a-week This course provides an understanding 3 CR / (3,0,0) practicum to reflect on the learning of the implications of disabilities on accomplished during practicum. You people’s lives from a social context. SSWK 171 UT will keep a journal as discussed in Students examine attitude, values and SSWK 195 and present writings from it predominant views of disability in Can- Introduction to Social Work to your colleagues. We problem solve Practice adian culture. A focus of this course around issues and concerns pertain- is on an empowerment approach to Students are introduced to the ing to practicum. We attempt to link supporting people with disabilities. structure and functions of social work theoretical components from your 3 CR / (3,0,0) and social service work in Canada. We courses to actual practicum events. explore the context, ethics and values, Co-requisite: SSWK 142 knowledge base, therapeutic relation- Prerequisite: SSWK 145, 195 SSWK 232 ship foundations and practice models 5 CR / (0,3,10) Loss and Grief that inform these related disciplines. This course explores the various d The ‘bio-psycho-social-spiritual’ model SSWK 199 mensions of loss, grief and bereave- is introduced as the foundation of ment. It examines both loss through Practicum and Practicum practice. Social Justice, and divers- death and symbolic loss, the latter ity issues are examined. Aboriginal Seminar of which includes, amongst others, approaches to the helping profes- Students will attend a social service events such as divorce, family breakup, sions and the nature of the relation- agency site for a two week block loss of abilities, existential loss, and ship Aboriginal cultures have with practicum. Students will attend cultural loss. The loss of self-deter- the social services are explored. the agency at which they complet- mination, and culture for Aboriginal 3 CR / (3,0,0) ed their practicum for SSWK 196. cultures in Canada is explored. Normal Students will continue to complete and complicated grieving patterns, SSWK 195 the goals and objectives identified developmental factors in grieving, the in the SSWK 196 learning contract. Issues and Principles of stages and tasks of grieving are all introduced. We examine the role and Fieldwork Students will continue to receive guid- ance and supervision from an agen- importance of ritual in the grieving This course is designed to introduce cy-based field supervisor. During the process. Students will learn to accept first year students to the purpose and two week intersession, you will attend loss as a natural part of life and learn structure of the SSWK field work expe- a seminar each of those weeks that has how to be more supportive and helpful rience referred to as 'practicum' (SSWK the same intent as the SSWK 196 sem- when dealing with loss events in both 196 and 199). You are introduced to inar. The seminar is designed to allow professional and personal spheres. the concept of experiential learning all students to reflect on the learning 3 CR / (3,0,0) and its value in the learning process. accomplished during practicum. Stu- We explore the idea of praxis - the dents will continue to keep a journal linkage of theory, skills and practice SSWK 241 as required in SSWK 196. During - and discuss ways of achieving this Group Process and Practice seminar, your student colleagues and through the practicum process. We academic supervisor will problem solve This course provides the students will examine a number of articles that around issues and concerns pertaining with a basic understanding of group explore various aspects of social ser- to practicum. We will attempt to link work theory and practice. The basic vice practice. Students are introduced theoretical components from your assumption is that there is a significant to a range of social service agencies in courses to actual practicum events. correlation between social functioning the community that provide place- and group experience. Topics of study ments for the SSWK program. You will Prerequisites: SSWK 142, 145, 195 and 196 include group dynamics, leadership interview for and be accepted into a styles and skills, group development, 3 CR / (0,3,22) practicum placement that will take cultural and ethical issues in group place between January and May. work, and ethical issues in group Prerequisite: Admission to SSWK SSWK 201 work. This course includes a three- program

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 231

hour weekly laboratory experience in 3 CR / (3,0,0) needs provision models as ways of which students will learn and practice guiding practice. Students are intro- group work skills. A variety of activ- SSWK 263 duced to the disproportionate involve- ities will take place that will help to ment of aboriginal children, youth and demonstrate the concepts and skills. Addictions their families in the child care system Prerequisite: SSWK 142 This course gives students an introduc- and aboriginally-based intervention 3 CR / (3,3,0) tion to the issue of addiction. Various strategies designed to assist children theories and treatment models used and youth. You will be introduced to a SSWK 242 to explain and treat addiction will range of practitioners in the com- be discussed. The social impact of munity and come to recognize the Community Development addiction and student personal values significant contribution of organiza- This course examines the history of and beliefs will be assessed. A focus tions like the Native Friendship Centre community development, distinguish- on bio-psycho-social-spiritual theory, and Carrier-Sekani Family Services. es capacity-based from needs-based harm reduction and recovery options, The perspectives presented in this motivation, and explores a variety of motivational interviewing and stages course conform to the British Colum- community development initiatives of change will be explored. Personal, bia Core Curriculum model for CYC. worldwide. Special emphasis is placed professional and political ethics and 3 CR / (3,0,0) on local/northern community de- values, as well as the disproportionate velopment, Aboriginal communities, rates of addiction within the Canadian SSWK 271 and on the capacity of social services Aboriginal population will be examined. paraprofessionals to participate in 3 CR / (3,0,0) Health and Wellness Self-Care community development initiatives. Lab 3 CR / (3,0,0) SSWK 265 The key to personal success in the helping professions is to maintain Introduction to Child Welfare: SSWK 255 a balance between your personal Theory and Practice wellness and the professional tasks Counselling Theories This course is designed to examine and interventions you will be pro- Students become acquainted with policy, legislation and standards with viding. Learning to recognize these the values, assumptions and theo- specific application to child and youth emotions provides opportunities for retical conceptualizations that frame care services in British Columbia. It ex- self-reflection, self-awareness, and new the dominant counselling styles in amines systems of practice that include perspectives. SSWK 271 is a 1.5 hour use within the helping professions. strengths-based, feminist and structur- mandatory lab in the SSWK program. We will explore the development of al models. Particular focus is placed on It is intended to provide the student counselling perspectives from Freud Aboriginal colonization and assimila- with a basic introduction to strategies to post-modern approaches. The tion within Canadian society and the to develop self-care responsibility. It issue of cultural diversity and the continued over-representation of First emphasizes a preventive approach importance of ethics in counselling Nation children in government care. to holistic wellness that incorporates practice will be discussed throughout. Emphasis is placed on the essential physical, emotional, social, and spiritual Aboriginal models of mental health need of permanency planning for chil- aspects. It is an experiential lab that fo- and healing will be explored. We will dren in permanent care of the system. cuses on self-awareness and sensitivity be able to examine some of these 3 CR / (3,0,0) as contributing factors to your state of theories in practice through observ- wellness. The predominant objective ing recorded counselling sessions. SSWK 267 UT is to identify practical techniques and 3 CR / (3,0,0) exercises that are easy to do and are An Introduction to Child easily incorporated into daily living. SSWK 257 and Youth Care The goal is to optimize our personal This course presents an overview wellness as a strategy to manage pro- Mental Health of the child and youth care field. It fessional and personal This course explores the values, examines contemporary and historical stressors. attitudes, and beliefs of the worker, perspectives on children and youth. Prerequisite: Admission to SSWK and the knowledge and skills required CYC as a distinct profession within the program to support and enhance wellness with helping professions is explored. You 1.5 CR / (0,1.5,0) individuals in the community who have are introduced to the core themes of mental illness. The focus is on policies CYC and the importance of the use and practices that are relevant to of self in relationship. It will focus on SSWK 273 northern British Columbia, including strength-based practice, inclusive- Classroom Assisting work with individuals of First Nations ness and caring within the context of Students learn general educational descent. Students have opportunities cultural, community and professional principles and techniques for class- to explore the nature of mental illness. and family contexts. The importance of room assistance with exceptional Students learn about the causes, communication, relationship, human children in primary, elementary, and symptoms and treatment of mental development and life-space interven- secondary school settings. Empha- illness. Community resources and an tions will be introduced. Intervention sis is placed on resource develop- overview of mental health services will strategies common to CYC will be ment, the development of language be discussed. This student critically presented. The course explores the skills, co-operative learning, and appraises the major existing theories. bio-psycho-social-spiritual model and ethical issues in classroom assist-

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 232 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ance. The principles of integration to their practicum experience. This tourism industry including economic, of exceptional children in the class- class links theoretical components environmental and social impacts as room is presented and discussed. from the courses to the practicum. well as the evolution, function and Corequisite: SSWK 297 Prerequisite: SSWK 142, 145, 195 and direction of tourism internationally. 4.5 CR / (3,0,0) 196 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) 5 CR / (0,2,10) SSWK 282 THMG 302 Behaviour Management: SSWK 299 Business Writing for Techniques for Working with Practicum and Practicum the Tourism Industry Children and Youth Seminar Clear, effective written communication This course surveys the various Students will attend a social service is essential in any tourism and hotel aspects of social service work with chil- agency site for a two week block management role. This course will dren and youth. The impact of various practicum. Students will attend the give students confidence in business social and economic forces, including agency at which they completed their correspondence through developing forms and mechanisms of oppression practicum for SSWK 296. Students technical and practical writing and and discrimination, are examined as will continue to complete the goals presentation skills critical to success they affect child development. Various and objectives identified in the SSWK in any business setting. Assignments theoretical models will be exam- 296 learning contract.Students will will be based on tourism and hotel ined in detail, allowing students the continue to receive guidance and management communications issues. opportunity to consider best practice supervision from an agency-based This course teaches students written techniques for working with at-risk field supervisor. During the two week and oral communications required to and vulnerable children and youth. intersession, you will attend a semi- succeed in a business setting through 3 CR / (3,0,0) nar each of those weeks that has the a variety of writing and speaking same intent as the SSWK 296 seminar. situations including reports, emails, The seminar is designed to allow all memos, letters, and presentations. SSWK 295 students to reflect on the learning 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) Issues and Principles of Field accomplished during practicum. Stu- Work and Community Seminar II dents will continue to keep a journal THMG 304 Students will attend a two-hour as required in SSWK 296. During Communications and practicum preparation class once seminar, your student colleagues and per week where personal strengths academic supervisor will problem solve Technology in Tourism and areas for improvement will be around issues and concerns pertaining This course provides the students with examined. Focus will include: profes- to practicum. We will attempt to link a practical framework for incorporating sional ethics; appropriate conduct theoretical components from your computer technology and electronic in the social service field; personal courses to actual practicum events. media as invaluable management and professional values and beliefs; Prerequisite: SSWK 295 and 296 resources in support of the mission boundaries, emotional physical and 3 CR / (0,2,22) and objectives of a tourism operation. mental self-care, dual relationships, In addition, this course examines the and continued self-awareness. Stu- nature and scope of communication dents will establish learning objectives TARGET...... and technology and its emergence and negotiate a practicum contract and utilization within the tourism with their identified practicum agency. Please see TARGET program informa- and hotel industry. Students will Prerequisite: SSWK 199 tion on page 148. have the opportunity to apply know- 2 CR / (0,2,0) ledge in an applied team project. THMG...... 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) SSWK 296 Practicum and Practicum Note: THMG courses are restricted THMG 308 Seminar to students in the Tourism and Hotel Marketing the Tourism Industry Management Post-Diploma program. Students attend a social service agency Marketing is integrated into almost site for two days a week through- every facet of a hospitality and/or out the semester. During this time, THMG 300 tourism organization. In this course the learner will explore basic concepts of students participate in the design of The Business of Global Tourism a learning contract, perform work for marketing in order to evaluate the best This course is designed to provide the agency, and receive guidance and practices for today’s tourism organiz- students with an overview of the supervision from an agency-based ations. This course focuses on major tourism industry within a global field supervisor. Students attend a marketing decisions that tourism and context. Given the pace of globaliz- two-hour practicum class. The intent hotel managers face in researching ation, gaining an understanding of of this class is to have the students demand, generating and sustaining de- how the tourism sector is evolving as reflect upon the learning that is taking mand for their products and services. stakeholders struggle with challenges, place in the field placement. Students 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) issues and opportunities is crucially have the opportunity to problem solve important. Students gain an under- around issues and concerns related standing of the complexities of the THMG 310

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 233

Financial Management for theoretical and practical approach, tion effectively in organizations by ex- Tourism and Hotel Management students examine the concepts of amining behavior from personal, group This course focuses on business strategic planning and competitive and organizational perspectives. Topics planning, control, and financial strategy, and how they can be suc- include: leadership, motivation, group decision making in a tourism and cessfully applied by organizations in dynamics, communication, decision hotel management environment, and an increasingly complex and glob- making, innovative and creative prob- the concepts are applicable to both al tourism environment. Learners lem solving approaches, conflict resolu- large and small organizations. This examine the management challenges tion and negotiation. Leadership skill course provides students with an and opportunities of small tourism development will be examined through understanding of key financial issues entities and the unique environments lecture, discussion, case analyses, and arising in the hotel and tourism sector. in which they operate, including hotels. practical applications of the material. Concepts, terminology and princi- 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) ples are introduced at a basic level. Prerequisite: COM 204 THMG 318 THMG 340 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) The Business of Hotel Tourism and Hotel Management Management Practicum THMG 312 Hotel managers require knowledge This course provides students with a Customer Service Management about the operations of all depart- practical opportunity to apply skills and of Tourism Operations ments within their hotels. Students knowledge they have acquired in the will examine the emerit® National classroom in a workforce environment Excellent client service is core to a Occupational Standards for Hotel in the tourism or hotel industry. Expe- successful tourism and hotel indus- General Manager to learn what is riential learning is effective because try business. This course will explore required for success in the hotel it enables students to experience the nature of services in general management sector. Hotel managers supervisory skills and competencies and the unique dynamics of tourism must have human resource manage- that are applicable for their future. services. Delivering quality services ment skills and acquire skills necessary Students will gain experience need- is one of the major challenges for to offer quality service. This course ed to seek various positions in the managers in the tourism industry provides students with the skills and tourism field upon graduation. because industry market trends are knowledge to manage day-to-day rapidly changing. A primary focus of 3 CR / (Total course hours 85) processes including operations, hu- this course will be on management's man resource management, leader- role in creating a quality customer ship, guest service, sales, suppliers, TRDE...... service experience by developing a marketing and capital projects. successful service delivery system. 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) TRDE 100 THMG 314 THMG 320 Trades Discovery Core Skills Event Coordination Essentials This 60-hour course will provide the Contemporary Issues in Tourism learner with core skills to complete and Hotel Management Any tourism or hotel manager requires knowledge about event coordination. the practical portion of the Trades This course explores issues, chal- Whether it is for a tourism event or Discovery Program as well as to lenges and current trends that the a conference at the hotel, managers enter further trades training. This tourism and hotel industry face due will be involved in the coordination of interactive course will provide both to the rapidly changing international many events. In this course, students theoretical and practical experience tourist market and domestic labour will examine the emerit® National in essential skills, safe work practices, market. Major issues that will influ- Occupational Standards for Event employability, and the use of common ence the global tourism and hotel Coordinator to learn what is required hand and portable tools. There will industry including economic, socio, for success in the event coordination also be an opportunity for students environmental concerns within a global role. This course uses the emerit® to complete the training and tests tourism context, global markets trends, online event coordinator curriculum, for relevant workplace certificates. Indigenous cultural tourism, human combined with lectures and activities (Total course hours 60) resources management and marketing to provide students with the skills are examined during the semester. The and knowledge needed to manage course represents a comprehensive TRDE 105 any event coordination needs. and up-to-date analysis of key sectors Trades Discovery Sheet Metal 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) in the hotel and tourism industries. Students will be introduced to 3 CR / (Total course hours 45) the sheet metal trade and shown THMG 322 what essential skills are necessary THMG 316 Leadership Skills for Tourism to be successful in the trade. Stu- dents will also be introduced to Strategic Tourism Management Effective businesses require strong leaders. In this course, students will various materials and processes This course explores strategic man- study the nature of leadership and used by a sheet metal worker. agement and planning in a hotel and its importance in organizations. This Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 tourism environment. Using both a course defines how individuals func- (Total course hours 60)

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 234 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

TRDE 110 Students will be introduced to the TRDE 160 automotive service trade and shown Trades Discovery Pipe Trades what essential skills are necessary to Trades Discovery Roofer Students will be introduced to the pipe be successful in the trade. Students In this course students will be intro- trade and shown what essential skills will also be introduced to various duced to the Roofing Trade. Learn- are necessary to be successful in the materials and processes used by ers will explore the various career trade. Students will also be introduced an automotive service technician. options within the trade. Participants to various materials and process- Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 will estimate the materials needed es used by a pipe trades worker. (Total course hours 60) and the cost of installation, in some Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 cases from plans or project spec- (Total course hours 60) ifications. Students will be able to TRDE 140 practice techniques and use tools TRDE 115 Trades Discovery Heavy Duty and equipment specific to the trade Equipment Technician in a safe and efficient manner. Trades Discovery Welding Students will be introduced to the Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 Students will be introduced to the heavy duty equipment trade and (Total course hours 60)0 welding trade and shown what shown what essential skills are nec- essential skills are necessary to be essary to be successful in the trade. TRDE 165 successful in the trade. Students will Students will also be introduced to Trades Discovery Professional also be introduced to various materi- various materials and processes used als and processes used by a welder. by a heavy duty equipment technician. Cook Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 Students will be introduced to the (Total course hours 60) (Total course hours 60) professional cook trade and shown what essential skills are necessary to TRDE 120 be successful in the trade. Students TRDE 145 will be able to follow recipes, weigh Trades Discovery Metal Trades Discovery Industrial and measure food accurately, and Fabrication Mechanic (Millwright) will learn the major techniques and Students will be introduced to the met- Students will be introduced to the mill- principles used in cooking, baking, and al fabrication trade and shown what wright trade and shown what essential other aspects of food preparation. essential skills are necessary to be suc- skills are necessary to be successful in Learners will also explore the various cessful in the trade. Students will also the trade. Students will also be intro- career options within the trade. be introduced to various materials and duced to various materials and pro- Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 processes used by a metal fabricator. cesses used by an industrial mechanic. (Total course hours 60) Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 (Total course hours 60) (Total course hours 60) TRDE 170 Trades Discovery Autobody TRDE 125 TRDE 150 Students will be introduced to the Trades Discovery Carpentry Trades Discovery Machinist autobody trade and shown what Students will be introduced to the Students will be introduced to the ma- essential skills are necessary to carpentry trade and shown what chinist trade and shown what essential be successful in the trade. Stu- essential skills are necessary to be skills are necessary to be successful dents will also be introduced to successful in the trade. Students will in the trade. Students will also be various materials and processes also be introduced to various materials introduced to various abilities, safety used by an autobody technician. and processes used by a carpenter. procedures, skills and knowledge Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100 Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 that are required to be a machinist. (Total course hours 60) (Total course hours 60) Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 (Total course hours 60) TRDE 175 TRDE 130 Trades Discovery Electronics/IT Trades Discovery Electrical TRDE 155 This course is an elective for the Students will be introduced to the Trades Discovery Painter/ Trades Discovery Program. It is electrical trade and shown what Decorator designed to introduce students to essential skills are necessary to be Students will be introduced to the Electronics/IT and its various career successful in the trade. Students will painter/decorator trade and shown options including IT Help Desk Techni- also be introduced to various materials what essential skills are necessary cian, entry level Network Engineer or and processes used by a electrician. to be successful in the trade. Stu- Cyber Security Technician. Students Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 dents will also be introduced to will create a toolbox of trouble shoot- (Total course hours 60) various abilities, safety procedures, ing software, along with the skills are skills and knowledge that are re- necessary to be successful in the trade. TRDE 135 quired to be a painter/decorator. Students will also be introduced to various materials and processes used Trades Discovery Automotive Co-requisite/Prerequisite: TROE 100 (Total course hours 60) by a entry level technician in the trade. Service Co-requisite: TRDE 100

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 235

(Total course hours 60) TRTC 150 examines the role of the Introduction to Visual substitute teacher and provides Communication TRTC...... the student with an overview of the Visual Communication focuses on critical aspects of substitute teaching: developing an understanding of the managing the classroom, delivering reasons and ways in which people instruction, and keeping students  have chosen to communicate. Stu- TRTC 100 safe. These three themes are intro- dents will investigate a variety of visual Safety, Legal and Ethical Issues duced in this course and expanded communication examples from the upon in subsequent TRTC courses. This course gives students exposure historical to the contemporary and Prerequisite: Meets program admis- to safety, legal, and ethical issues that will use them as a catalyst for their sion requirements impact students and staff in schools. own work. The course will survey work 3 CR Graduates of this course can approach from a variety of different cultures, decision-making in the workplace including Canadian Aboriginal cul- from an ethical basis. Key school TRTC 199 ture. Students will use those inves- policies and practices will be studied, Practicum and Practicum tigations to create their own case including obligatory reporting proced- Seminar studies of techniques both past and ures. Situations in which harassment present, and will share their projects This course is a supervised practicum might potentially occur are identi- through a variety of presentations. course designed to give students fied and appropriate responses are 3 CR / (3,0,0) direct experience in working with developed. Risk-reduction strategies children or youth in an educational to ensure safety in the workplace will facility. The practicum course requires WEGD 141  UT also be addressed. Case studies will seminar time in addition to work be used as a basis for exploration. Introduction to Web Design experience in a school setting. The Prerequisite: TRTC 150 This course introduces students to practicum experience is a vital part of 3 CR the fundamentals of website design. the training of classroom assistants. Students will learn how to design, It gives the students an opportunity  develop, optimize, publish and trouble- TRTC 106 to gain experience in a setting related shoot basic HTML and CSS based Instruction to their particular areas of profes- websites. Learners will create websites sional interest. Through feedback, the This course provides students with with standard text editors and with student connects classroom theory the skills to create lesson plans and industry leading website development with practical setting. The seminar deliver effective lessons. Students and image editing software. The class component promotes integrated are introduced to various methods is taught with a focus on current and learning and supports the practicum of instruction and delivery, and will emerging web standards and best base through consultation with peers. gain an understanding of methods practices. Students will analyze and to use in various teaching situa- Prerequisites: TRTC 150 assess other websites to gain insight tions. Students will progress from 4 CR into the design of their own websites. needs assessments and evaluation 3 CR / (3,0,0) to objectives-based instruction. WEGD...... Prerequisite: TRTC 150 WEGD 142  UT 3 CR Intermediate Web Design WEGD 121 UT This course is a continuation of WEGD  TRTC 108 Introduction to Design Thinking 141 and focuses on intermediate Behaviour Management — Design Thinking investigates “individual concepts around designing, devel- Techniques for Managing as innovator” by working on design oping, optimizing, publishing and Classroom Behaviour problems in a human, interactive, troubleshooting HTML and CSS based Students are introduced to specific collaborative, and prototype way. websites. More advanced concepts techniques based on the theoretical Students will gain an understanding of around user experience, interactive models of child discipline. Research on the methodology and language used design and search engine optimization the most effective discipline models in human-centered design as they will be discussed. Learners will gain ex- will be examined, as well as practical problem solve for real and fictitious perience in integrating other forms of strategies that have been proven clients. Participants will empathize, media into their websites including ani- successful in classroom manage- define, ideate, prototype and test their mation, audio and video. Students will ment. Students acquire a repertoire way to solutions for business, visual, become proficient using industry lead- of methods for establishing and online, and print media using tradition- ing website development and image maintaining a well-run classroom. al tools and industry standard software editing software. Students will gain an awareness of other technologies that, Prerequisite: TRTC 150 programs. Project-based assignments while beyond the scope of this course, 3 CR will develop a foundation in design thinking suitable for those going on to are important components of the cur- rent website development landscape. TRTC 150  study in a variety of design disciplines. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: WEGD 141 Introduction to Substitute 3 CR / (3,0,0) Teaching WEGD 131 UT

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 236 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

WEGD 151  UT the creative and operational con- WEGD 231 UT siderations and decisions made in The Basics of Typography designing and developing projects. Introduction to Interactive Digital A must for all who wish to design visual Students will acquire and develop Media Production solutions that present clear messa- critiquing and evaluation skills in This course introduces students to ges, this course will discuss, evaluate regards to project development. interactive digital media production. and research aspects of typography Select program faculty on a rotating Participants will plan, design, develop, as the most basic element of design. schedule will facilitate the labs. optimize, test and deploy interactive Students will learn the role of type in Prerequisite: WEGD 211 digital media projects produced with communication as they investigate Prerequisites or corequisites for Web industry standard software. Learn- “meaning aesthetics” and “functionality” stream: WEGD 232, WEGD 242 ers will gain experience working in of letterforms individually and in word, Prerequisites or corequisites for De- a variety of digital environments, sentence and paragraph formations. sign stream: WEGD 222, WEGD 252 noting the similarities and differences Through the study of typography’s 3 CR / (3,0,0) between program interfaces, meth- graphic and communicative elements, ods of production and development the class will examine letterform anat- practices. An emphasis will be placed omy and analysis, form and counter- WEGD 221 UT on overarching foundational concepts form, hierarchy, legibility, type convey- Graphic Design for Sustainability related to interactive digital media ance of voice, mood, and meaning and The practice of graphic design through production such as working with the use of grids. The knowledge gained the lens of sustainability will be the timelines, layers and object properties. in this class can be applied to solving focus of this class. Students will work The basics of producing digital audio, any visual problem that involves the ethically while considering sustainable video and motion graphics for online typographic form whether it will be practices that favour longevity and delivery will be explored with a focus presented on a sheet or screen. renewal for the human and their en- on producing informational content. 3 CR / (3,0,0) vironment. Assignments will encourage Prerequisites: WEGD 121, WEGD the development of solutions that 131, WEGD 141, WEGD 142, WEGD WEGD 211 UT feature alternatives to printed ma- 151, FINE 107; or permission of the terials — like digital and social media, instructor. Applied Skills Lab I lightweight use of printed materials, 3 CR / (3,0,0) Students from multiple disciplines will and the use of recycled, recyclable and have an opportunity to work together compostable materials for publica- WEGD 232 UT to extend their knowledge of digital tions, promotions and packaging. Interactive Digital Media software by practicing and improving Prerequisite: WEGD 121 or permission their digital literacy skills in authoring of the instructor Production software such as Photoshop, Illus- 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course continues to reinforce trator, InDesign and Dreamweaver. overarching foundational concepts Assignments will challenge students related to interactive digital media pro- to apply intermediate and advanced WEGD 222 UT duction while providing the space for concepts in composition, construction, Visual Showcase students to focus on refining skills and and a variety of digital image manipu- Visual Showcase leads students in conceptualizing, developing and re-de- lation techniques to their ongoing creating a set of self-promotional veloping projects in areas of personal assignments from other classes. publications that include personal and professional relevance. Opportun- Rotating faculty, each with their own branding, marketing collaterals and a ities will exist for participants to engage area of expertise will facilitate demon- portfolio of their own work. Students in actual client work with a preference strations, critiques and evaluations. will begin by doing an audit of their given to non-profit and not-for-profit Prerequisites: FINE 107, WEGD 121, visual work, choosing those pieces organizations and institutions in the WEGD 131, WEGD 141, WEGD 142, that best demonstrate their skills region. Extra attention will be placed WEGD 151 and reflect their career goals, then on further developing and applying Prerequisites or corequisites for Web critiquing and adapting them into a knowledge related to user experience stream: WEGD 231, WEGD 241 refined body of work. Opportunities testing, user feedback and data driven Prerequisites or corequisites for De- will be presented where students can design. Students will be introduced to sign stream: WEGD 221, WEGD 251 promote themselves, present their stand-alone motion graphic for video 3 CR / (3,0,0) portfolio and talk about their work. software. Students will be encouraged As a final project, students will set to reassess, reinterpret and improve WEGD 212 UT up a visual showcase where they will projects from previous semesters. display their work in a public venue. Prerequisite: WEGD 231 Applied Skills Lab II Prerequisites: FINE 107 , WEGD 121, 3 CR / (3,0,0) This lab provides second-year WEGD WEGD 141, WEGD 151, WEGD 131, students the opportunity to collabor- WEGD 142, WEGD 251, WEGD 211 WEGD 241 UT ate, coordinate, develop and discuss Prerequisites or corequisites: WEGD WEGD-related projects in a hands-on, 212, WEGD 221, WEGD 252, WEGD Advanced Web Design Concepts production and development driven, 299; or permission of the instructor This course applies the advanced cross-disciplinary environment. In 3 CR / (3,0,0) web concepts introduced in WEGD group discussions and formal pres- 142. Students will gain experience in entations participants will articulate creating web sites that utilize client

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 237

side and server side technologies ledge base for future explorations including PHP and JavaScript. Partici- of narrative and the human form. WELD...... pants will develop dynamic websites Prerequisite: FINE 103 or FINE 107 or with content management systems permission of the instructor (CMS) and will become proficient in 3 CR / (3,0,0) WELD 115 customizing them, in part, through Welder Foundation Program plugins, themes and by leveraging WEGD 252 UT (Harmonized) skills already developed in HTML and 3D Design and Rapid Prototyping As a graduate of the Welding Foun- CSS. There will be an emphasis on dation program, you’ll be qualified for Building on the student’s abilities cultivating professional practices that a variety of jobs in the construction in basic visual problem solving and encourage continued development. and metal working industries. You’ll 2D digital drawing, this course will Prerequisites: WEGD 141, WEGD 142 also be prepared to successfully introduce the skills for visualizing 3D 3 CR / (3,0,0) complete employers’ skill assess- objects and developing them into 3D ments. Possible job titles include digital models for rapid prototyping. WEGD 242 UT Artists and designers will work through • Production welder Digital Media Showcase hands-on class exercises using several • Maintenance WEGD 242 prepares students for 3D modeling software programs as • And more educational, personal and professional they explore concepts of space, mass, (Total course hours 840) opportunities after graduation. Learn- balance, scale as well as form and ers will develop the skills to cultivate materials used in 3D printing as a and maintain a professional online method of rapid prototyping. The 3D WMST...... presence, in part, through the strategic visualization techniques covered will selection and creative presentation have relevance in many creative indus- of unique, quality, interactive digital tries such as graphic design, industrial WMST 101 UT media projects. This self-promotional design, jewelry design, toy design, illus- effort will involve participants mar- tration and fine arts. In-class projects Introduction to Women’s Studies keting themselves to self-selected will lead students to create optimized I audiences through career-relevant, 3D digital models ready for printing. This course uses a multidisciplinary individualized strategies which will Prerequisite: FINE 107 or permission approach to the study of women in include the creation and promotion of the instructor. society and academia. It explores of an interactive digital portfolio. As 3 CR / (3,0,0) interdisciplinary and historical perspec- a final project, students will set up tives on women and examines the a visual showcase where they will WEGD 299  development of feminist theories and display their work in a public venue. methodologies. Emphasis is placed on Prerequisites: WEGD 121, WEGD 131, Professional Internship the diversity of women’s experience WEGD 141, WEGD 142, WEGD 151, Professional Internship is a blended within the context of differences in FINE 107 learning environment that combines class, race, age, and sexual orien- Prerequisites or corequisites: WEGD internship experience with profession- tation. The connections between 232, WEGD 242 al practice seminars. Having identified women’s experiences in the everyday Prerequisites or corequisites for Web an area within web and graphic design world and their representation in stream: WEGD 231, WEGD 241 in which to further develop, students Canadian institutions are explored, Prerequisites or corequisites for De- will be placed with a relevant company, with the aim of understanding the sign stream: WEGD 221, WEGD 251 organization, or individual for no less relationship between personal 3 CR / (3,0) than 80 hours to provide them with the empowerment and social change. opportunity to experience their chosen 3 CR / (3,0,0) WEGD 251  UT discipline first-hand. Students will de- velop skills in business ethics and pro- WMST 102 UT Drawing for Story fessionalism, sharing their experiences This course takes a narrative approach and insights in a personal reflective Introduction to Women’s Studies to drawing while continuing to build journal. Instructor-led group seminars II on the student’s solid base of draw- before and during the internship will This course uses the multidisciplinary ing skills. Human figures are drawn help students integrate the knowledge approach to the study of women in in a variety of positions, settings and and skills acquired in the classroom society and academia developed in scenes. Emphasis will be placed on with their placement experience. WMST 101. The course focuses on expressive and emotional line drawing Prerequisites: FINE 107, WEGD 121, the critical examination of gender for the development of character and WEGD 131, WEGD 141, WEGD 142, segregation in the paid labour force story. Additionally, work will be done to WEGD 151 and its relationship to institutionalized learn techniques for placing the figure Prerequisites or corequisites for Web representations of women in science into a narrative using the storyboard. stream: WEGD 232, WEGD 242 and medicine, law, politics, religion, Suitable for the fine artist interested Prerequisites or corequisites for De- and family. Emphasis is placed on in exploring narrative artwork, or the sign stream: WEGD 222, WEGD 252 Canadian institutions as well as class, student wanting to work in graphic 3 CR / (Total course hours 80) race, and age differences between novels, animation or character design. groups of women in Canadian society. This class focuses on building a know- 3 CR / (3,0,0)

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 238 Support Services & Facilities For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca SUPPORT SERVICES AND FACILITIES

CNC offers a full range of services and facilities to help you get the best possible learning experience. This section focuses mainly on services in Prince George, our largest campus, however, many of these services are available to students at all CNC campuses. Please consult specific regional campuses for details. Most services/facilities listed in this section also have web pages — please visit cnc.bc.ca

EMERGENCIES/EVACUATION PROCEDURE: 250 561 5827

In case of emergency, call one of these numbers: • Call 250 561 5827 or ext 200 • Locate a red safety phone at most entrances • Press the “S” button on marked pay phones • Locate the closest Emergency phone in parking lots The fire alarm operates in two stages; a slow intermittent ring signals a fire occurring in another area of the College. A fast ring indicates a fire in the immediate area, and everyone must leave the building via the nearest exit — the elevators must not be used. Students needing assistance to evacuate are asked to go directly to the designated evacuation areas located on the third floor (700-block main stairwell), or the secondary location on the third floor (100-block north stairwell). The second-floor evacuation area is located in the 700-block main stairwell by the library.

Emergency messages to individual students The College does not have a public address system that extends to classrooms. Given the large number of students and classrooms, it is impossible to communicate messages to individual students, except in genuine emergencies. In some cases, messages to students may be relayed through the switchboard (250 562 2131, ext 0).

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Support Services & Facilities 239

ABORIGINAL RESOURCE post-secondary institution; support requirements related to CENTRE (ARC) • Determining mature student status specific disability needs. eligibility; Accessibility Services is available year P 250 562 2131, ext 5460/5488 • Academic probation. round. Referrals from instructors and TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5460/5488 Hours: Monday – Friday, 8:30 a.m. to community agencies are welcomed, as F 250 561 5874 4 p.m. Later appointments may be are self-referrals. Room 1-773 available. cnc.bc.ca/arc CNC’s Fort St. James, Lakes District, APPLIED RESEARCH The ARC welcomes Aboriginal students Quesnel, and Vanderhoof campuses in a unique gathering place. There AND INNOVATION also offer part-time Advising services. are spaces for quiet study, computer P 250 562 2131, ext 5347 Contact the campuses directly for an access, and activities. Students will have TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5347 appointment. the support of the ARC manager, an E [email protected] access instructor, a cultural advisor and Room 2-390 an academic advisor. Services include ACCESSIBILITY cnc.bc.ca/research tutoring, advice on financial support, SERVICES Connecting researchers liaising with sponsoring agencies and P 250 561 5838 and community partners CNC faculty, academic and career TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5838 planning, and advice on support Applied Research connects industry, F 250 561 5879 services at CNC and in Prince George. In business and community partners with E [email protected] addition, the ARC supports the activities the expertise of our faculty and staff of the CNC Dream Hunters Aboriginal Student Central: Room 1-753 and the skills of our students to help Student Club. The ARC is a supportive cnc.bc.ca/access organizations solve business problems, build prototypes or take advantage of community that provides the necessary Service is available in all Regions. To market opportunities. services for an easier transition into ensure appropriate services can be college and continued academic coordinated and provided in a timely CNC provides practical, hands-on success. manner, students must self-identify and learning in more than 50 programs. Our provide current documentation that classes and research projects enhance ACADEMIC ADVISING meets Ministry of Advanced Education the quality of college programs and criteria. Students are encouraged to provide students a learning opportunity P 250 561 5818 contact Accessibility Services at least which goes beyond the classroom. TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5818 one semester F 250 561 5879 Gain a competitive edge (4 to 6 months) before their program E [email protected] in the workplace starts. Student Central: Room 1-753 As a student it can be hard to find work Services are individualized to meet cnc.bc.ca/advising experience to apply your program- specific disability-related needs. related knowledge. Participating in an Academic advisors provide Every effort will be made to provide applied research project as part of comprehensive academic advising reasonable academic accommodations. your course work or as a paid Student services to assist current and pros­ Early contact is essential, as some Research Assistant, can give you a pective students to maximize their accommodations require significant competitive advantage in the workplace. chance of success at the College of New time to arrange. Supports and services You’ll gain real world hands-on Caledonia. may include, but are not limited to experience while working side-by-side Academic advisors are available to • Assistance with external funding with our faculty, research associates assist students with applica­tions for services and/or and industry partners. • Preparing to enter college; equipment; If you’re interested in becoming • Establishing educational and career • Liaising with instructors and service involved on an applied research goals; providers; project, visit the Applied Research • Recommending support for self- • Accommodation planning and Innovation located on the Prince identified academic barriers; • Assistance with the George campus or email us at • Wellness Coach referrals for admissions/registration process; [email protected] personal support; • Entrance exam accommodations; • Obtaining information on career • Provision of support services such CAFETERIA options, skill requirements and as volunteer Note-takers, exam P 250 561 5807 admission criteria; accommodations; TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5807 • Planning educational programs; • Coordinating access to alternate Food for your mood. Visit the grill • Adding or dropping courses; format textbooks, discussing in our newly-renovated servery for • Transferring to or from another learning strategies, or other

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 240 Support Services & Facilities For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

hamburgers and fries, or try out our movie nights and film festivals as well. encouraged, to run for office and vote Professional Cook students’ ever- in these elections. As well, the Students’ changing hot lunch plates—it’s the best COLLEGE OF NEW Union has planning and decision- deal in town. They also make great making committees where you can get muffins, cinnamon buns, and desserts. CALEDONIA involved and have your voice heard. STUDENTS’ UNION, The Students’ Union also holds at CALEDONIA EARLY LOCAL 13 – CANADIAN least one General Meeting each year, which everyone is welcome to attend. CARE AND LEARNING FEDERATION OF Getting active in your Students’ Union CENTRE STUDENTS is one of the most rewarding ways CNC The Caledonia Early Care and Learning P 250 561 5852 students can contribute positively to Centre is a non-profit society providing TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5852 their experiences on and off campus. child care options at the College of New F 250 561 5884 By getting involved, students can help Caledonia in Prince George, BC. E [email protected] create a fuller educational experience, and a better future, for themselves and Room 1-303 Call 250 561 5834 or email others — there is strength in numbers. www.cncsu.ca [email protected] for For further information about the work more information. The College of New Caledonia Students’ and services available through your Union is comprised of all students CNC Students’ Union and how you can CHAPLAINCY registered in credit courses at the get involved, please contact us (see College. Your membership in the information above). For information on P 250 561 5306 Students’ Union begins at registration, the Canadian Federation of Students, TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5306 upon payment of the membership please visit www.cfs-fcee.ca or www.cfs. E [email protected] fees and ceases at the end of your bc.ca. Chaplaincy Office: last term of registered study. At the Room 1-122 (near the cafeteria) campus level, the CNC Students’ Union COLLEGE STORE Multifaith Prayer Room: advocates for the rights and interests Room 1-119 (near the cafeteria) of its members within the College and P 250 561 5808 TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5808 cnc.bc.ca/chaplaincy the local community, as well as offers a variety of social events and useful F 250 561 5822 CNC Interfaith Chaplaincy is a coalition services such as the U-Pass (Prince cnc.bc.ca/bookstore of faith communities offering regular George City transit/Aquatic Centre and At the College Store, you can buy weekly services to students and staff Four Seasons Pool pass), extended textbooks, stationery, and supplies for that include health and dental benefits, club funding, all your courses. Three times a year, • Information on local faith groups locker rentals, photocopying and free the store holds used-book buy-backs. and places to worship; faxing, travel/local discount cards, the The store stocks gifts, magazines, • Pastoral care and counsel in times CNCSU Confluence (CNC’s only student- snacks, and College-crested sportswear, of need or crisis; run newspaper) and much more. As a glassware, and mementos. They • Space for prayer and reflection; member of the CNC Students’ Union, also offer special discount prices on you are also a member of the Canadian • Help with issues of faith and computer software and supplies. Federation of Students, an alliance of lifestyle; over 80 college and university students’ • Spiritual guidance and COMMUNICATION unions representing more than 500,000 opportunities for spiritual students from across Canada. Your SERVICES development through prayer, Students’ Union can address student P 250-561-5859 discussion, lectures and worship; issues at the provincial and national TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5859 • Opportunities for understanding levels, access research on post- F 250 561 5876 between people of different faiths. secondary education issues, conduct Room 2-380 lobbying work, and offer provincial and E [email protected] CINEMA CNC national services to CNC students, via Our department has two main goals: P 250 562 2131, ext 5308 the Federation. The activities, services, • To present CNC in its best light TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5308 and political work of the CNC Students’ (public relations/media relations) E [email protected] Union are coordinated by an Executive Committee comprised of elected • To attract and retain students Movies at special student prices, shown representatives who are students What we do: right on campus. Watch for theme just like you. General elections for the • Advertising Executive Committee take place during • Alumni/fundraising the spring semester. All members of • College events the Students’ Union are eligible, and

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Support Services & Facilities 241

• Internal communications educational goals. Become familiar with appointment with the Financial Aid • Public relations/media relations the resources available and eligibility Advisor. • Publications/Graphic design criteria. We can help – book an • Students with Disabilities – contact appointment. • Web design with our Accessibilities Services Department 250-561-5838 http:// Communication Services is the place • Student Loans – provincial loans cnc.bc.ca/Exploring/Services/ to come to find out about upcoming offered by StudentAid BC for student_services/Accessibility_ college events such as Convocation, both full and part time studies. A Services.htm . free movie nights, or information fairs. comprehensive loan repayment Tell us about your event and we’ll help assistance program is available. • Hardship Assistance and promote it. Online applications at www. Emergency Loan funding: for studentaidbc.ca full-time students registered You can also call our friendly recruiters • Canada Apprentice Loans, and attending in current post- if you have questions about CNC Apprenticeship Incentive Grant, secondary (Certificate/Diploma) programs, or to arrange a tour of the Apprenticeship Completion Grant or Trades programs, to help meet Prince George campus. – government of Canada helps unforeseen, financial emergency supports students registered in situations. Eligibility criteria must be COUNSELLING Red Seal Trade Apprenticeship satisfied. By appointment with the P 250 561 5818 or courses. https://www.canada.ca/en/ Financial Aid Advisor. 250 562 2131 ext 5377 employment-social-development/ • Other sources of funding and TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5818, or 5377 services/apprentices.html. information: F 250 561 5879 • Adult Upgrading Grants (AUG) – o Service Canada - https://www. canada.ca/en/services/finance.html Health and Wellness Centre provincial government-funded Room 1-460 (next to dental entrance) program providing needs-based o WorkBC – https://www.workbc.ca/ cnc.bc.ca/counselling grants to students enrolled in PG, contact Kopar Administration Academic Upgrading, English http://www.koparadmin.ca/ The Counselling Department provides Second Language (ENLA) o Single Parent Employment Initiative clinical counselling services to assist for domestic students, and - https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/ students to maximize their chance developmental/special education content/family-social-supports/ of success at the College of New programs (JET/TARGET). Funds help income-assistance/on-assistance/ Caledonia. offset the costs associated with employment-planning/spei Counsellors are available when tuition, fees, books, unsubsidized o Financial Institutions - Banks/ students require assistance with childcare and possible Credit Unions https://www. transportation expenses for • Barriers to personal and academic canada.ca/en/employment-social- students most in need of financial success; development/services/education/ assistance. Eligibility criteria must • Personal problems or crises; student-loan/bank.html be satisfied. https://studentaidbc. o Individual First Nations funding – • Mental health issues; ca/explore/grants-scholarships contact the education coordinator • Youth in Care – Provincial Tuition of your band DELI Waiver program for former Youth o Metis Nation BC – education P 250 561 5807 in Care students. Eligibility criteria funding - https://www.mnbc.ca/ T 1 800 371 8111, ext 5807 must be satisfied. See the Office documents-resources/education of the Registrar or Financial Aid The Deli (in the Brink Building) provides • External Funds – community, hot and cold snacks and light meals. & Awards for a MCFD verification application. private sectors, province and national based awards. External o Youth Educational Assistance funds/awards are not administered FINANCIAL AID & Fund (YEAF) – bursaries to help or awarded through CNC. A partial AWARDS with books, supplies and other list is available http:// cnc.bc.ca/ expenses. Eligibility criteria must P 250 561 5838 financialaid TF 1 800 371 8111 ext 5838 be satisfied. https://studentaidbc. • CNC Awards Program – through F 250 561 5879 ca/explore/grants-scholarships/ the generous contributions of our E [email protected] youth-educational-assistance-fund- donors (individuals, memorial, Student Services: room 1-753 former-youth-care corporate, community, faculty cnc.bc.ca/financialaid o Youth Futures Education Fund and alumni), CNC offers over (YFE) – in collaboration with Getting a post-secondary education $250,000 in student scholarships MCFD and CNC, to help former is an investment in your future. & bursaries each year. Students Youth In Care students who may You may need to find a number of must be registered/attending in need additional supports to sources of funding to help reach your both the Fall & Spring semesters. meet financial emergencies. By

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 242 Support Services & Facilities For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Foundations Trades students for most awards (these are not students in any other programs. must be registered/attending program entrance type awards). their current course, to be eligible Trades students need to be HEALTH AND to apply. The program does not registered in their current program. include entrance-type awards. Applications will open early WELLNESS CENTRE Student’s use their CNC Login at October and are available using the P 250 562 2131, ext 5377 www.cncn.bc.ca/financial The self- self-directed online process and TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5377 directed online application system the student’s CNC Connect account F 250 561 5887 opens in early October. at cnc.bc.ca/financialaid E [email protected] Room 1-460 (next to dental entrance) FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE HEALTH AND SAFETY cnc.bc.ca/wellness Students are advised to become The College is committed to providing As part of the Northern Health Authority familiar with the funding resources and a safe and healthy environment for Services, the College has a family nurse determine if they meet the eligibility employees and students. Therefore, practitioner and a physician who are requirements. all health and safety regulations available to provide CNC students with • Student Loans: The main source are enforced, unsafe conditions primary health care services during the of educational funding is from are promptly corrected, and safety week. education is provided on a continual StudentAidBC which is a broad Nurse practitioners are registered basis. The College’s Occupational program of educational financial nurses with advanced practice Health and Safety Committee, assistance through student loans education that prepares them to comprising employee and management (full-time and part-time learners), diagnose/treat common health representatives, meets monthly. grants and scholarships for post- problems including prescribing Students must comply with WorkSafeBC secondary students to ensure that medications, ordering tests and giving safety regulations as outlined elsewhere BC residents have an opportunity referrals to other health care providers, in this calendar, where applicable. to reach their education objectives. including physician specialists. Nurse A comprehensive loan repayment practitioners can also order and program is available to all students. WORKSAFEBC interpret X-rays, lab work and other Applications are accessed online and COVERAGE medical tests. submitted electronically through WorkSafeBC coverage extends to all Hours www.studentaidbc.ca students while participating in the The centre is open 5 days a week.For practicum components of all programs • Adult Upgrading Grant: AUG a complete schedule of clinic hours, visit offered by BC colleges and institutes, is a provincial government– cnc.bc.ca/wellness funded program that provides regardless of the source of funding for these programs. needs-based grants to students HOMESTAY PROGRAM enrolled in Upgrading, ENLA and A practicum is defined as Developmental programs (JET, (INTERNATIONAL • An integral component of a TARGET). These grants are intended program which is required STUDENTS) to offset the costs associated with for program completion and P 250 561 5857 tuition, fees, books, unsubsidized certification TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5857 childcare and possible F 250 561 5856 transportation for students most in • Unpaid and supervised work E [email protected] need of financial assistance. experience which takes place at the host employer’s premises or place cnc.bc.ca/ined Applications are available online of business at studentaidbc.ca/explore/grants- Homestay gives you the opportunity to scholarships/adult-upgrading-grant This coverage does not apply to live with a Canadian family to improve workplaces established specifically for your English and to learn about living in • External Awards Funding: Students the purpose of experiential training that Canada. You’ll have a private bedroom are encouraged to access awards is established within a program by an and share the rest of the house with offered outside of the College institution. Practicums outside BC are your family. Your English will improve Awards program. A partial list is not covered. quickly as you use English each day with available at: your family. The homestay program cnc.bc.ca/financialaid WorkSafeBC coverage covers student apprentices only while attending is the first choice for many students • CNC Awards Program – the classroom/lab/shop for the because it allows you to learn about Scholarships and Bursaries: CNC technical training component of an Prince George and Canadian culture in offers over $250,000 in student apprenticeship program. This coverage a supported family environment. awards each year. Students must does not extend to non-apprentice You can apply to the homestay program be registered in the Fall and Spring at the same time you apply to the semesters to be eligible to apply

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Support Services & Facilities 243

College. The non-refundable homestay to the College, academic advising, and short-term language and cultural application fee is $200. Students also homestay placement, personal and studies. Find out how your resumé can pay a security deposit of $700 which is career counselling, and assistance with be globalized with a work-language returned after leaving homestay (if all visa and study permit extensions. Each partnership at CNC. terms of the homestay agreement have semester, the International Education been met). The fee paid by students Department organizes activities to help KODIAKS RESTAURANT to the family is $700 per month, which you meet new friends, learn about life covers accommodation and meals. in Canada and have fun. P 250 562 2131, ext 5623 TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5623 Program choices INFORMATION Here’s where Professional Cook International students may work students work to create a gourmet TECHNOLOGY SERVICES with our academic advisor to plan a dining experience. The restaurant is P 250 561 5812 program path to meet their goals. As open several times each academic TF 1 800 371 8111, ext. 5812 an international student, you must year for lunch and dinner. For more E [email protected] meet program admission requirements information, visit cnc.bc.ca/kodiaks as outlined in the calendar for your The College has many student specific program. After completing computer labs containing appropriate ENLA coursework and/or LIBRARY microcomputers, laser printers and program prerequisites at the College of P 250 561 5811 overhead projectors. All labs are fully New Caledonia, international students TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5811 networked. Most labs run Windows, can begin earning diploma, certificate, F 250 561 5845 however, there are also Macs available. or degree credits. The availability E [email protected] There are a variety of microcomputers of seats varies with each program. The goal of the library is to help you and printers located in the public International students must check with succeed in your studies. In addition access areas in the library. These are the International Education Department to the main library in Prince George, accessible to all students during library concerning availability in the program of there are regional campus libraries in hours. Users have access to a variety of their choice and to plan their academic Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Mackenzie, software and to the Internet. paths. Quesnel, and Vanderhoof. The College is connected to the Internet If you’re planning a university degree, Visit your nearest CNC library to access with a 100-megabyte fibre optic feed. As you can begin at the College of New collections and online resources. well, the entire Prince George campus, Caledonia with a two-year associate At the Prince George library you can including the Brink building, has degree, and transfer to any one of the also relax in the reading lounge, reserve wireless access. The following regional many excellent universities in BC and a study room, or borrow one of 2,200 campuses also have wireless access: across Canada for your final two years. movies from the Cinema CNC collection. • CNC Burns Lake Two years at CNC and two years at You can use e-mail, access online university equals your degree. • CNC Fort St. James journals and the Internet, or choose a • CNC Mackenzie If your career dreams include business book from our collection of 180,000. All • CNC Quesnel administration, accounting and finance, services are free. or advertising and public relations, • CNC Vanderhoof then CNC’s business program may be for you. Check out the many choices MEDIA SERVICES INTERNATIONAL offered to help you reach a rewarding P 250 561 5805 EDUCATION career in the world of business. TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5805 F 250 561 5872 DEPARTMENT CNC also offers excellent specialized E [email protected] P 250 561 5857 programs that are attractive to many TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5857 international students, such as Media Services offers a wide range of services, including equipment loans, F 250 561 5856 • Dental Hygiene Diploma video, audio and digital duplication, E [email protected] • Engineering (Applied Science) format transfers, and help with layout Certificate The staff at the International Education and design projects. In the media lab, Department are pleased to welcome • Fine Arts Certificate users can access digital art/photo international students to the College • Human Resources Management collections, light tables, b&w and of New Caledonia. Their goal is to Post-Diploma colour printers, an 11x17 scanner and help you adjust to life in Canada, • Post-Diploma in Information a laminator for poster-size projects. and studies at the College of New Technologies Two bookable rooms are available for Caledonia. A full range of services The college’s International Education class video assignments and web- is available to you, including airport department also works with schools based meetings. There is also a new 3D pickup, a comprehensive orientation abroad to offer internship experiences

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 244 Support Services & Facilities For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

printing service. or other on-campus locations. SafeWalk online at cnc.bc.ca/residence is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a OFFICE OF THE week. If the guard has been called away TUTORING AND on an emergency, you may need to wait REGISTRAR till he/she is available. TESTING SERVICES P 250 561 5800 To access SafeWalk, contact Security P 250 561 5837 TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5800 through one of the methods as TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5837 F 250 561 5861 described above. F 250 561 5883 E [email protected] E [email protected] The Office of the Registrar is FIRST AID Student Services: Room 1-725 responsible for maintaining the integrity cnc.bc.ca/tts of the student academic records and CNC maintains qualified first aid attendants on staff. For first aid Student Services offers tutoring providing academic support services to and helpful support on study prospective and current students. Some emergencies: pick up any red emergency phone and call local 200 techniques, test-taking strategies, of the services we are responsible time management, and more. You can for include admissions, registration, from any internal college phone or call 250 561 5827. All first aid incidents connect with an English/math instructor records, transcripts, timetables, exam or take a short course in basic English scheduling, graduation audit, and must be reported to CNC Security/First Aid within 24 hours of occurrence. or math. Computers and a quiet study enrolment verification. We strive to area are also available. Most of these implement continuous improvements For non-emergencies, call 250 561 5821 services are free to CNC students. to these services and assist you with or email [email protected] excellence from initial application Test centre services through to graduation. You can access STUDENT RESIDENCE 1. Student Readiness Assessment (SRA) our services online, in person, by phone in English and/or Math: After you or by fax. P 250 561 5849 TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5849 write your SRA, you will be contacted F 250 561 5882 regarding the next steps you can RECREATION E [email protected] take to be successful in your course P 250-561-5803 of studies at CNC. Many students Stay in our comfortable student TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5803 take advantage of the resources residence — it’s right on campus. Room 2-380 (Communication Services) available. Please note that the SRA Apply early to have the best chance E [email protected] may only be taken once every 6 for acceptance. The residence has months. To enjoy CNC’s gymnasium, squash 92 private rooms, each with a fridge, court, weight room, and other microwave, closet, desk, and bed. Most 2. SRA at another test centre: Students recreational facilities, please call us. share a bathroom with one other room. may make arrangements through There are also four units accessible to Student Services to write their SRA SECURITY students with disabilities. at an authorized test centre. Visit 250 561 5827 In the spacious shared common areas the Student Services website for there are two comfortable lounges, complete details and requirements There are several ways to contact CNC a main floor kitchen area (including to arrange to write this assessment Security and First Aid: a stove, fridge and sink), laundry at other locations. • Phone 250 561 5827 or ext 200 facilities on both floors, and park-like 3. Other testing services: If you need • Use any of the emergency phones grounds with a patio, picnic tables, and an exam invigilated, we can help located throughout the campus or barbecue. During the school year, six with that during non-peak times at in the parking lots student advisors live in the residence CNC. Student Services offers both CNC Security is available 24 hours a and assist with programs. The rates can paper-based and secure, web-based day, 7 days a week, including statutory be found online and cover the room, testing services in a professional holidays. The Security office is located high-speed Internet, cable television, environment. Visit the Student on the main floor in Room 1-302. heat, light, and all other utilities except Services website for details. The telephone and parking. Parking rates CNC Security is also available via e-mail fee for this service is $50 (plus are approximately $47.25 per month, during regular business hours, (Monday taxes), payable at the Admissions or payable at Impark. Parking spaces are to Friday, 8 am to 4pm) through fixit@ Financial Services offices. available on the residence property site. cnc.bc.ca for non-emergency issues. You can apply in person, by mail, or SAFEWALK Security will walk you safely to your vehicle, a bus stop, Student Residence,

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 245 ADMISSIONS, FEES AND POLICY INFORMATION

ADMISSION INFORMATION...... 246 FEE INFORMATION...... 247 REGISTRATION INFORMATION...... 248 RECORDS INFORMATION...... 248 PRIVACY INFORMATION...... 251 APPEALS, COMPLAINTS AND DISCIPLINE INFORMATION...... 252 DEFINITIONS...... 252

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 246 Admissions, Fees & Policy Information For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

ADMISSION will automatically be given permission There are three different admission to Register. Students returning after processes at CNC. Please refer to the INFORMATION an interruption of one or more specific program of interest to learn This section outlines policy and semesters must complete and submit if it has an open, limited or selective procedure information related to an application along with an application admission process. Admission at CNC. fee. Open Admission Basis of Admission Citizen and Immigrant Any program of study that does not Eligibility of admission is based Requirements have a selective admission process or on satisfying citizenship, age, and The College of New Caledonia accepts fixed capacity and is on a “first qualified, academic requirements. Specific applications for admission from first admitted” basis. program admission requirements take prospective students only if they Limited Admission precedence over general admission • Are citizens of Canada, requirements and should be checked at Any program with a limited number the time of application. • Hold status granted by Citizenship of seats per intake and is on a “first and Immigration Canada as qualified, first admitted” basis. • Applicants must provide all Permanent Residents (landed Selective Admission required documentation immigrants), proof of which must proving that they meet the entry be submitted, or Any program for which seats are filled requirements. based on approved selection criteria. • Meet the International Applicant Such criteria may include, but are • Offers of admission may be definition. rescinded if any aspect of not limited to, assessment, portfolio the application or submitted International Students submissions, interviews and grade documentation is deemed to have Applicants who are neither Canadian point average. Meeting the minimum been falsified. citizens nor Permanent Residents apply requirements for admission does not • Applicants may only be admitted to as International Students. guarantee acceptance to the program. one program at any one time. Applicants must possess a valid study Application Dates and Deadlines • CNC reserves the right to limit permit for programs exceeding 6 Applications generally open September admission to those applicants months. 15 in the year prior to September start who, in the opinion of the College, Admission requirements for English as and on March 1st in the year prior to possess the requisite capabilities a Second Language (ENLA) program: February start. Deadlines for admission for success. • Must complete a placement test to and documentation requirements vary General Admission determine levels of comprehension by program. The following qualifications are and writing. Priority deadline for applications to generally accepted where Grade 12 or Admission requirements for non-ENLA limited and selective programs is equivalent is listed as a requirement for programs: generally March 31st for September admission: start and October 31st for February • Must have completed high school start. Applications received after these • BC Adult Graduation Diploma; or equivalent of Grade 12 in British dates may be accepted as space • Secondary School Graduation Columbia permits. Diploma; or • Must meet all program admission • Senior Alternate Education (SAE) requirements Please refer to the Applications Dates with English 12. Applicant must be • Must have a minimum TOEFL and Deadlines document at cnc.bc.ca 18 years of age or older. score of 550 (PBT), 213 (CBT) 80 for specific information regarding your program of choice. Special Admission (IBT), a 6.0 IELTS score, or have successfully completed Level 4, Applicants who do not meet the general Documentation Requirements English for Academic Purposes, at admission requirements may meet the Applicants are required to submit the CNC or equivalent language. requirement for admission through one following documents to support their of the following avenues: Please go to cnc.bc.ca for more application. information on requirements. • Students without Grade 12 • Official transcripts for ALL If an International student’s status • Mature Students secondary and/or post-secondary changes on or after the first day of • Underage Students education or training must be classes in any given semester, the submitted. These transcripts must • Home Educated Students resulting change in requirements and come directly from the validating Former Students tuition fees will occur the following institution either electronically, via semester. Students must show proof of Students returning without interruption mail, or provided in an unopened the status change. to their program of study need not envelope from the validating complete an application form. They Admission Processes institution.

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 247

• Current Grade 12 students must • Your local CNC campus (see contact • Child Care Fee: $2.50 per semester submit an official verification report information for all campuses at the or term of secondary school subjects front of this document). • Newspaper Fee: $3.81 per and subsequently complete their • The College’s website at semester or term application by forwarding an official cnc.bc.ca • Recreation Fee: $2.50 per semester final transcript as soon as they Applicants will be notified by mail of or term become available. Alternatively, BC their admission to the College. Detailed • Medical/Dental Fee: $260 per year students may request that their registration information, including the (charged in Fall semester or term official final transcript be provided date and time for registration, will be only. Students must be considered electronically by the BC Ministry specified in the Permission to Register full time in Fall, either by being of Education to the College. notice. This information by be sent by enrolled in 3 courses or more, or Secondary school counsellors mail or email. by full-time program status.) can provide information on this • U-Pass: $14.38 per month process. International Students • Other supporting documents Please go to cnc.bc.ca for more Service Fees and Other Charges for specific programs: Some information on applying as an Prices include PST and GST, where programs have specific document International student. applicable. requirements. Students are Change of Program • Registration fee: $16.87 per term encouraged to check specific • Technology fee: $6.08 per course program document requirements As entry qualifications vary between at the time of application. programs, a student who wishes to • Technology Fee Foundation-Level change his or her program of study Trades: $60.80 per intake Applications will not be considered must submit a new application along complete until all official transcripts • Transcripts: $16.80 per copy (GST with an application fee to the Office and required documents are received. and PST included) of the Registrar. This will ensure that The documentation deadline for most • Courier fee: $9.50 the student is adequately qualified, programs is April 30th for September • Faxing documents: $10 is classified properly, and receives start and October 31st for February • External typing tests: $52.50 appropriate registration information start. Please refer to the Applications and other materials. • Rush service—official transcripts: Dates and Deadlines document at cnc. $25 bc.ca for specific information regarding Please advise the Office of the Registrar • Student Readiness Assessment your program of choice. of any change of name, address, email, $15.30 or telephone number. Unless requested Criminal Record Searches otherwise, all correspondence will be • Academic Upgrading placement Given the scope of the Criminal Records sent to the applicant’s permanent home test: $5 Review Act, CNC requires criminal address and/or email. • ID Replacement: $15 record searches for applications to • Enhanced Service fee: $43.29 program areas that involve working FEE INFORMATION • Development fee: with children or other vulnerable • 1 to 2 courses: $10.82 persons. Upon acceptance to certain For the most recent tuition and fee • 3 or more courses: $21.64 programs, the College of New Caledonia information, please see the Fee will require prospective students to Schedule posted in the Office of the • Transferring in courses from undergo a criminal record search. If Registrar section at cnc.bc.ca. Please international institutions: $157.50 the search reveals that there are note that fees may change without (per transcript) (GST and PST convictions related to the intended notice. included) • Transferring in courses from future employment of the person, the Application Fees person may not be eligible to enter Canadian institutions: $31.50 (per • $40 Canadian Citizens and or continue in the program. This transcript) (GST and PST included) Permanent Residents requirement is being considered in light • Prior Learning Equivalent to of the Criminal Records Review Act and • $125 International students Assessment (PLA) fee: course specific requirements of the Act will be CNC Students’ Union Fees tuition enforced. Check program requirements The following Students’ Union fees are • Invigilation of external exams: for criminal record search and criminal charged to students (may not apply to $52.50 record review requirements. all campuses) • Exam re-write fee: $52.50 per rewrite Application Procedures • Students’ Union: $11.42 per month • Enrolment verification letter: $10 Domestic Students • Canadian Federation of Students per copy Apply online at www.applybc.ca or Fees: $2.33 per month obtain an Application Form from one of • Students’ Union Building Fund Fee: International Student Fees the following sources $6.60 per semester or term (Canadian funds)

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 248 Admissions, Fees & Policy Information For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

• English Language Training: $4,700 an Academic Advisor prior to the A full-time student is enrolled in per semester registration period. 60% or more of the full or standard • Academic Upgrading: $1560 per Registration course load for their program of course studies. For university credit and most Students can register at any of the • University-level classes and other business management programs, this CNC Campuses or online through CNC career programs: $1195 per course is 9 semester credits – usually three Connect. courses. For academic upgrading this is • Labs: $160 each Fees usually two courses. • Trades: please contact the International Education department Fees must be paid in full by specified Part-time Enrolment deadline, otherwise students will be Fees for Senior Citizens A part-time student is enrolled in deregistered from all courses. Students less than 60% or more of the full or CNC will waive tuition fees for senior who obtain sponsorship from an standard course load for their program citizens (65 years of age and over). outside agency are required to have of studies. This exemption does not apply to confirmation of sponsorship prior to application fees, registration fees, tech registration. Payment plans or deferrals Students who wish to apply for a fees, Students’ Union fees, textbooks or must be in place prior to the deadline. student loan should consult the embedded costs. For more information, Financial Aid and Awards Office for Change in Registration see Tuition Waiver for Seniors Policy more information about the minimum #E-1.38. Refunds will not be issued Students can modify their registered course load required to qualify. to those who have prepaid tuition to courses at any of the CNC Campuses or Audit Status ensure a seat. online on CNC Connect, but are advised to consult with an Academic Advisor in Students are permitted to audit Fees for Sponsored Students advance. courses. For more information on auditing courses, and a list of Human Resources and Social Wait lists Development Canada (HRSDC) provisions, see the Audit Status Policy and WorkBC, sponsor students by Wait lists for full courses are maintained #E-1.08 on the CNC Policy web page. purchasing spaces in some programs or up to the first day of classes. Please note that the College reserves the right Attendance by paying tuition fees. Students who to manage its wait lists. Students attending the College with have been admitted as sponsored the assistance of a sponsoring agency Identification Cards students may be required to pay or group should be aware that many Students’ Union and other fees not Student identification cards are issued of these agencies and groups have covered by the sponsorship and by the Office of the Registrar upon attendance requirements which go must present written confirmation of full payment of fees and after the fee beyond those enforced by the College. sponsorship prior to registration. payment deadline day. It is the students’ responsibility to be For more information on refunds, see Students who attend a course, even fully aware of any such policies that Student Refund Policy E-1.15. Please with instructor’s permission, but who may apply to them. The College of New consult the Office of the Registrar do not officially register in the course or Caledonia bears no responsibility for section of cnc.bc.ca for dates and make a payment of relevant tuition and any sanctions or penalties that may be deadlines. other fees by the applicable deadline, imposed by sponsoring agencies or will not be considered “enrolled” in the groups that may result due to a lack of REGISTRATION course, regardless of whether or not attendance. College of New Caledonia the course is successfully completed attendance policies, where applicable, INFORMATION and will not be assigned a grade. are listed under specific course This section outlines policy and descriptions. procedure information related to Credit Programs registration at CNC. Course Load RECORDS INFORMATION A full course load is normally five Registration Procedures This section outlines policy and courses per semester, or 15 credits per Permission to Register procedure information related to semester. Students are encouraged to student records at CNC. Applicants who have been accepted enrol in no more than five courses per for admission to the College are semester and may not enrol in more Grading System encouraged to register on the date and than six courses without the permission Alphabetic symbols are used to report at the time specified in the Permission of the program Dean. Some programs academic achievement. Each grade to Register notice. may require students to enrol in more is assigned a numerical grade point Course Selection than five courses. Please consult your used in determining the grade point program page for further details. average. Grade points are calculated Students are advised to select by multiplying the credit hours of the their courses in consultation with Full-time Enrolment course by the numerical equivalent of

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 249

the letter grade. Grade point averages Letter Grade are calculated by dividing the total grade points number of grade points by the total A+ Excellent performance 4.33 number of credit hours, and are A 4.00 reported on each statement of grades. A- 3.67 The cumulative grade point average is also reported on the transcript. B+ Good performance 3.33 B 3.00 GRADING SCALES B- 2.67 C+ Satisfactory performance 2.33 Majority of programs: The lowest standing permitted for a course to serve as an acceptable A+ 90–100% C+ 64–67.9% C prerequisite unless specifically noted following a course description or within the 2.00 program requirements. A 85–89.9% C 60–63.9% C- 1.67 A- 80–84.9% C- 55–59.9% D Marginal performance 1.00 B+ 76–79.9% D 50–54.9% F Unsatisfactory performance (fail) 0.00 A student who completes no assignments for grading and who fails to officially B 72–75.9% F 0–49.9% N 0.00 withdraw from the course or program of studies. B- 68–71.9% Successful achievement of determined learning requirements in a competency- S NC* based course. Applied Business Technology, Unsuccessful achievement of determined learning requirements in a Dental Assisting: U NC* competency-based course. A+ 95–100% C+ 75–79.9% Incomplete. Grade and credit withheld until all requirements of the course have A 90–94.9% C 70–74.9% been met. Students must complete all required work within 4 weeks from the last I NC* day of semester term and within 3 weeks from the last day of trimester term or B+ 85–89.9% F 0–69.9% an “F” grade will be assigned. B 80–84.9% Continuing Status. Student may repeat at the same level. Applicable to ABE students in all Fundamental and Intermediate level courses. This grade may be CS NC* Competency-Based Courses: used twice per Fundamental level course and once per Intermediate level course. A 90–100% C 63–69.9% The relevant Educational Administrator must sign off on all CS grades. AUD Audit status. No credit granted. NC* B+ 85–89.9% D 55–62.9% A “W” grade will be assigned to students completing the withdrawal procedure W NC* B 76–84.9% F 0–54.9% within the time limits specified in the calendar. C+ 70–75.9% Students who have completed a modified program. An annotated report is AG NC* available. Dental Hygiene: This letter grade signifies that the student was terminated from the applicable TER NC* A+ 90-100% B 72-75.9% course(s) and requires the permission of the appropriate dean to re-enrol. A 85-89.9% B- 68-71.9% A PL grade will be assigned to students who have successfully received credit for PL NC* that course through the PLA process. A- 80-84.9% F 0-67.9% CIP Course in progress. NC* B+ 76-79.9% *NC: Not included in the calculation of the grade point average (GPA) Medical Radiography Technology Diploma: Calculating a grade point average (GPA) A+ 90-100% B 72-75.9% The GPA is calculated by multiplying the grade points earned by the number of credits, and then dividing the result by the number of credit hours taken. Example: A 85-89.9% B- 68-71.9% A- 80-84.9% C+ 64-67.9% Credit Letter Grade Gradepoints hours grade points Credit hours B+ 76-79.9% C 60-63.9% Course #1 3 A 4 12 For more information on the grading Course #2 3 B 3 9 system, see the Grading and Evaluation Course #3 4 C 2 8 of Student Performance Policy #E-1.22 on the CNC Policy web page. Course #4 2 D 1 2 Course #5 3 F 0 0 Repeating a Course Total 15 31 Courses may be repeated for the purpose of raising grades. If a student GPA: 31 ÷ 15 = 2.07 has received three failures in a course, he/she must apply to the appropriate Dean for special permission to take the

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 250 Admissions, Fees & Policy Information For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca course again. Requirement to Withdraw • In person: Requests may be made Individual programs may have different for Academic Reasons at any of the CNC campuses. limitations. Students who intend The College of New Caledonia strives • By mail: Written requests should be to transfer to another educational to create an environment that mailed to: institution should be aware that other promotes and supports academic • College of New Caledonia institutions may recalculate grade point excellence and personal success for Admissions and Registration Office average (GPA) in accordance with their students as they progress toward their 3330 – 22nd Avenue own policies on admission. educational and career goals. The Prince George, BC Academic Probation and Requirement V2N 1P8 Change of Enrolment to Withdrawal for Academic Reasons • By Fax: Requests for fax should be It is recognized that there are Policy describes CNC’s standards of sent to 250 561 5861. circumstances where a student may academic performance expected of all find it necessary or desirable to add students, lists the potential avenues to GRADUATION INFORMATION courses, change courses or course help improve academic standing, and Applying for a credential sections, request a change of status defines the consequences for failure (credit to audit or audit to credit) or to achieve minimum standards of Students anticipating completion of withdraw from a course(s) and/or a academic performance. their program are required to apply to complete withdrawal from the College graduate through their CNC Connect For more information, see the Academic of New Caledonia, and they may do so account. Students are encouraged to Probation and Requirement to in accordance with established College do this during their final term and will Withdrawal for Academic Reasons Policy policies and procedures. Students are be considered pending final grades. #E-1.03 on the CNC Policy web page. responsible for ensuring they are aware Note: All obligations relating to fees, of all rules, regulations and deadlines, Transcripts library books or fines, rentals, loans and ensuring they have the means to Official etc. must be met before any official complete the change of enrolment transcript or credential will be released. An official transcript of a student’s procedure. Students receiving academic record will, on written request Honours student loans are advised to consult of the student, be mailed directly to with a Financial Aid Advisor prior to Any student in a program where GPAs the institution indicated in the request withdrawing. Student loans may be are calculated who has a cumulative or given to the student in a sealed affected by withdrawals when students GPA of 3.50 or higher at the time of envelope bearing the inscription fail to maintain enrolment in at least graduation will be considered to have “Official transcript enclosed. Invalid if 60% of a full course load. graduated with honours. seal broken on envelope.” For more information, please see the Any student in a program where Release Change of Enrolment Status Policy #E- GPAs are not calculated will 1.14 and Student Refund Policy #E-1.15 Official transcripts will not be released receive graduation honours upon on the CNC Policy web page. if financial or other obligations to the recommendation of the faculty and College are outstanding. dean. Medical and Personal Withdrawals In accordance with the Freedom of All students who have graduated with Information and Protection of Privacy honours will have this noted on the The College recognizes that there can legislation in the province of BC, the transcript. be medical reasons and/or extenuating College of New Caledonia will not personal circumstances that may result Convocation accept transcript requests without the in a student requesting a withdrawal student’s signature. Students who have completed their from course(s) and/or a program. Students who have completed their Withdrawal and refund requests after Parents or partners wanting to order or requirements for a credential ( e.g. deadline dates will normally only be pick up transcripts for a student must certificate, diploma, or associate considered prior to the beginning of have that student’s signed authorization degree) are eligible to take part in the next term. It is highly recommended specifically requesting the release and the Convocation ceremony held that a student meet with an Academic including the name of the person who each spring. To attend, students are Advisor or the appropriate Educational will be acting for them. required to complete an application to Administrator to discuss any Ordering attend the Convocation ceremony. See ramifications of a course or program Communications Services for details. There is a fee for each copy ordered withdrawal prior to doing so. Students are encouraged to attend this and this fee is payable in advance. celebration of their achievement. For more information on withdrawing Transcripts may be ordered in one of from courses or programs, see the four ways: Transfer of Credits to CNC Student Refund Policy #E-1.15 on the • Online: Through CNC Connect with A student who has completed courses CNC Policy web page. your student account. at other post-secondary institutions Academic Probation and may request that these credits be

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 251

transferred to the College of New of New Caledonia are not binding on questions about the collection and Caledonia. In order to verify the another post-secondary institution. use of your information contact the transferability of these credits, students Freedom of Information Coordinator, should consult a CNC Academic Advisor Prior Learning Assessment College of New Caledonia. Many adults have college-level as well as the British Columbia Transfer All hard copied materials/information knowledge or skills gained through their Guide online at www.bctransferguide. provided by you in support of your work and/ or life training. Prior Learning ca. application to CNC becomes the Assessment (PLA) allows students To initiate the transfer credit process, property of the College and will not be to demonstrate this knowledge. The students should: returned and may be destroyed within College of New Caledonia may grant six months of receipt. • Request an official transcript from credit for a courses(s) towards a the sending institution. certificate or diploma for this learning if Disclosure of student information files • For all courses not appearing on it fulfills the program requirements. is authorized only in response to the BC Transfer Guide (above), Prior Learning Assessment is the • A written request and presentation print off detailed course outlines assessment of knowledge skills, of photo identification from a from the same year and/or month and attitudes acquired through life student for information from his/ that you took the course. skills, work, and study not previously her record. • Make an appointment with a CNC associated with conventional college • A written request from a student Academic Advisor. credit. PLA measures and evaluates to release information contained Only courses in which a grade of “D” or what has been learned, regardless of in their file, with the exception of higher was earned may be considered the source of learning, and translates documents submitted in support for transfer credit. Courses transferred this into course credit towards a of their application or for transfer from other post-secondary institutions certificate or diploma. credit evaluation. are not included in the calculation of The maximum number of credits that • A Ministry of Advanced Education grade point average at the College can be awarded through the prior request for information for the of New Caledonia. Unassigned credit learning assessment process is 50% of purpose of statistical analysis will be granted on a course-by-course the number required to complete the or research provided that basis in consultation with the program program. confidentiality is assured; in which the credit apply. Although • Requests from government For more information on PLA, including transfer credit may be granted, the departments where the College criteria and fees, see the Prior Learning applicability of the credits toward is required by law to provide the Assessment Policy #E-1.07 on the CNC admission requirements for a program, requested information, and; or course pre-requisite requirements, Policy web page. • A valid court order, search warrant, or graduation requirements, is subpoena, summons, or a request dependent upon the particular PRIVACY INFORMATION by a law enforcement agency. program. The College of New Caledonia treats Personal Education Number Transfer of Credits to all student records with confidentiality. Student personal information contained Other Institutions Only those administrators, faculty, and staff who have a need to view them on the application form will be used to A student who has completed courses as part of their normal duties will be verify your Personal Education Number at CNC may request that these credits permitted access to student records. (PEN) or assign one to you. The main be transferred to other post-secondary All employees are expected to respect uses of the PEN will be for measuring institutions. In order to verify the the confidentiality of the student participation in post-secondary transferability of credits taken at information with which they work. education and for student registration CNC, students planning to transfer to purposes. As well, the PEN will be used All required admission and registration another institution should consult the for program research and evaluation, documentation is collected for calendar of that institution as well as but any personal information disclosed the purpose of meeting the data the British Columbia Transfer Guide for these purposes will be in online at www.bctransferguide.ca. CNC requirements for admission, Academic Advisors will assist students registration, research, alumni and non-identifiable form. These uses have in selecting transferable courses; development, statistical analysis, locker been reviewed and approved by the however, the final responsibility for and U-Pass administration, and the information and privacy commissioner. course selection rests with the student, student Students are required to supply this information to complete their as transfer agreements are continually health plan. It is collected under the registration in courses or programs at being negotiated and changed. Any authority of the College and Institute CNC. If you have any questions about student planning to transfer to a Act and your privacy is protected under the use of the PEN, please contact university or other post- secondary the Freedom of Information and Privacy the Freedom of Information (FOI) institution should be aware that Act limiting how your information may transfer credits granted by the College be used or disclosed. If you have any

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 252 Admissions, Fees & Policy Information For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

coordinator at CNC. average in all other work in the behaviour; course. • Misrepresentation; APPEALS, COMPLAINTS Only one rewrite of a final examination • Disruptive behaviour; is permitted in any one course, to • Verbal or non-verbal harassment. AND DISCIPLINE a maximum of three rewrites per Offences covered by the Criminal Code INFORMATION academic year. The rewrite examination of Canada shall also be dealt with will be structured as per the final This section outlines policy and through the courts of law. Sanctions examination outlined in the course procedure information related to for personal misconduct range from description. The maximum final appeals, complaints and discipline at miscellaneous CNC. As policies change, please refer to grade for the course, after successful consequences to expulsion from the https://cnc.bc.ca/about/policies for the completion of the rewrite examination, College. Although each situation is most up to date information. will be the minimum passing grade allowed to proceed to the next level considered on an individual basis, Grade and Clinical Appeal Policy course. repeated violations of the policies and The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines of the College are taken into a process for students who have reason Standards of Conduct: Student consideration when consequences for to believe that they have grounds to Responsibility and Accountability personal misconduct are determined. appeal their final grade or their removal The College of New Caledonia, as a As well, because the College represents from a clinical placement. The appeal comprehensive community college, a community of people, the welfare of must be of sufficient substance to provides access to lifelong learning, and the community will be balanced against warrant a review of a final grade or their facilitates the achievement of personal the removal from a clinical placement. The and educational goals. In order to rights of the individual when sanctions grounds for appeal are limited to promote student success, the College are imposed. The sanction assigned will of New Caledonia has established a. The course objectives have not been also depend on: standards of conduct which contribute adhered to by the instructor(s) and/ to a successful learning environment. a. whether the personal misconduct or; All College students, operational staff, was accidental or deliberate, b. The evaluation criteria have not been faculty and administrators are expected b. the seriousness of the offence, and applied by instructor(s) according to interact with colleagues, other c. whether a student has committed a to the Grading Policy and/or clinical students and operational staff in a previous offence. placement protocols; and/or mature, honest, and respectful manner. c. The evaluation criteria have not been Student Complaint and Academic integrity and honesty, as applied by the course instructor(s) in Resolution Policy well as personal accountability and a reasonable, fair and just manner. Consistent with the College of New responsibility, are expected and valued. Caledonia’s aim to provide high quality The grade and clinical appeal process Students, operational staff, faculty services to every student, the College begins with a student-initiated and administrators are encouraged to welcomes students’ feedback about discussion that must be initiated within seek mutual resolution to problems their College experience and provides a ten (10) working days of either the that arise within the context of their complaints resolution process designed last day of the official exam period for College experience. Disregard for to address effectively and fairly every courses with scheduled final exams, or personal responsibility, accountability complaint formally brought forward the last official day of a cohort program. and academic honesty are viewed as by a student about any aspect of that For more information, including the jeopardizing the effectiveness of the experience. Resolution of student procedures, guidelines, and additional learning environment and the mission complaints begins with the students timelines, see the Grade and Clinical of the College and may be considered informally attempting resolution of Appeal Policy #E1.20 on the CNC Policy academic misconduct and/or personal their complaint within ten (10) working web page. misconduct. days of the incident which led to the Rewriting Final Examinations Academic misconduct includes, complaint. If the grade of a final examination but is not limited to, cheating and For more information including the results in a failing grade for the course, plagiarism. Sanctions for academic procedures, guidelines, and additional a student may apply to rewrite his or misconduct range from a failing grade timelines, see the Student Complaint her final examination if on an assignment/ test/ project, etc. to Resolution Policy #E1.27 on the CNC expulsion from the College. • He/she has written the final Policy web page. examination in the course; and Personal Misconduct includes, but is • The final examination is worth 40% not limited to DEFINITIONS or more of the final course grade; • Damage to property; Academic Standard: Defined as the and • Assault on individuals and demonstrated mastery of course/ • He/she has received a passing threatening or dangerous program material deemed sufficient

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 253

to meet a predetermined level for the Union levies other fees for student, and purpose of assigning credit, establishing any refunds must be requested through prerequisites for subsequent course/ the Student Union. programs, gaining admission to Withdrawal: The means by which a university, and/or successfully student officially discontinues their completing professional programs. registration in a course(s) or program at Applying: Is Step 1 in the admissions the College. process. It’s when the College decides Withdrawal Deadline Date: Published if you can take the program you’ve deadline date within each term in which chosen. Depending on the program, an official withdrawal can be granted we might look at whether there’s room without academic penalty. Student will in the program, the date you applied, receive a ‘WD’ grade. For courses and courses you’ve taken in the past programs which are less or greater than and grades achieved, and your work 15 weeks please consult the Office of experience. the Registrar or Academic Advising at Clinical: Refers to the clinical your campus for the appropriate date. placement components of Health Science programs as well as components of other College programs that involve a ‘work placement’ or ‘practicum’ as part of course work Educational Administrator: Refers to Deans, Regional Principals, Associate Deans, Directors or their designate. Educational Plan: Academic Advisor and the student, that addresses any issues or barriers to academic success the student might be experiencing. On Regional campuses without Advisors, an educational plan may be developed by the Regional Principal or their designate along with the student. Important Dates and Deadlines: Advertised dates throughout a term which for the purpose of this policy indicate final dates for changing your enrolment status. The dates indicated are dates for courses of 15 weeks in length, for courses and programs which are less or greater than 14 weeks please consult the Office of the Registrar or Academic Advising at your campus for the appropriate date. International Applicant: An applicant who is not a domestic applicant and meets the guidelines established by Citizenship and Immigration Canada for international students studying in Canada.. Registering: Is when you sign up for specific classes. Tuition and Student Fees: Those fees controlled and managed by the College, including tuition, technology, application, enhancement, development and registration fees. The Students’

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar and Environmental Chemistry 240 Technology 141 Concentration 115 Community and continuing Index Pre-Practical Nurse Mathematics & education 19 141 Computer Science Community and Continuing Pre-Social Services ConcentratioN 116 Education 21 A Worker 141 Attendance 248 Community Support Pre-Web and Graphic Audit Status 248 Worker Certificate 51 Aboriginal Early Childhood Design 142 Autobody (Motor Vehicle Computer/Network Education Certificate 50 Accounting and Finance Body Repair), Foundation- Electronics Technician Aboriginal Resource Centre Diploma 8 Level 79 Certificate 69 (ARC) 239 Admission Information Automotive Refinishing Convocation 250 Aboriginal Studies 246 Prep Technician, Counselling 241 Certificate 125 Admission Processes 246 Foundation-Level 80 Course descriptions 149 Academic Advising 239 Admissions, fees and policy Automotive Service ABST 150 Academic Areas 135 information 245 Technician Diploma 81 ABT 151 Aboriginal Studies 135 Admissions, Registration Automotive Service ACC 156 Anthropology 135 and Records 244 Technician, (Harmonized) AECE 156 Biology 135 Adventure Seekers 82 ANTH 158 Chemistry 135 Program 143 APSC 159 Computer Science 135 APPEALS, COMPLAINTS B AUTO 159 Criminology 135 AND DISCIPLINE BIO 159 Economics 135 INFORMATION 252 Basis of Admission 246 BOOK 162 Engineering 135 Application Dates and BC Adult Graduation BUS 162 English 135 Deadlines 246 Diploma 144 CAMP 163 Fine Arts 136 Application Fees 247 Bookkeeping Certificate 10 CARP 163 French 136 Application Procedures Business and management CASS 163 Geography 136 247 6 CESS 164 History 136 Applied Business Business Management CHEM 164 Kinesiology 136 Technology (ABT*) Certificate and Diploma 11 CIS 165 Leadership 136 Administrative Assistant CIVE 166 Mathematics 136 Certificate 7 C CNET 167 Philosophy 136 Applied Leadership Cafeteria 239 COM 168 Physics 136 Certificate 9 Calculating a grade point COMP 169 Psychology 136 Applied Research and average (GPA) 249 CRIM 169 Sociology 136 Innovation 239 Caledonia Early Care and CSC 170 Web and Graphic Applying for a credential Learning Centre 240 CUE 171 Design 136 250 Camp & Catering Associate CULA 171 Women’s Studies and Apprenticeship Technical Certificate 20 DENO 172 Gender Relations 136 Training 78 Career Technical Centre DENT 172 Academic Pathways 132 Associate Degrees 109 (CTC) 83 DHYG 173 Academic Probation and Associate of Arts Degree Carpenter Foundation ECCL 176 Requirement to Withdraw 111 Program (Harmonized) 84 ECON 178 for Academic Reasons 250 Aboriginal Studies Certificates 124 EFAC 179 Academic Upgrading (Adult Concentration 111 Change of Enrolment 250 ELEC 180 Basic Education) 138 Anthropology Change of Program 247 ENGL 180 Accessibility Services 239 Concentration 111 Chaplaincy 240 ESL 183 Access Program 140 Commerce Cinema CNC 240 FASD 184 Pre-Business 140 Concentration 112 Citizen and Immigrant FIN 185 Pre-Civil Engineering English Concentration Requirements 246 FINE 185 Technology 140 112 Civil Engineering FREN 187 Pre-Early Childhood Modern Classics Technology Program 67 GEOG 187 Care and Learning 140 Concentration 112 CNC Students’ Union Fees HCAP 188 Pre-Engineering Psychology 247 HIST 189 (Applied Science) 141 Concentration 113 College of New Caledonia HMT 190 Pre-Medical Laboratory Associate of Arts Degree Students’ Union, Local 13 HRPR 190 Technology 141 General 111 Canadian Federation of JET 191 Pre-Medical Associate of Science Students 240 KINS 191 Radiography Degree 115 College Store 240 LAW 193 Technology 141 Biology Concentration Commerce 135 LEAD 193 Pre-Natural Resources 115 Communication Services MATH 193 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 255 Calendar Area

MDRT 196 Certificate 54 Homestay Program Medical Radiography MEDT 197 Education Assistant (EA) (International Students) Technology Diploma 36 MFAB 197 Certificate 54 242 Metal Fabrication, MGT 197 Electrical, Foundation Human Resources Foundation-Level 95 MILL 198 (HARMONIZED) 86 Management Post-Diploma Mineral Processing MINE 198 Engineering (Applied 17 Operator Certificate 96 MINL 199 Science) Certificate 126 Human services 49 Mining Industry Certificate MKT 200 English Concentration 112 97 MLTS 200 ENLA (English as a Second I Mobile Crane (Hydraulic MOAS 203 Language) 145 80 Tonnes and Under) MRAD 203 Environmental Field Important dates for the Certificate 99 MVRE 206 Assistant Certificate 70 academic year 257 NCIT 206 Excavator Training 87 Industrial Mechanic N NRES 207 (Harmonized)/Machinist NRUA 212 F Foundation 93 Natural Resources and OASW 214 Industrial Mechanic Forest Technology Diploma OWPA 215 Fee Information 247 Millwright / Machinist, 72 PDIT 215 Fees for Senior Citizens Foundation-Level 92 NURS 213 PHIL 217 248 Industry Training 94 Nursing, Bachelor of PHYS 218 Fees for Sponsored Information and Science 39 PRAN 220 Students 248 Communication Nursing Unit Assistant PSYC 223 Financial Aid & Awards Technology 71 Certificate 44 PWER 224 241 Information Technology PWP 224 Financial Assistance 242 Services 243 O Fine Arts Certificate 127 International Education SCI 224 Office Assistant Certificate SERV 225 First Aid 244 Department 243 Flexible Pre-Majors 132 International Student Fees (ABT*) 15 SOC 225 Office of the Registrar 244 SONO 227 Anthropology 132 247 English 132 International Students 246 Office Worker Prep SSWK 229 Program - Associate TARGET 232 Psychology 132 Sociology 132 J Certificate (ABT) 16 TRDE 233 Outreach Advocacy and TRTC 235 Focus Employment Program 146 JET (Job Education and Support Worker (OASW) WEGD 235 Training) 147 Certificate 56 WELD 237 Forest Industry Safety Training 88 WMST 237 K P Credentials 109 Former Students 246 Credit Programs 248 Kinesiology Diploma 120 Parts and Warehousing Criminal Record Searches G Kodiaks Restaurant 243 Person Foundations 98 247 General Admission 246 Personal Education Criminology Diploma 118 Grade and Clinical Appeal L Number 251 Policy 252 Pipe Trades, Foundation- D Legal Administrative Level 100 Grading scales 249 Assistant Certificate (ABT) Grading System 248 Piping, Foundation-Level Definitions 252 12 100 Deli 241 GRADUATION Library 243 INFORMATION 250 Post-Diploma in Dental Assisting Certificate Information Technologies 23 M H 74 Dental Hygiene Diploma Post Diploma in Tourism 25 Media Services 243 Health and Safety 242 Medical and Personal and Hotel Management 18 Diagnostic Medical Health and Wellness Power Engineering, 3rd Sonography Program 28 Withdrawals 250 Centre 242 Medical Device Class Certificate 101 Diplomas 117 Health Care Assistant Power Engineering, 4th Documentation Reprocessing Technician Certificate 31 Associate Certificate 33 Class Certificate 102 Requirements 246 Health sciences 22 Practical Nurse Diploma Driver Training 85 Medical Laboratory Heavy Equipment Technology Science 46 Operator 91 Pre-professional programs E Diploma 34 Heavy Mechanical Trades Medical Office Assistant 134 Early Childhood Care and Diploma 89 Associate Certificate 13 Prior Learning Assessment Learning Certificate 53 Heavy Mechanical Trades, Medical Office Assistant 251 Education Assistant Foundation-Level 90 Certificate (ABT*) 14 Privacy Information 251

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 256 Calendar Area For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

Professional Cook Program 103 Upgrading and access 137 PSCI 223 W R Web and Graphic Design: Citation Records Information 248 and Certificate 130 Recreation 244 Web and Graphic Design Diploma Registration Information 248 121 Registration Procedures 248 Welder Foundation Program Repeating a Course 249 (HARMONIZED) 105 Requirement to Withdraw for Women’s Studies and Gender Academic Reasons 250 Relations Diploma 123 Responsibility and Accountability WorkSafeBC coverage 242 252 Rewriting Final Examinations 252 RFT Exam Preparation Online 75 RPF Exam Preparation Online 76 S SafeWalk 244 Security 250-561-5827 244 Service Fees and Other Charges 247 Social Service Worker Applied Diploma 59 Social Service Worker Certificate 57 Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma 61 Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma with Aboriginal Services Specialization 63 Sociology Concentration 113 Special Admission 246 Standards of Conduct: Student Responsibility and Accountability 252 Student Complaint and Resolution Policy 252 Student Residence 244 Support Services and Facilities 238 T TARGET 148 Teacher Replacement Training Citation 65 Technologies 66 THMG 232 Trades and Industry 77 Trades Discovery Program 104 Transcripts 250 Transfer of Credits to CNC 250 Transfer of Credits to Other Institutions 251 Tutoring and Testing Services 244 U University classes 108 University studies 106

2019-20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar 19.11.22 For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 257 Calendar Area

Important dates

Your program’s dates may be different! Please check individual

programs in this calendar. These dates apply to CNC Prince George. Some dates may be different at other CNC campuses.

Fall 2019 semester

BC Day, all campuses closed August 5 Labour Day, all campuses closed September 2 Orientation / Evening classes begin university credit and business September 3 Daytime classes begin, university credit and business September 4 Thanksgiving, all campuses closed October 14

Remembrance Day, all campuses closed November 11

Boxing Day observed, all campuses closed December 26 Christmas Day observed, all campuses closed December 25

Spring 2020 semester New Year’s Day observed, all campuses closed January 1

Family Day, all campuses closed February 17

Study break: See your specific program for dates Varies by program

Good Friday, all campuses closed April 10 Easter Monday, all campuses closed April 13 Victoria Day, all campuses closed May 18

Convocation TBD Canada Day observed, all campuses closed July 1

Fall 2020 semester

BC Day, all campuses closed August 3 Labour Day, all campuses closed September 7 Orientation / Evening classes begin university credit and business September 8

Daytime classes begin, university credit and business September 9

Thanksgiving, all campuses closed October 12 Remembrance Day observed, all campuses closed November 11

Christmas Day, all campuses closed December 25 Boxing Day, all campuses closed December 26

Spring 2021 semester New Year’s Day, all campuses closed January 1

Family Day, all campuses closed February 15 Study break: See your specific program for dates Varies by program

Good Friday, all campuses closed April 2

Easter Monday, all campuses closed April 5 Convocation TBD Victoria Day, all campuses closed May 24 Canada Day observed, all campuses closed July 1

19.11.22 2019–20 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar British Columbia Canada Prince George Burns Lake Fort St. James Mackenzie Quesnel Vanderhoof